For the Information of Railway Staff only B R 31293

BRITISH RAILWAYSNORTH EASTERN REGION

SUPPLEMENTARY OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS

C O N T E N T SPage

Introduction • . • • • • • • I n s i d e coverAdjustments to Regional Operat ing Boundaries 1Instructions for B.R. Automatic Train Control • • 3Miscellaneous Not ices • . • • • . • . . . • • . . • • 5Numerical Sorting System for Parcels and Miscellaneous Traffic 1 8Route Availability of Locomotives • • • • . . • • . . 2 1Working of Freight Trains Down Steep Falling Gradients (Booklet dated October,

1955) • • • • • • • • 2 7Loads t o be._Conveyed by Engines working Freight Trains . . • • • • • • 2 7Instructions for Working Mult iple-Unit Mechanical Diesel Trains • • 5 2Instructions in connection with the Working of Electric Trains • • • • . . 5 8Instructions respecting the Working of Rail Motors and Motor Trains (L.M.S•

booklet dated 1946) • • • • • • • • • • • • 6 2Instructions respecting the Working of Motor Trolleys for use of Engineering

Departments (L.M.S. booklet, dated 1932) • • • • • • • • 6 3Loads of Passenger Trains (L.M.R• booklet dated 1st November, 1954) 6 4L.M.S. T rain Signalling Regulations • • 6 5L•N•E•11 Train Signalling Regulations • • . . • • • • 8 • 6 9Standard Codes for Telegrams (Booklet BR•87222) • • • • 6 9Standard List of Telegraphic Addresses . . • • • • • • • • 7 0Codes of Locomotive Whist les • • • • • • • . • • 7 1Breakdown Train Arrangements (L.M.R. Booklet dated November, 1955) 8 5Snow Ploughs • • • . • • • • 8 6List of Signal Boxes, Additional Running Lines, Loops and Refuge Sidings, Hours

of Duty (Booklet dated loth September, 1957) • • 8 7Arrangements f or Signalling during Fog o r Falling Snow (Booklet dated 1st

August, 1949) • . • • — • • • • • • _ 9 8Instructions affecting L.M.S. Servants when working o v e r-t h e L o n d o n a n d N o r t h

Eastern Railway (North Eastern Area) (Booklet dated September, 1939) • • 1 1 8Instructions affecting L.M.S. Servants when working over the London and North

Eastern Railway (Southern Area) (Booklet dated April, 1939) • • 1 1 9Instructions to Trainmen at former Leeds Central District Depots for working

over former L.M.S. Railway lines (Booklet dated April, 1958) . • i nInstructions to Eastern Operating Area Staff for working over the North Eastern

Operating Area (Circular R.R. 516 dated 1951) • • • • • • • • 1 2 7Instructions t o be observed b y Drivers Guards and others working Outside

the Nort h Eastern Operat ing A rea (Booklet dated 1st January, 1950) 1 2 8Extracts f rom former L.M.S. General Appendix applicable to

Cheshire Lines Section . • . . . • . . • • — — 1 3 5Cheshire Lines Appendix • • . • • • • • • • 1 3 5L.M•S. General Appendix • . . . • • . . . . • • 1 3 5L.M.S. Sectional Appendix—Western Division (Crewe and North) • • • • 1 3 5

•• P P $ 1 . M i d l a n d Division . • • • — . • 1 4 8/t C I t t C e n t r a l Division • • • • . . • • 1 7 0

L.N.E.R. General Appendix •. •. .. •• •• • • .. •• .. 183

LN.18•11. Sectional Appendix—Eastern Operat ing A rea . . — 1 8 4/V P O I P N o r t h Eastern Operat ing A rea • • •• • • 1 8 8

YORK L . SPROAT7th MARCH, 1959 O P E R A T I N G OFFICER

INTRODUCTION

This booklet is issued in place of the General Notices programme and includes allalterations and additions to permanent books of instructions enumerated on the frontcover, and Supplements to them where issued, except that in the case of booklets whichalso relate to lines in other Regions (as for example the ex-L.M.S. Appendices), the contentsof this booklet are restricted to items affecting Staff located in the North Eastern Region.

Further similar booklets will be issued at intervals and, with the exception of certainitems appearing under "Miscellaneous Notices", the latest issue will incorporate instruc-tions shown in the previous one so long as these remain in operation. Alterations andadditions to Instructions arising between issues will be published in the Weekly PermanentWay and Signalling Programme or other suitable advice.

Since the booklet issued 24th October, 1958, No. 4 Supplement to the Rule Book hasbeen distributed and brought into use, and all Staff in possession of the Rule Book mustensure that they have a copy of this Supplement. A new edition of the "Standard List ofTelegraphic Addresses" booklet dated 1st November, 1958 has also been distributed and ifsupplies have not been received application should be made to the appropriate DistrictOfficer.

* Denotes new or amended items.

THIS BOOKLET MUST BE RETAINED FOR REFERENCE UNT I L THE NE X T ISSUEIS RECEIVED.

(O. 8864)

ADJUSTMENTS TO REGIONAL OPERATING BOUNDARIESNorth Eastern Operating Area lines penetrating into the Eastern and London Midland Regions have been transferred

to those Regions. Eastern and London Midland Operating Area lines penetrating into the Nor th Eastern Region havebeen transferred t o this Region. Sim i l ar alterations have taken place between other Regions and particulars o ftransfers concerning Nor th Eastern Region Staff are shown below.

Trainmen must retain their copies of existing books of permanent instructions and work to the instructions thereinuntil fur ther notice. I t is, therefore, necessary to continue to refer to Operating Areas and i t must be understood thatwhere these phrases are used they refer to the situation before transfers were effected. ( " N or th Eastern OperatingArea" covers only lines in the Newcastle, Sunderland, Darlington, York and Hull Districts as constituted pr ior to I 1thJune, 1956.)

In the London Midland Region the terms "Western Lines", "Midland Lines" and "Central Lines" are now used andthese should be distinguished from the former Divisions, as shown in the L.M.S. Sectional Appendices, which includelines now in the Eastern, Nor th Eastern and Western Regions, also certain inter-Divisional changes have been made asshown below.North Eastern Operat ing Area Lines Penetrating into the Eastern Region:—

Bolton-on-Dearne (exclusive) to Dearne Junction.Thorne Nor th (Up Distant Signal) to Thorne Junction.

Rules and Regulations.Until fur ther notice, the L.N.E.R. Train Signalling Regulations and Appendices, together with other Nor th Eastern

Operating Area publications, except the Weekly Permanent Way, etc., Notices wil l be retained and worked to.

North Eastern Operat ing Area lines penetrating into the London Midland Region.Kirkby Stephen East Down Distant Signal inclusive and Eden Valley Junction.Kirkby Stephen Junction inclusive and Tebay No. 3 Signal Box.

Rules and Regulations.Until fur ther notice, the L.N.E.R. Train Signalling Regulations and Appendices, together with other Nor th Eastern

Operating Area publications, except the Weekly Permanent Way, etc. notices, wil l be retained and worked to.

Eastern Operat ing A rea lines penetrating into the North Eastern Region.The former Leeds Central Operating District except for the line between Carcroft Down Distant and Bentley CrossingUp Starting Signals which remains in the Eastern Region and has been transferred to the Doncaster District.Shaftholme Junction.Joan Croft to Applehurst.Skellow Junction to Bramwith (exclusive).Nostell (exclusive) to Staincross (Smithies, Down Distant signal).Grimethorpe Colliery Branch, east of 2i m.p.

Rules and Regulations.Until fur ther notice, the L.N.E.R. Train Signalling Regulations and Appendices, together with other Eastern Operating

Area publications, except the Weekly Permanent Way, etc., notices will be retained and worked to.

London Midland Operat ing Area lines penetrating into the North Eastern Region.I. F ro m the Central Division.

(a) T he former L. & Y. lines from Hebden Bridge (inclusive) and East thereof.(b) T he former L. & N. W. lines from Diggle (exclusive) and East thereof.

2. F rom the Midland Division.(a) H oughton Colliery Sidings Box (inclusive) to Snaygill (exclusive) and branches to Embsay (via Ilkley), Bradford

(Forster Square) and Oxenhope.(b) Ar ds ley Sidings (exclusive) to Cudworth Station South.(c) Oaks Colliery (exclusive) to Cudworth Nor th and South Junctions.(d) Royston Junction (exclusive) to Thornhill, Midland Junction (exclusive).

Rules and Regulations.Until fur ther notice, the L.M.S. Block Regulations and Appendices, together with all other London Midland publica-

tions (except the Weekly Permanent Way, etc., Notices) will be retained and worked to.The above lines transferred from the Eastern Operating Area on I I th June, 1956 and 1st February, 1958, and from

the London Midland Operating Area on 17th September, 1956 and 4th March, 1957, have been incorporated into two newOperating Districts, Wakefield and Leeds, as follows:—

WAKEFIELD OPERATING DISTRICT.Carcroft (Castle Hills) and Skellow Junction and Leeds Central and Branches.Nostell and Staincross (Smithies Down Distant Signal).Wakefield (Westgate), Balne Lane and Laisterdyke East via Dewsbury.Lofthouse (North and South) and Methley South.Lofthouse Nor th and Stourton (exclusive) and Newmarket and Thorpe Branches.Ardsley and Adwalton Junction (including Tingley to Woodkirk).Beeston Junction and Hunslet East.Holbeck and Wor tley South and Bradford (Exchange) via Stanningley.Laisterdyke (Cutlers Junction) and Bramley.Laisterdyke (Quarry Gap) and Shipley.Bradford (St. Dunstan's) and Cullingworth (including City Road Goods Branch).Bradford (Exchange) and Milner Royd Junction including Laisterdyke West to Bowling Junction and Dryclough

Junction to Greetland No. 2.Halifax, Holmfield and St. Paul's.Hebden Bridge and Wakefield (Locke's Siding).Ripponden, Stainland and Bradley Branches.Mirfield and Low Moor.Heckmondwike Central and Thornhill.Horbury (Mil!field Road), Horbury & Ossett and Barnsley (Exchange exclusive).Royston Junction (exclusive) and Thornhill (Midland Junction),Wakefield East and Knottingley.Crofton West Junction and Grimethorpe (Denaby Sidings exclusive).Pontefract West and Methley.

2

ADJUSTMENTS TO REGIONAL OPERATING BO U NDARIES—continuedLEEDS OPERATING DISTRICT.

Cudworth (Houghton Colliery Sidings Signal Box) and Cononley, including Leeds City Nor th.Grimethorpe Colliery Branch, East of 21 mile post.Ardsley Sidings (exclusive) and Cudworth Station South.Cudworth (North and South Junctions) and Oaks Colliery (exclusive).Hunslet Lane Goods Branch.Apperley Junction and Embsay Junction (via Ilkley), including Yeadon Goods.Shipley (Guiseley Junction) and Guiseley (Esholt Junction).Otley and Burley and Menston Junctions.Grassington Branch.Shipley and Bradford (Forster Square).Worth Valley Branch.Ingrow East Branch.Leeds City South and Thornhill (L.N.W. Junction exclusive).Birstall Goods Branch.Mirfield (Heaton Lodge Junction) and Diggle (exclusive).Spen Valley Junction and Farnley Junction (via Heckmondwike).Farnley Junction and Whitehall Road.Copley Hill No. 3 and Leeds Central "B" (exclusive).Farnley BranchKirkburton and Newtown Goods Branches.Huddersfield and Penistone (exclusive) and Branches.

The Section of line between Cudworth (Brierley) Up Distant signal and Stairfoot Junction 55 mile post (from Hull),inclusive, has been transferred from the Hull Operating District to the new Leeds Operating District.

The Section of line Whitley Bridge and Goole, h a s b e e n t r a n s f e r r e d f r o m t h e W a k e fi e l d ( f o r m er L . M . R. ) O p e r at i n g

District to the Hull Operating District.Shaftholme Junction and the l ine from Joan Croft to Applehurst Junction, to the York Operating Distr ict.

Eastern Operat ing A rea lines penetrating into the London Midland Region:—Marylebone to Nor thol t Junction exclusive.Neasden to Harrow South.Aylesbury South to Pilsley.Ashendon Junction exclusive to Grendon Underwood Junction.Banbury Junction exclusive to Culworth Junction.Netherfield & Colwick exclusive to Weekday Cross Junction.Eastern portal of Mapperley Tunnel to Dove Junction and branches.Leen Valley Line.New Basford and Bulwell to Basford Nor th.Kirkby South Junction to Mansfield Central.Kirkby South Junction to Pleasley Colliery.All lines in former Manchester (Eastern Operating Area) District West of Dunford Bridge.Melton Mowbray Nor th to Welham Junction.Marefield Junction to Leicester Belgrave Road.Mill Hill East exclusive to Mill Hill (for the Hale) and Edgware.Hill End inclusive to St. Albans.Harpenden East inclusive to Dunstable.

Rules and Regulations.Until fur ther notice, the L.N.E.R. Train Signalling Regulations and Appendices, together with other Eastern Region

publications, except the Weekly Permanent Way, etc., Notices, will be retained and worked to.

London Midland Operating Area lines penetrating into the Eastern Region.Willington to Cambridge South Junction.Raunds to Huntingdon East.Thorpe to Peterborough East.Wakerley & Barrowden to Wansford.Ketton & Collyweston to Peterborough East.Edmondthorpe & Wymondham to Little Bytham Junction.Carlton & Netherfield to Lincoln St. Mark's.Farnsfield to Fiskerton Junction and Rolleston Junction.Farnsfield Junction to 011erton (Mid Notts Line).Mansfield Woodhouse exclusive to Shireoaks East and West Junctions and branches.Rufford (L.M.) Junction to Rufford and Clipstone Collieries.Darlield (Dearne Valley Colliery Sidings) to Totley Tunnel East Up Distant signal.North end of Ardsley Tunnel (174 rn.p.) to Wincobank Station Junction and Nor th Junction.Wharncliffe Branch.Nesfield Branch.Sheffield Distr ict Line.Rotherham to Chesterfield (Horns Bridge) and branches.Dore & Totley to Tapton Junction and branches.Roundwood to Don Bridge East exclusive.Barnsley Court House Junction to Monk Spring Junction and south of Oaks Viaduct ( 174Barnsley Exchange Up Distant (from Horbury) to Barnsley Exchange Station to the Doncaster Operating District.Denaby Sidings Up Distant signal to the points where the Dearne Valley l ine joins the Eastern Operating Area at

St. Catherine's Loversall Car and Bessacarr Junctions to the Doncaster Operating Distr ict.

Rules and Regulations.Until fur ther notice, the L.M.S. Train Signalling Regulations and Appendices, together with other London Midland

Region publications, except the Weekly Permanent Way, etc., Notices, wil l be retained and worked to.

Western Operat ing Area line penetrating into the London Midland Region.Nantwich, Market Drayton Junction and Wellington exclusive.

3

ADJUSTMENTS TO REGIONAL OPERATING BO U N DARIES—continuedLondon Midland Operat ing Area lines penetrating into the Western Region.

Bicester London Road inclusive and Oxford.Banbury Merton Street.Leamington Spa Avenue Great Western Junction and Leamington Spa Milverton.Coalport, Hadley Junction and Wellington.Cefn-y-Bedd exclusive and Wrexham Central.Barnt Green exclusive and Bristol and branches, via Evesham and Dunhampstead.Broom Junctions and Fenny Compton inclusive.

L ON D ON M ID L A N D REGION—ALTERATIONS T O D IVISION A L BOUNDARIES.The undermentioned lines have been transferred from the Midland Division to the Central Lines of the London

Midland Region:—Skipton to Carlisle (exclusive).Skipton Nor th Junction to Colne No. I, including Barnoldswick Branch.Settle Junction to Ingleton, Morecambe Promenade, Heysham and Carnforth (exclusive).

Appendix, etc., Instructions.The instructions shown in the L.M.S. Appendix; Sectional Por tion—Midland Division and Supplement No. 6 thereto

and Instructions to be observed by Drivers, Guards and Others for Working Outside the Nor th Eastern Operating Areawill continue to apply unti l fur ther notice.

Transfer of part of the Liverpool Central Operat ing District .The following sections of the line in the Liverpool Central Operating District have been transferred from the Western

Division to the Midland Lines for all purposes as follows:—Liverpool Central to Manchester Central.Hough Green Junction to Widnes East Junction, via Widnes Central.Sankey Junction to Padgate Junction, via Warr ington Central.Hunts Cross East Junction and Halewood to Aintree C.L. Junction and Altcar and Hillhouse.Fazakerley Nor th Ju,nction to Langton Dock.Fazakerley Nor th and South Junctions to Huskisson Dock and Sandon Dock.Hunts Cross \Nest Junction and Aller ton Junction (exclusive).Darn Lane Junction and Glazebrook West to Wigan Central.Lowton St. Mary's to St. Helens Central.Glazebrook East Junction and Godley Junction (except Woodley Junction to Apethorne Junction).Trafford Park Junction and Throstle Nest Junction to Chorlton Junction.Cornbrook West Junction to Old Trafford Junction (exclusive).Cornbrook West Junction to Cornbrook East Junction (exclusive).Skelton Junction to Deansgate Junction (exclusive).

Rules and Regulations.Until fur ther notice, the Cheshire Lines Appendix and Absolute Block Regulations will be retained and worked to.

Amendments thereto will appear in the Weekly Permanent Way, etc., Notice or Supplementary Operating Instructions.(O. 9008)

* I N S T R U C T I O N S F O R B.R. A U T O M A T I C T R A IN C O N T R O LAutomatic Train Control installations consist o f track equipment which causes apparatus on locomotives or

multiple-unit trains to give audible indications when the receiver fixed underneath the locomotive or train passes overthe track equipment. T he apparatus on the locomotive or train is connected wi th the automatic brake so that in theevent of a warning indication not being cancelled by the Driver, the brakes will be applied.

It is emphasised that this system is merely an aid to a Dr iver and does not relieve him of his responsibility forobserving all signals. H e must continue to keep a sharp look-out, and although the bell wil l indicate a Clear signal i tdoes not relieve him of his responsibility for observing the signal to which i t applies, and the line ahead.

I. T r ack Equipment.This consists of permanent and electro magnets fixed between the rails and generally about 200 yards on the approach

side of all signals capable of displaying the Caution aspect; i.e., Distant signals and multiple aspect colour l ight signals.

2. Audib le Indications.The indications to be received in the driving cab according to

Semaphore Distant signal in Clear position or colourlight signal showing Green.

Semaphore Distant signal i n Caution position orcolour l ight signal showing Double Yellow, SingleYellow or Red.

Directing Distant signal (both semaphore and colourlight) i n the Clear posi tion for a movementthrough the junction in the direction in whichthe lower speed applies.

3. Cancelling.On receiving the warning indication (horn) due to a Distant signal being at Caution or a colour l ight signal showing

Double Yellow, Single Yellow or Red or a directing Distant signal being in the Clear position for a lower speed route,the Dr iver of a steam locomotive must cancel the indication by pulling down and releasing the handle fitted at the sideof the Driver's control unit. The Driver of a diesel or electric locomotive or multiple-unit train must cancel the indicationby pressing and releasing the reset plunger. This will stop the horn sounding, prevent or cancel the application of thebrake and cause an indicator, normally showing all black, to display yellow spokes. This visual indicator will continuto show the yellow spokes unti l the locomotive passes over the magnets for the next signal when i t will be automatic'restored to all black.

When the warning indication has been cancelled the Driver must act in accordance with the signal aspect displ /NOTE—The visual indicator is in no way connected with the signal aspects. I ts purpose is to provide a rerr

that the Driver has cancelled a warning indication and is in sole charge of the brake.

the signal aspect displayed are as follows:—Bell.

Horn (warning indication) w i th brake applicationcapable of being reset from inside the cab.

Horn (warning indication) w i th brake applicationcapable of being reset from inside the cab.

4

* INSTRUCTIONS FOR B.R. AUTOMATIC TRAIN CONTROL—continuedWhen an assisting locomotive is attached in front, the Driver of the train engine must also cancel any warning

indication received. I n the case of a locomotive assisting in the rear of a train the Driver must also cancel the warningindication. I n the case of diesel locomotives coupled and manned by one crew, also multiple-unit trains, the apparatuswill function only in the cab from which the uni t is being driven.

In the event of a warning indication being given in the driving cab whilst a semaphore Distant signal is showing Clearor a colour l ight signal is showing Green the Driver must (except in the case of a directing Distant signal—see Clause 2)act as in the case of a Caution signal being displayed at the fixed signal. I f , however, after passing over the magnets asignal is observed to change from Caution to Clear the Driver must act in accordance with the aspect of the fixed signal.

In the case of any irregularity causing the horn to sound when the Driver is satisfied that the locomotive or trainhas not passed over a magnet, the horn should be silenced by pulling down the cancelling handle or pressing the resetplunger.

4. Isolat ion.

Should the operation of the cancelling handle fail to cancel the brake application or the sound of the horn, the A.T.C.apparatus must be isolated. T o do this on steam locomotives the plug on the brake valve must be screwed down by aclockwise movement and the isolating cock handle pushed to the ' Shut" position. O n diesel and electric locomotivesor multiple-unit trains the red handle on the isolating switch marked ISOLATE must be pulled down as far as i t will go.

When isolation is completed, the A.T.C. device will be out of action and the circumstances must be reported by theDriver concerned at the first locomotive depot or stabling point at which he arrives. I f he is relieved by another Driverbefore reaching a depot or stabling point he must inform the Relief Driver that the A.T.C. is out of action and the ReliefDriver must repor t the fact at the first locomotive depot or stabling point at which he arrives.

In the event of a locomotive or train coming to a stand wi th the A.T.C. receiver directly over a magnet the hornwill sound and the brakes will be fully applied. In this case the apparatus must be isolated. The brake will then be released,and after passing over the magnet the isolating cock handle must be pulled to the OPEN position and the brake valveopened by screwing ful ly in an anti-clockwise direction or , on diesel and electric locomotives or multiple-unit trains,the red isolating handle must be pushed upwards as far as i t will go. O n opening up, the handle on the Driver's controlunit or reset plunger must be pressed down to silence the horn and restore the vacuum. W hen the isolating cock isoperated in these circumstances the incident must be reported.

On steam locomotives, the A.T.C. brake valve and isolating cock handle are held in the OPEN position by a wireclosed with a lead seal and on diesel and electric locomotives or multiple-unit trains the isolating handle is similarly sealed.The sealing wire must be broken to operate these isolating devices and a Driver breaking a sealing wire or observingone broken must repor t the matter and draw the attention of a Relief Driver to the circumstances.

When a repor t is made at a stabling point, the person in charge must advise the nearest depot in order that thedefect may receive attention.

5. Condit ions of Operat ion.On steam locomotives the apparatus is sealed open and therefore the locomotive cannot be moved unti l vacuum

is created.Drivers of vacuum fitted diesel and electric locomotives or multiple-unit trains must collect an A.T.C. switch handle

along wi th thei r other keys. This handle must be inserted in the Change end/isolating switch and pushed upwards asfar as i t will go. Unti l this handle is operated, the vehicle cannot be moved.

As the A.T.C. apparatus on steam locomotives is controlled by a vacuum, i t is essential that fitted steam locomotivesshould have the small ejector kept continuously in operation whilst the locomotive is in service as failure to observe thisinstruction wil l render the A.T.C. apparatus inoperative. W hen a train is drawn by two steam locomotives, or two ormore steam locomotives are coupled together , the small ejector on the leading A.T.C. fitted locomotive only need bein continuous operation. The vacuum created by one ejector is sufficient to operate the A.T.C. apparatus.

6. Test ing o r Examination.Each day before a locomotive or uni t requiring to work over a fitted l ine is taken Into service, the Driver must make

the A.T.C. apparatus operative preparatory to its being tested at the depot or other starting point. I n connection wi thmultiple-unit trains which are stabled away from depots at points where fixed testing apparatus is not provided, the testmust be made by means of a portable magnet. I n the absence of a Second Man in the driving cab, the Guard will beresponsible for assisting the Driver in making the test in such circumstances. I f the apparatus fails to operate correctlyit must be isolated as described in Clause 4, and reported accordingly. I f i t is not possible for the apparatus to be repairedor changed, the Driver must understand that he will not have the benefit of A.T.C. dur ing his journey. The position mustbe clearly explained to any Relief Driver who may take over the locomotive or unit, or arrangements made for him tobe suitably advised.

The attention of Drivers is drawn to the necessity of making an examination of the equipment on their locomotiveor train immediately i t has been derailed or has been in contact with an obstruction which may have caused damage tothe A.T.C. apparatus. Any damage found as a result of the examination should immediately be reported to the appropriatedepot.

7. W ro n g Direct ion Working.When running in the wrong direction dur ing Single l ine working, shunting operations, or other circumstances,

Drivers must regard the A.T.C. indications as inapplicable and cancel the warning as instructed in Clause 3.

8. Failu re of Apparatus.The system is devised so that in the event of a failure of the apparatus, the warning indication should be given in

the driving cab.Should, however, the bel l sound in the cab when a Distance signal is in the Caution position or a colour l ight signal

Is showing Double Yellow, Single Yellow or Red or when passing a directing Distant signal in the Clear position for thelower speed route, the Driver must stop at the next signal box ahead and repor t the circumstances, together with hisname and home depot and the locomotive or uni t number to the Signalman. I f the failure occurs at an automatic orsemi-automatic multiple aspect signal or at a controlled colour l ight signal ahead of the controlling signal box, the Drivermust repor t the failure from the telephone at the first convenient signal ahead of the track apparatus concerned. H emust also arrange for the locomotive or uni t to be tested on arrival at the depot or stabling point.

5

* INSTRUCTIONS FOR 13.11. AUTOMATIC TRAIN CONTROL—continued

The Signalman who receives intimation of the failure must make arrangements for Drivers of subsequent trains tobe stopped and advised that the A.T.C. track apparatus at the signal concerned is defective, unti l such time as the defecthas been put r ight or a Handsignalman appointed as provided for in Clause 10. I f the signal is at the rear of his box, theSignalman concerned must advise the Signalman at the box in rear and request him to stop and advise the Drivers, but,if i t is in advance of the box he must himself perform this duty. Both Signalmen must make an appropriate entry in thetrain register. The Signalman receiving information of the failure must arrange for the attendance of the Lineman. H emust also inform Control of the details given by the Driver, and Control must advise the Driver's home depot. W henthe defect has been put r ight, the Signalman at the box in rear must be so advised where necessary, in order that thenormal working may be resumed. A n entry to this effect must be made in the train register at each signal box and thelineman must countersign the register at the forward box.

In the event of the horn being received instead of the bell and the apparatus on the locomotive or uni t has beenchecked and found to be in order, the Distr ict Operating Officer must be advised so that the track equipment can beinspected.

In the event of a failure, appropriate steps must be taken to have i t rectified as quickly as possible.Any defect of the apparatus must be reported on the form provided.

9. W it hdrawal f rom Service.In the case of a failure of the equipment on a locomotive or multiple-unit train which has necessitated the isolation

of the apparatus, steps must be taken to provide a relief locomotive or train at the earliest possible moment so that thelocomotive or train on which the apparatus has failed can be sent to the depot for attention.

Similar action must be taken in respect of a locomotive or train on which a bell indication has been received insteadof a horn indication.

10. T r ack Equipment under Repair.While A.T.C. track equipment is under repair or out of use for any reason, a Handsignalman must be provided at

the signal concerned, who must act as i f he were fog-signalling at that particular signal.

MISCELLANEO US N O T IC ESPERMANENT SPEED RESTRICTIONS—INDICATOR SIGNS.

Where not already provided, Permanent Speed Restriction Indicator signs which show, by means of white numeralsfixed on posts about six feet above rail level, the maximum permissible speed immediately ahead, are being erected at thelineside in accordance with the following arrangements:—

I. T he indicator signs mark the commencement of the speed restrictions only and in no way relieve the Dr iverfrom the necessity of obeying all restrictions shown in the Sectional Appendices or other publication.

2. T he upper l imit of speed permitted (i.e., the maximum speed laid down) for a route will not be so indicated,either in respect of the main l ine or any parallel lines, i.e., Slow, Relief, Goods, etc.

3. Except as shown in paragraph 7, speed restrictions within these upper limits will be indicated by signs fixed atapproximately the commencing point of the speed restriction.

4. Speed restriction signs applicable to routes diverging either to the r ight or to the left will have arrow indicationsprovided on the post below the numerals and pointing in the direction of the line over which the speed restrictionapplies.

5. W her e there is a speed restr iction on both routes over a diverging junction two signs will be provided. T hesign for the lower speed route, w i th arrow indication, will be fixed at approximately the commencing point ofthe speed restr iction, and the sign for the higher speed route, w i thout arrow indication, at approximately 40yards on the approach side of the first mentioned sign.

6. A t two-way diverging junctions where the speed restrictions over the junction are the same for each route, onesign only will be provided wi th two arrows, one pointing in each direction.

7. Signs wil l not be provided at junctions between parallel lines, or facing crossover roads, or when enter ing orleaving slow, relief, goods loops, platform or bay lines, etc., where the general speed restr iction as prescribedin the Appendix, or other publication, is 15 m.p.h. (or such other general speed restriction as is laid down).

Where, however, the permissible speed through such a junction is above or below the general speedrestriction, a sign wi l l be provided. O . K . 423/194

(O. 8864)

* APPLIANCES CARRIED O N TR A IN S FOR U SE I N CASE OF A C C ID EN T OROTHER EMERGENCY A N D D IRECTIONS FOR TH EIR USE.

The responsibility for the replacement and maintenance of ambulance equipment, in addition to rescue appliancesand fire fighting equipment, now devolves upon the Carriage and Wagon Engineer so far as Nor th Eastern Region linesare concerned.

The undermentioned paragraphs are additional to the instructions on pages 3 and 4 of the L.M.S. General Appendix;these also amend the instructions in the L.N.E.R. General Appendix, the first paragraph to be substituted for Clauses3, 4 and 5 on page 44 and the second and thi rd paragraph for Clause 7 on page 45.

Guards and other Operating Staff, Conductors or Attendants, as the case may be, must immediately drawattention to any defects or deficiencies in the equipment or missing fire appliances to the local C. & W . staff or tothe Yard Master or Station Master if local C. & W . staff are not available, in which event the Yard Master or StationMaster should take the necessary action to ensure that the circumstances are reported promptly to the responsibleC. & W . Departmental representative. T he C. & W . staff will then arrange for the contents of boxes or otherequipment to be examined and for any missing items, including fire appliances, to be replaced.

For the time being spare rescue appliances and ambulance boxes will continue to be kept at the stations shown,but in the custody of the Carriage and Wagon Engineer's staff.

It is the intention, so far as ambulance boxes are concerned, that only complete boxes will be stocked at thestations named. These boxes will be used to replace boxes found short in contents, the latter boxes being replenishedsubsequently at the main Carriage Works.

Spare ambulance boxes are now being kept at the additional stations listed below:—Leeds Ci ty Nor th. W a k e fi e l d K i r k g a t e .Bradford Exchange. L o w Moor.Bradford Forster Square. D e w s b u r y Central.

(0.4724)

6

MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES—continued

Referring to the instructions shown on page 44 of the L.N.E.R. General Appendix: all concerned to note that, pendingcomplete re-issue of the instructions, the fire extinguishers and buckets to be provided in the br ake com par tm entof cor r idor and non- cor r idor vehicles of Steam Stock will be as follows:—

Type o f Equipm ent2—Gallon W ater C.0.2.Buckets

* Except Western Region old stock.NOTE: The practice of filling one bucket with sand will be discontinued.

Number o f Extinguishers, etc .

2

(O. 4724)

PAINTING O F STANDPIPES O N VA C U U M BRAKED A N D VA C U U M PIPEDC OA C H IN G STOC K VEHICLES.

The vacuum standpipes at the ends of "ful ly fitted" and "piped only" coaching stock vehicles are painted i n theundermentioned colours:—

"Fitted" vehicles S t a n d p i p e s red."Piped" vehicles S t a n d p i p e s white.

Clause I (c) of the "General Regulations for Working the Vacuum Brake", shown on page 18 of the L.N.E.R. GeneralAppendix, is modified accordingly. ( O . 5378)

USE O F "PIPE FITTED ON L Y" BRAKEVANS O N F ISH TRAINS.Piped and Gauged brakevans are authorised for Class "C" braked trains signalled 3 - I - I. I n the event of i t being

necessary to use a pipe fitted only bralcevan on a Fish train, owing to a fully fitted van not being available, the train mustrun at Class "C" speed and be signalled 3 - I - 1 instead of I - 3 - I. ( 0 . 8 8 7 0 )

YORK, D R IN GH OU SES D O W N SID IN GS.Unti l fur ther notice, Siding No. 534 (Dgm. No. 257) wil l be reduced in length by approximately 40 yards. T he

track wi l l be severed and only temporary wheel-stops fitted and great care must be exercised by all concerned whenusing the Siding.

D A R L I N G T O N -7P A R K G A T E .

Unti l fur ther noti ce all traffic for Nestfield Sidings to travel over lines Nos. 500 and 501 and then via the newtemporary crossover to l ine No. 505.

GATESHEAD AREA: IN T R OD U C T ION O F C O L O U R L I G H T SIGN A LS I N PLA C E 'OFSEMAPHORES ( H IGH STREET A N D GREENSFIELD SIGN A L BOXES) .

At this stage of the alterations "Warning" and "Calling-on" indications cannot be exhibited. In all cases of a proceedaspect given by means of a subsidiary signal under a Colour Light signal, the Driver must understand that the line maybe occupied at any point before reaching the next Stop signal, and must proceed cautiously.

GATESHEAD, H I G H STREET SIGN A L B OX—R U LE 47—SH U N TIN G SIGNALS.When No. 28 semaphore subsidiary signal is lowered for a backing movement from the Up Main l ine to Greensfield

via the Down Curve, Drivers must proceed at Caution as the line up to the next Stop signal may be occupied at the timethe signal is lowered.

REPAIRS T O BRIDGE N o . 29 BETW EEN T R IM D ON GR A N GE ( TRIM DON) A N DC O XH O E BRIDGE ( STATION) SIGN A L B OXES.

The Up and Down lines through Bridge No. 29 have been interlaced. This Interlacing extends for approximately200 yards, commencing in the Down direction at approximately 200 yards ahead of Trimdon Grange Down Starting signal.The tracks return to thei r normal alignment at a point approximately 100 yards on the Coxhoe Bridge Station side ofthe bridge.

Unti l fur ther noti ce. Trains will be worked between Trimdon Grange and Coxhoe Bridge Station Signal Boxesin accordance with the Regulations for Train Signalling on Single Lines of Railway by the Electric Token Block System,except that Up trains travel over the Up line and Down trains over the Down line.

The Token Section extends from Trimdon Grange to Coxhoe Bridge Station Signal Boxes. ( O . 6656)

FIRE PR EC A U TION S I N TR A IN S: R EM OVA L O F SEATS I N B.R. STANDARD STOC K .

The seats in the new standard B.R. compartment corr idor stock are designed to be taken out to facilitate cleaningand prevent the accumulation of l i tter beneath.

In the event of fire starting in such collections of rubbish, the attention of guards and others concerned is drawnto the following diagram indicating the method of moving the seat:—

STOP

0 L I F T SEAT UNTILDOWEL IS CLEAR OFSEAT BEARER. & PULL

, FORWARD TO RELEASE) SEAT FRAME FROMSTOP.

( H E A T E R 0/BEARER _ 4 , -

- --DOWELG R I D

0 L OWER SEAT UNTILRESTING ON FL OOR& AGAINST SEATBEARER

0 P U L L SEAT FURTHERFORWARD UNTIL DOWELIS AWAY FROM SEATBEARER

STANDARD 13.14 C A R R I A G E

METHOD O F M OV I N G S E A T F O R C L E A N I N G P U R P OS E S

8

MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES—continuedA SH IN GTON —H IR ST LA N E CROSSING.

Unti l fur ther notice there will be heavy use of this crossing by lorries between the hours of 7.0 a.m. and 6.0 p.m.on weekdays, and the crossing keeper will be on duty. Dr i ver s of trains approaching must keep a sharp lookout, soundthe engine whistle and be prepared to act on any handsignals that may be exhibited.

COXLODGE—MESSRS. ROW NTREE'S N EW FACTORY.New sidings serving Messrs. Rowntree & Co's Factory have been connected to the Single line half a mile west of Cox-.

lodge Station and are worked for a 2 lever ground frame released by the electric token.The firm's private Locomotive may be allowed to proceed through the points on to the Single line to assist in attaching

or detaching as necessary.*B ET W EEN STOKESLY AND INGLEBY SIGNAL BOXES.—When Single Line Working by Train Staff and

Tickets is in operation the speed of trains over facing points in the Single line must not exceed 10 m.p.h. Dr ivers mustapproach Occupation Crossings cautiously and sound the locomotive whistle. ( O . 6238)

SOU T H B A N K ST A T ION SIGN A L B O X.Subsidiary Signals under Semaphore Running Signals: Permissive Goods lines.

The following arrangements have been introduced i n signalling alterations carried out:Top (full) arm—Indicates Goods l ine clear to Home signal at Signal box ahead.Lower (small) arm—with i l lum inated "C" Indication—Author ises Calling-on movement Goods line occupied,

intervening ground subsidiary signal (where provided) at "proceed".—wi thout a " C " Indication—Author ises movement only as far as l ine is clear towards

ground subsidiary Signal ahead. ( 0 . 8 6 0 8 )

GRANGETOW N—W ORKING O F TRAINS BETW EEN I C J . W ORKS SIGN A L B O X A N DTHE GR OU N D FRAME GIVIN G ACCESS T O A N D FROM T H E D O W N GOOD S L IN E.

The Regulations for Working on Single Lines of Railway by Pilot Guard, shown on pages 15 and 16 of the L.N.E.R.General Appendix, apply to the Single line between the 1.C.I. Works Signal Box and the Ground Frame.

The 1.C.I. Works Signalman, who will also act as Pilot Guard, will control all movements on the Single l ine betweenthe 1.C.I. Works Signal Box and the Ground Frame.

The approach of trains from the Grangetown direction for the 1.C.I. Works wil l be advised by telephone by theDistrict Control Office to the Signalman at Grangetown. The Grangetown Signalman will then advise the 1.C.I. WorksSignalman. U pon receipt of advice of the approach of a train the W o r k s Signalman must immediately proceed tothe Ground Frame to give author ity for the Single l ine to be occupied.

FILEY, SEADALE OC C U PA T ION LEVEL CROSSING(7E6 yards South of Filey Stat ion Signal Box)

Increased road traffic is passing over the above level crossing. D r i v e r s m us t be on t he al er t and soundlocomotive whist le o r warning horn when approaching. W h ist le boards have been erected.

BETWEEN GREAT H O R T O N A N D C U L L IN GW OR T HUnti l fur ther notice, the Up and Down lines between Great Hor ton and Cull ingworth wil l be worked by Pi lot

Guard in accordance with the instructions on pages 15 and 16 of the L.N.E.R. General Appendix. ( 0 . 8 5 7 4 )

GREETLAND N o . I A N D N o. 2.Unti l fur ther notice, the new connection at the Sowerby Bridge end of the Up Siding at Greetland No. 2 will not

be available for traffic purposes.

EXA M IN A T ION O F PASSENGER VEH IC LES BEFORE B EIN GWORKED A W A Y A S EM PTY.

There has been a number of cases recently of vans being found in sidings w i thout labels, but containing traffic.These vans have apparently been dealt with as empty vehicles and Stationmasters or other officials in charge of the

working must make such arrangements as to ensure all contents have been unloaded before vehicles are removed fromstation platforms or unloading docks as empty.

When this is qui te impracticable, arrangements must be made to examine the vehicles as soon as possible afterremoval from platforms.This instruction must be strict ly adhered to.

FLAT TYRES.The attention of Guards is drawn to the need to carry out the following instructions in Rule 129 (iv) (c):—Every Guard MUST—(iv) satisfy himself before starting at the commencement of the journey that—(c) the continuous brake, where provided, is in working order, and all hand brakes are taken off;

(P. 3/397: 0.58/4)

C ON VEYA N C E O F RADIO- ACTIVE MATERIALS B Y PASSENGEROR PARCELS T R A IN .

It has been agreed that certain types of radio-active materials, as described below, may be conveyed by passenger orparcels train in accordance wi th the following conditions:—Descr iption. TYPELabelling.

Black on whi te background wi th the wording "Radio-active Material (Type I) " .Conditions of Carriage.

No special precautions necessary.

(P. 3/3302)

9

MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES—continued

TYPE 2.Labelling.

Red on whi te background w i th the words "Caution—Radio-active Material (Type 2). Undeveloped photographicmaterial must not be placed nearer than 4 feet to this container".

Conditions of Carriage.Packages to be segregated at least 4 feet not only from undeveloped films, but also from articles of luggage, Post

Office bags, and other packages, the contents of which are unknown, in trains and on station premises, no consignmentby one train to exceed six packages. Particular care must be taken to ensure that this traffic is not placed within 4 feetof an adjacent passenger compartment. I n the majority of instances the most suitable arrangement will be to load thepackages in a corner of the train van at the buffer end, where possible, a chalk line being drawn on the floor indicatingthe required 4feet segregation.

Staff at intermediate stations loading traffic i nto trains conveying these packages must ensure that the required4 feet segregation is maintained and Guards should satisfy themselves that this is done.

It wil l also be the responsibility of Guards who are relieved en route to advise the Guard working forward of thepresence of these consignments.

Security.All consignments of Type 2 radio-active material must be conveyed in the van in which the Guard is r iding. A t

stations the traffic must be kept i n a safe place and arrangements made to ensure that the necessary segregation ismaintained.

Notice of Despatch.Advance information with regard to all consignments of Type 2 radio-active materials to be despatched by rail will

be advised by the Commercial Department to the Operating Department, and the Operating Department will arrangefor the despatching and intermediate transfer points to be advised of the details so that the necessary arrangements forloading and transfer can take place under the prescribed conditions.

Advice and Signatures.The actual despatch of each Type 2 consignment must be advised by the sending station to destination station and

all intermediate transfer points of the trains concerned. Packages will be sealed and signed for from hand to hand.

Condition of Vehicles.Owing to the possibility of dust on the floors of vehicles becoming slightly activated, the vehicle floors should be

swept before radio-active traffic is loaded.

Returned Empties.Returned empties wil l be treated as conveying radio-active material unless an assurance has been obtained by the

Commercial Department that the empty packages will not emit any radio-activity.

Goods Train Conveyance.At the present time radio-active material (Type 2) cannot be accepted for conveyance by goods train.

General N ot e.It is understood that at certain stations where Railway staff are required to handle packages containing radio-active

substances some anxiety has been fel t that these duties might have undesirable effects upon the health of the staff. Theremay also be some concern by guards travelling with such packages.

In drawing up regulations for the transport of radio-active substances by rail the Railway Executive had the adviceof its Research Department and of independent scientific experts. The regulations are str ingent and the staff can havefull confidence that the method of packing and transporting these materials is such that full protection is provided: nomember of the Railway staff should suffer any harmful effects as a result of carrying out his normal duties in the presenceof these consignments. ( P . 3/3141)

C ON VEYA N C E O F H O M I N G PIGEON S.

The attention of the staff is drawn to the following instructions, which must be carefully noted by all concerned:—

Transi t.Every care must be exercised in loading and unloading baskets on and off platform trucks or into and out of vans,

and other packages are not to be placed on top; the baskets must not be thrown down as this may injure the birds byconcussion. Barrows which cause the baskets to be ti l ted must not be used.

Birds must be despatched by the trains specified on the labels; i f no train is shown, by the first available service.To facilitate transit, they are to be forwarded, whenever possible, by through trains.

IN THE EVENT OF BASKETS OR PIGEONS EN ROUTE TO RACE POINTS HAVING T O BE DETAINED ATFORWARDING AND/OR TRANSFER STATIONS AWAITING DESPATCH, THE BASKETS MUST BE PLACED WHERETHEY W ILL BE UNDER OBSERVATION OF THE STAFF.

Should birds be overcarried they must, in all cases, be promptly returned to the proper station for liberation, andthe circumstances reported.

If i t is found necessary to detain birds overnight, they must be stored out of reach of cats, rats, etc.Care is t o be taken to water birds which may have been delayed, or have to be detained owing to unfavourable

weather. W hen detention is prolonged, food must be given; one, or at the most, two handfuls of corn per basket willsuffice. There must be an interval between feeding and l iberation, as i t is undesirable to release birds with food in theircrops.

Where birds are despatched for short flights i t is not necessary to feed or water them, unless they have suffereddelay or have had to be held over owing to bad weather.

10

MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES—continued

Liberation.It is important that labels, etc., be examined very carefully before birds are released to see that senders' instructions

are complied with, and the name of the station at which the birds are liberated must be stamped, or writ tenon the address label, and the t ime, date, state of weather and init ials of persons liberat ing inserted.

It must also be observed from what station the baskets have been forwarded and i f any delay has occurred en route,this is to be reported.

Pigeons cannot "home" in the dark, and must not, therefore, be liberated at a time when i t would be impossible forthem to reach their lofts during daylight the same day.

Where practicable, Station Masters are to select one or more members of the staff to attend regularly to the liberationof birds. A site adjacent to the Station, clear of buildings, telegraph wires, moving or standing vehicles, mustbe selected and all the birds released f rom this spot. T h ey must not be released at the edge of coveredplatforms or allowed to fly into the narrow space between the verandahs. Failure to act in accordance withthese instructions may result in valuable birds being maimed or killed. Birds going in opposite directionsmust not be liberated within several minutes of each other, as large numbers are diverted from their courseby this practice, and in the case of young untrained birds many are lost through clashing with birds flyingon a different course.

If weather is unfavourable for flying, birds are not to be liberated, but held unti l the following morning i f necessary,and an advice sent by telephone, or telegraph, to the sending stations, who must in turn advise senders.

Cases have been repor ted where birds have been liberated at stations other than those indicated on the addresslabels, and of baskets addressed to private liberators being l i ber ated,by r a i l w a y s t a f f . C a r e i s t o b e e x e r c i s e d t o s e e t h a t

such mistakes do not occur.

Empty Baskets.After liberation of the birds, empty baskets must be cleared of l i tter and returned wi thout delay to home stations,

where the staff must place them in safe custody, and examine the labels to see that no baskets belonging to any otherstation are kept on hand. Em pty baskets received w i thout address labels must be immediately repor ted to the LostProperty Department, description and size, also date and train received being given in all cases. Loss or delay to emptybaskets not only gives rise to claims but seriously inconveniences the owners, who are not able to util ize the basketsfully for training purposes, and involves the railway in loss of revenue.

Empty baskets must not be thrown out.

Accompanied (by Convoyers).As a general rule, Homing pigeons conveyed for liberation at stations in connection with

Federations and Combines are in charge of convoyers. These men are supplied wi th permitsin the vans in order that they tray assume full responsibility for seeing that the birds are not ito attend to the feeding and watering, and finally to release the birds at the destination stat

Railway staff must render every assistance to the convoyers, including the unloading ofat the points from which liberation takes place.

SECURING BARS: C OVER ED CARRIAGE TRUCKS.Difficulties are being caused at certain stations due to covered carriage trucks being received empty for loading

without securing bars. I t seems apparent these bars are not being replaced after unloading and stations receiving suchvehicles must ensure that the bars are replaced before the vehicles are re-forwarded. ( P . 3/3718)

H A N D LIN G O F F ISH TRAFFIC.The Whi te Fish Author i ty have laid down a code of principles for the handling of Fish traffic.The following is an extract from the code relating to transit and these instructions should be observed as far as

possible by all concerned:—(a) D ur i ng all stages of transit, boxes containing fish should be handled carefully and carried in a flat position.(b) Boxes should not be dropped or up-ended.(c) F ish containers should at all times be protected from direct sunlight.(d) Delays in transpor t should be avoided.(e) A l l vehicles used for the transport of fish should be covered.(f) W her e possible measures should be adopted to prevent a rise in temperature of fish during transport. Suitable

means are the use of insulated vehicles. ( P . 3/3282)

H A N D LIN G O F M A IL BAGSWhen handling Mail Bags great care must be taken not to drag the bags along the platform or floor.This not only causes damage but i t also makes the bags dir ty and unpleasant for those who subsequently handle them.

(P. 3/3878)

(Referring to page 104 ofComplaints have been received from the public that

contaminated by dogs travelling in the same van whichthe length of chain allowed the dog depends on the sizesecured that they are unable to come in contact with any

races promoted by Clubs,authorising them to travelnterfered with in any way,ion.the baskets from the vans

(P. 3/3149)

THE D U C H Y O F C OR N W A L L OYSTER FARM, F A L M OU T H—COMPLAINT.

Complaints have been made regarding delay to Oyster traffic despatched from Falmouth to various destinationsthroughout the country. I t is essential this traffic, which is packed in boxes plainly labelled Oysters, is kept under specialnotice, and particular attention given to the careful handling and expeditious conveyance with a view to prompt deliverybeing afforded. ( P . 3/3895)

DAMAGE T O L U GGA GE A N D PARCELS •TRAFFIC B Y F ISH B R IN E;USE O F SAW DUST.

Cases have been noted where the floors of vans of mixed parcels and fish traffic have been very wet with fish water.All concerned should ensure that in such cases a liberal supply of sawdust is used to minimise the possibility of the

fish water damaging other traffic loaded in the same van. ( P . 3/3883)C ON VEYA N C E O F D OGS I N VA N S O F PASSENGER TR A IN S

L.N.E.R. General Appendix.)parcels traffic i n guards' vans on passenger trains has beenhave been allowed too great a length of chain. Obv i ous l yof the animal but guards should note that dogs should be soother articles loaded in the van. ( P . 3/502)

MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES—continued

WINDSCREENS O N GA N GW A Y STOC KReferring to L.N.E.R. General Appendix, page 36, clause 3; claims continue to arise in respect of damage by grease

to passengers' clothing as a result of the absence of windscreens in gangways, and the attention of all concerned is againdirected to the need for seeing that the protective windscreens provided in gangway stock are made use of to excludedraughts, and to ensure that passengers passing from one coach to another do not come into contact with the gangwayplates.

It is the duty of the shunting staff to see that these windscreens are placed in position when gangway stock is coupledup, and that the windscreens are unfastened before gangwayed vehicles are uncoupled.

Guards working gangwayed trains must satisfy themselves that windscreens are in the correct position and mustfasten any which may be found not properly coupled up.

The new 13.R. standard type of windscreen is permanently fixed to its vehicles and is connected, by means of a hookwhich fastens into a staple provided on the body end of the adjacent vehicle.

Before vehicles are separated in the course of shunting movements, the windscreen should be removed from theadjacent vehicle by unhooking from the staple. I t should then be folded and hooked back out of the way so that thefacing surface does not become dir ty and greasy by contact wi th the vestibule face plates of an uncoupled vehicle.

The windscreen equipment is provided with safety release sockets to guard against damage in the event of a vehiclebeing inadvertently uncoupled wi thout first unhooking and folding back the windscreen. This, however, is only a safetydevice and must not be used as a general means of disconnecting the windscreens during shunting operations. N ot onlyis this practice likely to lead to damage to the windscreens, but leaves portions of them on both of the vehicles concerned.The equipment left on the respective vehicles is incomplete unless the two vehicles are again brought together, and i t isessential, therefore, when the safety device is used inadvertently that the hook portion should be immediately removed,reconnected by the release sockets to the main section of the windscreen, and folded and fastened back as previouslymentioned.

If in the case of regular train sets difficulty is experienced in connecting this type of windscreen owing to the absenceof staples in non-B.R. standard vehicles, the assistance of the local C. 8( W . staff should be obtained wi th a view to theprovision of the necessary staples on the non-standard vehicles concerned. ( P . 3/397)

YOU N G L IVE POU L T S I N T R A N SITSeveral complaints have been received regarding handling and delay in transit of day old turkey poults. These birds

are more delicate than day old chicks. They must be carefully handled and in all cases forwarded wi thout delay by themost expeditious service. ( P . 3/3051)

PROTECTION O F M A IL A N D PARCELS TRAFFIC D U R IN G TR A N SIT .Attention is drawn to the necessity for locking doors i n the steel gr il les separating van space from the side

corridor of British Railways Standard Stock. I f doors are left open traffic is exposed to the risk of pilferage.The doors must be locked by the Station Staff immediately loading and unloading is completed, except when a guard

is travelling in the compartment. Guards should ensure that the doors are kept locked dur ing journeys.(P. 3/3493)

BREAKAGE O F GR A M OPH ON E RECORDS C ON VEYED B Y PASSENGER T R A IN .Great care must be exercised by the staff in dealing w i th cartons of gramophone records. Each carton bears a

distinctive label "Records with Care", 4" x 4 . ( P . 3/5026)

C ON VEYA N C E O F L IVESTOC K B Y PASSENGER T R A IN .Attention of the staff is drawn to the necessity for ensuring that live stock of all kinds is delayed as l i ttle as possible,

and that i f for any unavoidable reason live stock has to remain on station premises, adequate steps are taken to ensurethat i t is not left on an open platform or exposed to the risk of bad weather. ( P . 3/3505)

M OTOR CYCLES.Despite the attention already drawn to the correct method of handling and loading of Motor Cycles, strong complaints

continue to be received from senders regarding damage due to mishandling.It is essential that the detailed instructions set out below are strictly observed:—(a) I n loading, the front wheel must be placed on the van floor , one loader to hold handlebars and another to l i ft

rear wheel into van.(b) Motor-cycles must be loaded across train vans and not end-on wi th the running direction of the trains.(c) W hen more than one machine is placed in a van, they must be loaded front to rear alternatively.(d) T he machines must NOT be placed on thei r stands when loaded in the train vans, as the oscillation is likely to

cause them to fall.(e) W hen unloading, the rear wheel must be lowered on to the platform by one loader, another loader holding

the handlebars and lowering the front wheel.(f) MOTOR-CYCLES UNLOADED FROM TRAIN VANS ON TO PLATFORMS MUST NOT BE PLACED AGAINST

WALLS OR STANCHIONS BUT BE PLACED IN THE PARKING POSITION ON THEIR STANDS.M OTOR SCOOTERS.

Motor Scooters are being damaged in transit and when these are loaded into rail vehicles they should be placed ontheir stands and not loaded one against the other or against other articles. I f this method of loading were adopted alarge proportion of the damage would be avoided.

The handling and loading of this traffic should be given special attention by the supervisory staff. ( P . 3/3132)

WESTERN R EGION PARRATT STRETCHERS F OR T H E C ON VEYA N C EOF IN VA L ID S B Y RAIL.

Instances have recently come to l ight where, after use, Parratt stretchers have been returned to the "Home" stationby Freight train, resulting in delay, also on occasions, in damage to the stretcher.

The staff concerned should be instructed that Parratt stretchers must in all cases be returned to the "Home" stationby the next available Passenger service, a suitable advice being sent to destination or transfer points. ( P . 3/87)

DAMAGE T O M O T O R CYCLES A N D M O T O R SCOOTERSDURING R A IL TRANSIT.

' L IGH T IN G O F PASSENGER TRAINS: SU N D ER LA N D .So far as the Push-and-Pull working between Sunderland and South Shields is concerned, the following arrangements

should be made:—(I) W h en the engine is leading and there is no-one in the van on departure from Sunderland.

The Station Master, Sunderland, must see that the lights are switched on before departure and the Station Staffat Monkwearmouth, when that station is open, must switch them off as necessary. W hen MonkwearmouthStation is closed, the Station Staff at Seaburn must switch the lights off as necessary.

(2) W h en the engine is propelling and the driver is in the driving compartment.The Driver should see that the lights are switched on and off as necessary. ( P . 3/534)

M U SH R OOM SPA W N TRAFFIC B Y PASSENGER TR A IN E X . W OR T H IN G.Considerable difficulty is caused by delay in transit of the above as the life of this spawn is approximately 5 days.

Special attention to be given. Consignments must not be split in transit. ( P . 3/4221)

DELAY T O C ON SIGN M EN T S FORW ARDED B Y PASSENGER T R A INTO L O N D O N A IRPORT.

Strong complaints have been made by the 13.0.A.C. and other airlines regarding delays to urgent consignmentsforwarded by passenger trains to London Ai rpor t for which reservation for conveyance on scheduled air services havebeen made by senders. Al l staff concerned are reminded that these urgent consignments should be despatched by thefirst available service from sending and transfer stations. ( P . 3/3885)

C ON VEYA N C E B Y FREIGHT TRAINS O F EXPLOSIVES A N D OT H ER D A N GER OU S GOOD SFOR H .M . GOVER N M EN T, ETC.

(Throughout the following instructions the term "Government" must be interpreted as also coveringexplosives conveyed on behalf of visiting Forces.)

Referring to Rule 240, Clause 10, the restriction on a number of vehicles containing explosives which may be conveyedby any one train at any time to a maximum of five does not apply in the case of explosives conveyed on account of:—

(i) The Government (Admiralty, War Office, Ai r Ministry and Ministry of Supply).(ii) A trader for transit to a Government Department.(iii) A trader for transit to a trader on account of the Government.The following instructions apply to such traffic:—(I) For trains conveying not more than five vehicles containing explosives, the normal marshalling instructions

apply.(2) T he Government Regulations permit conveyance of more than five vehicles containing explosives on a train

but in such cases no explosives other than Government Explosives must be attached to the train.Vehicles containing phosphorus, inflammable liquids, or liquefied gases must not be attached to a train conveyingmore than five vehicles containing Government Explosives.

(4) Vehicles containing explosives must be separated from the train engine by at least two vehicles ei ther emptyor containing merchandise of a non-inflammable and non-explosive nature and there must be at least two of thesebarrier vehicles between the vehicles containing explosives and the Goods Brake Van.All vehicles containing Government Explosives will carry "Explosives" labels but the labels of vehicles containingcertain Government Explosives will also be boldly endorsed wi th the letters "J", " W " or "Y" . The followingmarshalling requirements must be observed:—

Maximum Numberof Vehiclescontaining A d d i t i o n a l Special

Government R e q u i r e m e n t sExplosives whichmay be conveyed

(3)(5)

(a) A train conveying wagons not labelled

(b) A train conveying only wagons labelled

(c) A train conveying only wagons labelled

(d) A tr ai n conveying m or e than fivewagons labelled " Y"

(e) A train conveying some wagons labelled"J" and more than five labelled " Y"

(f) A train conveying some wagons labelled"J" and not more than five labelled

(g) A train conveying some wagons labelled"W " and some labelled " Y"

(h) A t r a i n conveying s om e vehicleslabelled "..1" and some labelled " W "

(i) A t r a i n conveying s om e vehicleslabelled "J" and some " W " and some

(j) Any trains as defined i n items (b) t o(h) inclusive, may be made up to themaximum loads shown by the inclusionof wagons of Government explosivesnot labelled " J" , " W " or "Y'

12

MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES—continued

60

60

60

30 Not more than five " Y " t o be directlycoupled together and such groups to beseparated one fr om another by t w obarrier vehicles.

30 T h e " Y" vehicles to be in groups of notmore than five and such groups to beseparated fr om one another by t w obarrier vehicles.

60

60 N o t more than five " Y " to be included.

60 N o t more than five " J " t o be included.

60 N o t more than a combined total o f five"J'_' and/or " Y" to be included.

(I)

(2)(3)

13

MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES—continued

C ON VEYA N C E B Y FREIGHT TRAINS O F EXPLOSIVES A N D OT H ER D A N GER OU S GOOD SFOR H .M . GOVER N M EN T, ETC.—continuedNotes.

(i) The term "barr ier vehicles" means empty vehicles or vehicles containing merchandise of a non-inflammable ornon-explosive nature.

(ii) There is no need for barr ier vehicles between ".1" and " W " ; ".1" and " Y" ; " W " and " Y" ; or " Y" and othervehicles containing Government Explosives but not labelled ".1", " W " or "Y" . ( O K . 432/197) (1-9-56).

C ON VEYA N C E B Y GOOD S T R A IN O F RADIO- ACTIVE M ATERIALThe following general instructions are applicable in connection wi th the transit of irradiated fuel rods passing fromDidcot, W A. , to Thurso, Sc.R., via Crewe and Carlisle:—

(I) PAC KIN G.Steel flask, 4 feet by 4 feet by 4 feet 3 inches, weighing approximately 15 tons. Designed to withstand drop of

60 feet and to stand up to any shock dur ing rail transit.(2) VEHICLE T O BE USED.

Rectank 37 feet 0 inches length over buffers stencilled, "Radio-Active Material. N o unauthorised person musttrespass on this vehicle. T o work between Didcot, W.R., and Thurso, Sc.R. only. N O T T O BE SHEETED."

(3) LOAD IN G AN D SECURING.Rectank to be fitted w i th metal cradle and yoke fitted over trunnions of flask and fastened to binding chains

secured to wagon frame.(4) CLASS OF TRAIN.

Limited t o Class "F" and below.(5) MARSHALLING.

To be on rear of train wi th an empty barrier wagon between the wagon conveying the flask and brake van.(6) LABELLING.

Railway Dangerous Label B.R.21 276 and "Examine Load" Label to be used.(7) ADVISING AN D TRANSIT CONDITIONS.

Fourteen days notice of despatch to be given and train services to be pre-arranged. Transit to be advised fromDistrict Control t o Distr ict Control throughout and be kept under constant notice.

Train to be signalled by the special "Is Line Clear" signal 2-6-1 for Out-of-gauge or otherwise exceptional loadfor which running lines or sidings NEED N OT BE BLOCKED. Special care to be taken when starting, stoppingand shunting and the usual precautions and careful handling to be observed throughout. Detention in yards en routeto be kept to a minimum.

In case of emergency or where i t is necessary to detain the "flask" over 12 hours, the vehicle must be isolatedat least 20 feet away from all other vehicles, except those containing traffics such as coal, other minerals, machineryand metals.

(8) DECONTAMINATION.The U.K. Atomic Energy Author i ty have given an assurance that the flask w i l l be presented completely

decontaminated at both Didcot and Thurso and wil l be perfectly safe for loading and handling.(G. 3/39)

C ON VEYA N C E B Y RAIL OF "OCTEL" A N T I- K N OC K C OM POU N D C ON T A IN IN GLEAD TETRA ETH YL—IN STR U C TION S FOR H A N D L IN G A N D L OA D IN G.

Referring t o the instructions on pages 96, 97 and 98 of the L.N.E.R. General Appendix headed "Explosives,Inflammable Liquids, Dangerous Chemicals, Combustible Materials, etc.—Fires or Accident", below are provisionalinstructions which should be carried out lin the event of an accident, involving a leakage or spillage affecting "OCTEL":—

"OCTEL" ANTI-KNOCK COMPOUND CONTAINING TETRA ETHYL LEAD.This traffic is not normally handled by railway staff. The material is nei ther explosive nor inflammable at ordinary

temperatures, but i t is poisonous and i t may enter the body either by absorption through the skin or by breathing thevapour. The compound is coloured orange or blue so that any leakage can be seen immediately. Fur ther i t has a distinctiveand rather sweet smell. I f i t can be smelled there is a dangerous concentration of the compound.

During transport the compound can only get into the body i f leakage occurs from the containers. These are eithertank wagons or specially constructed steel drums. The drums which are of great strength and sealed wi th an inner andouter bung. Rol l ing hoops are fitted as an added protection for the shell. The drums weigh approximately I c w t . and8 cwt. respectively.

Drums must be loaded "gunshot" on their rolling hoops, bungs uppermost and securely chocked. Stowage on endsis not permitted and no other commodity should be loaded in the same wagon. Irrespective of weight, drums must beconveyed through to destination in three plank drop-sided wagons which must not be sheeted.

The tank wagons are also specially strongly constructed, the inner tank having thick covering of granulated corkwith exter ior sheeting of thick steel plate. T he tank wagons do not have bottom outlet.

Wagons loaded w i th drums containing "Octel " wi l l bear wagon labels, and tanks will have warning plates affixed,indicating the action to be taken in the event of leakage, spillage or accident: the following are the measures which shouldbe taken:—

(4)

(5)

Immediately noti fy and obtain advice from Associated Ethyl Co. Ltd., by telephone (Ellesmere Por t 3611) ortelegram (Ethylport, Ellesmere Port) , and notify consignees.If the compound can be smelled, i t is necessary to keep up wind unless respirator protection is available.If the compound gets on the skin wash immediately with Kerosine; remove clothes i f contaminated, then washskin wi th soap and water. Contaminated clothes should be burnt.Prior notice of forwarding of the traffic must be advised from distr ict to distr ict through which i t is to pass.

(G. 3/39)In the case of serious accidents which may occur at points nearer to destination than to Ellesmere Port, in additionto advising Messrs. Ethyl & Co., Ellesmere Port, consignees should also be advised by telephone to enable them toinstitute emergency measures pending the arrival of assistance from Ellesmere Port. The consignees concernedare:—

*B.P. Isle of Grain T e l e p h o n e Chatham 44711.B.P. Llandarcy S k e w e n 3232.

Grangemouth G r a n g e m o u t h 2611.Shell–Mex, Shell Haven S t a n f o r d - l e - H o p e 3333.Esso, Fawley F a w l e y 541.

IlcMobiloil Co. Ltd. S t a n f o r d - l e - H o p e 2021.

14

MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES—continuedH IGH D EN SIT Y ( H IGH TEST) H YD R OGEN PER OXiD E I N R A IL T A N K W A GON S.

(I) T he Tanks conveying this l iquid are identified by a longitudinal band, 8 inches wide, made up of white outerbands lit- inches wide, wi th a l ight Brunswick green central band 5 inches wide, painted on the bottom edgeof the cowling (or on an appropriate similar position on the tank where no cowling is fitted) at each side andthe words 'CORROSIVE LIQUID' inserted in the band in 4 inch wide letters. The words N OT TO BE LOOSESHUNTED' also are painted on both sides of the tanks. The tanks also bear the inscription 'H.T.P.' in yellow ona black diamond-shaped background, wi th an inset yellow border with yellow crescents at each side.The tanks also bear the inscription:—

"IF CONTENTS LEAK WASH DOW N WITH WATER ONLY"and the cradles on both sides are inscribed:—

"IN THE EVENT OF TROUBLE ADVISE:—X.C.P.

M.O.S.,Adelphi,

London, W.C.2."The telephone number of the M.O.S. Explosives and Chemical Production Section requiring this advice is GERrard8081, Extension 2760.

(2) T he traffic in itself is not inflammable, but can give rise to fires when in contact with combustible material.(3) Each vehicle wi l l bear the 'DANGEROUS' label.(4) T he tanks pass between Warr ington and the following places:—

Amesbury.Christchurch.Westcott, near Aylesbury, Bucks.U.K.A.E.A. Springfields Works, Salwick, NI% Preston, Lancs.A.D.E.B. Vickers Armstrongs Ltd., Barrow-in-Furness.

* R.N. Depot, Faslane, Garelochead, N r . Helensburgh, Dumbartonshire.R.O.F. Bishopton, Renfrewshire.

The traffic may also pass between any of the depots marked * and from Bishopton or Salwick to Amesbury orChristchurch.

(5) Routes and services for movement of the traffic must be pre-arranged, intermediate staging being avoided asfar as practicable.

(6) Pr i or notice of forwarding of the traffic must be advised from distr ict to distr ict through which i t is to pass.(7) T he vehicles must not be marshalled next to wagons known to contain explosives or inflammable liquids.(8) LOOSE SHUNTING IS PROHIBITED EITHER W ITH T H E TAN KS CONCERNED O R W ITH OTHER

VEHICLES AGAINST THEM.(9) I n the event of accident or mishap involving spillage or leakage, water must be used liberally. Ashes or ballast

must NOT be used.(10) T he Tanks have ONE STAR painted on each side. ( G . 3/4179)

EQU IPM EN T OF FITTED W A GON S, STANDARD SPRING K EY A N D C H A IN —FOR VA C U U M C OU PLIN GS.

Many fitted wagons are in service wi thout the standard spring key and chain for the vacuum couplings and greatdifficulty is being experienced in obtaining renewals. T he main cause of the numerous breakages is due to staff usingshunting poles to release the spring key quickly. Al l who are directly concerned wi th the coupling and uncoupling ofwagons should insert and withdraw the spring keys by hand and thereby avoid the frequent breakages.

(G. 1/5709/5)BOTTOM D O O R W A GON S.

In the event of the Bottom Door on a wagon dropping during its journey the guard of the train should repor t thecircumstances to the Yard Inspector at the next point of call where C. & W . staff are in attendance.

The Yard staff must in turn draw the attention of the C. & VV. Examiner to the wagon so that he can ensure thatthe door is attended to in the event of the mechanism in any way being defective. ( G . 3/4097)

DAMAGE T O SIGN A LLIN G A N D PERM ANENT W A Y EQU IPM EN T .Instances continue to be reported of damage to signalling and permanent way equipment due to chains trailing from

wagons and there have been several cases where unsecured chains have fallen from wagons and become fast in crossingpoints, resulting in following wagons becoming derailed.

All concerned are reminded of the importance of ensuring that chains, sheets, etc., are adequately secured i naccordance w i th Rule 157. ( G . 2/23548/16)

C OM POSIT ION O F FREIGHT TRAINS.In order to provide staff concerned wi th the working of freight trains wi th advance information as to the loading

and length of trains, staff at Marshalling Yards should include in train messages to District Control the equivalent weightand length of the train whenever this varies from the normal in relation to the actual number of wagons conveyed. W henquoting equivalents in weight, the uni t (Goods, Heavy or Empty) should be specified. ( G . 1/4404/Gen.)

BREAKDOWN O F W A GON S U N D ER LOA D OR STOPPAGE D U E T O L OA D UNSAFE T O TRAVEL.PROCEDURE A S T O A D VISIN G A N D T R A N SH IPM EN T , ETC., W H E N L OA D ED W A G O N S A R E

STOPPED I N TR A N SIT O W I N G T O M EC H A N IC A L OR L OA D IN G DEFECTS.Instances have occurred of failure to carry out the instructions on pages 108 and 109 of the L.N.E.R. General

Appendix and serious complaints have been made by Traders.The non-receipt of these advices handicap the efforts of the staff concerned in the tracing of wagons not received

at destination in the normal course, and Traders become very ir r i tated when we are unable to inform them promptlythat a wagon has become defective.

The attention of all concerned is drawn to the importance of adhering strictly to the instructions referred to abovewhen wagons break down in transit. ( G . 3/2266)

EXA M IN A T ION O F W A GON S "MARKED FOR REPAIR".The Commission has recently had to settle some very heavy claims for loss resulting from wagbris which for some

reason have lost their traffic labels, and have also been found to be in need of such repair that they have been labelledby the C. & W . staff to "Shops". This often involves the wagons being placed away amongst cripples and waiting someconsiderable time before they are attended to. W hen opened in the Shops the wagons have been found to be loaded;in the case of one container this was found to contain meat which had become a total loss.

It is, therefore, most important that all wagons or containers should be examined to make certain that they areempty before being put away amongst cripples. Van doors should be opened owing to the unreliability of testing by ablow on the side to ascertain whether loaded or empty. ( G . 3/2266/1)

15

MI S CE LLANE O US NOTI CES—cont i nued

CLOSING O F D OOR S OF EM PTY COVERED W A GON S I N TRANSIT.Cases have been noticed where covered vans have been despatched with the sliding doors in the open position. I n

order to avoid rain penetrating to the inside of these wagons and to reduce wind resistance, i t is important that the doorsof covered vehicles should be properly closed and secured before despatch.

All concerned wi th the working of trains should endeavour to see that this is done.

Former designation Revised designation

Former NewWheel Power Type Power Type

arrangement Class Class

4-6-0 5XP Passenger Tender (L.M.S. Jubilee: 6P/5F Mixed Traffic Tender (ex L.M.S. Jubilee:Patriot). Patriot).

2-6-0 .5F Freight Tender (L.M.S. Standard—taper boiler).

6P/5F Mixed Traffic Tender (ex L.M.S. Standard—taper boiler).

2-6-0 5F Freight Tender (L.M.S. Standard—parallel boiler).

6P/5F Mixed Traffic Tender (ex L.M.S. Standard—parallel boiler).

SPEED RESTRICTIONS—FREIGHT R OLLIN G STOCK.The following wagons, which are vacuum braked, are labelled " XP" as they fulfil the conditions necessary for this

marking. The future use of the "XP" sign on this type of wagon is under consideration, but in the meantime, as i t wasnever intended these wagons should be attached to passenger trains, they should not be so attached unti l fur ther notice.

22 ton Lowmac E . O .20 ton Lowmac E . Q .12 ton Flat

RAIL T A N K CARS RETURNED FU LL IN ERROR T O SEN D IN G POIN T .Many complaints have been made by the Oi l firms of instances where tank cars have been received back at the

forwarding point with the contents still intact. I t has been established that this has been due to the special double-sidedlabels having been reversed at some point so as to exhibit the "home empty" side of the label.

Stations are reminded that these labels are not to be removed from the tanks by Railway Staff.In the event of a tank car being stopped by the Operating Department, owing to doubt as to the correct destination

(e.g. where the two labels on a vehicle bear contradictory directions) the circumstances will be reported to the GoodsAgent at the place where the vehicle is stopped and the latter should immediately get in touch by telegram or telephone,with sending and/or destination points, i n order to establish the correct labelling. ( G . 3/4327)

FREIGHT BRAKE VA N S.The following types of brake vans are being stencilled " N ot in Common Use":—

I. Brakes with a tare weight of less than 20 tons.2. Brakes not fitted wi th side lookouts.

These brakes should normally be confined to working trains within the Operating Area to which they belong.If "foreign" brakes of this description are received in the Nor th Eastern Operating Area they should be wor ked

home as quickly as possible. Particulars of brakes which cannot be returned home in this way must be repor ted toControl.

With the exception of a small number which are lettered for specific services, all other brake vans may be used forworking trains in any direction. ( G . 1/42)

TRAINM EN W OR K IN G PASSENGER A N D FREIGHT TRAINS I N T O YOR K .All locomotivemen from other depots who work trains into York Station or Yards and are relieved on arrival or

who travel as passengers to York for return working must report to the Running Foreman at York Depot by the quickestavailable means after arrival. Similarly Freight and Passenger Guards should repor t to the Yard Master or Station Masteras the case may be.

All locomotivemen from other depots who take thei r locomotives to Yor k Depot after working incoming trainsmust repor t to the Running Foreman immediately after disposing of the locomotive.

All locomotivemen from other depots working trains into Skelton New Yard must repor t to the Locomotive Fore-man at that point as soon as possible after arrival. I f the Locomotive Foreman is not available the locomotivemen shouldreport to the Traffic Inspector: Guards should repor t to the Traffic Inspector.

Locomotivemen who take their locomotives to the South Shed should repor t on arrival to the Timekeeper there.(G. 7/194/I/N

P. 3/710/.)TAIL LAMPS.

The attention of all concerned is drawn to the heavy demand for tail lamps as instances have been noted of suchlamps lying about in goods sidings, stations, etc. Serviceable tail lamps should be returned to the storage points whennot required and damaged lamps should be disposed of in accordance with the instructions. ( G . 1/33)

CLASSIFICATION O F PASSENGER TENDER LOC OM OTIVES.

The classification of ex L.M.S. 5XP, 6P and 7P locomotives has been altered to 6P/5F, 7P and 8P respectively. --The route availability of these locomotives remains unchanged.Reference to Class 5XP, 6P and 7P to be altered to read 6P/5F, 7P and 8P respectively in the Sectional Appendices,

etc., but no alteration is to be made for the time being to the "Classification Code" shown on page I of the DivisionalRoutes over which Engines May Run pamphlet.

RE-DESIGNATION O F L OC OM OT IVES—M IXED TRAFFIC TYPES.

The fol lowing locomotives, hi ther to designated "Passenger Tender", "Passenger Tank", "Freight Tender " and"Freight Tank", have been re-designated "Mixed Traffic Tender" or "Mixed Traffic Tank", as the case may be:—

(O. 8870/G. 1/7 91)

The following B.R. Standard locomotives are "Mixed Traffic":—

Former designation Revised designation

Wheelarrangements

FormerPowerClass

TypeNew

PowerClass

Type

The fol lowinfollowing:—

g locomoti ves wi l l have painted on the cab sides the p ower class only, that is, w i thout a letter

4-6-0 5 Mixed T r affic T ender (L.M .S. 5 Mixed Traffic Tender (ex L.M.S. Standard).Standard).

2-6-0 4F Freight Tender (L.M.S. Standard). 4 Mixed Traffic Tender (ex L.M.S. Standard).2-6-4 4P Passenger Tank (L.M.S. Standard 4 Mixed Traffic Tank (ex L.M.S. Standard

3 cyl.—taper boiler). 3 cyl.—taper boiler).2-6-4 4P Passenger Tank (L.M.S. Standard 4 Mixed Traffic Tank (ex L.M.S. Standard

2 cyl.—taper boiler). 2 cyl.—taper boiler).2-6-4 4P Passenger Tank (L.M.S. Standard 4 Mixed Traffic Tank (ex L.M.S. Standard

2 cyl.—parallel boiler). 2 cyl.—parallel boiler).2-6-2 3P Passenger Tank (L.M.S. Standard

—parallel boiler).3 Mixed Traffic Tank (ex L.M.S. Standard—

parallel boiler).2-6-2 3P Passenger Tank (1....M.S. Standard

—taper boiler).3 Mixed Traffic Tank (ex L.M.S. Standard—

taper boiler).2-6-0 2F Freight Tender (L.M.S. Standard). 2 Mixed Traffic Tender (ex L.M.S. Standard).2-6-2 2P Passenger Tank (1...M.S. Standard). 2 Mixed Traffic Tank (ex L.M.S. Standard).

TENDER:

TANK:

16

MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES—continued

RE-DESIGNATION O F L OC OM OT IVES—M IXED TRAFFIC TYPES—continued

Speed limits, restrictions and other instructions applicable to any one of these locomotives, and published in theAppendices under the former designations, automatically continue in force and must, therefore, be accepted as beingapplicable to the individual types concerned under thei r revised designations.

Power Class

7P/6F6P/5F

54432

432

The classification7P/6F

5

5

6P/5F3

of Diesel l o

Wheel arrangement

4-6-24-6-24-6-04-6-02-6-02-6-02-6-0

2-6-42-6-22-6-2

comotives is as under :—ICO+COIICO--1-001

CO+CO

4-8-4BO+ BO

Type

70,00072,00073,00075,00076,00077,00078,000

80,00082,00084,000

Ex S.R. Diesel Electric, No. 10203.Ex S.R. Diesel Electr ic, Nos. 10201 and

I 0202.Ex L.M.S. Diesel Electric, Nos. 10000 and

10001.Ex L.M.S. Diesel mechanical, No. 10100.Ex L.M.S. Diesel Electric, No. 10800.

FITTING O F C O N T I N U O U S BRAKES T O FREIGHT VEHICLES:M A N U A L L IGH T/LOA D DEVICE.

Fully fitted I6- ton flat bottomed mineral wagons and 25i- ton i ron ore wagons are now becoming available and theattention of the staff is drawn to the following points:—1. Brakes. These wagons have two brake cylinders and are fitted w i th a changeover lever at each side of the wagons

on the solebar beneath the door . This has two positions loaded and empty. I n the loaded position both cylinderswork, in the empty position only one cylinder works. In order to ensure that the appropriate brake power is availableit is most important that the position of the lever corresponds wi th the condition of the wagon (loaded or empty)when the vacuum brakes are in use.

2. These wagons are not in common user owing to terminal restrictions. Any point receiving them must apply fordisposal instructions and not deal w i th them as ordinary mineral wagons.

3. T h e changeover gear may be operated from empty to loaded position by simply moving a lever but before changingfrom loaded to empty position, i t must be ensured that the vacuum is completely destroyed, then the release cordpulled t o ensure that the brakes on the wagon are off. Then the changeover lever may be moved to the emptyposition. ( G . I/252/Gen.)

17

MI S CE LLANE O US NOTI CES—conti nued

MISSING W A G O N S

No. Description Name Availability

CN.4411 2nd Class Card "Duty" Pass A Representative All stations, Nor th Eastern Region267092 2nd Class Residential Miss J. L. Clark Scotswood and Newcastle199 2nd Class Duty Blank Card — Bredbury t o . . . .

Lady Bank Sc.R.997520

S (C) 25783

Owner Wagon T y p eNo.

Contents Astray since Required at

B 12392 F.M. Container — Advise H / Q Transi t Section,York.

211297 — 600 Base Plates 19.11.57 Lady Bank Sc.R.997520 Plate — April, 1957 Rugby S. & T. Dept. L.M.R.120691 — 21 Loose Binding Chains 9.6.58 Motherwell Sc.R.43586 ') H . G .233683 (Adapted) — — Corby L.M.R.140680 j286473 — Sand 20.6.58 Starbeck M.P.D. N.E.R.88296 Airslide — Shoreham-by-sea SA.462073 Palbrick Bricks 7.7.58 Parkhead Sc.R.

LOST PASSESThe undermentioned passes are repor ted lost and i t is requested that the staff employed i n the collection and

examination of tickets should keep a sharp look-out in order to prevent misuse:—

EASTERN RE G I O NA U TOM A TIC TRAIN C ON T R OL

Automatic Train Control equipment has been installed between Grantham and King's Cross for use by Enginemenwho have been trained in its operation.

The only locomotives fitted at present are allocated to the Eastern Region. Should Enginemen who have not beentrained in the operation of the equipment be called upon to operate a locomotive so fitted over A.T.C. fitted track, theequipment on the locomotive will be isolated.

When the equipment is isolated, the locomotive can be operated in exactly the same manner as any other locomotiveof the same class.

EASTERN A N D L O N D O N M I D L A N D RE G I O NSMANCHESTER A N D SHEFFIELD

Unti l fur ther noti ce. Passenger trains conveying four-wheeled vehicles of less than 15 feet wheelbase i n anyposition on the train must not exceed 40 miles per hour on the Up and Down lines between Manchester (LondonRoad) and Sheffield (Victoria). T h e restrict ion must also be applied t o 'L.N.,E.R.' Horse Boxes with 14 feetwheelbase which are lettered "May run at Speeds exceeding 60 m.p.h. on L.N.E.R. only". The instructions onpage 33 of the L.N.E.R. General Appendix (pages 2 and 3 of No. 2 Supplement) headed "Conveyance of Four-WheeledNon-Passenger-Carrying Coaching Stock and Braked Freight Stock in Passenger Trains" are modified accordingly.(O. 7423)

MANCHESTER—SHEFFIELD—WATH ELECTRIFICATIONLIGHTS IN REAR CABS OF ELECTRIC LOCOMOTIVES.

During the hours of darkness the lights will be left switched on i n the rear cabs of electric locomotives to assistGuards in ensuring that their trains are intact.

L O N D O N M I D L A N D RE G I O N— CE NTRAL LI NESFAILSW ORTH—STATION. I n connection w i th subsidence of the Holl inwood end of the Down platform a

barricade has been erected and a white line painted on the por tion of the Down platform which is in use.Drivers of all Down trains calling at Failsworth are instructed not to br ing thei r trains to a stand beyond the

barricade which is protected by a white l ight.KIRKDALE CARRIAGE SIDINGS. T he attention of all concerned is drawn to the limited side clearance when

vehicles are passing through the washing machine structure located on the Up Goods l ine near Kirkdale West SignalBox and all staff working in this area must exercise great care.

MI DLAND LI NE SST. PANCRAS STA TION —PER C OLA TION O F W ATER T O U N D ER GR OU N D PREMISES:—

Drivers should l imit the discharge of water from locomotives standing in the platform roads to a minimum.(LIEN.)

PAGE 63

PostalNumber District

Postal

S.W.I8, 19

S.E.2.0

S.E.22

Traffic Delivered from

Postal

S.E.I8S.E.I9S.E.20 (Anerley)S.E.20 (Penge)S.E.22

SortingNumber

Page 61

ISO ( Beckton Gas Works)5 S.E.20 S.C. (Aner ley)5 S.E.2I

Shown E.4 Chingford . . ..Chingford . . . . • .

•. — E.R . 150Should be E.4 Chingford . . .. Chingford or Highams Park .. .. E.R . I

SO

Shown E.6 Beckton Distr ict .. Liverpool Street . . . . .. .. E.R . 150Should be E.6 Beckton Gas Works .. Liverpool Street . . . . .. E.R . 150

Shown E.16 Silvertown . . .. Bow . . . . . . . . .. •. L.M.R. IShould be EIS Victoria Docks and I

North WoolwichShown E.18 South Woodford .. Woodford. •• .. .. E R .Should be E.I8 Woodford and

SouthWoodford : : : .. E R . I

SO

Shown S.E.6Woodford

Catford . . . . .. Catford S.R.Should be S.E.6 Catford . . . . .. Catford Br idge . . . . .. .. S.R . S.R.

Shown S.E.9 Eltham • . . . .. Eltham . . . . . . . . .. .. S.R . S.R.Should be S.E.9 Eltham . . . . .. Eltham, Wellhall or New Eltham .. .. S.R . S.R.

Shown S.E.I0 Greenwich . . .. Maze Hil l . . . . S.R.Should be S.E.I0 Greenwich .. Maze Hil l or Greenwich .. S.R . S.R.

Shown S.E.19 Norwood Crystal Palace . . S.R.Should be S.E.I9 Norwood .. Crystal Palace . . . . .. S.R . S.R.Shown S.E.20 Anerley . . . . .. Crystal Palace E.R.Should be S.E.20 Anerley . . . . .. Crystal Palace S.R.

Add Anerley (Penge) .. Penge East . . . . . . .. .. S.R . S.R.Shown S.E.22 East Dulwich . . .. East Dulwich . . . . . . .. .. S.R . S.R.Should be S.E.22 East Dulwich . . .. East Dulwich . . . . . . .. .. S.R . S.R.

Page 62Shown S.E.27 West Norwood .. West Norwood . . . . .. .. S.R . S.R.Should be S.E.27 West Norwood •. West Norwood or Tulse Hil l .. .. S.R . S.R.Shown S.E.4 Clapham . . .. Clapham Junction . . . . .. .. S.R . S.R.Should be S.E.4 Clapham . • .. Clapham Junction or Water loo .. .. S.R . S.R.;hown S.W.I7 Tooting . . . . .. Tooting Junction • . S.RShould be S.W.I7 Tooting . . . . .. Tooting S R S.R.Shown S.W.18 Wandsworth • . .. Wimbledon . . .

'Clapham.. S.R . S.W.Should be S.W.I8 Wandsworth . . .. Wimbledon or J u n c t i o n .. .. S.R . S.Y.

Shown E.15 South Tottenham .. Seven Sisters . . . . . . .. .. E.R . ISOihould be E.15 South Tottenham .. Seven Sisters or Tottenham 150ihown N.I9 Upper Holloway . . . Euston or St. Pancras . . .. .. L.M.R. Iihould be N.I9 Upper Holloway .. St. Pancras . . . . . . .. .. L.M.R. 1,hown N.21 VVindmore Hil l .. Windmore Hil l . . . . .. .. E R . 100,hould be

N.2I Windmore Hi l l New Southgate . . . • S .. E .R . 100

Shown Should bePostal

S.W.I8, 19

S.E.2.0

S.E.22

Rail

S.E.

S.E.

S.E.

Postal

S.E.I8S.E.I9S.E.20 (Anerley)S.E.20 (Penge)S.E.22

Rail

S.E.S.C.S.C.S.E.S.C.

Page No. Postal Distr ict Amended Zone Number5 N.6 IX ( Eas t Ham)

ISO ( Beckton Gas Works)5 S.E.20 S.C. (Aner ley)5 S.E.2I S.K. (Penge)

S.K.5 S.E.24 S.K.5 S.W.20 (additional) S.W.

1 8

Z ON IN G O F PARCELS FROM FORMER L.M.S. FOR L O N D O N POSTA L DISTRICTS

Z ON E N U M B ER IN G O F PARCELS T O L O N D O N POSTA L AREA

19

SECTION)

PageNo.

Forwarding towardsPageNo.

DESTINATIONForwarding towards

DESTINATION1st Col N S E W I s t C o I N S E W

4 Anerley _ _ _ 2C 31 Greenloaning _ . . 746 Abercanaid . • . . W5 33 Haxey Junction 109 109 109 1196 Aberfan • • • • . . W3 / 33 Haxey Town . . _ 109 109 109 11977

Arkwright Town.. . .Arlesey and Henlow . •

106102 103 102 102

3333

Lea.. • • . . _Heald Green . . . . 13 17 17

* 7 Altrincham & B. _ — C2 * 33 Heck • • . . . . 109* 7 Annitsford _ . . 197 33 Hinderwell . . — 190 184 190

7Alperton • •. —

2X 2 34 High Barnet . . _ 1008 Ashton Park Paracle . . I9T I9T I9T 20 34 Millington.. . . _ W208 Aswaby . . • . . . 117 34 Herne Hill _ . . SK8 Auchterarder _ . . 74 75 35 Holbeck (High Level) _ 1128 Armadale • • _ . . 81 35 Holmes _ . . _ 46T 44 44 1409 Aylsham South . . . . To be deleted 36 Hucknall Central 135 139

* 9 Balne _ — . . 109 * 36 Hunshaugh — — 197 27 1970 Barkston . . . . _ 106 * 36 Ingham . . . . . . 161 -0 Braunston• . . . . • 4 36 Ikenham . . . . • . 130T0 Barton Hill . , _ 183 36 Kettleness . . . 190 184 190

* 0 Bardsey _ — _ 112 185 * 3 7 Keighley _ . . — 112* 0 Bawtry . . . . . . 109 37 Kearsley • . _ 31

2 Blackford _ _ • • 74 38 Kinbuck _ . . . . 742 Blaby . . • . • • 134 39 Nassington • . . _ 42

Blakesly • . _ < 14 39 Kirkton-in-Ash _ _ 56T

2 Blakesly • • _ 131 132 40 Lees • • • • — I9T I9T 353 Boston Manor . • . • SW 40 Leicester (Belgrave Road) 573 Boroughbridge _ . . 185 40 Leek • • • • . . 513 Brafferton• • • • _ 185 40 Lea. • . • • — 108 108 108 1243 Boughton . . • 108 44

Mansfield . . _ . .56T

* 4 Branston & Heigh'ington 119 * 4 5 Micklefield 112 1824 Brierfield . . — — 34 47 Nassington • • . . 34 4 4 1044

Brimington • • _47 * 4 8 Newton Kyme • • — 112 185

* 5 Brooklands (Cheshire) . . C2 * 48 New Tredegar _ — W55 Burnley • — — _ 34 49 Oldham (Glodwick Road) I9T I9T 356 Byfield. . . _ 131 132 49 Northolt _ _ . . W20 '6 Burnt Oak' . . _ too 49 Northwick Park _ _ 131 130 1306 Canon's Park . . _ 100 49 Oakwood _ _ . • 1006 Burton Point _ . . 14 50 Osterley _ _ . . SW7 Crystal Palace . . . • SC 50 011erton • • • _ 1088 Charwelton 132 133 132 132 * 5 0 Otterington • • . . 187

* 8 Cherry Burton . . . . 181 182 181 50 Padiham • • . . — 34* 8 Chollerton 197 27 197 50 Park Drain . . _ 109

8 Chilcompton _ _ SW . Pengam — — . . W58 _Childwall . . . . 23T 24 I9T *51 Renyrheol .. — . . W5 ._9 Cocklosters . . • . 100 51 Perivale . . • . _ W20

* 9 Cockfield Fell . . . . 188 52 Plean . . . . . . 7420 Corby & Weldon _ 58 53 Preston Road . . _ 2X 2

* 2 0 Collingham Bridge . . 112 185 53 Queensbury • . • . 80Y* 2 0 Cowton _ _ — 187 54 Ramsey East . . • . Delete item.

21 Copredy _ _ • . W20 132 W22 3 54 Rayners Lane . . _ 131 130 130

* 21 Cross Gates — . • 112 182 54 Redbridge . . . . 150 151 150

* 21 Crow Park _ . . 107 * 5 4 Ricca!' . . . . . . 8021 Crowden _ • _ 143 * 5 4 Ranskill • . . . . . 0821 Croxley • . . . _ 2 55 Rose Grove . . . . 34

* 2 2 Cullingworth _ — 112 * 55 Rossington . . — 09* 2 2 Danby Wiske . . — 187 55 Royston & Notton . . 41

22 Cwm Bargoed _ • . W3 55 Ruislip . . • . • 30T22 Cumwhinton _ _ 27 55 Ruislip Manor _ . . 30T

* 2 4 Dowlais _ . . — W5 55 Sandsend _ . . . . 90 184 19024 Dukeries Junction . . 108 * 5 6 Sale . . • . . C225 Eastcote . . . . . . 130T * 5 7

Scholes. . . . . .! 112 185

25 Eassie • . . . . . 86 77 57 S e d g e b r o o k . . . 106* 2 5 East Barkwith — . . 119 58 Shirebrook North . . 56T

2626

Ellenbrook • _Edwinstow . . . .

31108

'•

59 South Harrow _ • .(new entry)

34 131 130 130

* 27 Falstone • • — • • 197 79 60 Staithes . . • . — 190 184 19027 Farnworth „ _ 31 * 6 0 Stannington . . . . 19828 Flaxton . • . . . • 183 61 Steeton & Silsden . . 115 II I 21T28 Forgandenny • . . . 74 75 * 61 Stretford . . • • . • • C228 Forteviot . • • . _ 74 75 62 Styal . . . . • . 13 17 1729 Ganton • . • . . 184 62 Swinderby 56T 56T 11929 Gants Hill 150 151 150 62 Swindon . • _ . . W229 Gatley . . • • . . 13 17 17 62 Swineshead . . • . 118 117 117 118

* 2 9 Garforth — _ . • 112 182 62 Swinton, Lancs. . . . . I9T30 Gildersome . . • . 110 211 113 110 * 6 2 Swinton (Yorks.) 109 139 10930 Glasterlaw . . . . 86 * 6 2 Tadcaster _ . . . . 112 185

*31Govilon. • _ —

II 62 Sydenham • . . . 26X31 Grotton & S. _ _ 19T 19T 35 62 Sudbury Town _ _ 2X 2

A MEN D MEN T S T O N U M E R I C A L S O R T I N G B O O K L ET S BR.29760(EASTERN, N O R T H EASTERN, SCO T T ISH R EG IO N ) (EASTERN

20

Page 1No.

DESTINATION

Forwarding towards

Forwarding towards, PageNo.

DESTINATION

1st Col

Forwarding Towards

S E

1st Col N S E W Is tC oIN

4

S E W

62 Sutton-in-Ash „ 561

W3

66 Wansford

Altrincham . . . . C2

57X 57X 10463 Tempsford .. .. 103 104

6 Balne . . . . . .

66 Wanstead Park • • .. IX

39 Nantybwch . . . . W5

* 63 Thorp Arch • . ..

7

112 185

182 188

66 Wappenham

41 New Tredegar . . . .

131 132* 63 Thorner . . .. .. 112 185

41

66 Warblington . . .. SC

7 Bedwelty Pits . . . .

64 Tingley . . .. .. 110 II I 111 110 66 Warboys . • . . ..

7

174 170* 6 4 Timperley..

43

.. C2 66 Warbreck.. . • „ 23T

43

65 Upton (Cheshire) „ 14

0 Branston 8( Heighington

66 Ware . . _ „ 150 164 164 ISO65 Tuxford . . „ 108

1 Brooklands (Cheshire) . . C2

66 Wareham • • SW

Ranskill . . . . . . 108

65 Uphall . . .. . • 81

W3

66 Warlingham . . • . SC* 66 Wark . •

Cefn Coed . . . .

.. 197 27 197 66 Warthill . • .. 182

4

* 66 Warlcworth 197 199

Rhymney . . . . . . W5

67 'Vest Harrow . . .. 131 130 13066 Warsop . . .. .. 108

Rhymney Bridge . . \NS

67 Wembley Park

5

2X 266 Waleswood

46 Ricca!! . . . 180

135 139 139 126 67 Westcraigs .. 8166 Wamphray .. • . 27T 61

7

* 68 Wetherby.. 112 185 21T 21T66 Wanboro .. . • .. SW

8 Danby Wiske . . 187

69 Wishford . . . . .. SW

51 Stannington . . 198

66 Wanlockhead

9

27T 61 70 Woodford Halse.. • .

Stretford . . . . . .

131 132

20 East Barkwith . . 119 , 53

70 Worsley . .

46T

31

4028 Heck . . • . . .

PageNo.

DESTINATION Forwarding towardsPage DESTINATION

Forwarding towards1st Col N S E W No. 1st Col N S E W

4 Annitsford • . 197 37 Markham Village.. . . W34 Altrincham . . . . C2 38 Merthyr . . . . . . W56 Balne . . . . . . 109 109 39 Nantybwch . . . . W57 Beningbrough . . . • 182 188 41 New Tredegar . . . . W57 Beaufort . . . • W3 41 Nine Mile Point . . „ W37 Bedwelty Pits . . . . W3 42 Otter ington . . . . 1877 Bawtry . . . . . . 109 43 Pengam . . . . • . W58 Blackwood (Mon.) . . W3 43 Penyrhed . . . . . . W50 Branston 8( Heighington 56T 44 Poritsearn (for Vaynor) . . VV51 Brooklands (Cheshire) . . C2 45 Ranskill . . . . . . 1081 Brynmawr . . / . . W3 46 Redmarshall . . . . 1893 Cefn Coed . . . . W5 46 Rossington 1094 Cherry Burton . . . . 181 46 Rhymney . . . . . . W54 Chollerton . . . . 27T 46 Rhymney Bridge . . \NS5 Cockfield Fell . . . . 188 46 Ricca!! . . . 1806 Cowton . . . . . . 187 47 Sale C27 Crow Park . . . . 56T 50 Sirhowy . . . . W38 Danby Wiske . . 187 51 Stannington . . 1989 Dowlais . . . . . . W5 52 Stretford . . . . . . C220 East Barkwith . . 119 , 53 Swinton (Yorks.).. . . 46T 40 4028 Heck . . • . . . 109 109 40 54 Ti mperl ey .. . . . . C2

29 Holly Bush . . . . W3 54 Tredegar . . . . . . W330 Humshaugh . . . . 27T 56 Waenavon . . . . W330 Ingham . . . . . . 161 56 Wark . . . . . . 27131 Keiider Forest . . . . 197 27T 57 Wetwang .. . . . . 18136 Maghull . . . . . . 23T 25T 2

5T

60 Ynysddu . . . . . . VV3

AME NDME NTS T O N U M E R I C A L S O RTI NG BO O KLE TS BF129760

(EASTERN, N O R T H EASTERN, SCOTTI SH REGI ON) (EASTERN SECTI ON)—conti nued

Numerous parcels are being received wi th the numerical sorting number scribbled in thick black pencil or crayonover the address label thereby obliterating par t of the address. Staff to give special attention to ensure this does notoccur.

* A M E N D M E N T S T O N U MER I C A L SO RT ING BO O KL ET BR.23521

( L O N D O N M I D L A N D REG IO N) S C O T T I S H R EG IO N ( WEST )

PAGE 2.

GroupNo.

Classes of Tender Locomotives Classes of Tank Locomotives

1 .1 is. i_ YLMR

71.I, 3, 6, 10.2 MTT 2-6-2 (LMR Standard) 200 H.P. 0-6-0

Diesel Mechanical Shunting Locomotive.

2 EES2

4.I Electr ic (0.4 + 4.0) Shunting.MT 2-6-0 Tender (LMR design).

I 67/1, 72, 77.

3 BD.1

LMRBR

12.3.4, 10, 21, 25, 36.2 0-6-0 Freight (Midland).2 MT 2-6-0.

FJN

LMRLMRLMRBR

2 (GE), 3, 5.67/2, 68, 69.10.I 0- 6- 0 Freight (Midland).3 MTT 2-6-2 (LMR Standard) taper boiler.3 MTT 2-6-2 (LMR Standard) parallel boiler .2 MTT 2-6-2 200 H.P. 0-4-0 Diesel Hydraulic

Shunting Locomotive.

4 BD.1

LMRLMR4BRBRBR

12/3.2, 31, 40.17, 26.3 0-6-0 Freight (Midland).3 0-6-0 Freight (L & Y Class 27).MT 2-6-0 Tender (LMR design).4 MT 4-6-0.4 MT 2-6-0.3 MT 2-6-0.

FG.1N

LMR

BR

6.5.83.5/2.2 0-4-4 Passenger (LMR Standard).

3 MTT 2-6-2 T.ML Diesel, Type ' A'

(Serial Nos. D8400 to D8409).

5 BDEB.1K

LMR

LMRLMRLMR

1, 2, 17/1, 17/4, 17/6.1, 15, 16/2, 16/3.I, Electric (0.4 + 4.0) Freight.6, I I , 19, 20, 27.2.2* 4-4-0 Passenger (LMR Standard

and Midland).4* 0-6-0 Freight (LMR Standard).54-6-0 Mixed traffic (LMR Standard)7 0-8-0 Freight (LMR Standard).

AC

DESF.1N

LMRLMR

BRLMR

Locomotive 10800 Mixed traffic Diesel Electric.5, 8.12, 13, 14.I, Diesel Electric Shunting.2.52, 73, 94.1, 5/3, 7.3 0-6-0 Freight (LMR Standard).4 2-6-4 Mixed traffic (LMR Standard), parallel' boi l er .4 MTT 2-6-4.4 MIT 2-6-4 (LMR Standard) 2-cylinder, taper

boiler.ML Diesel, Type ' A' Serial Nos. D8000 tc

D8019.ML Diesel, Type ' B' Serial Nos. D5500 tc

D5519.ML Diesel, Type ' B' Serial Nos. D5900 tc

D5909.ML Diesel, Type ' B' Serial Nos. D6I00 tc

D6109.350 h.p. 0- 6- 0 Diesel Electr ic ShuntiniSerial Nos.:—12113 to 12122.13137 to 13151 (or D3137 to D3I51).

Entries amended t o r ead.—

21

ROUTE AVAILABILITY OF LOCOMOTIVESNORTH EASTERN OPERATING AREA

JUNE, 1953AM END. T i t l e on fr ont cover to read:—

"Route Availability of Locomotives and Restriction on Double Heading of Trains."

AM END. Heading relating to restrictions on double heading on pages 4 to 25 inclusive, to read:—"Restrictions on Double Heading of Trains (other than Passenger and Class 'C' Freight unless shown)."

PAGE I . A M E N D " It em 5—General Instructions" to read:—"Unless otherwise shown the coupling of locomotives or the double heading of passenger or freight trains by

locomotives of any class permitted to run over the section of line may be allowed."

ROUTE AVAILABILITY GR OU PS

* This permission excludes locomotives carrying a blue disc on sides of cab, due to their excessive height.

PAGE 2.

GroupNo.

Classes of Tender Locomotives Classes of Tank Locomotives

6 D 11, 32. .1 50.i 39. N 2.K 1, 4. V I.0 1, 2, 4. ML Diesel, Type ' B' Serial Nos. D5000 t oQ 6. D5019.

WD 8 2-8-0.LMR 8 2-8-0 Freight (LMR Standard).

350 h.p. Diesel Electric Shunting Serial Nos.:13000 to 13136 (or D3000 to D3I36).13152 to 13324 (or D3I52 to D3324).D3325 to D3679.

7 B 7, 16, 17/5. L 1, 3.C I, 4. V 3.EE I, Electric (4-6-4) Passenger. LMR 4 MTT 2- 6- 4 (LMR Standard) taper boi ler .Q 7.

4* 4 4 0 Passenger S t a n d a r d ) .(3-cylinder type)

LMR (LMR5 MT 2-6-0 (LMR Standard) parallel

boiler.LMR

LMR 5 MT 2-6-0 (LMR Standard) taperboiler.

LMR 6 4-6-0 Passenger (LMR Standard)parallel boi ler .

BR -1- 6 MT 4-6-2.

BR 5 MT 4-6-0.

8 B 16/2, 16/3. Q I.D 49. I I..1 37, 38.K 3, 5.

LMR 6 4-6-0 Passenger (LMR Standard)taper boiler.

BR 7 MT 4-6-2.

9 A I, 2, 2/1, 2/2, 2/3, 3, 4. Locomotive 10000 -1EM

VI Electric (0.4 + 4.0) Mixed Traffic.2.

„ 1 0 0 0 1t• 1 0 2 0 1

1 Main Line Diesels,Electric.

W I. „ 1 0 2 0 2 ILMR 7 4-6-0 Passenger (LMR Standard)

parallel boi ler and No. 46170.., 1 0 2 0 3 J

• LM R 7 4-6-0 Passenger (LMR Standard)taper boiler.

BR 8 4-6-2 (3-cylinder).

Entries amended to r ead:-

22

RO UTE AV AI LABI LI TY O F LO CO MO TI V E S - c ont i nue d

ROUTE AVAILABILITY GROUPS-cont inued

* This permission excludes locomotives carrying a blue disc on sides of cab, due to their excessive height.t To be RA 8 when fitted wi th 5,000-gallon tender.

As pr inted unless otherwise shown below.

PageNo.

ItemNo. Section of Line

RouteAvaila-bility

GroupAdditional Classes Permitted

Particulars of Restrictionsor Special Remarks

Restrictions on Double Headingof Trains (other than Passengerand Class C Fr eight unless

shown)

4 4 Hull (Alexandra Dock) to Stair foot _ . . . . 5 LMR 4 MTT 2-6-4 (LMR Standard)taper boiler locomotives may workpassenger trains from Hul l (Para-gon) to South Howden

— _

5 29A King George Dock and Saltend • • — . . • • • • 5 As shown — _

5 32 Springbank Nor th Junction to Loco Junction Hul l via Spring- 5 As shown As shown —

5 31 Walton Street Junction to Springbank Nor th Junction (Hull) 5 Add VI and V3_ . . — As shown

5 Add VI and V3. . As shown —

5 33 Springbank North Junction to Springbank South Junction (Hull) 5 Add VI and V3• . . . As shown —

6 47 Selby (West) to Cawood . . • . — — — 2 BR 2 MT 2-6-0 • • . . . . — _

6 48 Leeds City Joint Line — • • — — — 9 Ex LN E BI, D49, V2 and A classpermitted w or k between LeedsCity South and Leeds City Nor thvia Leeds City Nor th Junction — —

7 57 .End of NER at Al tofts (Normanton) t o York. . . 9 Diesel Mech. N o. 10100 permi ttedbetween Sw i nton ( Bol ton- onDearne) and Yor k

Diesel Mech. No. 10100 restr ictedto running lines only, and subjectto speed restr iction of 40 m.p.h.

—

7 65 Commencement of NER Maintenance, Ferrybridge Junction to 9 over Br i dge N o . 5 betw eenDearne Junction Swinton and Bolton-on-Dearne

8 67 Knottingley Junction t o Bur ton Salmon via Ferrybridge • . 9 Diesel Mech. N o. 10100 permi ttedbetween Sw i nton (Bol ton-on-Dearne) and Yor k

Diesel Mech. No. 10100 restr ictedto running lines only, and subjectto speed restr iction of 40 m.p.h.over Br i dge N o . 5 betw een

—

Swinton and Bolton-on-Dearne8 71 • •Delete entr ies—not used. • _ — — — — — —

9 80 Otley to Ilkley via Burley Junction, also to Bradford (ForsterSquare) via Menston

- Add:—WD8 2-8-0 permitted subjectto speed restr iction o f 10 m.p.h.over Bridge No . 6, Mi l nerwood

As shown —

9 81 Ilkley to Colne. . — — —— Add.—WD8 2-8-0 permitted between

Ilkley and Skipton— —

Add9 88A ROE Circular Railway, Thorp Arch — — • • • • 6 BI6/1, B16/2, BI6/3, D49, BR 5 MT

4-6-0— —

Add10 103A Pickering (N e w Bri dge Qu a rry ) • • • • • • • • — G5, J71..172. Yl . Y3 — _

4)

ROUTE AVAILABILITY OF LOCOMOTIVES( N OR TH EA STER N OPER A T IN G AREA)

As pr inted unless otherwise shown below.

PageNo.

ItemNo. Section of Line

RouteAvaila-bility

GroupAdditional Classes Permitted

Particulars of Restrictionsor Special Remarks

Restrictions on Double Headingof Trains (other than Passengerand Class C Fr eight unless

shown)10 103 Pickering to W hi tby Town Station 5 Amend to read:—"D49, 1)20, 01, 02.

04, Q4, L 1 , Q6, WD8, 2-8-0 (VIand V3 permitted between Gros-mont and W hi tby) LM R 4 M T T

*Prohibited Grosmont, Goath-land Summit (Up)

Levisham-Goathland Sum m i t(Down)

10 104 Scarborough (Falsgrave) to Gallows Close 5 2-6-4 (LMR Standard) taper boilerAdd:—All o t h e r locomotives i n As shown

Groups 6 , 7 and 8 m ay w or kbetween Falsgrave and Gal lows

11 105 Scarborough (Gallows Close) to Whitby (Prospect Hill Junction) 5Close Carriage Sidings, but mustnot work into the Goods Yard

Delete all classes except:—V3, VI, LI, Amend to read:—J21, 125, J26, N8, * Prohibited—Whitby West CliffD20, D49 N9, N 10, BI2, BI2/3 m ust not

exceed 10 m.p.h. l imit over sharpcurves in the running lines at the

-Scarborough (Up and Down)

North and South ends of Stainton-dale Station. C lasses B I 2 and

IIII

117119

Catterick Camp RailwayParkgate Junction t o Alber t Hil l Junction

69

Addr—L I B12/3, speed l im i t 25 m.p.h.Speed restr iction 20 m.p.h.Working o f South Dur ham and

Barningham Sidings restricted to12 124 Barnard Castle (Tees Valley Junction) to Kirkby Stephen 4 WD8 2-8-0, Q6, J39

Classes J36, .171 and J72Coupling o f more than tw o l i ght

engines up to and including GroupDouble heading of Passenger and

Freight trains, including Class4 and coupling of l ight engines inGroups 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 prohibited

C, prohibi ted U p and Downwith Groups 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9.When unfitted Freight trainsare double headed by Group 4Or lower classes of engines, anassistant engine must be pro-vided in the rear from BarnardCastle or Ki rkby Stephen t o

12 125 Barnard Castle Coal Depots 2 Add:—BR 2 MT 2-6-0Stain more.

* Prohibited—Kirkby Stephen-12 126 Kirkby Stephen to Tebay (end of NER maintenance) 9 BR 9F 2-10-0 9F prohibi ted i nto Kirkby Stephen

Ravenstonedale (Down).

Motive Power Depot. Gr oups 812 127 Kirkby Stephen West Junction to Eden Valley Junction (Penrith) 9 BR 9F 2-10-0 and 9 speed restr iction 30 m.p.h.

9F prohibi ted i nto Ki rkby StephenMotive Power Dept. Gr oups 8

12 129130 Forcett Junction t o Forcett Goods Station

Forcett Valley Junction t o Forcett Quarry33

and 9 speed restr iction 30 m.p.h.Speed restr iction 25 m.p.h.Speed restr iction 15 m.p.h.

Prohibited (Up and Down)Prohibited (Up and Down)

RO UTE AV AI LABI LI TY O F LOCOMOTI VES—cont i nued

( NORTH EASTERN OPER A T IN G AREA)

12

13

132

AddI36A

Darlington (Alber t Hil l Junction) to Tow Law (Blackfield)

Bishop Auckland (Wilson's Forge Siding)

9

J71, .172, J94, YI

t i

Deletes—Shildon South–ShildonNorth (Up and Down)

—

13 138 Spring Gardens Junction to end of BR maintenance at Butter-knowle Goods

4 Q6 to Randolph Colliery Sidings Gates —

13 139 Shildon Nor th to Fie!don Bridge Junction, West Auckland 7 — Delete restr iction13 144 Tow Law Junction to end of BR maintenance on Sunnyside Branch 3 BR 4 MT 2-6-0

LMR 4 MT 2-6-0BR 3 MT 2-6-0

13 146 Slotburn Br ick Works 3 BR 4 MT 2-6-0LMR 4 MT 2-6-0BR 3 MT 2-6-0

•*13 149 Bishop Auckland East Junction to Reny Mill Junction (Durham) D e l e t e s—Prohibited Bi shopAuckland Nor th and East (Upand Down)

13 152 Whitby (Bog Hall Junction) to Loftus 4 Adds—BR 4 W I- 2 - 6 - 4

As shown As shown

14 162 Darlington (Albert Hill Junction) to Dinsdale (Oak Tree Junction) 5 As shown Working o f South Dur ham andBarningham Sidings restricted t o136, J71, 172

14 166 South Stockton to Stockton W har f Exchange Sidings 2 Adds—BR 2 MT 2-6-0

15 183 Chilton Junction to end of BR maintenance on Chilton Branch Add:—K1 • . .

16 194(Leasingthorne)

West Hartlepool Docks to Connecting Lines to Dock Area a Class 8 W D 2-8-0 prohibited fromworking i n Greenland Ar ea

1018

217227

Finchale Sidings, FranklandNorth Dock Junction to end of BR N or th Dock

5 Adds—J39Delete entr ies

As shownLocomotives in Group 6 may work

up to but not over Bridge No.at 1100 yards from N or th DockJunction

18 228 Monkwearmouth Goods Yard, Granary Sidings, Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4and 5

1 Amend t o reads—J72, J94, Y9

19 237 Ouston Junction (Birtley) to Consett Nor th Junction BR 9F 2-10-0 As shown19 241 Waldridge Bank Foot (Stella Gill) to Whitburn Junction (Tyne

Dock)7 Adds—BR 9F 2-10-0 9F South Pelaw Junction to Harton

Junction, Main l ine only—

2020

246248

Boldon Colliery Station to Green Lane Junction (Tyne Dock)Green Lane Junction (Tyne Dock) to Tyne Dock Bottom

77

Adds—BR 9F 2-10-0Adds—TI, BR 9F 2-10-0

Add:- 9F Main lines onlyAdd:- 9F t o be confined t o l ines

used for iron ore traffic only

—As shown

20Add255A Park Lane (St. James' Bridge Junction)

(Line 504, WPI000, running in front of St. James' Signal boxfrom the Up Reception lines, Shed Roads, and Nos. I and 2

8 V2 BR 9F 2-10-0prohibited

Sidings to East End Shunting Neck)21 264 Teams Traders Sidings, Atlas Rivet Works 1 Delete:—.127

Adds—.17221 269 Dunston Staiths Old and N ew • • 2 Add:—BR 2 MT 2-6-0 —22 279 Scotswood Junction to West Wylam Junction (via Newburn) 8 As shown Amend t o reads—Prohibited all

Passenger and Freight trainsScotswood–West Wylam Junc-tion via Newburn (Down)

As pr inted unless otherwise shown below.

PageNo.

ItemNo. Section of Line

RouteAvails-bility

Group

- - ,

Additional Classes PermittedParticulars of Restrictions

or Special Remarks

Restrictions on Double Headingof Trains (other than Passengerand Class C Fr eight unless

shown)

22 280 Haltwhistle Junction to Alston Station . . . . . . . . 7 — Amend t o read:—Speed l i m i t 35m.p.h., except J39, 25 m.p.h.

As shown22 283 Messrs. Vickers Armstrong Ol d Elswick W orks and Brass

Foundry2 Add:—BR 2 MT 2-6-0 . . . . — —

22 287 Argyle Street Junction t o Quayside Goods . . . . . . 3 Add:—DES 350 h.p. . . . . — —22 288 Manors Nor th t o Argyle Street . . . . . . . . . . I Add:—DES 350 h.p. . . . . BR, 9F 2- 10- 0 prohibi ted fr om

detaching i n t o Trafalgar N or th—

Yard and any detaching move-ments by thi s class a t ArgyleStreet must only be made into theDown Goods Siding23 291 Manors Nor th t o Morpeth via Backworth . . . . . . 9 — Add:—Q6 locomotives prohibi tedfrom working i nto N ew Br idge

As shown

Street Mineral Yard23 299 Percy Main Nor th t o Tyne Commission Quay. . 3 Add: - 4 M T 2- 6- 0 (LMR design) ; As shown As shown350 HP Diesel 0-6-023 300 Percy Main N or th Junction to Percy Main Junction. . 3 Add: - 4 MT 2-6-0 (LMR design); 350 — —HP Diesel 0-6-024 307 South Blyth Staiths . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Add:—BR 2 MT 2-6-0 . . . . — —24 309 Bedlington A and Doctor Pits . . . . . . . . . . 2 Add: - 4 M T 2- 6- 0 (LMR design); As shown —BR 2 FIT 2-6-024 311 West Sleekburn Junction t o commencement of Nor th BlythStaiths

7 — Add:—Q6 locomotives prohibi tedfrom w or k i ng i n t o Cambois

—

Colliery24 313 North Blyth Staiths . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Add:—BR 2 MT 2-6-0 . . —24 315 West Blyth Staiths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Add:- 350 HP Diesel 0-6-0 .. . . — —24 317 Choppington Junction t o end of BR on Nether ton Coll iery 2 Add: - 4 M T 2- 6- 0 (LMR design) ; As shown —

Branch BR 2 MT 2-6-0Delete entry:—

25 322 Alnwick to W ooler . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —25 326 Tweedmouth South Junction to Tweedmouth Dock . . 2 Add:—BR 2 MT 2-6-0 . . J21 locomotives may work on the As shownTweedmouth Dock Branch onl yas far as i t is necessary to obtainaccess to Line 139 at the Loading• Dock25 327 Reedsmouth Junction to Morpeth Wansbeck Box via Scotsgap 3 Add:—K1, between Reedsmouth and Add:—K1 speed restriction 25 m.p.h. —

Woodburn25 328 Rothbury to Scotsgap Junction . . . . . . . . 3 G5 . . . . . . . . — —25 329 Riccinton Junction to Hexham . . . . . . . . . . 6 Add:—V3 . . . . . . Locomotives m us t n o t exceed 5m.p.h. over Hexharn Viaduct

All prohibi ted on Hexham Via-duct, including coupling of twoor m or e engines. W h e n asteam crane requires t o r unover the viaduct, a Tool Vanmust be placed between i t andthe engine

RO UTE AV AI LABI LI TY O F LOCOMOTI VES—cont i nuedN OR TH EASTERN

* R O U T E S O VER W H I C H EN G I N ES M A Y R U NL O N D O N M I D L A N D RE G I O N ( CE NTRAL DI V I S I ON)

PAGE 17. ( N o rt h Eastern Operat ing Area.)Section of Line A M E N D M E N T

M lner Royd Junction and Bradford Exchange. * Add under "Engines Permitted, etc." :—Four or five locomotives permitted to run coupledbetween Low Moor and Bradford Exchange.

(G.1/26)

WO RKING O F FREIGHT TRAINS D O W N STEEP FALLING GRADIENTS(Dated October, 1955)

PAGE 9 ( It em 35).Hesleden Bank Head H a r t A M E N D reference to Deaf Hill Colliery Up Advance Signal to read:

Wingate Station Up Home Signal. ( G . 1/283)

* A M E N D ( Item 37), Nawor th to Carlisle to read:—Description o f Train. P r o p o r t i o n of Brakes to be fastened down.

Classes F, H , .1 and K. I t is not necessary to fasten down wagon brakes but the speed ofClasses F, H , J and K trains must be restr icted t o .20 m .p.h.from 48t miles at Naworth to 5 4 miles at Durran Hil l .

PAGE 10 ( Item 37—Naworth to Carlisle continued).* D E LE T E first paragraph relating to trains of XX wagons. (G. 1/283)

INST RUCT IO NS RESPECTING LO ADS T O BE CO NVEYED BY ENGINESWO RKING M A I N L I N E, INTER-DISTRICT A N D INT ER- REG IO N

FREIGHT T RAINSDated 15th September, 1952

PAGE 4.(I) Grouping of Engines for Loading Purposes.

DELETE existing entries and INSERT:—TENDER EN GIN ES

Loading Group.1

27

2F 3 F 4 F 5 F 6 F 7 F 8 F 9 F

DI 6 B 5 B 1 2 B 2 B I ( a ) Al ( a ) A2 0 1 B RD40 D I I J 6 8 I 7 J 1 9 ( a ) A2/1 0 4 0 2 2 - 1 0 - 0E4* D 4 9 i l l J 1 7 J 3 7 ( a ) A3 W I W D 8 ( c )2-8-0

J10 J 2 5 K 2 V 4 ( a ) A4 A / 2 / 2 (a) Q 7JI5 J 3 5 4 M T B 1 6 / 1 (b) B I 6 / 2 A / 2 / 3 (a)J2I 3 M T J 2 6 J 2 0J36 J 2 7 J 3 82MT 1 3 9 K IK3

K4K5Q6

(a) V2B16/3

ADD Note (b) May convey Class 6 loads when working other than Class "C" and "D " trains.Note (c) BR 9F 2-10-0 locomotives can take one tenth more loads than a Class 8 subject to any length limit.

TANK EN GIN ESCl2 J 6 7 A S J 5 0 Q 1CI3 J 6 8 A 8 J 9 4 T ICI4 J 6 9 J 5 2 L I L 3F3* J 7 2 J 5 5FS* 1 7 7 J 7 3F6* J 8 3 M I.165* N I M 2G5 N 2 N 7

N5 N I OVIV3

PAGE 5. E N G I N E S T O W OR K CLASS "C" TRAINSDELETE:— D 2 0 .ADD:— K 2 , 9F.

ENGINES T O W OR K CLASS "D" TRAINS

* IN SER T : —L.M. 8F 2-8-0 wi th whi te five-pointed star on cab sides.

DELETE:— D 3 3 , D34.(2) Counti ng of wagons to determine the Train Load.

Under "MEDIUM" add the following:—"Wood Pulp""Soda Ash"

(G. 1/24)

PAGE 9. A M E N D : —

E (unbraked) Goods—Maximum average speed, 35 m.p.h.

Class FClasses H , J, K

PAGE 9.

EXPRESS FREIGHT TRAINS (Classes C, D and E).

PAGE 19.

PAGE 22.

Park Lane, Wearmouth,West Hartlepool.

Blaydon, Forth or ParkLane (via Cox Green).

Section of l ine

Darlington, York Yard,Dringhouses, Normanton,Milford, Hull.

28

I NS TRUCTI O NS RESPECTI NG LO ADS TO BE CO NV E Y E D BY ENGI NES WO RKI NGMAI N LI NE , I NTE R- DI S TRI CT A N D I NTE R- RE G I O N FRE I G HT TRAI NS—cont i nuedPAGE 7.

(8) Lengt h of Trains.* I N S E R T between "Al l types of bogie vehicles" and "Other longwheel base vehicles, etc." :—

Insulfish l i r wagons.(G. I /I9/ER)

Class of Train C o n d i t i o n s

To convey wagons loaded wi th goods or mineral traffic, subject to thelimits laid down on pages 49 and 50 of the General Appendix.

Table of Length Li mi ts of Trains between t he Nor t h Eastern and Easter n Regions vi aDoncaster or Marshgate and Hexthor pe Junctions

Length LimitNo. of wagons

York or Hull t o Doncaster 5 0East Goods 6 0Colwick 6 0New England or Whitemoor 6 3

* A M E N D to read:—York or Hull t o Doncaster Decoy or destinations 5 0

South o f Doncaster (unless otherwise speciallyauthorised).

These trains are limited to the conveyance of goods and minerals equalto 45 goods, or 50 empties. Tw o or three fitted braked wagons, etc.,and as pr inted.

PAGE 16.INSERT:—

COVERED CARRIAGE TRUCKS (passenger vehicles). W hen loaded w i th motor cars or when empty:—Vehicles w i th Tare of 15 tons 5 cwt. 1 - 1 2 / 1 4 ton HEAVY.Vehicles w i th Tare of 25 tons—To be calculated on column " g" .

NEW CASTLE—SOUTHADD note:—

"B16/1, B16/2, BI6/3 and K3 engines can work Class D trains consisting of 34 wagons of potatoes from Heatonto York via Team Valley with Class E timings from Newcastle to Ferryhill."

Carlisle (London Road) to Newcastle, Addison, Blaydon, Forth.AM EN D Length l imit, N o of wagons to 58.

PAGE 21.

13laydon, Forth or Park Lane to Leeds, Neville Hill (via Team Valley or Leamside and Ripon and Wetherby).AM EN D Length l imit, No. of wagons to 60.

PARK LANE, W EA R M OU T H , W EST H A R TLEPOOL—SOU THStockton, Newport, Thirsk, A D D in "Remarks" column:—

York Yard, Dringhouses, C l a s s 'C' trains from Park Lane and Wearmouth to YorkMilford, Normanton, Hull. a n d beyond can convey fol lowing loads fr om W est

Hartlepool:—Load Class of Engine

5 6 7 8

BLAYDON, F OR T H O R PARK L A N E—SOU T H

(G. 1/24)

35 4 0 4 5 5 0 a t Class 'C' timings.40 4 5 5 0 5 5 a t Class ' D ' tim ings f r om

West Har tlepool t o N or th-allerton.

Loads to Dringhouses not to exceed 60 wagons in length.

ADD in "Remarks" column:—BI locomotive may convey equal to 35 Goods betweenMonkwearmouth and Penshaw with a clear run throughSunderland Station and past Fawcett St.

Wearmouth D a r l i n g t o n , York,(via Cox Green). N o r m a n t o n , Milford,

Hull.

From To LengthLimit

Class ofTrain

Class 5Engine

Remarks

Port Clarence Dringhouses — C 30 wagonsfertiliser Special load for 81 engines (Class 'D' timings

from Por t Clarence to Welbury).

29

I NS TRUCTI O NS RESPECTI NG LO ADS TO BE CO NV E Y E D BY ENGI NES WO RKI NGMAI N LI NE , I NTE R- DI S TRI CT A N D I NTE R- RE G I O N FRE I G HT TRAI NS—cont i nuedPAGE 23.

Park Lane, Wearmouth,West Hartlepool(via Coast, Ripon andWetherby).

Park Lane, Wearmouth,West Hartlepool(via Coast and Ripon).

Stockton, Newpor t.

ADD new entry.

Darlington

Starbeck or (Knaresboro') Y o r kINSERT:—Class of Train

HG EF 2 5 44 50

PAGE 28.

PARK LANE, W EA R M OU T H , W EST H A R TLEPOOL—SOU THLeeds, Neville Hill. A M E N D Length limit, No. of wagons to 60.

ADD note:—"Through loads from Park Lane and Wear-mouth, l imit 55 wagons in length."

AM EN D Length l imit, No. of wagons to 60.ADD in "Remarks" column:—

Through loads from Park Lane and Wearmouth, l imit55 wagons in length.

ADD in "Remarks" column:—B I locomotive may convey equal to 35 Goods betweenMonkwearmouth and Penshaw with a clear run throughSunderland Station and past Fawcett Street.

TEES-SIDE—SOUTH

Milford, Gascoigne Wood,Normanton.

Thirsk, York Yard,Dringhouses, Milford,Normanton, Hul l .

PAGE 24.Stockton, N ew por t ( v i a L e e d s , Neville Hil l .

Ripon and Wetherby).Stockton, N ew por t ( v i a M i l f o r d , Nor m anton, Gascoigne

Ripon). Wood.D A R LIN GTON —SOU TH

Thirsk, Yor k Yar d, Dringhouses, A D D in Remarks column:—Milford, Gascoigne W ood, Hul l , T r a i n s f or Mi l ford o r Gascoigne W ood v i aNormanton R i c c a l l and Selby not t o exceed 65 wagons i n

length.Loads to Dringhouses not to exceed 60 wagonsin length.

Milford, Gascoigne Wood, Normanton A M E N D Length l imit, N o. of wagons t o 60.Darlington (via Ripon)PAGE 25.

Darlington (via Ripon and L e e d s , Nevil le Hil l A M E N D Length l imit, No. of wagons t o 60.Wetherby)

YORK A N D STARBECK

2H G27 48

3E H G E H54 3 2 57 64 3 4

From T o

Hull (via Gascoigne Wood) Y o r kHull (via Gascoigne Wood) L e e d s , Nevil le Hi l lLeeds, Neville Hi l l (via Gascoigne Wood) H u l l

PAGE 29.Leeds, Nevil le Hi l l (via Wetherby) S t a r b e c kHull N o r m a n t o n

PAGE 30.Starbeck W e s t Hartlepool

AMEND:—Class of Train I 2 3 4H G E H G E H G E H G— — — — 24 27 — 26 30 — 30

E Braked — — — — 28 32 — 30 34 — 35ADD in "Remarks" column:—Class 'C' trains may convey Class 'D' loads

Hartlepool.From T o

Normanton, M i l ford, Gascoigne D a r l i n g t o n , Park Lane, Blaydon,Wood F o r t h , Heaton(via Ripon and Team Valley or Learnside)

Normanton, M i l ford, Gascoigne N e w p o r t , Stockton,West Hartle-Wood p o o l , Sunderland. Park Lane(via Ripon and Coast)

ADD in "Remarks" column:—• L o a d s to Dringhouses not to exceed 60 wagons in length.

4

61

AM EN D Length l imit, No. of wagons t o 60.

AM EN D Length l imit, No. of wagons to 60.

5E H G69 3 7 66

3440

HG E— 35 40— 40 46

6 7E H G E H G74 4 5 80 90 4 5 80

6065

5 6 7H G E H G E— 40 46 — 45 51— 45 51 — 50 57

8E H G E90 4 5 80 90

Length Li m i t , N o . o f WagonsAMEND:—

656565

8HG E— 48 55— 52 59

at 'D' speeds between Stockton and West

ADD note i n "Remarks" column ' F 'and 'H' trains assisted by .139 Wether-by--Bilton.

AM EN D Length l imit, No. of wagonsto 60.Note ( a) t o read:—West Har tlepool

yards maximum 50 wagons.ADD notes:—Length limit West Hartle-

pool to Sunderland equal to 55 wagons.'F' and ' H ' trains assisted b y .139,Wetherby–Bilton.

30

I NS TRUCTI O NS RESPECTI NG LO ADS TO BE CO NV E Y E D BY ENGI NES WO RKI NGMAI N LI NE , I NTE R- DI S TRI CT A N D I NTE R- RE G I O N FRE I G HT TRAI NS—cont i nued

PAGE 31.From T o L e n g t h Limit, No. of Wagons

Hull D a r l i n g t o n A M E N D : —(via Gascoigne W ood and York) 6 5

Hull H e a t o n , Forth, Blaydon A s shown(via Gascoigne W ood and York)

From T oHull W e s t Hartlepool, Sunderland,

Park Lane(via Gascoigne W ood, York and Coast)

AMEND:—Class of Train 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8HG E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E

C — — - - — 20 23 - - 22 25 — 25 29 — 30 34 — 35 40 — 40 46 — 42 48D — — — — 24 27 — 26 30 — 30 34 - - 35 40 — 40 46 — 45 51 — 48 55E Braked — — — — 28 32 — 30 34 - - 35 40 — 40 46 — 45 51 — 50 57 — 52 59

AM END. N o t e (a) to read:—West Hartlepool Yards maximum 50 wagons. Length limit West Hartlepool to Sunderlandequal t o 55 wagons.

ADD note:—Class 'C' trains may convey Class 'D' loads at 'D' timings between Stockton and West Hartlepool.

PAGE 32.From

PAGE 33.

PAGE 34.

YORK - N OR THADD:—

From T o L e n g t h Limit, No. of WagonsHull S t o c k t o n , Newpor t 6 5 (To Stockton)

(via Gascoigne W ood and York) 6 0 (To Newport)Class of Train 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

HG E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G EC _ _ __ __ — 25 29 — 38 32 — 32 37 — 35 40 — 40 46 — 45 51 — 50 57D — — — — 30 34 — 33 38 — 36 41 — 40 46 — 45 51 — 50 57 — 55 63E Braked _ _ __ __ — 33 38 — 37 42 — 41 47 — 45 51 — 50 57 — 55 63 — 60 69E Unbraked — - - - - — 28 32 — 32 37 — 37 42 — 42 48 — 45 50 — 45 50 — 45 50F — — — 2 4 42 48 2 9 51 58 3 2 56 64 3 4 60 69 3 7 65 74 41 72 82 41 72 82H — — — 3 1 54 62 3 6 63 72 3 7 66 75 3 9 69 79 4 3 75 86 4 7 82 94 4 7 82 94

Rule 131 ( i i ) applies.

ToYork Yard, Dringhouses W e s t Hartlepool, Sunderland, A D D to "Remarks" column:—Class 'C' trains

(via Coast) P a r k Lane m a y convey Class •D' loads at 'D ' speedbetween Stockton and W est Hartlepool.

AMEND:—Class of Train 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8HG E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E

D — — — — 24 27 — 26 30 — 30 34 — 35 40 — 40 46 — 45 51 — 48 55E Braked — — — — 28 32 — 30 34 — 35 40 — 40 46 — 45 51 — 50 57 — 52 59

TEES-SIDE—NORTHFrom T o

Newport, Stockton, W e s t Hartlepool, A D D in "Remarks" column:—Port Clarence S u n d e r l a n d , Park Lane C l a s s ' C ' trains may convey Class 'D' loads at 'D' i(via Coast) t i m i n g s between Stockton and W est Hartlepool.

AMEND:—Class of Train 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G EC . . - - 20 23 — 22 25 — 25 29 — 30 34 - - 35 40 — 40 46 - - 42 48D . . — 24 27 — 26 30 - - 30 34 — 35 40 — 40 46 — 45 51 — 48 55E Braked — 28 32 — 30 34 — 35 40 — 40 45 — 45 51 — 50 57 — 52 59

YORK A N D EASTERN R EGIONFrom T o

York D o n c a s t e r A D D in "Remarks" column:—(via Selby or Knottingley and Askern) F o r Class 'F' and 'H ' , length l im i t 60 to Doncaster

Mineral.Doncaster Y o r k A M E N D : —

(via Selby or Askern and Knottingley) L e n g t h l imit, No. of wagons 65.York C o l w i c k and East Goods * A M E N D : —

Length l im i t for Classes C, D and E trains t o 50wagons.

(G. 1/24)

141

From ToLengthLimit

Classof

Train

Load Class of Engine4 5 6 7 8

H G H G H G H G H G

5 6 7 8

H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E

8

H G E

Ardsley . . . .(via Normantoh)

York . . 50 H 40 72 43 76 45 80 45 80 45 80York . . . .

(via Normanton)Wrenthorpe 50 D — 38 — 42 — 45 — 50 •— —

York . . . . Stanley 50 D — 41 — 45 — 50 — 55 — —(a) (a)

(a) assist ed M ethle y to S tanle y.Stanley . . . . Ardsley 50 D — 26 — 28 — 32 — 35 — —

(unassisted)Stanley . . . . Ardsley 50 D —

(ass46

isted—

in r e50

ar)— 51 — 56 - - —

From To Length Limit

Class

York . . . . Grimsby . . 75 AM EN D Class 'H' assisted load to read as follows:—

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E

8

H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E

25 44 50 30 53 60 35 62 70 40 71 80 44 78 88 48 85 96 53 94 100

From To Length Limit Class

8

York . . . .(via Applehurst)

Frodingham . . 75 H

55

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E

30 53 60 34 60 68 38 67 76 42 74 84 47 83 94 52 92 100 57 100 100

4 5 6 7 8

39 43 47 51 55

31I NS TRUCTI O NS RESPECTI NG LO ADS TO BE CO NV E Y E D BY ENGI NES WO RKI NGMAI N LI NE , I NTE R- DI S TRI CT A N D I NTE R- RE G I O N FRE I G HT TRAI NS—cont i nuedPAGE 34—continued.INSERT new entry:—YORK A N D ARDSLEY.

FromYork

Remarks:—Assisted in rear Gunhouse to Scunthorpe and Elsham to Wrawby. 481 5.15 a.m. '1-1' York to Grimsbycan convey load in accordance with York to Frodingham "assisted" details provided the Grimsby portion does not exceedthe York to Grimsby maximum.

Additional entry:—

York

Remarks:—Assisted in rear from Gunhouse.

From

Mexborough and WathJunction

Dearne Junction

AMEND:—Class of Train

YORK—EASTERN R EGIONTo

Peterborough andWhitemoor

York

York

Mottram

To

YORK

* A M E N D : —Length l i m i t for Classes C, D and E trains t o 50

wagons.

Amendment

G. 1 24

AND EASTERN R EGIONADD in "Remarks" column:—

Down trains for Hickleton Main Colliery to be limited in lengthto equal to 50 ordinary goods wagons, including brake van.

Addi ti onal Entr y. Class l oad i ngs to be applied as follows:—Load Class of Engine

Remarks: Rule 131 (ii) applies.AM EN D : Length l imit, No. of wagons to 75.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E27 48 55 2 9 51 58 3 2 56 64 3 4 60 69 3 7 66 75 4 1 72 82 4 3 76 87 4 3 76 87

York-Wath ExchangeSidings.

32

I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Class of Train H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E

40 — 40 46 — 45 51 — 50 57 Single— 35 40 — 37 42 — 40 46 — 45 51 — 50 57 Engine

E Braked — 35 40

F and H 18 32 36 19 34 38 24 42 48 26 46 52 31 55 63 33 58 66 37 66 74 41 73 82

H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E— 32 37 — 35 40 — 40 46 — 45 51 — 50 57 Single— 35 40 — 37 42 — 40 46 — 45 51 — 50 57 Engine

E Braked — 35 40 — 37 42 — 40 46 — 45 51 — 50 57 Loads.E Unbraked — — — — — — — 40 46 — 45 50 — 45 50 Rule 131 (ii)F 20 35 40 21 37 42 23 40 46 25 45 51 28 50 57 applies.

21 37 43 23 41 47 27 48 54 31 55 62 36 60 68

I NS TRUCTI O NS RESPECTI NG LO ADS TO BE CO NV E Y E D BY ENGI NES WO RKI NGMAI N LI NE , I NTE R- DI S TRI CT A N D I NTE R- RE G I O N FRE I G HT TRAI NS—cont i nued

PAGE 36.From T o

York H o l b r o o k , Stanley D E L E T E : — A n n e s t e y , Woodford, Marylebone.INSERT:—York A n n e s l e y , Woodford, C l a s s 8 engines can convey block loads of 42 ordinary wagons of

Marylebone f e r t i l i s e r from Billingham and Prudhoe.Class of Train 4 5 6 7 8

H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E " )C — 32 37 — 35 40 — 40 46 — 45 51 — 50 57D . . — 35 40 — 37 42 — 40 46 — 45 51 — 50 57 S i n g l e Engine Loads.E Braked — 35 40 — 37 42 — 40 46 — 45 51 — 50 57 R u l e 131 ( ii) applies.E Unbraked — 40 46 — 45 50 — 45 50

20 35 40 2 1 37 42 2 3 40 46 2 5 45 51 2 8 50 57J21 37 42 2 3 41 47 2 7 48 54 3 1 55 62 3 6 60 68

HULL—EASTERN R EGIONFrom T o

Hull D o n c a s t e rHull H e x t h o r p eADD:—Length l imit for Class 'F' and 'H' to Doncaster Mineral-60 wagons.PAGE 36.

From T oDoncaster or Hexthorpe H u l l

ADD:—Class o f Train 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E

J 3 1 55 62 3 6 64 72 3 8 68 77 4 2 74 84 4 5 80 90 5 4 96 100 5 9 100 100 6 2 100 100

PAGE 37.Hull to Colwick, New England and East GoodsHull to Lincoln and Whitemoor

PAGES 37 and 38.

HullHullHull

FromHull

From To

Mexborough and W ath JunctionMottramSheffield Broughton Lane

AM EN D . Length limit, No. of wagons to 50. (For 'C', 'D' and 'E')AM EN D : Length l imit. No. of wagons t o 60.

LOAD CLASS O F EN GIN E

* AMEND:—Length l im i t for Classes C, D and E trains t o 50

wagons.(G. 1/24)

AM EN D Classes F and H loads as follows:—AM EN D Classes F and H assisted loads as

follows:—

ToAnnesley, Woodford

AMEND:—Class of Train 4 5 6 7 8

-dr

•te•

I NS TRUCTI O NS RESPECTI NG LO ADS T O BE CO NV E Y E D BY ENGI NES WO RKI NGMAI N LI NE I NTER-DI STRI CT A N D I NTE R- RE G I O N FRE I G HT TRAI NS—conti nued

FromNewcastle(via Dunbar)Newcastle

(via Tweedmouth and Kelso)

AMEND:—Class of Train

INST RUCT IO NS RESPECTING LOADS TO BE CO NVEYED BY ENG INESWO R K IN G F REIG HT TRAINS, CLASSES F, H A N D

DI6D40E4*

CI 2CI3CI4F3*F5*F6*J65*G5

ADD:—Note (a) The loads for V2 and

to the loads shown(b) May convey Class 6(c) BR 9F 2-10-0 locom

SECTION T ( YOR K )SECTION R ( D A R L IN GT ON )SECTION U (SUNDERLAND)SECTION V (NEW CASTLE)SECTION S ( H U L L )

.110 J 2 5115 - 1 3 5

.121 3 M TJ362MT

167J68169172J77J83NIN2N5

A5A8152J55173MIM2N7NIOVIV3

K24MT

J50J94LI

33

NEWCASTLE - SCOTTISH R EGIONTo

Edinburgh A M E N D n o t e i n "Remarks" colum n t oread:—Group 6 engines c an convey 3 4

Edinburgh l o a d e d XPO wagons of coal at Class F speedfrom Newcastle or Morpeth to Edinburgh.

Note (a) t o read:—Applies to through loads.Group 8 N e w c a s t l e Central. Trains conveying wagons

H G E t o be detached at Argyle Street must be— 5 5 6 2 m a r s h a l l e d so that on arrival at Argyle Street

not more than equal in length to 27 wagonsare required to be left on the Down line.

(1) GROUPING OF LOCOMOTIVES FOR LOADING PURPOSES.General Instructions at fr ont of each book to be amended thus:—

TENDER L OC OM OT IVES

Loading Groups

IF 2 F 3 F 4 F 5 F

B5 B I 2 B 2 B I ( a ) AlDI I J 6 B I 7 J I 9 ( a ) A2/ID49 i l l J I 7 J 3 7 ( a ) A3

TANK L OC OM OT IVES

-)Dated 2nd January. 1950

Dated 1st February. 1956

QITIL3

K3K4K5Q6

(a) V2BI 6/3

6F 7 F

(a) A2 0 104 0 2WI W D 8

2-8-0V4 ( a ) A4 A 2 / 2 (a) Q 7BI6/1 B I 6 / 2 A 2 / 3 (a)(b)

J26 J 2 0J27 J 3 8139 K I

8F 9 F

BR2-10-0

(c)

Pacific locomotives when working Class 'C' and 'D' trains should be taken as equivalentin the appropriate columns for Group BF.loads when working other than Class 'C' and 'D' trains.otives can take one tenth more loads than a Class 8 subject to any length limit.

34

INSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING LOADS TO BE CONVEYED BY ENGINES WORKINGFREIGHT TRAINS, CLASSES F, H AND J, DATED 2nd JANUARY, 1950—continued

Locomotives to work Class 'C' TrainsDELETE:—D20.ADD:—K2 and 9F.

Locomotives t o work Class 'D ' Trains* IN SER T:—L.M . 8 F 2- 8- 0 w i th whi te five-pointed star on cab sides.DELETE:—D33, D34.

(2) COUNTING OF WAGONS TO DETERMINE THE TRAIN LOAD. U nder "MEDIUM" add the following:—"Wood Pulp.""Soda Ash".

READY RECKONERINSERT:—COVERED CARRIAGE TR U C KS (Passenger vehicles) when loaded with motor cars or when empty:—

Vehicles wi th Tare of 15 ton 5 cwt. - = I - 1 2 / 1 4 ton Heavy.Vehicles w i th Tare of 25 tons = T o be calculated on column " g" .

DARLINGTON ( SECTION R) (PAGE 5).HULL (SECTION S) (PAGE 7).YORK (SECTION T) (PAGE .5).SUNDERLAND ( SECTION U ) (PAGE 5).NEWCASTLE ( SECTION V) (PAGE .5).(8) Length of Trains.

* I N S E R T between "Al l types of bogie vehicles" and "Other longwheel base vehicles, etc." :—Insulfish I f wagons.

SECTION V—NEW CASTLEPAGE 14.

From T o L e n g t h Lim i tNo. of Wagons

50 (a)60 (b)

Newcastle Central B e r w i c kHeaton or

New Bridge StreetBerwick

Newcastle to BerwickClass of Train

1

PAGE 16.AMEND:—

From

MorpethAngerton

Heaton orNewcastle Central

2 3 4H G E H G E H G E— 25 29 — 28 32 — 32 36

D . . . — 30 34 — 35 40 — 40 45E Braked . — 33 37 — 39 44 — 42 48E Unbraked — 25 28 — 30 34 — 35 40

Berwick to Newcast leC . . . . — 25 29 — 28 32 — 32 36 — 35 40 — 40 45D . . . . — 30 34 — 35 40 — 40 45 — 45 51 — 50 57E Braked . . — 35 40 — 40 45 — 45 51 — 50 57 — 55 62

E Unbraked. . — 25 28 — 30 34 — 35 40 — 40 45 — 45 50Classes V2, A2/I, A3 and A4 locomotives working Class 'C' trains may convey equal to 50

AngertonScotsgap

PAGE 17.From T o

Newcastle Central or S o u t h Gosfor thNew Bridge Street

PAGE 18.Newcastle Central or

New Bridge Street

60 (c)

5I-1 G E— 35 40— 45 51— 45 51— 40 45

ROTHBURY - MORPETH B R A N C HTo C l a s s of Train

Killingworth or beyond,via N.W . Curve

6H G E— 40 45— 50 57— 50 57— 45 50

Group IH G E20 35 4014 27 31

7HG E— 45 51— 55 62— 56 63— 45 50

Length l imit, No. of wagons to read:— 50.

(G. I/19/ER)

AMEND:—(a) Applies t o thr ough loads Newcastle Central .

Trains requiring to detach at Argyle Street limitedto 42 wagons unless marshalled so that on arrivalat Argyle Street not more than equal in length to27 wagons are required to be left on the Downline.

(b) Applies from Trafalgar, Heaton or Nor th thereof.(c) Loads for beyond Heaton m ust not exceed 50

wagons. Any load exceeding 40 but not exceeding50 wagons may be run to Newcastle Central byspecial arrangement, and wi th a clear run ArgyleStreet to Newcastle No. I Box.ADD:—Group 6 locomotives can convey 34 loadedXPO wagons of coal from Newcastle or Morpethto Berwick or beyond.

8HG E— 50 57— 60 68— 60 68— 45 50

— 45 51 — 50 47— 55 62 — 60 68— 60 68 — 65 73— 45 50 — 45 50

loaded wagons of goods.

Group 2HG E22 40 4516 32 36

Length Limi t, No. of WagonsA M E N D : — 5 0 .Note i n "Rem ark s " c olumn t o read:—

"Trains terminati ng at Ne w Bridge Street should no texceed 33 wagons."

INSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING LOADS TO BE CONVEYED BY ENGINES WORKINGFREIGHT TRAINS, CLASSES F, H AND J, DATED 2nd JANUARY, 1950—continued

SECTION V—NEWCASTLE—continuedPAGE 19.

Segh ill

PAGE 20.

CentralCentral

South GosforthKentonPontelandKenton

PAGE 21.Blaydon Mineral

or Addison

Carlisle (London Road)Low Row

PAGE 21.From

DELETE ENTRIES re:—Hexham A l l e n d a l eAllendale H e x h a mINSERT N EW ENTRY:—Carlisle A d d i s o n , Blaydon, Forth,

Central

PAGE 22.Consett Junction

Heaton

HeatonNew Bridge StreetTrafalgar Yards

PAGE 23.Forth

PAGE 24.Park Lane

West Dunston

West Dunston

West Dunston

Heaton via S.E. Curve

NEWCASTLE, CARLISLE A N D BRANCHESBlaydon or Addision l A D D note in "Remarks" column:—Forth f " R u l e 131 (ii) applies."

KentonPontelandKentonSouth Gosforth

Carlisle(London Road)

Brampton or Haltwhistle,Addison, Blaydon

Addison, Blaydon, Forth,Central

To

Forth, Blaydon Sidings andAddison via Norwood

Heaton, Trafalgar,New Bridge Streetvia K.E.B.

Heaton, Trafalgar,New Bridge Streetvia S.B. Junction andForth Junction

Forth, Blaydon, Addisonvia Derwenthaugh

35

PONTELAND BRANCH

Blaydon Sidings,Blaydon Mineral Sidings,Addison or C I . Prudhoe

TYNESIDE L OC A LAM EN D F a c t o r y to

read:— I.T.C.(Imperial Tobacco Co.)

Trafalgar South Yard, Forth,Blaydon

Blaydon Mineral Sidings,Addison, La t . Prudhoe,Low Fell, Park Lane

Low Fell, Park Lane viaCentral, New Bridge Street,Trafalgar or Heaton

Length l im i t, No. of wagons to read:— 50 .ADD note in "Remarks" column:—

"Trains exceeding 35 wagons in length require clearrun from Benton East via S.E. Curve to Benton Quarry.

AMEND:—Length l imit, No. of wagons to read:— 45 .

AMEND:—Class of Train Group 2

H G E28 — —

DELETE note in "Remarks" column:—Where K1 engines are utilised Group 6 load figuresshould be reduced by three heavy type wagons.

Length l im i t, No. of wagons to read:— 58 .

Length Limit, No. of Wagons

Class of Train 5H G E

E Unbraked — 3 3 3 7

6H G E— 3 8 4 3

AM EN D note in "Remarks" column to read:—"Special Braking Instructions apply."

Trains of more than 22 wagons must have clear r unbetween Blaydon SO Box and Blaydon Mineral Sidings.Trains for Blaydon Sidings not t o exceed equal t o34 wagons in length.

TRAFFIC EN GIN ESADD in "Remarks" column:—

"Rule 131 ( i i) applies."AM EN D note in "Remarks" column to read:—

"Trains up t o 50 wagons may be r un by specialarrangements with clear run, Argyle Street to No. I .Box. Tr ains requir ing t o propel Blaydon Box t oBlaydon Mineral Sidings must not exceed 35 wagons.Rule 131 (ii) applies. Special Braking Instructionsapply."

ADD note in "Remarks" column:—, "Load l imit to New Bridge Street, 24 wagons."

ADD note in "Remarks" column:—"Trains for Blaydon Sidings not to exceed equal t o34 wagons in length."

ADD note in "Remarks" column:—"Load l im i t to New Bridge Street, 24 wagons."

ADD note in "Remarks" column:—"Trains for Blaydon Sidings not to exceed equal t o34 wagons in length."

36

Load Llass ot Engine I 2 3 4 .5 6 i 8

RemarksFrom To Length

Limit

Classof

Train

Killingworth NewSidings

Stella SouthPower Stationvia N.W. Curve

50t J - - - - 20H - - - Class Q 6 engine may w or ktrains consisting o f I 7 X Xloaded wagons. C lass Q 7engine may work trains con-sisting of 21XX loaded wagonswith a clear run past Manorsand Scotswood Stations. Rule131 (ii) applies.

Killingworth NewSidings

Stella NorthPower Stationvia Heaton

5 4 J - - - - 29H 4IH - - Group 5 engine requires clearrun Scotswood No. I Homesignal to Lemington.Group 6 engi ne r equi r esclear r un Argyle Street t oUp Tynemouth line at Manorsand f r om Delaval B ox t oLemington. Rule I 31 ( i i ) t obe applied Newcastle No. 3to For th Junction and Lem-ington to Newburn.Class Q7 engine may w or ktrains consisting of 32XX or26 241--ton loaded wagonswith clear run Argyle StreetBox t o U p Tynemouth l ineat Manors and from DelavalBox to Lemington. Rule 131(ii) to be applied as follows:—(a) Benton Quarry to Benton

Bank.(b) Newcastle No. 3 to Forth

Junction.(c) Lemington t o Newburn.

Killingworth NewSidings

Stella SouthPower Stationvia Heaton

50t J - - - - 38H 4IH - - Group 6 engine requires clearrun Ar gy l e Str eet t o U pTynemouth l i ne at Manors.Rule 131 ( i i ) t o be appliedNewcastle N o. 3 t o For thJunction. Class Q 7 enginecan work trains consisting ol32XX or 26 241-ton loadedwagons with clear run ArgyleStreet to Up Tynemouth lineat Manors. Rule 131 ( i i ) tcbe applied as follows:—(a) Benton Quarry to Benton

Bank.(b) Newcastle No. 3 to Ford:

Junction.Widdrington Morpeth — i - - - - 36 - - -OpencastMorpeth Percy Main

I NS TRUCTI O NS RESPECTI NG LO ADS TO BE CO NV E Y E D BY ENGI NES WO RKI NGFREI GHT TRAI NS, CLASSES F, H A N D J, DATE D 2nd J ANUARY , 1950--continued

SECTION V—NEWCASTLE—continued

PAGE 25. A D D : —

t Trains exceeding 40 wagons to be run by special arrangement and with clear run past Argyle Street and No. I Box.

PAGE 26.From ,

Heaton and all points beyond A D D note in "Remarks" column:—Newcastle Central via " T r a i n s exceeding 35 wagons in length require clearS.E. Curve or Bluebell and r u n fr om Benton East v i a S.E. Cur ve t o BentonWallsend Q u a r r y . "

Length C l a s s of L o a d ClassFrom T o L i m i t T r a i n o f Engine R e m a r k s

5

Choppington, Nether tonTo

* INSERT:—Choppington 1 N e w Bridge Street and 3 0 J 2 8 H C l e a r r un t o b e given pas tNetherton f a l l points beyond S o u t h Gosfor th Eas t box .

Newcastle Central S p e c i a l braking instructionsvia South Gosforth a p p l y .

INSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING LOADS TO BE CONVEYED BY ENGINES WORKINGFREIGHT TRAINS, CLASSES F, H AND J, DATED 2nd JANUARY, 1950—continued

Load Class of Engine I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

RemarksFrom To Length

Limit

Classof

Train

PAGE 28. A D D : —H H H H H H H H

B. & T. Collieries Stella SouthPower Stationvia S.E. Curve

50t J - - - - 29 - - - Classes Q6 and K I enginesmay work trains consisting of24 XX loaded wagons with aclear r u n pas t Bedl ingtonNorth Home signal and fromEarsdon Junction t o Back-worth.

B. & T. Collieries Stella Nor thPower Stationvia SE Curve

50t J - - - - 29 - - - Classes Q 6 and K I enginesmay work trains consisting of24 X X loaded wagons w i thclear run as follows:—(a) Past Bedl i ngton N o r t h

Home signal.(b) Earsdon Junction to Back-

worth.(c) Scotswood N o. I H om e

signal t o Lemington.Ashington ' North or W est 50 J 24 29 32 34 38 45 49 52 _

BlythSouth Blyth 35 J 21 25 28 30 33 40 43 45 —Percy Main viaBluebell

35 J 20 24 26 28 31 38 41 43 Special Br aking Instructionsapply.

Ashington *Heaton and allpoints beyondNewcastle Centralvia SE Curve orBluebell andWallsend

50t J 19 23 25 27 29 36 39 41 Special Br aking Instructionsapply via Bluebell.

tTrains for beyond NewcastleCentral exceeding 40 wagonsto be run by special arrange-ment and wi th clear run past

Ashington Carville Power 36 J 19 23 25 27 31 36 39 41 Argyle Street and No. I Box.Station viaBluebell

Special Br aking Instructionsapply

SECTION V—NEWCASTLE—continuedPAGE 27.

From

* IN SER T : —Newbiggin

WoodhornLynemouth

Newbiggin

AMEND:—

Newbiggin

Class of Train

AMEND:—Class of Train

FromWoodhorn

Lyne mouth

AMEND:—

To

New Bridge Street and 2 5all points beyondNewcastle Centralvia South Gosforth•

New Bridge Street and 3 0al poi,sts beyondNewcastle Centralvia South Gosforth

North, West or South Blyth

1 2H G E H G E21 — — 2 5 — —

Heaton and al l points beyondNewcastle Central via S.E.Curve o r Bluebel l a n dWallsend

19 — 2 3 — — 2 5 — —To

Heaton and al l points beyondNewcastle Centr al v i a SECurve or Bluebell and Wall-send.

Class of Train

LengthLimit

37

Class ofTrain

3 4H G E H G E28 - - 3 0

Load Classof engine R e m a r k s

28H C l e a r r un t o be given pas tSouth Gostor th Eas t box .Special braking instructionsapply.

28H C l e a r r un t o be given pas tSouth Gosfor th East box .Special braking instructionsapply.

5H G E33 — —

6H G E40 — —

7H G E43 — —

8H G E45 — —

27 - - - - 2 9 - - - - 3 6 - - - - 3 9 - -

ADD:—Note i n "Remarks" column: "Trainsexceeding 35 wagons i n length require clearrun from Benton East via SE Curve to BentonQuarry.

Group 5H G E29 — —

INSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING LOADS TO BE CONVEYED BY ENGINES WORKINGFREIGHT TRAINS, CLASSES F, H A N D J, DATED 2nd JANUARY, 1950—continued

Load Class of Engine 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

RemarksFrom To Length

Limit

Classof

Train

PAGE 28. A D D : —continued.H H H H H H H H

Ellington, Linton ' North or West 50 J 23 27 30 32 35 42 45 47 —(including Blyth iNorland open South Blyth 35 .1 21 25 28 30 33 40 43 45 —cast)Bedlington 'E'

Percy Main viaBluebell

35 J 20 24 26 28 31 38 41 43 Special Braking Instructionsapply.

(West Sleekburn)Bedlington 'F'

*Heaton and allpoints beyond

50t J 19 23 25 27 29 36 39 41 Special Braking Instructionsapply via Bluebell.

(Bomarsund) Newcastle Centralvia SE Curve orBluebell andWallsend

TTrains for beyond NewcastleCentral exceeding 40 wagonsto be run by special arrange-ment and with clear run past

Carville Power 36 J 19 22 25 27 30 36 39 41 Argyle Street and No. I Box.

..,Station viaBluebell Special Braking Instructions

apply.*Trains exceeding 35 wagonsin length require clear runfrom Benton East via SECurve to Benton Quarry.

* INSERT:—Ashington New Bridge Street

and all pointsbeyond NewcastleCentral via

30 J – – – – 28 – – – Clear run t o be given pastSouth Gosforth East box.

Special Braking instructionsapply.

South Gosforth

Ellin o n • - )gt New Bridge Street 30 J – – – – 28 – – – Clear run t o be given pastLinton 1 LBedli t o nng

and all points beyond Newcastle

South Gosforth East box.Special Braking instructions

'E' and 'F' fCentral viaSouth Gosforth

Special Braking instructionsapply.

PAGE 29.Bedlington 'A ' and'D'Horton GrangeSeaton DelavalSeghill

Heaton and allpoints beyondNewcastle Centralvia SE Curve orBluebell and

ADD n o t e i n "Remarks"column "Trains exceeding 35wagons I n length requireclear run from Benton Eastvia SE C urve t o Benton

Wallsend Quarry.* INSERT:—Bedlington

'A' and 'D 'New Bridge Streetand all pointsbeyond NewcastleCentral via

30 J – – – – 28 – – – Clear run t o be given pastSouth Gosforth East box.

Special Braking instructionsapply.

South Gosforth

Horton GrangeSeaton DelavalSeghill J

New Bridge Streetand all pointsbeyond NewcastleCentral via

30 J – – – – 28 – – – Clear run t o be given pastSouth Gosforth East box.

Special Braking instructionsapply.

South GosforthPAGE 30.Burradon (viaHolywell) orHazelrigg JunctionNCB Exchange

Heaton and allpoints beyondNewcastle Centralvia SE Curve or

ADD:—Trains exceeding 35wagons i n length requireclear run from Benton Eastvia SE C urve t o Benton

Sidings via . Bluebell and Quarry.Holywell WallsendEarsdon JunctionExchange Sidingsor Bluebell OpenCast

Heaton and allpoints beyondNewcastle Central(via SE Curve andex Earsdon only)or Bluebell and

ADD:—Trains exceeding 35wagons i n length requireclear run from Benton Eastvia SE C urve t o BentonQuarry.

Wallsend

SECTION V—NEWCASTLE—continued

38

INSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING LOADS TO BE CONVEYED BY ENGINES WORKINGFREIGHT TRAINS, CLASSES F, H AND J, DATED 2nd JANUARY, 1950—continued

SECTION V— N EWCASTLE—continuedPAGE 30.

AMEND:—From

Earsdon JunctionExchange Sidings

From

* I NSERT:—Burradon N e w Bridge Street and 3 0

(via Holywell) a l l points beyondNewcastle Centralvia South Gosforth

Earsdon Junction N e w Bridge Street and 3 0Exchange Sidings a l l points beyond

Newcastle Centralvia South Gosforth

PAGE 31.Cambois -

From

* 1 NSERT:—Cambois

PAGE 32.From

MINERALCowpenCrofton Mill andCrofton Mill Opencast

From

* I NSERT:—Cowper) N e w Bridge Street and 3 0

all points beyondNewcastle Centralvia South Gosforth

Crofton Mill N e w Bridge Street and 3 0all points beyondNewcastle Centralvia South Gosforth

PAGE 33.Blaydon Burn, Addison,

Clara Vale, West Wylarn

PAGE 34.Montague

PAGE 345.VICTORIA.

Garesfiekl, Lilley Drift,South Garesfield,Hamsterley

PAGE 37.

ToMorpeth viaBedlington 2 3

H G E H G E H G22 — — 24 — 2 7 —

LengthTo L i m i t

Heaton o r any po i nt beyond A M E N D : - 5Newcastle Central, via SE Curve H G Eor Bluebell and Wallsend 2 9 — —

Length C l a s s ofTo L i m i t o f Train

New Bridge Street andall points beyondNewcastle Centralvia South Gosforth

To

To

30

LOADS.

1r Heaton or any point beyond

Newcastle Central via S.E.j C u r v e o r Bluebel l a n d

WallsendLengthLimit

Carlisle London Road

Blaydon Mineral Sidingsvia Scotswood

Blaydon Mineral Sidings,Addison Sidings

BLYTH •STAITHES PUSHING UP PILOTS.West Blyth Sidings E n d of Staithes

To Nos. I and 2 SidingsWest Blyth Sidings T o Nos. 3 and 4 Sidings

39

PAGE 38.From T o

EMPTY MINERAL LOADS.North, South or West A l l points beyond Newcastle

Blyth C e n t r a l

4 5E H G E H G E— 3 0 — —1 3 4 — —

Class of L o a d Classof Train o f Engine

5

Remarks. ADD:—Trains exceeding 35 wagons in lengthrequire clear run from Benton East via S.E. Curve to

Benton Quarry.

Class ofof Train

AMEND:—

Load Classof Engine

5

28H

28H

6HG E40 — —

7HG E44 — —

Remarks

Remarks

8HG E46 — —

28H C l e a r r un t o b e given pas tSouth Gosfor th East box .Special braking instructionsapply.

28H C l e a r r un t o be given pastSouth Gosfor th East box .Special braking instructionsapply.

Remarks. ADD:—Trains exceeding 35 wagonsin length requi re clear r un fr om BentonEast via SE Curve to Benton Quarry.Load Classof Engine R e m a r k s

5

28H C l e a r r un t o b e given pas tSouth Gosfor th Eas t box .Special braking instructionsapply.

Clear r un t o b e given pastSouth Gosfor th Eas t box .Special braking instructionsapply.

Clear r un t o be given pastSouth Gosfor th East box .Special braking instructionsapply.

Class of Train.Loads as shown.Loads as shown.

Remarks. AM EN D :—T r ai ns r equi r i ng t o pr opelfrom Blaydon Box to Blaydon Mineral Sidings mustnot exceed 38 wagons.

Remarks. ADD:—Trains of more than 22 wagons musthave clear r un between Blaydon South Box andBlaydon Mineral Sidings.

Remarks. AD D :— N o. 2 load t o be increased t o 30when clear r un assured.

Remarks. AD D :— N o. 2 load t o be increased t o 33when clear run assured.

Remarks. ADD:—Trains exceeding 35 wagons in lengthrequire clear run from Benton East via S.E. Curve toBenton Quar ry.

INSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING LOADS TO BE CONVEYED BY ENGINES WORKINGFREIGHT TRAINS, CLASSES F, H AND J, DATED 2nd JANUARY, 1950—continued

28 50 57 33 58 66 38 67 77 40 70 80 43 75 86 52 91 100 57 100 100 60 100 10031 55 63 37 65 74 42 74 85 44 77 88 47 83 96 58 100 100 64 100 100 66 100 100

48 84 96 50 88 10052 92 100 55 97 10058 100 100 61 100 100

PAGE 40.Addison Sidings,Blaydon Mineral Sidings.ADD:—Blaydon Yard,

PrudhoeStella Nor th PowerStation or StellaSoutn Power Station

PAGE 41.Addison Sidings or I

Blaydon Mineral Sidings. JADD:—Blaydon Yard,

Prudhoe I.C.I.,

Stella Nor th Power LStation, Stella SouthPower Station

DELETE:—Axwell Park 5 0 J

ADD:—Addison SidingsBlaydon Mineral Sidings

SECTION U . (SUNDERLAND) .PAGE 14.

TEAM VALLEY,From

Ferry h ill

Band I Collieries andPercy Main and asshown:—

Blaydon Burn, AddisonColliery, Clara Vale,West WylamMontague, Walbottle

DELETE:—BlucherThrockleyH G E H G E— — 22 — — 31

Lilley Drift.Victoria Garesfield.South Garesfield

— — 22 — — 26

FERRYHILL—NEWCASTLE.To

Bridgehouse Baxter Wood No. 2and Relly Mill

Entry below Durham—Ferryhill. A M E N D to read:—From T o

"Baxter W ood" " B r i d g e h o u s e . "

Entry below Dunston—Stella Gil l . AM EN D ED : —From T o

Kimblesworth Colliery " D u r h a m . "Load C l a s s of Engine

From T o L e n g t h Limit C l a s s of H GNo. of wagons t r a i n s

ADD:—Dearness Fer ryhi l l 7 0 J (a)andBaxterWood

PAGE IS.NEWCASTLE, SOUTH SHIELDS (VIA JARROW).

From T oPark Lane P e l a w

AMEND:—Class of Train

40

PAGE 18.NEWCASTLE, SUNDERLAND, WEST HARTLEPOOL (VIA HORDEN).

Park Lane. M o n k w e a r m o u t h .AMEND.:—

Remarks. INSERT:—Length l im i t of equal t o 35XXwagons applies t o loads fr om Stel la N or th PowerStation.

Remarks. INSERT:—Length l im i t of equal t o 35XXwagons applies t o loads from Stel la N or th PowerStation.

H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E- - 37 - - 3 8 - - 40 - - 49 - - 5 4 5 7

- - 29 - - 3 1 — 33 — 3 8 - - 42 - - - - 44

2E H G E

Remarks. D ELET E:— t Hamster ley l im i ted t o 2 2wagons.

Length Lim i t No. of WagonsAM EN D : - 50 to read "60".In "Remarks" AD D :—Trains which have to run round at Baxter Wood should

be restricted to equal to 50 wagons in length, exceptwhen by agreement between t he Dar l ington andSunderland Controls the l imi t is raised to equal t o60 wagons.

3 4H G E H G E

6H G E H G E

7 8H G E H G E

Q6 ( loaded XPo' s.50

Remarks:—Special load (a) allowed 2 minutes extra, i.e. 17 minutes

Bridge House pass t o Tursdale pass. Trains whichhave to run round at Baxter Wood should be restrictedto equal t o 50 wagons i n length, except when byagreement between the Dar l ington and SunderlandControls the l imit is raised to equal to 60 wagons.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E

7 8H G E H G E

4

I NS TRUCTI O NS RESPECTI NG LO ADS TO BE CO NV E Y E D BY ENGI NES WO RKI NGFREI GHT TRAI NS , CLASSES F, H A N D J, DATE D 2nd J ANUARY , 1950—continued

SECTION U—SUNDERLAND—cont inuedPAGE 19.

Dawdon S e a b a n k sHawthorne Junction E a s i n g t o n

AMEND:—

Class of Train H

'CI 1

Vane Tempest CollierySidings

AMEND:—2

Class of Train H G E H G E10 18 20 1 2 21 24

PAGE 20.THROUGH LOADS, SOUTH DOCK AND MONKWEARMOUTH TO RYHOPE, SILKSWORTH, MURTON, SOUTH

HETTON AN D TRIMDON.South Dock S i l k s w o r t h Colliery.

AMEND:— 1H G E9 17 19

PAGE 22.MURTON, WELLFIELD AND FERRYHILL, WELLFIELD

BROUGH—THROUGH LOADS.From • T o

South Hetton Colliery S t o c k t o n and Middlesbrough.(South Hetton).

Trimdon Grange,Deaf Hill, Wingate,Wingate Colliery.

ADD:—Wingate Colliery.

ADD:—Mainsforth Colliery.Laden Sidings.

PAGE 23.NEWCASTLE, FERRYHILL VIA SH1NCLIFFE.

Park Lane. W as hi ngt on. A M E N D : -1 2

H G E H G EF 2 5 35 40 2 3 40 46

27 47 54 3 1 54 6229 52 59 3 4 60 69

ADD:—Bowburn.

PAGE 24.Ferryh ill

(via Shincliffe).

Tyne Dock.Green Lane Junction.

30

I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E53 60 3 4 60 68 3 8 68 77 4 2 74 84 4 6 82 92 5 8 100 100 6 3 100 100 6 6 100 100

Remarks. Speed: 5 m.p.h. Rule 131 ( i i) to apply.t Starting load.

Hall Dene. L e n g t h LimitNo. of Wagons

DELETE:— 6 0

Hurworth Burn,Stockton orMiddlesbrough.

Hurworth Burn, StOcktonor Middlesbrough.

Ferryh ill.

PAGE 25.TYNE DOCK, WASHINGTON,

2 3H G E H G E10 18 21 1 1 20 23

Newcastle via H.L.B.via K.L.B.

Mainsforth SignalBox.

HARRATON, BEAMISH, STELLA GILL.From T o

Washington. G r e e n Lane and Tyne DockBanks.

TYNE DOCK, WASHINGTON, HARRATON, BEAMISH,LEAMS1DE—THROUGH LOADS.

Stella Gill. T y n e Dock Banks.

Conseti.

Stella Gill, South Kip. P e l t o n Colliery

3 4 5H G E H G E H G E15 27 31 1 6 28 32 1 7 30 34

4 5H G E H G E13 23 26 1 4 25 28

6H G E21 37 42

6H G E16 29 33

7 8H G E H G E23 41 46 2 4 42 48

7 8H G E H G E18 32 36 1 9 34 38

BRANCH COLLIERIES TO STOCKTON AND MIDDLES-

RemarksAMEND:—Heavy falling gradient. Rule 131 (ii) applies.

Double headed load of equal to 45XX wagons of coalworked by tw o Q6 engines permitted from SouthHetton Colliery to Haverton Hil l or Newport. Rule131 (ii) applies.

DELETE:—Wingate Colliery.

2 3 4 5 6 7 8H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E

60 J -2-3,— — 26 — — 3 3 - - 3 5 - - 3 7 - - 4 5 - - 49— 5 4 —

3 4 5 6 7 8H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E27 47 54 3 3 59 67 3 5 62 71 4 3 7 6 8 7 4 8 8 4 9 6 5 0 8 8 10032 62 71 3 7 65 74 3 9 69 79 4 8 8 4 9 6 5 2 9 2 100 5 5 9 7 10039 69 79 4 1 72 82 4 3 76 87 5 3 9 3 100 5 8 100 100 6 1 100 100

5 6 7 8H G E H G E H G E H G E51 — — 51 — — 5 1 — — 51 —

Remarks. AM EN D :—As shown to, Trains of 52 Goodsand 2 Guards Vans, or "46XX Mineral Wagons", andas shown.

RemarksJ26 and J27 locomotives 14XX loaded wagons o rQ6 locomotive I6XX loaded wagons or equivalent.

RemarksINSERT:—Class Q6 engine may convey equal to 50XX

loaded wagons.STELLA GILL, CONSETT, PENSHAW, USWORTH AND

RemarksADM—Class Q6 engines may convey equal t o 50XX

loaded wagons.AM EN D :— 2 3 R e m a r k s

H G E H G E Q 7 locomotives may take Group 8H 9 16 18 1 0 18 20 l o a d s f r om South Pelaw t oJ 1 0 18 20 I I 19 22 C o n s e t t when conveying 2I- ton

wagons of iron ore.ADM—Classes J25 and N IO locomotives can propel 20

empty wagons from Stella Gill to Pelton Colliery.

INSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING LOADS TO BE CONVEYED BY ENGINES WORKINGFREIGHT TRAINS, CLASSES F, H AND J, DATED 2nd JANUARY, 1950—continued

SECTION U —SU N DUM AN D—continuedPAGE 26.

TYNE DOCK AND WASHINGTON—WATERHOUSES AND BISHOP AUCKLAND AND SPENNYMOOR BRANCHESTyne Dock, B r a n d o n , Brancepeth, R e m a r k sGreen Lane Junction W i l l i n g t o n , A D M — J 3 9 locomotives may convey special l oad o fand Washington H u n w i c k Collieries or 2 3 X X wagons coke (maximum 570 tons) from Stella(via Auckland Junction). S t . Helens. G i l l t o St. Helens at Class H speed to Durham and

Class J speed forward.PAGE 27.

TYNE DOCK—THROUGH LOADS—MISCELLANEOUS.Dunston Colliery. T y n e Dock Banks.Dunstan Exchange

(via Norwood and BoldonColliery).

AM END:— I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E

50 J 1 6 — — 1 9 — — 2 2 — — 2 3 — — 2 6 — — 2 9 — — 3 2 — — 3 4 — —PAGE 32.

SHERBURN, DURHAM, ELVET, MURTON.From T o L e n g t h Lim i t

Sherburn House H e t t o n N o . of WagonsDELETE:— 5 0

SOUTH DOCK, PALLION, WEARMOUTH AN D HYLTON COLLIERIES—THROUGH LOADS—MISCELLANEOUS.I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ADD:— H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G EDeptford Recn. P a l l i o n — J I I 19 22 13 23 26 15 26 30 17 30 34 18 32 36 21 37 42 23 41 46 24 42 48Sidings

ADD:—South Dock H e n d o n Junction — - - — 9 16 18 10 18 20 11 19 22 12 21 24 14 25 18Bottom

PAGE 33.South Dock C o n s e t t

AMEND:—

South DockOre SidingsSouth DockOre Sidings

South Dock

Lanchester —

South Pelaw viaRyhope Grangeand Hedwor thLane

South Dock C o n s e t t via — H

Ore Sidings L a n c h e s t e r

PAGE 34.STELLA GILL—THROUGH LOADS.

From T oStella Gill B l a y d o n Mineral(via Norwood Junction Sidings and Dunston

StaithesPAGE 35.

TYNESIDE LOCAL TRAFFIC WORKING.Park Lane B l a y d o n Sidings

(via Dunston Station and Blaydon East)Park Lane D u n s t o n Exchange

SidingsPark Lane B l a y d o n Sidings

(via Dunston and Blaydon Main Loop)PAGE 36.

Blaydon SidingsBlaydon M SidingsAddison, ICIPrudhoe

South Pelaw, via J 2 7 W D & Q7Penshaw and e n g i n e e n g i n eWashington — J 1 5 — 2 2

Remarks. Special loads for 2I- ton M OT wagons loaded w i th or e.Loads to be hauled from Siding in two lifts and started from Mainline. C lear run past Fawcett Street.

J27 W D & Q7engine e n g i n e

J 2 2 3 0Remarks. Special loads for 21-ton MOT wagons loaded w i th ore.

Park LaneVia Derwenthaugh

42

I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E

J27 W D & Q7engine e n g i n e

15 2 2

2 3 4 5 6 7 8H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E

- - - 6 - - 7 - - 8 - - 8 - - 1 0 - - 1 2 - - 1 3 - -(a)

7 - - 8 - - 9 - - 9 - - I I — —13 - - 14— —(a)

Remarks. Special loads for 2I- ton MOT wagons loaded w i th ore.(a) Q7 locomotives may take Group 8 load.

Remarks. ADM —Class Q6 engines may convey equal t o 50XXloaded wagons.

AM END:— Length Lim i tNo. of Wagons

34

AM EN D :— Length LimitNo. of Wagons

34

AM END:— Length Limi t R em ar ks. D ELET E:— t.No. of Wagons

50

I NS TRUCTI O NS RESPECTI NG LO ADS TO BE CO NV E Y E D BY ENGI NES WO RKI NGFREI GHT TRAI NS, CLASSES F, H A N D J, DATE D 2nd J ANUARY , 1950—continued

SECTION U—SUNDERLAND—cont inuedPAGE 37.

Park Lane F o r t h , Blaydon Sidings Remarks. ADD:—Tr ains for Blaydon Sidings not to exceed equal to(via Norwood) A d d i s o n 3 4 wagons in length.

West Dunston F o r t h , Blaydon R e m a r k s . INSERT:—Trains for Blaydon Sidings not to exceed equal(via Derwenthaugh) Addi s on t o 34 wagons in length.

PAGE 38.DUNSTON-BLAYDON—THROUGH LOADS.Dunstan Exchange D u n s t o n Staithes R e m a r k s . IN SER T :—W i th assistance Dunston East to Norwood.Sidings

ADD:—Low Fell Sidings K E Bridge

(via Bensham Curve)

PAGE 39.NBA/CASTLE-BLACKHILL (VIA BIRTLEY).

Birtley, South Pelawor Stella Gil l

PAGE 40.Tanfield Branch.

Bakers Bank Head

Bowes Bridge

Tanfield Lea

PAGE 41.CONSETT-BLAYDON.Consett Junction

Annfield Plainor Consett

Bowes Bridge

Tanfield Lea

Bowes Bridge

Bowes Bridge B a k e r s Bank Head

SECTION R —D A R LIN GTON

PAGE 14.THROUGH LOADS—SOUTH.

FromWest Hartlepool, Port Clarence.DELETE:—"Shildon, Darling-ton", and as shown.

AMEND to read: - -West Hartlepool, Stockton, PortClarence, Shi ldon, Dar l ington,Newport or Middlesbrough.

AMEND t o read:—West Hartlepool, Stockton, PortClarence, Shi !don, Dar l ington,Newport or Middlesbrough.

AMEND t o read:—West Hartlepool, Stockton, PortClarence, Shi [don, Dar l ington,Newport or Middlesbrough.

AMEND t o read:—West Hartlepool, Stockton, PortClarence, Shi ldon, Dar l ington,Newport or Middlesbrough.

Blaydon SidingsBlaydon Mineral Sdgs.ICI Prudhoe

(via Birtley)

43

2 7 8A M E N D : — H G E H G E H G E

10 18 20 1 6 18 32 1 7 30 34

1 2 3 4 5 . 6 7 8H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E

— J 1 2 22 24 15 26 30 16 2832 17 31 35 19 35 39 23 41 46 25 45 51 26 47 53Remarks. Single engine loads.

AMEND:—

AMEND:—

AMEND:—

3HG E— 18 20

3HG E— 31 35

PAGE 13.INSERT in index:—West Auckland-Tebay (through load-). P a g e 22A.

Remarks. ADD:—Tr ains for Blaydon Sidings not to exceed equal to34 wagons in length.

ToThirsk, York, Dringhouses,Normanton, Mi l ford, Hul l , Gas-

coigne W ood . D E L E T E : —"Leeds, Nevi l le H i l l " , and asshown.

Starbeck via Ripon or Thirsk.

Neville Hill via Ripon, Wetherby.

Neville Hill via Ar thington.

Milford or Normanton via Ripon.Wetherby.

3HG E14 25 28 Remarks.9(20 — 21 ton)

3HG E29 51 5819(20 — 21 ton)

INSERT:—Rule 131 (ii) to apply.

Remarks. INSERT:—Class F Trains f r omStockton o r N ew por t t o Thi rsk, Yor k ,Dringhouses, Normanton, Milford, Hul l andGascoigne Wood, to convey Class H. loads atClass H speed to Welbury and Class F speedfrom Welbury.

I NS TRUCTI O NS RESPECTI NG LO ADS TO BE CO NV E Y E D BY ENGI NES WO RKI NGFREI GHT TRAI NS, CLASSES F, H A N D J, DATE D 2nd J ANUARY , 1950—continued

SECTION R—DARLI NGTO N—continuedPAGE IS.

Billing hamStockton

Table below.Stockton

_AMEND:—From

Shildon andDarlington

FromNeville Hi l l v ia Wetherby andRipon

Milford

PAGE 16.Stockton

PAGE 17.PORT CLARENCE, HAVERTON HILL, BILLINGHAM.

Port Clarence A D D : — " H a v e r t o n Hill South".Billingham, Ferryhi l l and asshown

Billingham. P o r t ClarenceADD:—" or Haverton Hill South.

1AMEND:— H G E

Stockton N or t on Jct. 8 0 F 1 4 25 29H 1 9 34 39J 2 1 37 42

FromSedgefield

Ferryhill

ADD:—Mainsforth CollieryLaden Sidings

ADD:—Stockton

Thirsk, York 90(a) FDringhouses HNormantonMilfordGascoigne WoodHull

Mainsforth SignalBox

Haverton Hill viaNorton

Stockton

Eaglescliffe

Eaglescliffe

To 1 I 3 4 5 6 7 8HG E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E21 37 42 2 4 42 4829 52 59 33 58 6633 58 66 3 5 63 71

ToFerryhill

Stockton, N ew por t,Middlesbrough, NortonEast, West Hartlepool,Port Clarence

West Hartlepool

2H G E16 28 3221 37 4223 40 46

44

Remarks. N ote (b) DELETE:—15 m.p.h.

Class of Train R em ar ks . D ELET E:—(c) 10 to 12 m.p.h.

(c) DELETE:—(c).

29 51 58 33 58 66 37 66 75 4 4 79 89 4 8 86 97 5 0 89 10039 69 78 4 0 72 81 4 3 76 86 5 2 92 100 5 7 100 100 60 100 10042 75 85 4 4 –9 89 47 84 95 58 100 100 6 9 100 100 66 100 100

Remarks: (a) Through loads from Shildon, limited to 80 wagons. Through Loadsto Hull, limited to 75 wagons.

AMEND:—Picton T h i r s k F 2 3 41 47 2 5 45 51 3 1 55 63 3 3 58 66

H 28 49 56 3 1 54 62 3 5 62 71 3 7 65 74.1 3 1 54 62 3 4 60 69 3 9 68 78 41 72 82

Remarks: Starting Load, Northaller ton.LEEDS OR MILFORD, NORTHALLERTON NEWPORT OR WEST HARTLEPOOL VIA SINDERBY OR THIRSK—

THROUGH LOADS.

3 4H G E H G192427

33 3843 4948 55

19 3425 4628 50

J26 and J27 locomotivesQ6 Locomotives

H. 18 loaded ammonia tanks.J. 20 loaded ammonia tanks

35 62 71 4 339 68 78 4743 76 87 53

5E H G E395157

20 3627 4730 53

415461

76 8 7 47 83 9 5 4 9 87 9 983 9 5 5 2 91 100 5 5 100 10092 100 5 7 100 100 6 0 100 100

ToNewport, Stockton, Por t R e m a r k s : AD D :—Loads f o r I C I Sidings.Clarence B e l a s i s Lane not to exceed 60 wagons.

Newport, Stockton, P o r t R e m a r k s : A D D : — Loads f o r C l I Sidings.Clarence B e l a s i s Lane not to exceed 60 wagons.

Remarks: (a) AM E N D:- 40 wagons to read:50 wagons.

Remarks: INSERT:—Loads for ICI Sidings.Belasis Lane not to exceed 60 wagons.

From T o , 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8AM EN D :— H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G EHaverton S t o c k t o n 8 0 J 2 0 35 40 2 3 40 46 2 5 44 50 2 8 49 56 3 2 56 64 4 0 70 80 4 4 77 88 4 6 80 92

Hill v i a Bil l ing- (a) R e m a r k s : (a) No. Stockton Up Yard maximum 60 wagons.ham Beck branch

Stockton H a v e r t o nHill viaBillingham 8 0 i 2 0 35 40 2 3 40 46 2 5 44 50 2 8 49 56 3 2 56 64 4 0 70 80 4 4 77 88 4 6 80 92Beck branch

STOCKTON, NORTON, FERRYHILL.6

H G E283236

49 5657 6563 72

7 8H G E H G E31 5436 6339 69

627279

32 57 6537 66 7541 72 82

Remarks: DELETE:—"Speed 10 and 15 m.p.h.".

Remarks: AMEND:—W est Hartlepools Yards—maximum, 50 wagons.

Remarks: 14xx Loaded wagons or equivalent.16xx Loaded wagons or equivalent.

Remarks: Loads for ICI Sidings Belasis Lane.Loads not to exceed 60 wagons.

TrimdonColliery

HeavyWagons

AMEND:—Waterhouses Baxter Wood')Hass Junction Dearness oror N ew D u r h a mBrancepethWaterhouses Tyne Dock

IH G E

2H G E

3H G E

4H G E

5 6 7 8H G E H G E H G E H G E

Assisted i n rear W est Auckland t o Stainmoreand Kirkby Stephen to Tebay.

Hass Junction via Washing- H 30 52 60 35 61 70 40 70 80 42 73 84 45 79 90 5 4 95 100 5 9 100 100 6 2 100 100

16

or New t o n , South J 35 58 66 39 68 78 44 77 88 47 82 94 50 87 100 60 100 100 69 100 100 69 100 100

be pinned down at Stainmore.e.

Brancepeth D o c k via CoxGreen Park Remarks: Special Braking Instructions apply.

•• Lane orDunston

HeavyWagons

Remarks

12 Braking instructions apply.

24Assisted i n rear W est Auckland t o Stainmore

and Kirkby Stephen to Tebay.33 Minimum of 50 per cent. of wagon brakes to be

pinned down at Stainmore.15 Braking instructions apply.26

41 Assisted i n rear W est Auckland t o Stainmoreand Kirkby Stephen to Tebay.

39 Minimum of 50 per cent, of wagon brakes t obe pinned down at Stainmore.

36

16 Braking instructions apply.29

44Assisted i n rear W est Auckland t o Stainmore

43 and Kirkby Stephen to Tebay.Minimum of 50 per cent, of wagon brakes t o

41 be pinned down at Stainmore.e.

INSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING LOADS TO BE CONVEYED BY ENGINES WORKINGFREIGHT TRAINS, CLASSES F, H A N D J, DATED 2nd JANUARY, 1950—continued

SECTION R—DARLINGTON—continued

PAGE 18.MIDDLESBROUGH, NEWPORT, SHILDON VIA REDMARSHALL AND SIMPASTURE.

Shildon S t o c k t o n , Por t Clarence, W e s t } R e m a r k s : AMEND:—W est Hartlepool YardHartlepool, N ew por t, Middles- a s maximum 50 wagons.brough, Redcar A D D : — L o a d s for ICI Sidings. Belasis Lanenot to exceed 60 wagons.

PAGE 19.MIDDLESBROUGH, NEWPORT, FERRYHILL, WELLFIELD BRANCH.

2 3 4 5 6 7 8H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E29 57 58 31 58 66 3 8 66 76 4 0 70 80 43 75 86 53 91 100 5 7 100 100 6 0 100 100

Remarks: Heavy falling gradient. Rule 131 (ii)applies.

Remarks: ADD:—Double-headed loads of equalto 45xx wagons of coal worked by tw o Q6engines permitted from South Hetton Collieryto Haverton Hi l l o r Newpor t. R ul e 131 ( i i )applies.

Middlesbrough 60 Jand Newpor t

South M i d d l e s b r o u g hHetton a n d Newpor tColliery

PAGE 21.DURHAM, WATERHOUSES BRANCH.

From T o

Durham

Include new Page 22A with following information:—T H R OU GH LOADS—W EST AUCKLAND T O TEBAY

From

West Auckland

St

Stanley Bank Foot orEast Hedley Hope

To

Tebay

S t

I t

S t

S t

.121 -1J25 -

2MT,JJ21-1

J252MT j

J2I+J21J25+J25

2MT+ 2MTBR 3MTBR 3MT

BR 3MT+BR 3MT

BR 3MT+ BR 3MT

BR 3MT+BR 2MT

4MT4MT

4MT+4MT

4MT+4MT

4MT+41vIT

Class of Engines

Unassisted.

Length l imitNo. of wagons.

AM EN D : - 50 to read 60.

Assisted in rear byClass J21, J25 or2 MT.Assisted in rear byClass J2I, J25 or2 MT.Unassisted.Assisted in rear byClass J 2I , J25,2M1 or BR 3MT.Assisted in rear byClass BR 3MT.Assisted in rear byClass J2I, J25 or2 MT.Assisted in rear byClass J2I, J25 or2MT.Unassisted.Assisted in rear byClass 4MT.Assisted in rear byClass 4MT.Assisted in rear byClass 3MT.Assisted in rear byClass J2I, J25 or2 MT.

45

INSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING LOADS TO BE CONVEYED BY ENGINES WORKINGFREIGHT TRAINS, CLASSES F, H AND J, DATED 2nd JANUARY, 1950—continued

From ToClass

ofTrain

2

H G • E

3

H G E

4

H G E

5

H G E

6

H G E

7

H G E

8

H G E

Cargo Fleet Haas Lane J 7 12 14 8 14 16 9 16 18 10 18 20 12 21 24 13 23 26 14 25 28Inner JunctionHaas Lane Eston Goods J 7 12 14 8 14 16 9 16 18 10 18 20 12 21 24 13 23 26 14 25 28Flans Lane Normanby Bank J 6 10 12 7 12 14 8 14 16 8 15 17 9 17 19 — — — — —

FootNorman by Normanby J 3 5 6 3 6 7 3 6 7 4 7 8 4 8 9 — —Bank Foot BrickworksNormanby Ormesby J 6 10 12 7 12 14 8 14 16 8 15 17 9 17 19 — —Bank Foot BrickworksEston Goods Haas Lane J* 13 24 27 15 26 30 16 29 33 17 31 35 21 38 43 24 42 48 25 44 50Haas Lane Cargo Fleet J* 22 40 45 24 42 48 27 48 54 29 32 59 35 62 70 38 68 77 40 71 80

InnerlunctionOrmesby Normanby J 13 24 27 15 26 30 16 29 33 17 31 35 21 38 43 —Brickworks Bank FootNormanby Normanby .1* 5 9 10 6 10 12 6 11 13 7 12 14 8 14 16 — — — —Brickworks Bank FootNormanby Haas Lane .1* 13 24 27 15 26 30 16 29 33 17 31 35 21 38 43 —Bank Foot

SECTION R—DARLI NGTON—continuedPAGE 22A.

Tebay

From To

WestAuckland

PAGE 25.KIRKBY STEPHEN PENR1TH.

T H R OU GH LOADS—TEBAY T O W EST A U C K LA N DClass of Engines E m p t y R e m a r k s

WagonsJ2IJ25 ) - Unassisted.2MT jJ21 A s s i s t e d b y J21,J25 J 2 5 or 2MT.2MT j

3MT Unassisted.3MT Ass i s ted by Class

3MT.

4MT Unassisted.4MT Ass i s ted by Class

4MT.

Length LimitFrom T o N o . of Wagons

Penrith. K i r k b y Stephen. A M E N D 50 to read:—"40".DARLINGTON, RICHMOND.

Catterick Bridge. C a t t e r i c k Camp. R e m a r k s : AMEND:—Maximum speed all trains, "20 m.p.h." and as shown.PAGE 26.

DARLINGTON, STOCKTON, SALTBURN.AMEND:— 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G ENewport Bow es fi el d, South 80( a) H 20 36 41 2 3 40 46 2 8 50 57 30 53 61 3 2 56 64 39 69 79 4 3 76 87 45 80 91

Stockton Goods J 23 41 47 25 45 51 31 55 63 3 3 58 66 3 5 62 71 4 3 76 87 47 83 95 4 9 87 99Stockton andEaglescliffe. R e m a r k s : DELETE:—Clear run Thornaby Station

Eaglescliffe. Dar l i ngton via R e m a r k s : INSERT:—Dar l ington W es t Yar d, v i a Dinsdale.Fighting Cocks or M a x i m u m 50 wagons.Dinsdale.

AM END:— 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E

Grangetown W i l t o n J 3 2 57 65 39 68 78 5 4 79 90 4 7 83 95 49 87 99 5 9 100 100 6 5 100 100 6 8 100 100Wilton G r a n g e t o w n J 2 8 49 56 32 56 64 39 68 78 41 72 82 4 4 77 88 5 4 95 100 50 100 100 6 2 100 100

Remarks: Rule 131 (ii) to apply.Newport, N e w Beam J 2 2 39 44 26 46 52 33 58 66 3 5 62 70 3 8 67 76 46 82 92 51 91 100 5 4 96 100South Bank, M i l l andetc. S t e e l w o r k s etc. R e m a r k s : Rule 131 (ii) applies.

Lackenby.New Beam S o u t h Bank, J 2 9 51 58 35 62 70 5 9 69 78 4 2 74 84 44 78 88 5 3 9 4 100 5 8 100 100 61 100 100Mill and N e w p o r t , etc.Steelworks,etc., LackenbyPAGES 28 and 29.DELETE instructions r e M1DDLESBROUGH—ESTON, and replace by:—

46

21

42

2448

2750

Double headed T ebay t o Ki r k by Stephen.Assisted in rear Kirkby Stephen to Stainmoreand Bar nar d Castl e t o W es t Auckland.Braking instructions apply.

Double headed Tebay t o Ki r k by Stephen.Assisted in rear Kirkby Stephen to Stainmoreand Bar nar d Castl e t o W es t Auckland.Braking instructions apply.

Double headed Tebay t o Ki r k by Stephen.Assisted in rear Kirkby Stephen to Stainmoreand Bar nar d Castl e t o W es t Auckland.Braking instructions apply.

Remarks: Rule 131 (ii) applies.

* Special Braking Instructions apply.

INSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING LOADS TO BE CONVEYED BY ENGINES WORKINGFREIGHT TRAINS, CLASSES F, H AND J, DATED 2nd JANUARY, 1950—continued

PAGES 30 and 31. A M EN D : —

From To

LengthLimit ClassNo. of o f Iw agonsTr ai nH GE

2H G E

3H G E

4 5 6H G E H G E H G E

7H G E

8H G E

Saltburn Boosbeck 50 As shown.

W HITBY—SALTBURN.Loftus Carlin How 60 H 1 8 32 37 20 36 41 25 44 50

J 2 0 35 40 23 40 46 28 49 5626 46 53 28 4929 37 58 31 54

5662

33 5937 66

6775

3741

6572

7482

3943

6875

7886

Carlin How Huntcliffe 60 HJ

10 17 20II 19 22

1192213 23 26

13 23 26152630

14 24 28 15 2616 28 32 17 30

3034

18 3120 35

3640

2022

3538

4044

2123

3740

4246

Huntcliffe Brotton 60 HJ

23 40 4626 45 51

27 47 5430 52 60

35 61 7038 66 76

37 65 74 40 7040 70 80 44 77

8088

49 8654 95

98100

5359

93100

100100

5662

100100

100100

NorthSkelton

Saltburn Westor Saltburn

60 H*J

23 40 4626 45 51

27 47 5430 52 60

35 61 7038 66 76

37 65 74 40 7040 70 80 44 77

8088

49 8654 95

98100

5359

93100

100100

5662

100100

100100

* Special Braking Instructions apply.

SALTBURN—W HITBY

Saltburn or North Skelton 50 As shown.Saltburn Brotton orWest LumpseyBrotton Carlin How 60 H* 12 31 35 20 36 41 24 43 49 25 45 51 27 48 55 32 47 65 35 62 71 36 65 73

J 19 34 39 23 40 46 27 48 55 28 50 57 30 53 61 36 63 72 39 69 79 40 72 80

SECTION R—DARLINGTON—continued

PAGE 31.

Loftus

From

PAGE 32.

Cloughton

PAGE 33.L1NGDALE,

KiltonthorpeJunction

Lingdale Junction

Lingdale andKilton orLumpsey Mines

Lingdale andKilton orLumpsey Mines

Lingdale Junction

PAGE 34.

To

Middlesbroughor Newpor tvia Nunthorpe

Lingdale Mines

47

Grinkle 3 5

SALTBURN—W HITBY

Length Limit C l a s s of 2 4 6No. of wagons T r a i n H G E H G E H G E

DELETE from "Remarks" column "Load for Q5 and Q6 engine at 15 m.p.h.

West Cl i ff 2 5

Lingdale Mines 3 3ADD:—

Middlesbrough —or Newpor tvia Saltburn West

SCARBOROUGH—W HITBY

KILTON A N D L U M PSEY M IN ES.Kilton Mines 3 3

AMEND:—

* Special Braking Instructions apply.

J* C l a s s J217-13-15

1248-14-16

As shown.

* Special Braking Instructions apply.

As shown.

As shown.

— 3 3 5 9 6 7— 3 6 6 5 7 3

28 5 0 5 730 5 4 61

NORTHALLERTON T O H A W ESBedale L e y b u r n 5 7 A s shown.Leyburn H a w e s 4 0 A s shown.

ADD:—Note in "Remarks," column:—"Length l imit Leyburn to Wensley, 57 wagons.

43 7 7 8 748 8 6 9 7

13 2 4 2 7

INSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING LOADS TO BE CONVEYED BY ENGINES WORKINGFREIGHT TRAINS, CLASSES F, H A N D J, DATED 2nd JANUARY, 1950—continued

SECTION T—YOR KPAGE 14.

HARROGATE GOODS, STARBECK, KNARESBOROUGH, YORK.Length Class

From T o L i m i t o f 1Train H G E

Starbeck Y o r k . 8 0orKnaresborough. A D D : — F 2 5 44 50 2 7 48 54 32 57 64 3 4 61 69 37 66 74 45 80 90 4 5 80 90 4 5 80 90

PAGE 15.ADD:—

BiIton Junction

Bilton Junction

Skipton

DELETE ENTRIES:—From

Starbeck.Otley or Ar thington.AMEND:—Neville Hill or Armley

Sidings.

Ilkley, Otley orArthington.

PAGE 17.DELETE ENTRIES:—

FromStarbeck.Arthington

(via Stonefall).

PAGE 18.AMEND:—

Milford.

From

Froth

PAGE 19.From

Askern Main.

UnassistedAssisted from

DELETE:—G roupsTadcaster

DELETE:—GroupsDELETE:—"Special

To

Skipton

Skipton

Starbeck or Bilton

Pool or Otley.

ToNewport, Stockton,Port Clarence.

ToEmpty Sidings.

YORK AN D SCARBOROUGHAM EN D entr ies to read:—Seamer. S c a r b o r o u g h .York. M a 1ton, SeamerScarborough. Y o r k .

LengthLimit

Special load for Class H trains (with Class J timings between Crimple andHarrogate) conveying loaded Ammonia Tanks ex Heysham, grossweight30 tons each, worked by Class J39, B16, or WD Class 8, 2-8-0 locomotives:—

.139 and BI6 8 , 2 8 013 (a) 2 2 (a)

Skipton to Embsay 1 6 (a) —(a) Plus Runner wagons.

* Class .1 timings from Bilton to Harrogate.Class H timings from Harrogate to Ski pton.

ToArthington (via Stonefall).Starbeck (via Stonefall).

Armley or Neville Hill.

ToArthington (via Stonefall).Starbeck.

48

Class ofTrain

Length LimitNo. of Wagons

50

I, 2 and 3.Harrogate and 3 5Starbeck

1, 2 and 3.Braking Instructions apply" from "Remarks" column.

2 3 4 • 5 6 7 8H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E

Load Classof Engine5 8

I 6H

25H

Remarks

Class J39 engine.

Class 8 2-8-0 engine.

ADD note in "Remarks" column:—"Length l i m i t 43 wagons between Nevi l le H i l l andArmley Sidings."

ADD note in "Remarks" column:—"Length limit 36 wagons, plus engine and brake, betweenArmley, Leeds, Well ington Street and Neville Hill.

Class of 4 5 6Train H G E H G E H G E

F 1 2 22 25 1 3 24 27 1 7 31 3516 28 32 1 7 31 35 2 2 39 4417 30 34 1 9 34 38 2 5 44 50

16 28 32 1 7 31 35 2 2 39 4417 30 34 1 9 34 38 2 5 44 50

ADD note in "Remarks" column:—Q6 locomotives may convey 50 empties.J27 locomotives may convey 44 empties."

I NS TRUCTI O NS RESPECTI NG LO ADS TO BE CO NV E Y E D BY ENGI NES W O R K I N GFREI GHT TRAI NS , CLASSES F, H A N D J, DATE D 2nd J ANUARY 1950—continued

33 58 66 37 66 75 44 79 89 48 86 97 50 89 10040 72 81 43 76 86 52 92 100 57 100 100 60 100 10044 79 89 47 84 95 58 100 100 64 100 100 66 100 100

SECTION T—YORK—continued

PAGE 20.

MALTON—GILLINGLength C l as s of 5

From T o L i m i t T r a i n H G E

ADD:—Hovingham.

PAGE 21.

DELETE ENTRIES:—

Thirsk

From T oScarborough. P i c k e r i n g .Pickering. S c a r b o r o u g h .

YORK, TH1RSK, GILLING AN D PICKERING

ADD:— 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8H H H H H H H H

Thornton Dale. P i c k e r i n g . H 2 0 2 3 2 6 2 7 2 9 3 7 4 1 4 323 2 5 2 9 3 1 3 2 4 1 4 5 4 8

PAGE 22.

YORK TO LEEDS.

Leeds (Neville Hill). Y o r k .Leeds (Neville Hill). C r o s s Gates.Neville Hill. G a r f o r t h .

PONTEFRACT TO LEEDS via LEDSTON

Garforth. N e v i l l e Hill.

PAGE 23.

AMEND:—

DELETE:—

Methley. Castleford.

1

49

36 — —Remarks: Special loading for limestone trains worked

by .139 engines.

From T o D E L E T E from "Remarks" column:—Garforth. N e v i l l e Hi l l . " S p e c i a l Braking Instructions apply."

"Rule 131 (ii) applies."ADD to "Remarks" column:—

'Special Braking Instructions apply."

DELETE from "Remarks" column:—"Special Braking Instructions apply."

Length LimitFrom T o N o . of Wagons " R e m a r k s " column

Ardsley. M e t h ley. 7 0 R u l e 131 (ii) applies.Class of Train 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

HG E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G Ei 2 2 39 44 2 3 41 46 2 5 44 50 2 9 51 58 3 2 57 64 3 6 64 72 4 0 72 81 4 5 80 90

AMEND:—

York. N o r m a n t o n . 9 0Normanton. Y o r k or Gascoigne Wood. 1

Class of Train 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8HG E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E

F 2 1 37 42 2 4 42 48 2 9 51 58H 2 9 52 59 3 3 58 66 3 9 69 78i 3 3 58 66 3 5 63 71 4 2 75 85

INSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING LOADS TO BE CONVEYED BY ENGINES WORKINGFREIGHT TRAINS, CLASSES F, H A N D J, DATED 2nd JANUARY, 1950—continued

F 21 37 42 24 42 48 29 51 58 33 58 66 37 66 75 44 79 89 48 86 97 50 89 100H 29 52 59 33 58 66 39 69 78 40 72 81 43 76 86 52 92 100 57 100 100 60 100 100

33 58 66 35 63 71 42 75 85 44 79 89 47 84 95 58 100 100 64 100 100 66 100 100

44 79 89 48 86 97 50 8952 92 100 57 100 100 60 10058 100 100 64 100 100 66 100

7H G E

8H G E

— 4 2 48 •— 4 2— 5 0 57 — 5 5— 5 5 65 — 5 5— 4 5 50 — 4 534 6 0 69 34 6 043 7 6 87 43 7 6

SECTION T—YORK—continued

PAGE 24.AM END:—

From

• York.

AM END:—

ADD:—From

Dearne Junction. Y o r k .

ADD:—

Class of Train

PAGE 25.AM END:—

From

* Ar m ley and Geldard.*Copley Hill (via Whitehall).*Stour ton Sidings.

Neville Hill.Neville Hill.

(via Whitehall)Neville Hill.

SECTION S— H U LL

PAGE 19.ADD:— F r o m

Bridlington

To

Milford orGascoigne Wood.

Milford or Y o r k .Gascoigne Wood.

Class of Train 1 2 3 4 5 6H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G

From T o

Dearne Junction. P o n t e f r a c t .

To

To

York. H u l l .(Via Gascoigne Wood and Selby)

Hull. Y o r k .(Via Selby and Gascoigne Wood)

Normanton. H u l l .(Via Selby)

Hull. N o r m a n t o n .(Via Selby)

Class of Train I 2H G E H G E

F 2 1 37 42 2 4 42 4829 52 59 3 3 58 6633 58 66 3 5 63 71

PAGE 26.AM END:— LEED S LO C AL TRIPS

From T o

1 9 0

SHEFFIELD A N D G.C. LIN E T O YOR KLength Limit

No. of WagonsADD note in "Remarks" column:—

Down trains for Hickleton Main Colliery tobe limited in length to equal to 50 ordinaryGoods including Brake Van."

Rule 131 (ii) applies.

Length LimitNo. of Wagons

75

ADD note in "Remarks" column:—"Down trains for Hickleton Main Colliery to be limited in length to equal to 50 ordinary Goodsincluding Brake Van." Rule 131 (ii) applies.

YOR K —WATH EXC H AN G ELength Limit 5

No. of Wagons G E HC 7 5 - 3 5 4 0 —D - 4 0 4 6 —E Braked - 4 5 5 1 —E Unbraked - 4 2 4 8 —F 5 8 6 6 3 4H 6 6 7 5 4 1

3337

3 4 5 6 1 7 8H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E H G E29 51 58 3 3 58 66 3 7 66 7539 69 78 4 0 72 81 4 3 76 8642 75 85 4 4 79 89 4 7 84 95

100100100

Neville Hill.Neville Hill.Neville Hill.Armley Sidings or Geldard.Copley Hill.

Stourton Sidings.

To

Hunmanby

50

Length LimitNo. of Wagons

Length LimitNo. of Wagons

75

75

75

75

Class ofTrain

Dated IseFebruary, 1956

Class of Train I

E Braked 1 8

SIDINGS6G E40 4 645 5150 5 745 5 060 6 972 8 2

Length LimitNo. of Wagons

3636364343

43

2 3

26

7 8E H G E H G E

4 5 6 7H H H H39 4 3 4 7 5 1

4

28

6G G30 3 6

8

55

486365506987

7 8G G40 4 2

51

LOADS OF FREIGHT TRAINS: L O N D O N MI D L A N D O PERATING AREA(MIDLAND D IVISION )

PAGE 6.* A D D to list of engines permitted to work Class D Express Freight trains:—

Class 8Standard2-8-0(See Note A)

Wagons of Goods 5 0A—Only locomotives with white five pointed star on cab sides are permitted to work Class D trains. ( G . I /24)

PAGE 10. (Loading of Class M i n e r a l Trains.)Between A m e n d m e n t

Shipley (L.M.R.) and Shipley (N.E.R.) A M E N D Down Mineral Loads to read:—

(CENTRAL D IVISION )

125

2

30

3

36

PAGE 6.* A D D to list of engines permitted to work Class D Express Freight trains:—

Class 8Standard2-8-0

(See note A)Wagons of Goods 5 0

A—Only locomotives with white five pointed star on cab sides are permitted to work Class D trains. ( G . I /24)

PAGE 7. (Loading of Classes E and F Express Freight Trains.)Between

'Farnley Junction and Birstall Town. * I N S E R T note " AW B"

PAGE 9. (Loading of Class H Through Freight Trains.)Between

Farnley Junction and Birstall Town. * I N S E R T note " AW B"

PAGE 12. (Loading of Class M i n e r a l Trains.)Between A m e n d m e n t

Hillhouse and Diggle. A D D letter 'F i n Notes column and following at footof page:—

F. T he loading of trains i n the U p direction whenworked by ex L.N.W. G.2 locomotives to be restrictedto the Class 6 maximum.

(G. I /24)

FREIGHT T RAIN L O ADS B O O KEASTERN RE G I O N— WE S TE RN DI V I S I O N

(Issued Sth June, 1950)

4

PAGE 12.

AM EN D paragraph on "LEEDS DISTRICT" to read "Wakefield Distr ict", and AD D :—SHAWCROSS T O BATLEY

Class of Engine

44 48

6

53

7

58

8

64

(G.I/283)

Trains travelling from Batley to Shawcross must be worked in accordance wi th the following instructions:—(a) T he train must be marshalled:

Brake Van (fully fitted).Engine.Wagons.Brake Van (non fitted) .

(b) T he Guard must r ide in the rearmost brake van.Trains travelling from Shawcross to Batley must be worked i n accordance wi th the following instructions:—

(a) T he train must be marshalled:—Brake Van (non fitted) .Engine.Brake Van (fully fitted).Wagons.

(b) T he Guard must r ide in the non-fitted brake van.(c) A minimum of four wagon brakes must be pinned down on the last four wagons before leaving Shawcross.

A stop must also be made at the P.D.W.B. board situated approximately 300 yards from the colliery and thebrakes pinned down on a minimum of eight wagons at the leading end of the train.

From

Assisted i n rear by an engine ofnot less than Class 2 from Leeds Between the hoursB Box t o Ar m ley ( or Bramley of 10.30 p.m. andwhen Armley Box closed). 4.15 a.m. weekdays

and 1 0 . 3 0 p . m .Unassisted. Trains to have IS-ton Saturday, and 4.15

PAGE 60.AMEND:—

Ardsley

PAGE 65.Bramley

PAGE 73. ( LeedsAMEND:—

Leeds WellingtonStreet No.

Leeds WellingtonStreet No.

Leeds WellingtonStreet No.

A D D :- Leeds Wellington

Street No.

Leeds

Copley Hill,L.M.R.

To

Leeds

Distr ict.)

Armley

Armley

FREIGHT TRAIN LOADS BOOK—continuedEASTERN REGION—W ESTERN DIVISION—cont inued

Ardsley orWortley South

Class oftrain

52

Lengthlimit

23and 'K'

23and 'K'

23and 'K'

23and 'K'

23and 'K'

'H', 'J' 2 1and 'K'

Remarks

1 Trains into Leeds must not exceed 23 wagons includingbrake van. (Other notes as printed.)

Unassisted. Trains to have 20-ton 1brake van.

brake van. Length l imi t can be S-a.m. Monday, t heextended to 25 wagons between l oads of Nos. 2 to 8the hours of 6.30 p.m. and 10.30 classes o f enginesp.m. m a y be made up to

35 wagons of goods.Unassisted. Length l im i t can beextended to 25 wagons betweenthe hours of 6.30 p.m. and 10.30p.m.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR WORKING MULTIPLE-UNITMECHANICAL DIESEL TRAINS

These trains are fitted w i th two-tone warning horns at each end. The two-tones must always be sounded when i t isnecessary to give a warning. -

All concerned must warn men employed under their supervision who may be required to work on the permanentway or to walk upon or cross running lines of the importance of observing the warning, and that they must be preparedfor trains to approach quietly and at high speed. Upon hearing the warning the Driver should be given an acknowledg-ment whenever possible.

It is impor tant that men engaged on permanent way work, etc., shall move promptly t o a point of safety uponsighting or receiving audible warning of the approach of a train.

If i t is necessary for Multiple-Unit Diesel trains to work over a section of line where they are not normally scheduledto run, Drivers of such trains must sound the warning horn in accordance wi th Rule 127 and also when approachingcurves, level crossings, barrow crossings, overbridges, Ganger's huts and other buildings adjacent to the line upon whichthe trains are running.

The speed of trains must not exceed 10 m .p.h. when proceeding along carriage or repair sidings, or sidings inMotive Power Depots. Before entering Sheds Drivers must bring their trains to a stand and give a warning signal on thehorn to staff who may be at work inside. The speed of trains inside a shed must not exceed 5 m.p.h.

WORKING INSTRUCTIONSRULES A N D REGULATIONS.

I. T h e Rules and Regulations are applicable to Multiple-Unit Diesel trains except as modified below:—(I) RULES:—

55. T h e duty of going to the Signal box to remind the Signalman of the position of the train must be performedby the Guard, but where Fireman's call plungers or telephones are provided for the purpose of this Rule theDriver must make use of these appliances.In connection with clause (h) of this Rule, the Guard must carry out the duties allocated to the Fireman, as inthe case of electric trains.

56. I n the circumstances described in Clause (b) of this Rule, the Guard must first protect his train in the rearbefore complying with Rule 55, Clause (a).

126. A driver is forbidden to leave charge of his train wi thout:—(a) stopping the engines(b) removing the reversing lever(c) putting the hand brake on hard.

127. Each dr iving compartment must be equipped w i th not less than 12 detonators and a red flag. T he Drivermust have wi th him in the driving compartment a hand lamp wi th red shade.

141. T h e Guard's signal to start the train will be given in accordance with the bell code shown in instruction No. 7.178-187. T h e Driver must carry out the duties of the Fireman as laid down for the Motorman in charge of an

electric train. I f the opposite line is obstructed the driver must go forward on foot to protect such obstructedline.

188. I n the case of trains conveying passengers, the Driver must carry out the duties allocated to the Fireman aftersatisfying himself that the fire is being dealt with.

(11) REGULATIONS:—(a) Vacuum Br ake Regulations. As i t is necessary for these trains to have the vacuum brake applied when

standing the following modifications require to be made to the General Regulations for working the Vacuum Brake:Reg. 3, clause (b), thi rd paragraph. N o t applicable to Multiple-Unit Diesel trains.Reg. 3, clause (c), second paragraph. The words "and that the gauge in the rear van indicates the requiredvacuum" are not applicable to Multiple-Unit Diesel trains.

53

INSTRUCTIONS FOR WORKING MULTIPLE-UNIT MECHANICAL DIESELTRAINS—continued

W OR K IN G INSTRUCTIONS—cont inuedRULES A N D REGULATIONS—continued

In order that the Guard and Driver may be aware of the vacuum brake reading in the Guard's compartment,as required by Clause 3 (b) and (c) of the General Regulations for working the Vacuum Brake, a test must firstbe made. T o enable this to be done, the Driver must apply the hand brake to avoid the train moving when thevacuum brake is released unti l he receives the indication from the Guard to the effect that the correct amountof vacuum is registered in the gauge in the Guard's compartment, after which the hand brake must be releasedin the Driver's compartment and the train held by the vacuum brake.

This test must be made daily before the train is taken into service and on each occasion when vehicles areattached or detached.

(b) Passenger com m unication. T he passenger communication i n some vehicles is by means of shor t handlespainted red, fixed in each car, and in others is by means of a short chain. W hen the handle or chain is pulleddownwards i t causes the brake to be applied and the train to be stopped. O n certain vehicles discs are notprovided on the outside of the vehicle to show when the alarm handle or chain has been operated, and in suchcases, the Guard must ascertain when this has been done by inspection of the cars. The alarm handle must then bereset by means of a carriage key. T he chain communication must be reset by means of the outside disc but,where discs are not provided, i t must be reset from either (a) the driver's compartment, or (b) from the guard'scompartment on vehicles where there is no driving compartment, or (c) from a special box at one end of vehicleswhere there is neither a driving nor a guard's compartment.

M A N N IN G O F TRAINS.2. Each train will be manned by a Driver and a Guard only.

C OM POSIT ION O F TRAINS.3. T h e transmission and control systems vary between different makes and types of Diesel Units, and this prohibits

them from being coupled together.To identify the units which may be coupled, large symbols will be painted immediately above the buffers at both

ends of the vehicles and small symbols will be painted on all jumper plugs and sockets. Onl y those units bearing similarsymbols may be coupled together.

The symbols will be:—Red Triangle. B l u e Square.Yellow Diamond. W h i t e Circle.

C OU PLIN G A N D U N C OU PL IN G.4. Each end of a Diesel Uni t is equipped wi th jumper control cable fitments. T w o vacuum brake hose pipes (one

reservoir and one train pipe) are fitted on the headstock, one at each side of the drawgear. On certain trains a compressed, air pipe is also provided.

Two Diesel Units (or such number as may be authorised) may be coupled together and the following instructions forcoupling and uncoupling must be observed:—

(a) COUPLING.The stationary unit must be firmly secured by the hand brake and the following operations must be carried out

in the sequence shown:—(i) the units must be coupled by the screw or buckeye coupling as the case may be;(ii) the engines must be shut off and the vacuum in the train and reservoir pipes destroyed;(iii) the hose pipes must be connected and the cocks on the compressed air pipes, where provided, opened;(iv) the jumpers must be released, withdrawn for the dummy sockets and inserted in the appropriate sockets on

the adjacent unit. W her e no dummy sockets are provided, the jumpers must be obtained from the special boxin the Driver's or the Guard's compartment. Care must be taken to ensure that the jumper heads are pushedright home and secured by the safety retaining clips.

(b) UNCOUPLING.Before uncoupling operations are commenced, the uni t to be uncoupled must be firmly secured by the hand

brake.The engines must be shut off and the vacuum i n the train and reservoir pipes destroyed, after which the

following operations must be carried out in the sequence shown:—(i) the jumpers must be released, withdrawn from the sockets on the adjacent unit and inserted in the appropriate

dummy sockets. Care must be taken to ensure that the jumper heads are pushed r ight home in the dummysockets and secured by the safety retaining clips. W her e no dummy sockets are provided, the jumpers must beplaced in the special box in the Driver's or the Guard's compartment.

(ii) the cocks on the compressed air pipes must be closed and the pipes disconnected and secured by the safetychains. T he vacuum hose pipes must then be disconnected and secured on the dummy couplings.

(iii) the screw or buckeye coupling must be released.(c) COUPLING AN D UNCOUPLING IN SERVICE.

This duty must be performed by a member of the Operating staff, but the Driver must be in attendance tosatisfy himself that all connections have been properly made.

1 ( d ) COUPLING OF LOADED MULTIPLE-UNIT TRAINS.Where i t is necessary to couple two Multiple-Unit trains, either of which is loaded, the undermentioned working

must be adopted:—After the first train has come to a stand at the platform, the second train may be admitted in accordance with

the Permissive Block Regulations, Rule 96, or special instructions as the case may be. A Handsignalman (who maybe the Guard of the first train), exhibiting a red handsignal must be posted 6 feet to the rear of the first train, andthe Dr iver of the second train must bring his train to a stand opposite to the Handsignalman. T he Hanthignalmanmay give permission for the second train to move forward on to the rear of the first train as soon as he is satisfiedit is safe to do so, when the coupling may be carried out.

TAIL TRAFFIC.5. Addi ti onal vehicles must not be attached to Multiple-Unit Diesel trains except where specially authorised i n

the Sectional Appendix or other Regional publications.

54

I. Stop. 4. Slow down when propelling.2. Start. 5. Guard leaving train in accordance with rules.3. Set-back. 6. Draw forward.

3-3. Guard required by Driver. 7. Correct vacuum indicated in rear during test.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR WORKING MULTIPLE-UNIT MECHANICAL DIESELTRAINS—continued

HEAD A N D TA IL L IGH TS A N D D EST IN A T ION INDICATORS.6. T h e destination indicator, where provided, must be operated so as to show the correct destination both at the

front and rear of the train. T h e train classification/route indicator or headlamps, as the case may be, must be set to showthe class of train and/or route at the front end only, the rear indicator showing blank. T h e destination and classification/route indicators must be illuminated after sunset or dur ing fog or falling snow only.

The Driver is responsible for ensuring, at any turning round point, that the train classification/route indicator issuitably blanked out and the l ight extinguished before he proceeds to the other end of the train.

Where a train classification or route indicator is not provided the following instructions apply:—During daylight and clear weather, the destination indicator must be regarded as the head-code.After sunset, dur ing fog or falling snow, or when passing through tunnels, the top electric headlamp must be

switched on by the Driver.The lower headlamps will not be used.These arrangements to apply whether the train conveys passengers or is empty.

An oil tail lamp must be carried on the rearmost vehicle and a spare oil tail lamp, properly trimmed, must be carriedin the Guard's brake to enable the provisions of Rule 204 to be complied with.BELL CODE.

7. T he following code of bell signals between Guard and the Dr iver must always be used by means of the bel lcommunication provided:—

PROPELLING.8. Except during shunting operations, propelling must only be resorted to where specially authorised for Multiple.

Unit Mechanical Diesel trains.When propelling, a speed of 5 m.p.h. must not be exceeded and the Guard must ride in the leading driving compart-

ment, keep a good look-out, operate the warning horn when necessary, and be prepared to stop the train as requiredby application of the vacuum brake where this can be done, or by the hand brake. The Guard must carefully observe allsignals and signal to the Driver as may be necessary in accordance wi th the bell codes shown in Instruction No. 7. Inthe event of failure of the bell communication, the train must be driven from the leading end.

Trains must be driven from the leading end when proceeding on to another train, entering carriage or repair sheds,or proceeding up to buffer stops other than for attaching or detaching tail traffic.EXC H A N GE O F TOK EN S O N SIN GLE LINES.

9. I n order to enable the Driver to receive or deliver a single line token by hand, the train must be brought to astand at the signal box, station, platform, or other token exchange point and the Signalman must receive and/or deliverthe token at that point.HEATING O F TRAINS.

10. T he Guard will be responsible for seeing the heating units are in use when necessary and that they are switchedoff when the train is stabled. H e should also adjust the heating during the journey as far as practicable to meet the wishesof the passengers.

The Guard, depot staff or person specially appointed for the duty, will, however, be responsible for switching onthe heat before leaving the depots at the commencement of the working, and where pre-heating is necessary, suitablearrangements must be made between the Operating and Motive Power Departments for this to be carried out.

Any defect in the heating system must be advised by the Guard to the Driver, who must repor t i t.The units can also be used for circulating cool air during hot weather and when required for this purpose, the Guard

must turn the switch to the cold position.FIRE PRECAUTIONS.

In addition to the standard fire-fighting equipment, automatic fire-extinguishing apparatus is fitted on the underframe of motor cars. In the event of a fire developing in one of the engines, the extinguishing equipment will come intooperation and at the same time ring a bell in the Driver's cab. After the train has been stopped in accordance with Rule188, the Driver must proceed to the affected engine and take with him a fire extinguisher and, in the case of trains con-veying passengers, must carry out the duties allocated to the Fireman under Rule 188 after satisfying himself that thefire is being dealt with.

Drivers and Guards must, however, act according to the best of their judgement and abil ity in the circumstancesattending the fire.

The fire-extinguishing medium used in these automatic appliances comprises a toxic gas which dissipates very rapidlywhen exposed to the open air. Care should be taken therefore, to avoid contact with, or inhaling of, vapour.

The agent is heavier than air and wi l l fall to the ground. There is very l i ttle perception of smell though i t can befaintly distinguished.

If, however, contact is made, the following precautions must be taken:—I. Remove the person concerned from discharge area.2. Summon medical aid as soon as possible, notifying the doctor that the person has been in contact with chloro-

bromomethane and that oxygen therapy will probably be required.3. I f contaminated w i th l iquid, all clothing, wr ist watches, rings, etc., must be removed and the person washed

freely.4. Contaminated clothing should be isolated for future disposal.5. Fresh air is essential and artificial respiration may be necessary. Oxygen therapy, i f available, should be started

at once.6. I f a quantity of chlorobromomethane enters eyes or nose, wash the affected parts with a sterile saturated sodium

bicarbonate solution of I par t sodium bicarbonate to IS parts of water*, and freely with plain water if bicarbonateis not available.

7. I f a quanti ty of chlorobromomethane enters the mouth or is swallowed, an emetic of at least I pi nt of sterilesaturated solution of sodium bicarbonate of 1 par t sodium bicarbonate to 15 parts of water* should be givenimmediately and the patient treated as for shock whilst a doctor is contacted. T he solution may be used as aneutralising wash for cleansing parts contaminated by this agent on condition that the skin is not broken ordamaged by burns or scalds.

8. Ther e may be certain delayed effects of chlorobromomethane poisoning and every case of contamination, therefore,must be referred to the Regional Medical Department for observation.* N.B.—Such solution to be renewed at six-monthly intervals and containers, i f used, to be sterilised pr ior torefil l ing.

55

INSTRUCTIONS FOR WORKING MULTIPLE-UNIT MECHANICAL DIESELTRAINS—continued

DEADMAN'S VALVE.12. A Deadman's valve is incorporated in the throttle control handle in all driving compartments, and should the

Driver release his gr ip, the power will be cut off and the brake applied.Should any defect arise to make the Deadman's device inoperative, the Guard must ride with the Driver until another

competent man can be provided or the defect remedied.DRIVING APPARATUS DISABLED.

13. I n the event of the driving apparatus in the leading compartment becoming disabled, and the Driver can regaincontrol of, the train from another driving compartment, the train must be driven at reduced speed from the most con-venient driving compartment and proceed with caution to the nearest point where the train can be taken out of serviceor the disabled uni t can be detached.

In such cases the Guard must r ide in the leading driving compartment, keep a good look-out, operate the warninghorns when necessary and practicable, and be in position to stop the train as required by the application of the vacuumbrake where this can be done, or by the hand brake. The Guard must carefully observe all signals and signal to the Driveras may be necessary in accordance with the bell codes as shown in Instruction No. 7.

In emergency, the Guard's vacuum brake application valve, where provided, must be used to stop the train.ASSISTING DISABLED TRAIN .

14. I n an emergency, disabled Multiple-Unit Diesel trains can be assisted by any type of train or locomotive, butin such circumstances the trains must be worked cautiously and at reduced speed.

When a diesel train is being assisted, the working must be in accordance with the special instructions included inthe Driver's handbook and according to the type of train or locomotive which is providing the assistance.

A Multiple-Unit Diesel train may be allowed to assist a disabled Multiple-Unit Diesel train in accordance with thespecial instructions included in the Driver's handbook but must be run at reduced speed. In such circumstances, however,the assistance must only be given to the nearest point at which the disabled train can be removed from the running line.A. H E A T I N G A N D L IGH T IN G O F TRAINS.

HeatingPosition of H eat er Switches.

The switches for operating the heaters are placed:—I. I n the Driver's compartment of driving vehicles.2. I n the Guard's van of brake vehicles without a Driver's compartment.3. Over one of the doorways inside trailer cars wi thout either a Driver's compartment or Guard's van.4. I n the Guard's van of units fitted wi th through heating control.Covers are eventually to be fitted over the switch control . Panels in Driver's compartments and in trai ler cars

without Guard's vans on cars fitted w i th through heating control.NOTES:—A. T yp e of Heat er.

Each vehicle is separately heated by means of one or two oil heaters. Each heater is operated by a glow-plug ignitinga spray of oil in an enclosed chamber, known as the combustion chamber. T he products of combustion pass from thecombustion chamber through radial por ts i nto the heat exchanger through which they flow to the discharge outlet.The heat generated by combustion is transferred through the heat exchanger to the air used as a medium for space heating.

It should be noted that the air used as a medium for heating the car is entirely separate from the air supply used tomaintain combustion o f the oi l spray wi thin the combustion chamber.Operation of Heater.

Heaters not fitted wit h Through Heat ing Control.(i) Turn heater switch in a clockwise direction to "FULL HEAT" position. The "Glow Plug" l ight on the indicator

panel should then be illuminated to indicate that the glow plug has started to operate. I f the l ight does notappear, wait for 30 seconds and if the "Air Fan" l ight is not illuminated or the "Air Fan" does not start up, returnthe heater switch to the "Off" position.

(ii) After a period of 30 seconds the "Ai r Fan" l ight should be illuminated on the indicator panel denoting that the"Air Fan" and fuel pump are working.

(iii) In approximately 3i minutes the "Glow Plug" indicator l ight will be extinguished and the "Ai r Fan" l ight willremain illuminated indicating that the heater is now working normally.

(iv) I f the oil fails to ignite in the period of 3i minutes previously mentioned the fan and fuel pump are automaticallyswitched off and i t is necessary to return the heater switch to the "Off" position and re-start. N o more than twofurther attempts should be made to start the apparatus, after which i t must be reported as defective.

(v) I f the heater switch is in the "FULL HEAT" position when the heater has been working normally and the heaterthen cuts out for any reason, the "Ai r Fan" l ight will be extinguished. In this event return heater switch to the

, "OFF" position and then re-start by turning the heater switch to the "FULL HEAT" position. I f the heaterdoes not operate normally after 311 minutes proceed as in paragraph (iv).Note:—For technical reasons the "REDUCED HEAT" position on the control panel is now connected to the

"FULL HEAT" position so that reduced heat is no longer available on each heater, with the effect thatthe "FULL HEAT" is obtained in both positions of the heater switch.In the case of cars fitted wi th only one heater, i t will not now be possible to obtain reduced heat, butin the case of those fitted wi th two heaters, the heating in the saloon can be reduced by switching oneheater off.

Heaters fitted wit h Through Heat ing Control.I. T he Guard exercises full control of the heating from a "Through Heating Control Panel" in the guard's van on each

unit of 2 or 4 cars; this controls heating throughout the uni t which is thereafter thermostatically controlled ineach vehicle. W here trains are composed of more than one unit it will be necessary to operate the through controlpanel in each guard's van.

2. Each heater has a local control panel in each vehicle which enables maintenance staff to check heaters individually.If the "ISOLATOR" switch is left "ON" by the maintenance staff, or any other person, the guard cannot switchoff this heater by the "Through Heating Control" system. T he heater will be localised and require switchingoff independently at its own particular panel.

3. U nder normal circumstances the guard has full control of the heating system, and when he switches off on leaving• t h e train the heaters will shut down automatically. I t will, of course, be necessary to switch off on each complete

unit.4. I n order to prevent a heater remaining switched " ON " due to the conditions shown in Clause 2, i t will be necessary

for the guard, after switching off at the guard's through control panel to satisfy himself that there are no localcontrol panel isolator switches in the " ON " position.An instruction panel is fixed adjacent to the Through Heater Control in each guard's van and these instructionsare as shown:—

INSTRUCTIONS FOR WORKING MULTIPLE-UNIT MECHANICAL DIESELTRAINS—continued

A. H E A T I N G A N D L IGH T IN G O F TRAINS—continuedHeat Cycling.I. Select heating.2. Switch isolator on. Isolator and failure indicator will l ight up.3. Press starter button. Failure indicator will go out and heater will operate automatically. I f failure indicator

lights up, allow I minute and press starter again. I f failure is still indicated after three such starts a repor tshould be made.

Cold Ventilat ing.I. Select ventilating.2. Switch isolator on. Isolator indicator will l ight up and heater fans will run.Switch off .I. Swi tch off isolator.

56

Defects of Heat er.Responsibility for the maintenance of the heaters rests wi th the Carriage and Wagon Engineer. I f any heaterfails completely or becomes defective in service, C. 8, W . staff must be advised. l i l t is not possible to effectany immediate repair the guard should notify the Driver who will include the details on a repair card for thenecessary attention to be given at the depot.

Pre-Heating.During the heating season i t will be necessary to arrange pre-heating for a minimum of 20 minutes (30 minutes i f

outside temperature is 35' or less) before advertised departure time of the train. W hen vehicles are stabled in or near adiesel depot i t will be the responsibility of the depot staff to operate the switches at the required time and staff must bedeputed to do this work. I f the vehicles are stabled away from a diesel depot, i t will be the responsibility of the StationMaster to depute staff to turn the switches at the required time.

In either case where the guard is in charge of the train at the commencement of the stipulated heating period as setout above, he will be responsible for turning the switches to "FULL HEAT" including the heating switch in the Driver'scompartment to which the guard can obtain access by the vestibule key provided. W her e the uni t is equipped wi ththrough heating control, this should be switched on from the guard's van or vans.Units out of use during day.

If a uni t is out of service during the day for 60 minutes or more, the heating should be turned "OFF" by the guardin al l vehicles and subsequently re-applied i n accordance w i th the instructions given above. This is most important,otherwise over-taxing of the batteries will occur and there will be difficulty when i t is necessary to start the engines.W arm W eather . -

In warm weather cool air can be supplied to the coaches by turning the heater switch in an anti-clockwise directionor to "Venti lating".

LightingThe lighting controls are similar to those in operation on British Railways standard vehicles but special care must be

taken to see that the l ights are not used unnecessarily otherwise the batteries wi l l be over-taxed and there wil l bedifficulty when i t is necessary to start the engines.B. T R A I N H A N D BRAKES.

I. APPLICATION OF HAND BRAKES WHEN TRAIN IS TO BE LEFT UNATTENDED.The Driver must apply the hand brakes in the leading and rear driving compartments. The Guard or Shunter

or person acting in that capacity must apply the hand brakes in the Guard's compartments on the trains.2. RELEASE OF HAND BRAKES BEFORE TRAIN IS MOVED.

The Driver must release the hand brakes in all the driving compartments and the Guard or Shunter or personacting in that capacity must release those in the Guard's compartments.

Before starting a train there must be a clear understanding between Driver and Guard or Shunter or personacting in that capacity that all hand brakes on the train have been released.

At Depots when no Guard or Shunter is in attendance the Driver in charge of the train is responsible forseeing that all hand brakes are released before the train is moved.

C. F IR E- F IGH T IN G EQU IPM EN T .All Diesel railcars are fitted wi th the following equipment:—

I. A n automatic extinguisher system wi th detonators and outlets above each individual diesel engine.2: T w o hand-operated extinguishers of the C.0.2 gas type, 4 lbs. capacity, in each driving cab.1 O ne two-gallon C.0.2 water type hand-operated extinguisher in the brake compartment of all vehicles so fitted.4. I n non-brake compartment vehicles one two-gallon C.0.2 water type hand-operated extinguisher in the passenpr

compartment at the lobby end.The automatic extinguishing system consists of a high pressure container in which the extinguishing agent (Chloro-

bromomethane, known as CB.) is carried in liquid form, a pipeline from the container to the engine, and a detector wirestrategically placed over each engine.

When the detector wire is subject to abnormal heat i t operates an electric switch which:—(a) detonates a cartridge in the high pressure container, thereby releasing the extinguishing agent. Thei atter passes

along the pipelines from which i t is sprayed over the engine concerned and extinguishes the fire by forming ablanket of gas over i t.

(b) operates the alarm system causing the alarm bells to ring and illuminates a warning light on the fire alarm controlbox mounted on the solebar adjacent to the affected engine.

(c) stops the engine concerned.Consequent upon the foregoing, since the engine stops automatically, the location of the fire will be indicated to the

driver by the oi l pressure warning l ight being extinguished.NOTE. I f more power cars are coupled in the train than are catered for on the indicator panel, the oil pressure warning

light may be maintained.In addition to the detector wire, which must be replaced after one operation, the fluid flywheel is protected by a

re-setting thermostat fixed above i t. This will operate when the temperature in the vicinity rises to a dangerous leveland fulfils the functions set out above, irrespective of the state of the detector wire.

57

INSTRUCTIONS FOR WORKING MULTIPLE-UNIT MECHANICAL DIESELTRAINS—continued

INSTRUCTIONS I N T H E EVEN T OF FIRE.The heater in the affected vehicle must be turned off as qiiickly as possible and the driver must

that has been affected as shown by the indicator l ight, taking with him a fire extinguisher from theindication of the engine concerned will also be given by the red warning l ight which will be illuminatedfire alarm control box.

After ensuring that the fire has been extinguished, the small metal tab on the front of the fireshould be pulled off. This wil l uncover a switch which should be operated to stop the alarm bel lwarning l ight. I t will also render i t impossible to re-start the affected engine and after this has beenproceed.

The alarm isolating switch referred to does not cut out the re-setting thermostat and should this operate through arecurrence of fire on the engine or fluid flywheel, the alarm bells will r ing and the warning l ight will be l it. In this eventthe fire wi l l not be extinguished automatically, as the extinguishing agent wil l have been previously discharged. I t isessential therefore, for the remaining hand-operated fire-fighting equipment to be used as a matter of the utmost urgencyafter the train has been stopped.

Any car on which a fire has occured should be withdrawn from traffic wi thout delay in order that the high pressurecontainer and the detector wire can be replaced. W hen this is done the switch on the fire alarm control box should be"switched on" and the metal tab on the cover replaced.

The discharged container can be identified, i f necessary, by a small pin which wil l be found protruding *" from thescrew cap on the end of the junction box, on the neck of the container. This pin is flush under normal conditions.Before fitting a new container, cartridge uni t and detector wire, i t is necessary to ensure that both the flame switch andthe re-setting thermostat are in the "off" position. Fai lure to do this may result in the firing of the cartridge and releaseof the extinguishing agent. ( O . 9049)

* LIST O F R OU T ES O N W H I C H D IESEL M U LTIPLE- U N ITSSelby—Goole.Selby—Bridlington.Hull—Hornsea.Hull—Withernsea.Hull—Bridlington—Scarborough.Staddlethorpe—Doncaster.York—Doncaster.York—Rowntree's Halt.York—Hull.Micklefield—Hull.York—Leeds.Church Fenton—Sheffield Midland.Gascoigne Wood—Milford South.York—Harrogate.Harrogate—Northallerton.Melmerby—Thirsk.Harrogate—Leeds C i ty via Horsforth and Wetherby.Church Fenton—Wetherby.Harrogate—Leeds Central—Bradford Exchange—via Stanningley and Pudsey.Leeds Central—Doncaster.Leeds Central—Leeds City.Leeds Central—Ardsley—Castleford Central—Pontefract Monkhill.Leeds City—Castleford Cutsyke—Pontefract.Bradford Exchange—Wakefield Kirkgate via Batley and Ossett.Wakefield Kirkgate—Pontefract Monkhill—Knottingley—Goole.Huddersfield—Wakefield Kirkgate.Leeds City—Normanton—Wakefield Kirkgate—Barnsley Exchange.Wakefield Kirkgate—Hare Park Junction.Huddersfield—Bradford Exchange via Cleckheaton Branch.Arthington—Burley-in-Wharfedale.Leeds City—Skipton via Keighley.Shipley (Leeds Junction)—Bradford Forster Square.Shipley (Bradford Junction)—Shipley (Bingley Junction).Shipley (Guiseley Junction)—Esholt Junction.Apperley Junction—Skipton via Ilkley.Shipley (Windhill)—Quarry Gap Junction.Darlington—Richmond.Catterick Bridge—Catterick Camp.Darlington—Penrith.

ARE I N U SE

inspect the enginecab. A n additionalon the appropriatealarm control boxand extinguish thedone the train can

SPEED L IM ITS A N D PER M A N EN T SPEED RESTRICTIONS.Drivers of Multiple-Unit Diesel trains may exceed the Speed Limits and Permanent Speed Restrictions specified i n

Table A of the Sectional Appendix for the undermentioned lines to the extent of not more than 5 miles per hour, exceptwhen conveying tai l traffic (when specially authorised), in which case the normal Speed Limits and Permanent SpeedRestrictions must be observed:—

Line No. 2—THORNE NORTH and STADDLETHORPE.Line No. 6—HULL (WEST PARADE) and WITHERNSEA.Line No. 7—WILMINGTON and HORNSEA.Line No. 8—HULL (WEST PARADE) and SEAMER WEST.Line No. 9—BEVERLEY NORTH and YORK (1300THAM).Line No. I4—HULL (WEST PARADE) and STADDLETHORPE.Line No. 40—DARLINGTON SOUTH and SALTBURN.Lines Nos. 43 and 62—MIDDLESBROUGH and NEWCASTLE.Line No. 47—COWTON, ERYHOLME and RICHMOND.Line No. 72—NEWCASTLE No. 3 and CARLISLE (DURRAN HILL JUNCTION).

Note:—This relaxation does NOT apply to Temporary Speed Restrictions for Permanent Way Works, etc., shown in theWeekly Programme of Permanent Way Operations, etc., or where otherwise imposed. i n such cases the Temporary SpeedRestrictions must be strictly observed. ( O . 9049)

58

I NS TRUCTI O NS FO R WO RKI NG MULTI P LE - UNI T M E C H A N I C A L DI ESELTRAI NS—conti nued

* L IST OF R OU TES O N W H I C H DIESEL M U LTIPLE- U N ITS ARE I N USE—continuedDarlington—Bishop Auckland—Crook.Bishop Auckland—Barnard Castle. •Barnard Castle—Middleton-in-Teesdale.Bishop Auckland—Durham—Sunderland.Darlington—Middlesbrough—Redcar—Saltburn.Stockton—Northallerton.Middlesbrough—Loftus via Guisborough.Middlesbrough—Scarborough via Battersby and W hi tby West Cliff.Grosmont—Malton—York.Middlesbrough—West Hartlepool—Sunderland—Newcastle.Sunderland—South Shields.Newcastle—York via Main Line.Newcastle—Carlisle via Blaydon and via Wylam.Newcastle—Ainmouth—Alnwick.Newbiggin—Monkseaton.Blyth—Newsharn.Hartley—Newcastle via West Jesmond.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR W OR K IN G M U LTIPLE- U N IT M EC H A N IC A L DIESEL TRAINSClause 5 (Tail Traffic).

, O n e vehicle fitted with the continuous brake and having a "tare weight plus load" not exceeding 17 tons is authorisedto be attached to any Multiple-Unit Diesel train having an average H.P. of not less than ISO per car and a total horse-power of not less than 300 on the following sections of line on instructions from the District Operating Superintendent:—

York and Hull via Market Weighton.Hull and Br idl ington.Goole and Wakefield.

The normal speed limits and permanent speed restrictions must be observed together with the instructions in regardto the conveyance of four-wheeled, etc., vehicles by passenger trains. ( O . 9049)Clause 8 (Propelling).

Propelling is authorised as under, in accordance wi th the instructions in this clause, provicidd the lines are clearthroughout and the leading driving cab, in which the Guard must ride, is fitted with an emergency vacuum brake valve:—

Newsharn. (Trains from Blyth or Newbiggin direction.)To Branch Platform line.To Down Main Platform line.

Scarborough.

Falsgrave (Middle l ine or No. I Excursion Platform line) to No. I A Platfor m}

Not exceeding 6 vehicles.No. I A Platform to Falsgrave (Middle line or No. I Excursion Platform l ine)Guishorough.

Guisborough box to Guisborough passenger station 1. See also instructions on page 69 of the Sectional AppendixGuisborough passenger station to Guisborough box f ( N o . 2 Supplement, page 64). ( O . 9049)

INST RUCT IO NS I N C O N N E C T I O N W I T H T H E W O R K I N G O FELECTRIC T RAINS O N T H E T YNESIDE ELECTRIFIED L INES

(Booklet dated 1st May, 1952)I NS TRUCTI O NS T O S I G NALME N

Instruction 46.* Clause (a) D ELETE second sentence of first paragraph on page 40.

DELETE Clause (e) and side heading on page 43.PAGE 44.

Instruction 49 (ii) .*D ELET E existing entry and INSERT:—

North Tyneside.Two Whitwor th single-ended spanners (a" and V) .

South Tyneside.One W hi twor th single-ended spanner ( I") .

I NS TRUCTI O NS T O ELECTRI C T R A I N M E N

(0.4918)

(0.4918)

PAGE 62.Instruction 77.*D ELET E existing Clause (c) and INSERT:—

(c) W hen a movement is made in the backward direction the motorman must have his train well under control.A Guard or Shunter must ride in the leading vehicle, keep a sharp look-out and give a warning to anyone on theline, carefully observe all signals and give any necessary hand signals to the motorman. The Guard or Shuntermust be prepared to stop the train by application of the automatic brake i f required.

(O. 4918)•

INST RUCT IO NS I N C O N N E C T I O N W I T H T H E WO R K I N GOF ELECTRIC T RAINS

& A. RAI LWAY(Booklet Dated 1931)

Instruction N o . 3. IN SER T : —Rule 179 (c). A multiple-unit electric train may be used to assist from the rear any train not exceeding its own weight

and which is not rendered incapable of movement. ( 2 0 – I 0-56) ( 5392)LANCASTER, MO RE CAMBE A N D HE Y S HAM S E CTI O N

(Booklet Dated March, 1937)Instruction N o . 6.—AMEND:—6. T he electric wires through Lancaster (Green Ayre) Station, Lancaster (Castle) Station, Heysham Station and at

all overbridges are lower and nearer to the sides of the trains than on other portions of the Electrified sections, andgreat care must be exercised accordingly.Instruction N o. I0.—AMEND reference to "District Controller" to read "Line Traffic Officer (Operating), Manchester".

DELETE the words "at night and on Sundays" shown in the sixth line.

59

I NS TRUCTI O NS I N C O N N E C T I O N W I T H T H E W O R K I N GOF ELECTRI C TRAI NS—conti nued

LANCASTER, MO RE CAMBE A N D HE Y S HAM SECTI ON—conti nued(Booklet Dated March, 1937—continued)

Instruction N o . I I.—AMEND:—Water must not be supplied to cisterns of carriage lavatories, etc., on any electrified l ine. Such work is, however,

permissible on platforms Nos. 1 and 2 at Heysham provided the switch referred t o in instruction No. 21 has beenappropriately operated to the SAFE position.Instruction N o . 12—second paragraph.—AMEND:—

At Morecambe (Promenade) Station duly authorised men may get upon the roofs of motor vehicles standing uponNo. 5 siding for the purpose of attending to the apparatus on the roofs, but before doing so they must first cut off theelectricity from the wire over that siding, and then earth the wire by means of the appropriate isolating and earthing switch.The switch in connection with No. 5 siding must only be used by these authorised men of the Electrical Department andthe regular and spare electric train Drivers, and the keys for this switch are in the Driver's cabin.Instruction N o . I4.—AMEND:—

14. I n an emergency, any member of the Staff may ask for electricity to be cut off; this can be done on telephonedemand to the Signalman at Lancaster (Green Ayre).

The person making the request must:—(I) State his Name, Grade and Station.

(ii) Where speaking from.(iii) Reason for the isolation.(iv) Line or lines affected.(v) Stay at the telephone unti l assured that the electricity has been cut off.

Switches are also provided for the purpose of cutting off the electricity at:—Lancaster (Green Ayre), near signal box on Down platform.Morecambe (Promenade), near the terminal end of platforms Nos. 3 and 4.Heysham, at Morecambe end of platform No. 2.

These switches must only be used by the Station Master or deputy at Lancaster (Green Ayre), Morecambe (Promenade)or Heysham. Any person becoming aware of an unusual occurrence which may make i t desirable for the electricity to becut off, must at once communicate with one of the persons enumerated above, or direct with the Signalman at Lancaster(Green Ayre), whichever is the quicker.

In cases of great emergency the above switches may be used wi thout first telephoning the Signalman at Lancaster(Green Ayre) asking for the electricity to be cut off, but in this event the Signalman must be telephoned immediatelyafterwards.

In addition to the above there is an isolating and earthing switch near Lancaster (Castle) No. 4 box Down Homefrom Branch signal, worked by a lever in that box. This switch cuts off electricity on the Lancaster (Castle) station sideof the switch only, and may be operated by the Signalman at Lancaster (Castle) No. 4 box as required.Instruction N o . I5.—AMEND:—

IS. Except for the switch near Lancaster (Castle) No. 4 box, the switch operating rods are secured by padlock, thekeys for which are kept at Lancaster (Green Ayre) box, Morecambe (Promenade) Foreman's Office and the TelegraphOffice at Heysham. The boxes in which these keys are kept must be locked so that they can only be obtained by breakingthe glass front of the box. The key of the box is kept by the Electrical Department staff.Instruction N o . I6.—AMEND:—

16. I f ' t is necessary for the Station Master or his deputy at Morecambe (Promenade), Lancaster (Green Ayre) orHeysham to operate these switches, he must immediately telephone the Signalman at Lancaster (Green Ayre) and askfor the electricity to be cut off, and after assurance has been given that this has been done, break the glass front of theswitch key box, obtain the key, unlock the padlock, push up the switch handle and lock i t on the top eyebolt, and informthe Signalman at Lancaster (Green Ayre) that this has been done. This will prevent the electricity being applied unti lthe switch handle has been returned to the bottom eyebolt, which must only be done by the Electrical Departmentrepresentative. The person using the switch must hand the key of the padlock to the Electrical Department representative,who must, when the switch handle has been returned to the normal position, put a new glass in the front of the box andlock the switch key therein.Instruction N o . I7.—AMEND:—

17. Shoul d i t be necessary to cut off the electricity from t h e–C a s t l e B r a n c h , t h e S i g n a l m a n a t L a n c a s t e r ( G r e e n

Ayre) must be communicated with, and he must immediately arrange for the switch on gantry No. 3 at the Green Ayreend of the Castle Branch to be opened.Instruction N o . I8.—AMEND:—

18. Shoul d i t have been necessary for the electricity to be cut off from the overhead l ine in an emergency, theSignalman at Lancaster (Green Ayre) must inform the Sub-station at Heysham immediately of the circumstances.Instruction N o . I9.—AMEND:—

19. T h e Signalman at Lancaster (Castle) No. 4 box may cut off the electricity on the Lancaster (Castle) side of theswitch by means of the lever in the box without communicating with the Signalman at Lancaster (Green Ayre), but shouldhe find i t necessary to cut off the electricity owing to any unusual circumstances he must immediately advise the Signalmanat Lancaster (Green Ayre) who must immediately advise the Heysham Sub-station.Instruction N o. 2I.—AM EN D references to gantry 183 T.H. to read gantry 185.Instruction N o . 22.—AMEND:—

22. I n the event of anything occurring at any point to necessitate electricity being cut off other than at Morecambe(Promenade), Heysham or Lancaster Stations, a telephone message must be sent from the nearest signal box or isolationtelephone (see Instruction 29) to the Signalman at Lancaster (Green Ayre) asking for this to be done.Instruction N o . 23.—AMEND:—

23. A l l telegraph and telephone messages for the Electrical Department representative must be sent to the HeyshamSub-station (Telephone Extension 8 Heysham Harbour, L.M.R. Exchange).

, Instruction N o. 24.—AMEND reference to "Divisional Superintendent of Operation, Derby" to read "Line TrafficOfficer (Operating), Manchester".AM EN D reference to gantry 1 0 T.H. t o read gantry 185.

Instruction N o . 25.—DELETE.Instruction N o . 26.—DELETE.

60

INSTRUCTIONS I N CO NNE CTI O N WI TH THE WORKINGOF ELECTRIC TRAINS—continued

LANCASTER, MORECAMBE AND HEYSHAM SECTION—continued• (Booklet Dated March, I937—continued)

Instruction N o . 27.—AMEND:—The destination indicators at both ends of trains must be illuminated after sunset, dur ing fog and falling snow.The two top white lights only must be used for displaying the head-code at the leading end of trains and the following

code must be exhibited after sunset, during fog and falling snow:—Loaded electric trains all routes—Top right-hand l ight in the direction of travel.Empty electric trains all routes—Two top lights.Each train must display one electric tail l ight at all times when on any running line, and the Driver must see the proper

head l ight code is exhibited and that the electric head and tail lights and destination indicators are altered and illuminatedas necessary.

An oil lamp cleaned and trimmed ready for use must be carried in the Guard's compartment, and the Guard will beresponsible for the fixing of an oi l tai l lamp when the train is stabled, also in an emergency on any running line in theevent of failure of the electric tail l ight.Instruction N o . 28.—AMEND:—

28. T he conveyance of Horse Boxes, Parcels vans, etc., on electric trains is prohibited.Instruction N o . 29.—AMEND:—

29. I s ol at i on Telephones.—A special telephone circuit is provided between Lancaster (Green Ayre) signal boxand each signal box, passenger station, various line side locations and other points on the electrified lines as shown below.The position of the telephones on this circuit is indicated by the words "ISOLATION TELEPHONE" mounted on thecupboard.

ISOLATION TELEPHONES must only be used for isolation or emergency purposes.Location of Isolation Telephones.

Heysham Sub-station (Outdoor Machinery Services).Heysham Station Platform No. 2 (outside Telegraph Office).Heysham Station signal box.Heysham Harbour Junction signal box.Structure No. 134 (Up side).Moss Sidings signal box.Structure No. 110 (Up side).Structure No. 90 (Up side).Structure No. 69 (Up side).Structure No. 51 (Up side).Torrisholme No. 2 signal box.Morecambe (Promenade) Station signal box.Morecambe (Promenade) Station Platform Nos. 3 and 4 (on Structure No. 177).Torrisholme Junction No. I signal box.Structure No. I l l (Down side).Structure No. 91 (Down side).Scale Hall (Down side) between Structures X38 and X40.260't mile post (Down side).,Structure No. 34 (Down side).Lancaster (Green Ayre) signal box.Lancaster (Green Ayre) Station Up Platform (near Inspector's Office).Lancaster (Castle) No. 3 signal box.Lancaster (Castle) No. 4 signal box.Lancaster (Castle) Station Platform No. 6 (near stairs).

Instruction N o . 34.—AMEND:—34. A Driver is absolutely forbidden to leave his train wi thout:—

(a) Removing master control key, thus ensuring that the power equipment on the train is switched off.(b) Putting hand brake hard on.

Instruction N o. 35.—AMEND reference to "reversing key and control key" to read "master control key".Instruction N o. 38, clause (c)—AMEND reference to "Rule 148 (e)" to read "Rules 117 and 148 (e)".Instruction N o . 39.—AMEND:—

39. I f an electric train fails and requires assistance from another train at the rear, the Motorman of the disabledtrain must hand his master control key to the Motorman or Driver of the assisting train, and r ide in the leading cab ofthe disabled train.

If the assisting train is an electric train, the Guard of the disabled train must ride with the Motorman of the assistingtrain and help him in observing all signals, including the front Motorman's hand signals.

If the failure is electrical, the appropriate jumpers must not be connected between the two trains. I f i t is a brakefailure or the assisting train is a steam train, the brake hoses between the two trains must not be coupled.

An electric train must not be used to assist a disabled steam train.Instruction N o . 44.—AMEND Item

I. Rem ove master control key.DELETE Item 2.

Items 3, 4 and 5 renumbered 2, 3 and 4 respectively.Instruction N o . 47.—AMEND:—

47. Guar ds working electric trains will be required to undertake the following duties:—(a) Operation of lighting switches.(b) Operation of continuous and hand brakes in emergency from a driving cab.(c) Coupl ing and uncoupling of jumpers, brake hoses and mechanical couplings between vehicles in emergency.

Instruction N o. 50.—AM END reference to page 97 of the Rule Book to read "page 59 of the Rule Book".INSERT:—Instruction N o. 50A.—

The following code of bell signals must be used between Guard and Motorman:—I. Stop.2. Star t .3. Set-back.4. Shut- off power when propelling.5. D r aw forward to stopping mark.6. Guar d leaving train to protect in accordance with rules.

3-3. Guar d when required by Motorman.Instruction N o. SI.—clause (a)—AMEND reference to " the attendant at Heysham Sub-station" to read " the Signalman

at Lancaster (Green Ayre)".

61

INSTRUCTIONS I N CO NNE CTI O N WI T H THE WORKINGOF ELECTRIC TRAINS—continued

LANCASTER, MORECAMBE A N D HEYSHAM SECTION—continued(Booklet Dated March, 1937—continued)

Instruction N o . 53.—AMEND second paragraph:—Chemical fir e extinguishers ar e provided i n the dr iving cabs of the m otor cars, dr iving trailers, and luggage

compartments.The gas given off by the fire extinguisher in the driving cab is very dangerous and such extinguishers

must not be used in a confined space. T h e fire extinguisher in the Guard's compartment must not be usedon or near electrical equipment which may be alive. W at er must not be used to extinguish fires on or nearelectrical equipment which may be alive.DELETE:—Instructions Nos. 54 and 61. (INSERT:—Instruction N o . 63A:—

Before exter ior cleaning of motor coaches is commenced the person in charge must ensure that the pantograph isDOWN and in addition to the normal protection of a red flag or lamp special boards inscribed "CLEANERS AT WORKON MOTOR COACH—PANTOGRAPH MUST NOT BE RAISED" must be placed on the cab door handles of the Motor-man's compartment.

Any person who may be in the Motorman's compartment must in addition be handed one of these special boards andbe instructed to place the notice on the handle of the controller in the train concerned.

Outside cleaning of any coach above cantrail level (i.e., the connecting strip between side panels and roof) is dangerousand strictly forbidden except where the overhead contact wire has been made dead and earthed in accordance with theappropriate instructions.INSERT:—Instructions Nos. 67-70—General Regulations for working the Westinghouse Automatic Brake on

Electric Trains.67. (a) Compressed air is the power employed to work the brake, which is automatic; that is, i t applies itself in the

case of a break-loose or failure of any vital part.(b) T he pressure in the main reservoir must be kept to 90 lbs. per square inch, and in the train pipe to a pressure

of 70 lbs. per square inch. Each motor and driving trailer car is provided with a gauge having a red and a blackhand. The red hand shows the pressure in the main reservoir, and the black hand the pressure in the train pipe.

(c) A "Dead Man's" handle valve is fitted to operate in the driving handle of the master controller, so that, shouldthe Dr iver release his gr ip, the brakes wil l be applied and the control current cut off.

(d) Def ect ive "Dead Man's' handle or emergency valve:—Should the "Dead Man's" handle or emergency valve become inoperative, the Guard must ride with the Driveruntil another man can be provided for the purpose or have the defect remedied. The defect must be reportedto the Mechanical 8( Electrical Engineering Department at once.

Isolation of emergency valve when coasting.—The "Dead Man's" handle which is fitted t o the Control ler andwhich provides for automatic action of the brakes in cases of emergency must always be kept operative when the trainis in motion.

Under no circumstances must the reverser key be placed in the " Off" position when the train is coasting.68 (a). D r i ver s must satisfy themselves that the Westinghouse air brake is in proper working order before starting,

and at each station where any vehicle is attached or detached. I t must also be tested before descending steep inclines,in order that the speed of the train may be reduced as necessary. The Driver of a train running direct or backing into aplatform w i th buffer stops at the end, or to a platform where another train is standing, must do so cautiously and, at aproper distance from the place where the train has to come to a stand, must test the Westinghouse brake and then runforward at such a speed as to enable him to stop the train at the proper place.

(b) Unless the Westinghouse brake is working properly when thus tr ied, the Driver must whistle for the Guard'sattention, stop the train and inform the Guard that the Westinghouse brake is out of order, and that the hand brakemust be relied upon for working the train. The train must then be worked forward at reduced speed under the controlof the hand brakes and special care must be taken in approaching stations at which the train has to stop.

(c) Should the Driver discover any defect in the working of the brake which would render i t ineffective, he must,as soon as possible, give the Guard notice, and arrange with him as to the use of the hand brake i f necessary.

(d) The brake must be applied wi th great care, so as to br ing the train to a stand wi thout rebounding or otherwisecausing inconvenience to the passengers. For ordinary stops the valve should be opened, and again closed gently whenthe pressure has been reduced by about 5 to 8 lbs.

(e) The Driver on finding that the brake has been applied by the Guard, or automatically, must at once assist instopping the train by an ordinary brake application.

(f) Should a Driver find that his train is being retarded by the brake blocks not being off, he must stop, under fixedsignal protection i f practicable, and proper ly release the brakes.

(g) W hen changing ends the Driver must close the brake valve isolating cock and then make an emergency applicationof the brakes when the train is at rest, before putting his brake handle to the release position.

(h) The Driver must ascertain that the brake hose couplings are connected and the cocks in the brake pipes are inthe correct position throughout the train:—

(i) Before leaving the stabling point.(ii) W hen another set of coaches has been detached or attached.

(I) Drivers will be responsible for working the hand brakes in thei r compartments.69 (a). W hen a train has been standing at a terminal station more than 10 minutes the Guard must see that the

proper train pipe pressure is registered on the gauge in the Guard's compartment before giving the signal to start.(b) Before leaving a stabling point or when a vehicle or vehicles are attached a test must be made by operating the

brake valve in the rear vehicle on the train and reducing the pressure in the gauge by 20 lbs., which will apply the brakes.The pressure in the gauge will, on closing the brake valve isolating cock, begin to rise, and the signal to start must notbe given unti l the gauge shows 65 lbs.

The Guard must enter the rear driving cab for the purpose of making the test, which must be made after the Driverhas completed his preparation of the train and whilst the Driver is in the leading driving cab with the brake valve isolatingcock open in that cab.

(c) I f the Guard, upon making the test, finds that the pressure does not rise, the brake connection is interrupted,and he must not permit the train to be started unti l a search has been made to find the cause of the interruption.

(d) W hen a Guard has occasion to apply the brake he must open the cock and allow the air to escape unti l the trainis brought to a standstill, but he should only use the brake in case of emergency.

If a train fails to stop at a station at which i t is booked to call or runs in any way irregularly, the Guard must at oncetake steps to br ing the train to a stand and ascertain i f all is well w i th the Dr iver in charge. I n these circumstances,unless the Guard has reason to consider an emergency application of the brake is necessary, he must apply the air brakeby partially opening the emergency valve in the Guard's compartment unti l the pressure has been reduced by about5 to 8 lbs. or until speed is so reduced that he is satisfied the Driver has become aware that the train is required to stop.

(e) In the case of a train becoming divided, the Guard must put the hand brake hard on before going back to protect*his train.

62

Location Serving Protection Provided

DELETE:—00/15 Manchester London Road Nos. 2 and 3 Platforms No protection requi red. W at er column

suitable for side tank engines only.4/40 Guide Bridge (Down Fast) No. 4 Platform, West No protection requi red. W at er column

end suitable for side tank engines only.5/06 Guide Bridge (Up Fast) No. 3 Platform, East end No protection requi red. W at er column

suitable for side tank engines only.41/51 Sheffield, Blast Lane Sidings Unwired track.

1 NSERT:—00/15 Manchester London Road Nos. 2 and 3 Platforms No protection provided. W ater columns

suitable for side tank engines only.4/40 Guide Bridge (Down Fast) No. 4 Platform, West No protection provided. W at er column

end suitable for side tank engines only.5/06 Guide Bridge (Up Fast) No. 3 Platform, East end No protection provided. W at er column

suitable for side tank engines only.(O. 7423/WY)

I NS TRUCTI O NS I N C O N N E C T I O N W I T H T H E W O R K I N GOF ELECTRI C TRAI NS—conti nued

LANCASTER, MO RE CAMBE A N D HE Y S HAM SECTI ON—conti nued(Booklet Dated March, I937—continued)

INSERT:—Instructions Nos. 67-70—General Regulations for working the Westinghouse Automatic Brake onElectric Trains—continued70 (a). T h e Driver and Guard must repor t any defect or irregularity at the next stopping place and the station

staff must immediately advise the Mechanical 8( Electrical Engineering Department.(b) The brake on each vehicle can be released by opening the release valve on the pipes leading to the brake cylinders.

This is done by means of the release cord or wire which is to be found under the body of the vehicles, about the centreof the frame. The valves close themselves by the cord or wire being allowed to go free.

(c) N o unauthorised person must interfere with any of the cocks or valves on the train.

MANCHE S TE R- S HE FFI E LD- WATH ELECTRI FI ED LI NES BO O KLE T O FWO RKI NG I NS TRUCTI O NS , 1954

The first paragraph of instruction No. 74 on page 54 of the above booklet must be AM ENDED to read as follows:—Modification R u l e 55. The duty of going to the signal box in accordance wi th this Rule must be performed byof Rules. t h e Guard. W hen trains are detained at a stop signal bearing the sign shown in diagram No. 2 on

page 59 of the Rule Book, the Motorman will be responsible for the communicating with the Signalmanin accordance with the instructions on page 77 of the General Appendix.

If communication wi th the Signalman cannot be established the Motorman must at once returnto his train and give two long whistles as an intimation to the Guard that the latter is required toproceed to the signal box in accordance with clause (a) of Rule 55; or should the signal at which thetrain is detained be either automatic or semi-automatic, clauses (h) (i) or h (ii) respectively of Rule 55should apply.

(10-11-56)A PPEN D IX A

DELETE "Darnall Electric Loco. Depot" from lines equipped for electric traction.A PPEN D IX C

DELETE "Darnall Electric Loco. Depot, one indoor telephone."

PAGE IS.

Section

AMEND:—, P. Skipton and BradfordKeighley and OxenhopeP. Sheffield and Rotherham

A PPEN D IX D

INSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING TH E WOR K IN G O F R A IL MOTOR SAND MOTOR TRAINS

(L.M.S. Booklet dated 1946)PAGE 4. Instruction No. 4—clause (b)—AMEND:—

When mails, or any other traffic, are conve9ed by a motor train unaccompanied by a Guard,printed.)PAGE S. Instruction No. 7—Clause (a):—AD D IT ION AL paragraph:—

When the locomotive is trail ing the tail lamp must be carried on the centre lower bracket.PAGE 6. Instruction No. 8, clause ( f) :—AMEND:—

Sound locomotive whistle 4 short.(To be used when dr iver requires the whistle operating fromthe footplate, e . , when the cord fails to operate the whistle.)

Oxenhope

To work Engine leading to

etc. (Remainder as

Whether any Halts

No.Yes.No.

•••

INSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING THE WORKING OF MOTOR TROLLEYSFOR USE O F ENGINEERING DEPARTMENTS STAFF

(L.M.S. Booklet dated 1932)

249250

The reference to Rule 254 to read Rule 217.*

Section of Line Block, token or staff sectionMileage

maintained bygang

Home Stationof maintenance

gangRemarks

PAGE 10 of Supple

INSERT:—Whitley Bridge—

Sudforth Lane toGoole via EngineShed or Oak Hill

PAGE 12.INSERT:—*Keighley and Ingrow

*Bradford (Ex.) t oMilner Royd Jcn.

PAGE 12. (SupplemINSERT:—

Hawes and Garsdale

ment N o .

Whitley Bridge—Sudforth LaneWhitley Bridge—StationHensall—StationHensall—J unction •Snaith—West • •Rawcliffe—Station •Goole—Rawcliffe Bridge •Goole—Beverley SidingsGoole—Engine ShedGoole—Mineral Junction • •Goole—Goods Junction • •Goole—Oak Hill

Keighley G.N. Junction and IngrowEast

Low M oor N o . 4 and Bowl ingJunction

ent N o . I , page 7.)

Hawes Station and GarsdaleJunction

M. y ar ds

39 1 5 1 8

M. yar ds

I 1 6 0 0

*Gool e and Snaith

Low Moor

(O. 8384)

(O. 9000)

The various references to the Rule numbers in the above pamphlet are amended as follows:—The reference to Rule 2I7A to read Rule 179 (a).The reference to Rule 218 to read Rule 180.The reference to Rule 222 to read Rule 184.

246 1247 I

The reference to Rule 248 t o read Rule 215.

63

Section of Line

Station orline

To orfrom

Normalmaximum

load orequivalent

(bogievehicles)

Special conditionsunder which loadmay be exceeded

Additional orother restriction

PAGE 14.AMEND:—

Edinburgh, Princes St. . . To II 57-ft. vehicles.

10 B.R. standard.

Glasgow, Buchanan St. . . To 12 57-ft. vehicles. Inward trains must have a brake vehicle ateach end.

11 B.R. standard.

Leeds City Nor th . . To — — Inward tr ai ns m us t not, exceed 850 f t .including engine or engines.

12 and one -1locomotive (_11 and two r

locomotives j

Trains formedwholly of B.R.standard stock63' 5" in lengthover headstocks

13 and onelocomotive (12 and two r

locomotives J

57-ft. bogievehicles.

In calculating the length, one 65-ft. dining car only in each trainmay be counted as one 57-ft. bogie vehicle.

Note.—The above lengths are calculated as under :—57-ft. bogies vehicles are counted 60-ft. overall.65-ft. dining cars are counted 68-ft. overall.Locomotive and tender are counted 58-ft. overall.

Liverpool, Lime St. . . To 13 As shown i n ,MarshallingCircular,

Inwards trains must not convey more thanequal to 41 passenger-carrying vehicles infront of the leading brake vehicle, andall trains conveying 5 or more vehiclesmust be made up with two brake vehicles.

PAGE 7.I N S E R T :-L o a d i n g f o r C l as s .7 l o co m ot i ve : —

St. Pancras—LeicesterKettering—NottinghamLeicester—Derby and NottinghamDerby—BirminghamTrent—Leeds (via Eckington)Nottingham—Trowell Junction (via Radford)Chesterfield—SheffieldLeeds—BradfordShipley—Settle JunctionSettle Junction—GarsdaleAla Gill—ShipleyGarsdale—CarlisleCarlisle—Ais Gill

64

LOADS O F PASSENGER TRAINS(L.M.R. Booklet dated 1st November, 1954)

Down or U p

Down and UpDown and UpDown and UpDown and UpDown and UpDown and UpDown and UpDown and UpDownDown

pDownUp

Maximum Loadin Tons

XL. Lim i t Timings

Class of locomotive

7

340340340340340340340340340340340340340

(W.E.3043)

SPECIAL IN STR U C TION S RESPECTING T H E W OR K IN G OF PASSENGER A N D OT H ER C OA C H IN GSTOCK TRAINS T O A N D FROM CERTAIN PLACES

PAGE 16.Restrictions in the Loads of Passenger and other Coaching Stock Trains over Certain Sections of Line:—DELETE:—Walton—Wakefield.

65

L.M.S. T R A IN SIG NAL L ING REG UL AT IO NS

ABSOLUTE BLOCK REGULATIONS.ELECTRIC T OK EN BLOCK REGULATIONS.TRAIN STAFF OR TR A IN STAFF A N D TICKET BLOCK REGULATIONS.

Bell Signals. D ELET E entries relative to Bell signals 4 - 2 - 5 and 4-4-5. ( I–II-56)

GENERAL IN ST R U C T ION S T O SIGN A LM EN —SIGN A LLIN G O F TR A IN S C ON VEYIN G O U T - O FGAUGE LOAD S. D ELET E existing instructions.

ADM—TRAINS C ON VEYIN G OU T- OF- GA U GE A N D EXC EPT ION A L LOADS.Trains conveying Out-of-Gauge or Exceptional Loads necessitating the observance of restrictions during their journey

(of which due notice will be given) must be signalled and dealt with as follows:—I. B e l l Signals.

(a) I s Line Clear Signals.Description of Train B e l l Signal

(i) Train which can pass an out-of-gauge or exceptional load similarly signalled on the opposite oran adjoining line 2 - 6 - 1

(ii) Train which cannot be allowed to pass an out-of-gauge load of any description on the oppositeor and adjoining line between specified points 2 - 6 - 2

(iii) Train which requires the opposite or an adjoining line to be blocked between specified points 2 - 6 - 3(b) Special Bell Signal.

Opposite line, or an adjoining line used in the same or Opposite direction, to be blocked forpassage of train conveying out-of-gauge load 1 - 2 - 6

2. T R A I N C ON VEYIN G OU T- OF- GA U GE L OA D TRAVELLING O N R IGH T L IN E.(a) Arrangements for blocking the opposite line or an adjoining line in the opposite direction.

Where the passage of the train conveying the out-of-gauge or exceptional load requires the opposite lineor an adjoining line used in the opposite direction to be blocked the Signalman must, before signalling the trainforward, send the special bell signal, 1-2-6, and this signal must be sent forward from box to box to the placewhere there is accommodation for the train conveying the out-of-gauge load and a train on the opposite oradjoining line to pass each other.

When t he opposite or adjoining l ine at the last box concerned is clear the Signalman there, beforeacknowledging the 1-2-6 signal must, i f the train conveying the out-of-gauge load will foul the clearing point athis box send the appropriate Blocking Back signal to the box in rear for such opposite or adjoining line. EachSignalman on receiving the acknowledgment must, when the opposite or adjoining line is clear, place or maintainthe block indicator for that l ine in the TRAIN ON LINE (or equivalent) position (BBI position where RotaryBlock is in operation) and acknowledge the signal to the box from which i t was first received, after which notrain or vehicle must be allowed to occupy the opposite or adjoining line.

The 1-2-6 bell signal may be sent forward irrespective of the poSition of the block indicator for the oppositeor adjoining l ine or for the line on which the train will travel.

When the Signalman who first sent the 1-2-6 bel l signal has received an acknowledgment of i t, he mustthen signal the train conveying the out-of-gauge load in the usual way by the appropriate IS LINE CLEAR signal.When TRAIN OUT OF SECTION is given for this train the Signalman receiving the signal must give one beatof the bell for the opposite or adjoining line and place the block indicator in the normal position.

Where the adjoining l ine is not worked under the Absolute Block system the train conveying the out-of-gauge load must not be signalled forward on the r ight line unti l i t has been ascertained that such adjoining lineis clear throughout, and another train must not be allowed to enter upon that adjoining l ine unti l the trainconveying the out-of-gauge load has passed.

(b) Arrangements for blocking adjoining line or lines used in the same direction. •Where the passage of the train conveying the out-of-gauge or exceptional load requires an adjoining l ine

used in the same direction to be blocked the Signalman must, before signalling the train forward and providedhe has received TRAIN OUT OF SECTION for the previous train on such adjoining line and the block indicatoris in the normal position, send the special bell signal 1-2-6 to the box in advance on the bell applicable to theline on which the train will travel. I f the adjoining line at the box in advance is clear the special bell signal mustbe acknowledged by repetition and the block indicator for such line placed to the TRAIN ON LINE (or equivalent)position (BBI position where Rotary Block is provided).

The train conveying the out-of-gauge load must then be signalled i n the usual way by the appropriateIS LINE CLEAR signal. W hen TRAIN OUT OF SECTION is given for this train the Signalman sending this signalmust give one beat on the bell for the adjoining line and place the block indicator in the normal position.

Where the adjoining l ine is not worked under the Absolute Block system, the 1-2-6 signal must not beacknowledged unti l all the trains in the section have passed clear and the Signalman sending the signal mustnot allow another train to enter upon that line unti l TRAIN OUT OF SECTION has been received for the trainconveying the out-of-gauge load.

3. T R A I N C ON VEYIN G OU T - OF - GA U GE L OA D TRAVELLING O N W R ON G L IN E.In the following paragraphs, A, B, C, D, and E represent five consecutive signal boxes, A being the point at which

the out-of-gauge special enters upon the wrong line, D being the point where i t returns to the r ight line, and B and Cbeing two intermediate boxes.

Prior to the train travelling on the wrong line the locomotive must proceed from A to D on the r ight line and theTRAIN OUT OF SECTION bell signal given in the usual way, but the block indicator maintained at TRAIN ON LINE(or equivalent) position. The locomotive must then return on the opposite line collecting the "Wrong Line" orders forthe wrong line working, and the TRAIN OUT OF SECTION bell signal given by C. B, and A but the block indicatorsmust remain i n the TRAIN ON LINE (or equivalent) position unti l after the passage of the train conveying theout-of-gauge load. I f the train conveying the out-of-gauge load wil l foul the clearing point at D, the appropriateBLOCKING BACK signal must be sent by D to E before the "Wrong Line" order is issued.

When these arrangements have been completed the train may be allowed to travel on the wrong l ine and asit passes each successive signal box the Signalman must give the OBSTRUCTION REMOVED signal t o the signalbox in rear for the r ight line and replace the block lAicator to normal. The Signalman receiving the OBSTRUCTIONREMOVED signal must then give one beat on the bell and restore to normal the block indicator for the line overwhich the train conveying the out-of-gauge load has travelled.

L.M.S. T R A I N S I G NALLI NG REGULATI ONS—cont i nuedTRAINS C ON VEYIN G OU T- OF- GU A GE A N D EXC EPT ION A L LOADS—continued

4. U S E O F LEVER COLLARS, ETC.Lever collars, switch covers and similar protective appliances must be used as necessary t o protect opposite

and adjoining lines blocked by the out-of-gauge train.5. A U T O M A T I C SECTIONS.

In automatic sections the foregoing instructions must be carried out as far as they are applicable in the absenceof block instruments and special instructions wil l be issued where necessary.

(I-11-56)TELEGRAPHIC CODES RESPECTING OU T- OF- GA U GE A N D EXC EPT ION A L LOADS

Signalmen may be advised by use of the undermentioned code words in Notices, telephone messages or telegramswhen trains are to be signalled by the special Is Line Clear signals shown:—

See Regulation Description Beats on Bell How to begiven

PAGE 6.24 8( 30

*DELETE: — See Regulation 24, Clause (e), re use of these bell signals. 6 I – 56 5 – I

OGLO

AJAX

OPPOS

RIG PAS

JOAN

LEFPAS

HAZARD

CONFLICT

Code Word

66

Restrictions

Out-of-Gauge or otherwise exceptional load where running lines or sidingsneed not to be blocked

Nothing Out-of-Gauge must be allowed on running lines or sidings onboth sides of load

Running lines and/or sidings mentioned on r ight hand side of load lookingin direction of travel to be blocked

No train conveying passengers to be allowed on the running lines and/orsidings mentioned, on the r i ght hand side o f the load looking i ndirection of travel

Running lines and/or sidings mentioned on left hand side of load lookingin direction of travel to be blocked

No train conveying passengers to be allowed on the running lines and/orsidings mentioned, on the left hand side of the load looking in directionof travel

Running lines and/or sidings mentioned on both sides of load to b'e blocked

No train conveying passengers to be allowed on the running lines and/orsidings mentioned on either side of the load

SpecialIs Line Clear

Signal

2-6-1

2-6-2

2-6-3

2-6-3

2-6-3

2-6-3

2-6-3

2-6-3

The Signalman at the box controlling the entrance to the section of line where i t is necessary for the adjoining l ineto be blocked only in respect of a particular class of train (as described by the code words AJAX, RIGPAS, LEFPAS andCONFLICT) must, before sending the special Is Line Clear signal, 2-6-2 or 2-6-3, as the case may be, satisfy himself byenquiry from the Signalman at the other end of the section of line and also from the Signalman at any intermediate box,that no train prohibited by the code word applicable is about to leave or has left on an adjoining l ine which cannot berun clear of the section of line concerned or be shunted to allow the train signalled by the special Is Line Clear signal,2-6-2 or 2-6-3, to pass. ( 1 5 - 1 2 - 5 6 )

REGULATIONS FOR TRAIN SIGNALLING O N DOUBLE LINES OF RAILW AY BY TH E ABSOLUTEBLOCK SYSTEMBELL SIGNALS

Regulation I4A .*Clause (f). AM EN D : —

(f) For the purposes of this regulation a Multiple-Unit Electric or Diesel train not conveying passengers, or a uni tof a train of this type from which any passengers have been detrained, may be regarded as an engine and such train orportion thereof must be dealt with in the same way as an engine. The Signalman at the Box in advance must, however,be advised as to whether a train, a uni t of a train, or an engine, is entering the section.ADD italics note after clause referred to above:—

NOTE.—This clause is not applicable to Class "C" Express freight trains.Regulation 24.Clause (e).DELETE existing clause and IN SER T new clause:—

(e) Befor e switching out of circuit, the Signalman must ensure that no trains are in the sections and that the blockindicators to which the block switch applies are in the normal position. H e must then send the closing signal t o thesignal box on each side; when this signal has been acknowledged he must then switch out of circuit.

67

L.M.S. TRAIN SIGNALLING REGULATIONS—continuedREGULATIONS FOR TRAIN SIGNALLING O N D OU B L E L INES O F R A ILW A Y B Y T H E ABSOLUTE

BLOCK SYSTEM—continuedRegulation 24—continued.Clause ( j) .* A M E N D first paragraph:—

(j) A t a signal box where the signal controlling the entrance of trains into the section ahead is released by the blockindicator being placed to Li ne clear the Signalman must, before sending the closing signal, send to the Signalman inadvance the bell signal Place block indicator to "Line clear" to release lock on signal ( 3- 3- 3) and on receiptof this signal the Signalman in advance must place the block indicator to Li ne clear . W hen the block indicator showsLine clear the Signalman requiring to close must take off the controlled signal and then send the bell signal Signal takenoff, replace block indicator to normal posi tion ( 4- 1- 3) and the Signalman in advance must then replace the blockindicator to the normal position; when this has been done the closing signal must be sent in the ordinary way.

(O. 8230)

REGULATIONS FOR TRAIN SIGN A LLIN G B Y T H E PERMISSIVE BLOCK SYSTEMPermissive Block Regulation 4—clause (e)—ADD paragraph:—

(iii) In the event of a signal box being closed wi thout notice to Drivers during the time i t is normally booked to beopen, the Signalmen at the signal boxes on each side must, when i t is necessary to caution Drivers in accordance witheither paragraph (i) or (ii) above, also verbally advise them that the box in advance, usually open, is closed.

REGULATIONS F O R T R A IN SIGN A L L IN G O N D O U B L E L IN ES B Y T H E A B SOL U T E B L OC KSYSTEM W H ER E INTERMEDIATE BLOCK SIGNALS ARE PROVIDED

Regulation 25—Failure of Instruments or Bells—ADD to existing paragraph:—In authorising Trainmen to proceed to an intermediate block home signal, the Signalman must make Drivers clearly

understand that the signal must not be passed unti l they are instructed to do so by means of the telephone.REGULATIONS FOR TRAIN SIGN A LLIN G B Y TELEGRAPH BELLS

Regulation 19. Clause (e).ADD italics note after clause referred to above:—

NOTE.—This clause is not applicable to Class "C" Express Freight trains.L.M.S. T R A IN STAFF OR TR A IN STAFF A N D TICKET BLOCK SYSTEM REGULATIONS,

DATED 1934Regulation 12:—INSERT new clause (h):—

(h) I f after the Obstr ucti on Danger signal has been sent i t is necessary to ascertain whether or not the line is clear,an engine may be allowed to enter the section for this purpose at either end in accordance with Regulation 14A, clause (c).Regulation 13A.

In certain reprints the diagram on page 18 has been erroneously transposed to one relative to a double line junction.Regulation 14A, clause (a):—DELETE first sentence and substitute:—

When i t is necessary in accordance with Regulations 12, 17 and clause (c) of this Regulation to ascertain i f the lineis clear and a proper understanding has been arrived at between the two Signalmen by means of speaking instruments,an engine may be allowed to enter the section provided the Tr ain out of section signal has been sent or received, asthe case may be, for the previous train. The Post Office telephones may be used i f necessary. I f speaking communicationis not available an engine must not be allowed to enter the section for this purpose.Regulation I4A : —INSERT new clause (c); existing clauses (c) and (d) re- lettered (d) and (e):—

(c) Should a Signalman receive information which in his opinion necessitates the examination of the l ine and noemergency signal has been sent or received, he must immediately advise the Signalman at the opposite end of the sectionaffected, and no train must be allowed to proceed through such section unti l the line has been examined and is safe forthe passage of the train; an engine may, however, be allowed to enter the section as laid down in clauses (a) and (b).

Should, however, the Obstr ucti on danger signal have been sent in these circumstances, and i t is necessary for anengine to enter the section to ascertain i f the line is clear, the Signalman who sent the signal may, after coming to a properunderstanding wi th the Signalman at the opposite end of the section and provided the l ine is not occupied by a trainbetween the signal boxes concerned, send the Obstr uc ti on r em oved signal.Regulation 14A.* D ELET E existing Clause (d) and INSERT:—

(d) F or the purposes of this regulation a Multiple-unit Electric or Diesel train not conveying passengers, or a uni tof a train of this type from which any passengers have been detrained, may be regarded as an engine and such train orportion thereof must be dealt with in the same way as an engine. The Signalman at the box in advance must, however,be advised as to whether a train, a uni t of a train, or an engine, is entering the section.

(O. 8230)Regulation 19, clause (d):—INSERT italics note after clause referred to above:—

NOTE—This clause is not applicable to Class "C" Express freight trains.Regulation 22, clause (a):—AM EN D first sentence:—

Should any train, portion of a train or vehicle be running away, or entering the section wi thout authority, or withoutbeing in possession of the train staff or ticket for the section of line concerned, the Signalman must immediately placeor maintain the signals at Danger, send the Tr ain or vehicles r unning away signal to the train staff station towardswhich the train, por tion of train or vehicle may be running, place the block indicator for the section affected to Trainon l ine, i f not already in that position, and advise the Signalman at that train staff station of the circumstances.

L.M.S. ELECTRIC T OK EN B LOC K SYSTEM R EGU LA TION S, DATED 1934Regulation 12:—INSERT new clause (h):—

(h) I f after the Obstr uc ti on danger signal has been sent i t is necessary to ascertain whether or not the l ine isclear, an engine may be allowed to enter the section for this purpose at either end in accordance with Regulation 14A,clause (c).

68

L.M.S. TRAIN SIGNALLING REGULATIONS—continuedL.M.S. ELECTRIC T OK EN BLOCK SYSTEM REGULATIONS, DATED 1934—continued

Regulation I4A , clause (a):—• DELETE first sentence and substitute:—

When i t is necessary in accordance with Regulations 12, 17 and clause (c) of this Regulation to ascertain i f the lineis clear and a proper understanding has been arrived at between the two Signalmen by means of speaking instruments,an engine may be allowed to enter the section provided the Train out of section signal has been sent or received, asthe case may be, for the previous train. The Post Office telephones may be used i f necessary. I f speaking communicationis not available an engine ,must not be allowed to enter the section for this purpose.Regulation 14A:—INSERT new clause (c); existing clauses (c) and (d) relettered (d) and (e):—

(c) Should a Signalman receive information which in his opinion necessitates the examination of the l ine and noemergency signal has been sent or received, he must immediately advise the Signalman at the opposite end of the sectionaffected, and no train must be allowed to proceed through such section unti l the line has been examined and is safe forthe passage of the train; an engine may, however, be allowed to enter the section as laid down in clauses (a) and (b).

Should, however, the Obstr ucti on danger signal have been sent in these circumstances, and i t is necessary for anengine to enter the section to ascertain if the line is clear, the Signalman who sent the signal may, after coming to a properunderstanding wi th the Signalman at the opposite end of the section and provided the l ine is not occupied by a tr ai nbetween the signal boxes concerned, send the Obstr ucti on removed signal.Regulation I4A .

*Clause (d). AM EN D : —(d) F or the purposes of this regulation a Multiple-Unit Electric or Diesel train not conveying passengers, or a uni t

of a train of this type from which any passengers have been detrained, may be regarded as an engine and such train orportion thereof must be dealt with in the same way as an engine. The Signalman at the box in advance must, however,be advised as to whether a train, a uni t of a train, or an engine, is enter ing the section.Regulation 19, clause (d):—INSERT italics note after clause referred to above:—

NOTE—This clause is not applicable to Class "C" Express freight trains.Regulation 22, clause (a):—AM EN D first sentence:—

Should any train, portion of a train or vehicle be running away, or entering the section without authority, or wi thoutbeing in possession of the token for the section of line concerned, the Signalman must immediately place or maintainthe signals at Danger, send the Train or vehicles r unning away signal to the token station towards which the train,portion of train or vehicle may be running and advise the Signalman at that token station of the circumstances.

INSTRUCTIONS RELATING T O L.M.S. TRAIN SIGN A LLIN G R EGU LA TION S FOR T H E GU ID A N C EOF EN GIN EM EN , GUARDS A N D OTH ER S CONCERNED

PAGE 5.Absolute Block Regulation 8- - -AMEND last sentence:—

Freight trains requir ing to call at an intermediate siding in section, or an officers' special train stopping in sectionmust be similarly dealt with.DELETE paragraph headed:—Absolute Block Regulation 13—Blocking back outside home signal.PAGE 6.Absolute Block Regulation 14A-1-irst paragraph:—

AM EN D reference in seventh l ine to Rule 38, clause (b) (viii), to read:—Rule 38, clause (b) (vii).INSERT as second paragraph:—

When a passenger has fallen from a train and i t is necessary for the line to be examined, a train composed of coachingstock or a freight train wi th the automatic brake effective on not less than one-third of the vehicles may be allowed toenter the section for this purpose, provided i t is daylight, the weather is clear and that no tunnel intervenes.PAGE 7.Absolute Block Regulation 25—AM END last sentence of first paragraph to read:—

The Driver or Drivers wil l in addition be instructed to pass at danger the signal controll ing the entrance to thesection ahead in accordance with Rule 38, clause (b) (xiii), and to proceed cautiously through the section.

Drivers must understand, when instructed to proceed to an Intermediate Block home signal, that such signal mustnot be passed unti l they are instructed to do so by means of the telephone.PAGE 8.Instructions relat ing to Regulations for Train Signalling by Permissive Block System:—

Last paragraph:—AMEND reference to bell codes (3-1-1), (I-1-3), (2-2-1) or (2-3) to read:—(I-3-1), (2-2-1), (2-2-1-1)or (2-3).

PAGE 10.Train Staff and Ticket Regulation 8—AMEND last paragraph:—

Freight trains requir ing to call at an intermediate siding in section, or an officers' special train stopping in sectionmust be similarly dealt with.PAGEDELETE paragraph headed:—Train Staff and Ticket Regulation 13—Blocking back outside home signal.Train Staff and Ticket Regulation RA—First paragraph.

AM EN D reference in eighth l ine to Rule 38, clause (b) (viii), to read Rule 38, clause (b) (vii). •PAGE IS.Electric Token Block Regulation 8—AMEND last paragraph:—

A freight train calling at an intermediate siding in section or an officers' special train requir ing to stop i n sectionmust be similarly dealt with.PAGES IS, 16 and 17.Electric Token Block Regulation -14 .DELETE last sentence of first paragraph.ADD as second paragraph:—

When the services of a Fireman are not available the Guard must perform the duties laid down for the Fireman but,in the case of trains or engines the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver must proceed to the token stationfor assistance.PAGE 16.

DELETE reference to Regulation 14B, clause (d), at end of second paragraph, and INSERT:—Regulation 148 (seefinal paragraph on page 19).

69

TRAI N SI G NALLI NG REG U LATE 0 NS—cont inuedINSTRUCTIONS RELATING T O L.M.S. TRAIN SIGNALLING R EGU LA TION S FOR T H E GU ID A N C E

OF EN GIN EM EN , GUARDS A N D OTH ER S CONCERNED—coat inuedPAGE 'I7.Electric Token Block Regulation I4A—First paragraph.

AM EN D reference in eighth l ine to Rule 38, clause (b) (viii), to read Rule 38, clause (b) (vii).PAGES 21, 22 and 23.Electric Token Block Regulation I4C—Add as final paragraph:—

(viii) i n the case of trains or engines the driving cabs of which are single manned, the duties of the Fireman mustbe undertaken by the Driver.PAGE 24.DELETE first paragraph.PAGES 24, 25, 26 and 27.Electric Token Block Regulation 25—ADD as final paragraph:—

In the case of trains or engines the driving cabs of which are single manned, the duties of the Fireman must beundertaken by the Driver.

L.N.E.R. T R A iN SI G N ALL I N G R EG U LAT I O N SREGULATIONS F OR T R A IN SIGN A L L IN G O N D OU B L E L IN ES O F R A ILW A Y

BY T H E A B SOLU TE BLOCK SYSTEMRegulation I4A—Examinat ion of Line.INSERT additional Clause ( 0:—

(') F or the purposes of this regulation a Multiple-Unit Electric or Diesel train not conveying passengers, or aunit of a train of this type from which any passengers have been detrained, may be regarded as an engine and suchtrain or portion thereof must be dealt with in the same way as an engine. The Signalman at the box in advance must,however, be advised as to whether a train, a uni t of a train, or an engine, is enter ing the section.

L.N.E.R. ELECTRIC T OK EN REGULATIONS—SINGLE LINES.Regulation 14A—Examination of Line.INSERT additional Clause (d):—

(d) F or the purposes of this regulation a Multiple-Unit Electric or Diesel train not conveying passengers, or aunit of a train of this type from which any passengers have been detrained, may be regarded as an engine and suchtrain or portion thereof must be dealt with in the same way as an engine. The Signalman at the box in advance must,however, be advised as to whether a train, a uni t of a train, or an engine, is enter ing the section.

L.N.E.R. REGULATIONS FOR TRAIN SIGNALLING O N SINGLE LINES OF RAILW AY BY TH E TRAINSTAFF O R TR A IN STAFF A N D TICKET BLOCK SYSTEM

Regulation I4A—Examinat ion of line:—* IN SER T additional Clause (d):—

(d) F or the purposes of this regulation a Multiple-unit Electric or Diesel train not conveying passengers, or a uni tof a train of this type from which any passengers have been detrained, may be regarded as an engine and such train orportion thereof must be dealt with in the same way as an engine. The Signalman at the box in advance must, however,be advised as to whether a train, a uni t of a train or an engine, is entering the section.

(O. 8230)STANDARD CO DES F O R TELEGRAMS

(Booklet B11.87222)A new edition of the above booklet, dated 1st July, 1958, has now been distr ibuted and i f supplies have not been

received application should be made to the appropriate Distr ict Officer.Page N o . C o d e W ord I n t e r p r e t a t i o n

Page*5 U n d e r heading "Station abbreviations for use in addresses of railway telegrams":—

Station A b b r e v i a t i o n* INSERT: — H u l l H U* AM EN D :— C a r s t a i r s C S* DELETE:— F a r r i n g d o n Street F A R R ST

Gordon Hi l l G D N HILLKnebworth K N E B

*6* D ELETE:— S h e n fi e l d S H E N

South Woodford S V V E D*24 C o d e W ord I n t e r p r e t a t i o n

* INSERT:—COLLICO SERVICE.

COLDEL H i r e r c o m p l a i n s of delay in return of case(s)No(s) C o n s i g n e e .

ne A r r a n g e immediate upl i ft and r etur n by passenger train, or , i f sent,furnish details.

COLDRAG C a s e ( s ) No(s). h e n c eloaded di rect wagon.

✓ C O L T R A N C a s e ( s ) No(s). h e n c eloaded for transfer. Trace forward.

COLTURN C a s e ( s ) No(s). h e n c eper goods service, consigneeArrange for return of collapsed case(s) by passenger train service.

COLNEV C a s e ( s ) No(s). o n hand w i thout account, apparently onforward journey, wi re consignee and address.

COLOUT C o l l a p s e d case(s), No(s) o n hand w i thout account,wire disposed instructions.

COLPAS C a s e ( s ) No(s). h e n c eby passenger train service.

*31 ( under heading "D ISPOSAL" ) .* DELETE codeword "CONDOR" and substitute by "DISPO" ( interpretation unchanged).

Page N o .Page*35

* INSERT:—(Sub-heading E M P R U N

"Loading")*36

* INSERT:—(Sub-heading G O F I C

"Service and Route")52

AMEND:—62

INSERT:—(under heading

Trainmen)*74

* IN SER T : —

*76 and 77*76

* IN SER T : —

*79* I N SER T : —

82*IN SER T: —

*83* IN SER T : —

MIDSAL

S TANDARD CODES FO R TELEGRAMS—conti nued

NOGARD

Code W ord I n t e r p r e t a t i o n

TypeContainer Flat

Container Flat

* D EL ET E codeType

Bulk material(for powderedcommodities)

STANDARD L IST(Booklet BR

*A M EN D : —District Commercial Manager.

Nottingham/Derby to read:—Ti tle

Nottingham/Derby

70

Empty runner wagon to be placed each end of load.

Goods and Traffic Inspectors to accompany.

Second-class rail, first i n ship, mid-week return fare.

I am unable to coverNo Guard available.

DescriptionWagon for carrying tw o "AHD" type containers

(modified pipe wagons) V.B.Wagon for carrying tw o containers on Inter-City

express freight Services (modified plate wagons)V.B.words BULKCEM, BULKEARTH and BULKLIME.

Description20-ton covered hopper, two filling hatches in roof,

fitted for discharge by compressed air .

Plate L o w - s i d e d wagon, inside length 27' 0" V.B.Consequent upon the above new code word for fitted plate wagons the

description at present shown for PLATE requires amendment to "Low-sidedwagon, inside length between 24' 7e" and 30' 7".

Highly insulated, D o o r s at one end, for pallet loading of quick frozenSmall c o m m o d i t i e s . Capacity 328 cubic feet.

Special wagons M a c h i n e (under 3' rai l t o floor).

OF TELEG RAPHIC ADDRESSES.29600, dated 1st November, 1958)

* P A G E 5. T raf fic Managers.Insert new entry as under , immediately fol

Tit leKing's Cross (Distr ictTraffic Accounting Officer,Marylebone).

* P A G E 6. C h ief Mechanical and Electrical Engineer.DELETE asterisk from heading and insert against Doncaster entry.

* P A G E 7. London Goods Accountant.Delete entry.

PAGE 9.*DELETE: —

The whole entry following Medical Officers headed—"Divisional Traffic Managers"(see page 8).Liverpool (42 Victoria Street) i n Distr ict Goods Managers entry.

lowing that relating to King's Cross (Car Sleeper Service):—Railway Telegrams P o s t a l Telegrams

Goodaccount Marylebone. G o o d a c c o u n tEastfern London N W . .

Railway TelegramsDistcom N tm M

PAGE 10.*A M EN D : —

District Operating SuperintendentManchester (West) London RoadTo read:—

Tit le R a i l w a y TelegramsManchester (South) D i s t r o p South

Manchr LR* P A G E 14. C h ief Mechanical and Electrical Engineer.

DELETE asterisk from heading and insert against Doncaster entry.INSERT new entry as under :—

York. M e c h a n i c a l YK.

* PA GE 16.—Area Medical Officer.DELETE entry relating to Motherwell.

* P A G E 18.—DELETE "Stores Super intendent" and substitute by"Supplies and Contracts Manager".

Mechanical RailYork TASN.

Code

CONFLAT 8

CONFLAT P

Code

PRESFLO

PLATEFIT

BOX AFP

LOWMAC AB

Postal TelegramsDistcomMidland Station Nottingham

Postal TelegramsDistrop SouthLondon Road Station Manchester!

71

Line No. Whistle to be given at Meaning of Whistle Code

PAGE 4.I Potter's Bar—Station Box

AMEND:— Up Freight trains requir ing water at New, Barnet. Trains standing at PB 3 signal andrequiring water at New Barnet must givewhistles before a proceed aspect is given . . I long, pause, 3 short

PAGE S.I Toxford North—Junction

AMEND:— Down Fr ei ght tr ai ns r equi r i ng t o s topspecially at Retford . . . . . . I crow, 2 long

Arksey—DELETE:—

Shaltholme Junction Box . . Up Through Freight trains not requir ing tostop at Doncaster Central or ShakespeareYard . . . . . . . . . . . . I crow, 2 long

2 DELETE:—Adwick—Junction Box . . Up Through Freight trains not requir ing to

stop at Doncaster Central or ShakespeareYard . . . . . . . . . . . . I crow, 2 long

INSERT:—Holbeck—Armley . . . . Freight trains for Ilkley Branch . . . . I long, 1 shor t

(O. 8755)Beeston—Junction . . . . Down Passenger trains stopping at Holbeck

Station . . . . . . . . . . 2 short

Bramley—Station . . . . Up Passenger trains stopping a t HolbeckStation. . . . . . . . . . 2 short

(0. 9081)

PAGE 17. LOCAL W HISTLES.2 INSERT:—

Holbeck—Geldard . . . . To or from N.E. Goods Yard . . . . I short, 2 longTo or from G.N. Goods Yard I short, 3 longTo or from High Level . . . . . . I short, I longTo or from Monk Bridge Sidings . . . . 2 short, I longTo or from Independent Sidings . . 2 short, 2 longFrom No. I Up Goods Siding . . . . I long, 2 crowsFrom No. 2 Up Goods Siding . . . . 2 long, 2 crowsN.E. Yard to No. I Up Goods Siding . . I long, I crow

(O. 8755)

CODES O F L O C O MO T IVE WH IST L ESEASTERN O PERAT ING AREA

(Booklet dated 27th April, 1952)

SPECIAL ROUTING, ETC., WHISTLES

72

CODES O F LO CO MO TI V E WHI STLES—conti nued

NO RT H EASTERN O PERAT ING AREA

LineNo.

Signal Box at whichWhistle to be given Meaning of Whistle Code

PAGE 4.1 NSERT:—

Balne—Station Up tr ai ns r equi r i ng w ater special ly a tDoncaster I long, 3 short

(O. 9002)Northallerton—Station Trains requir ing to stop at Thirsk for water

only • I long, 3 shortPAGE 6. (O. 8253)

2 DELETE:—Stadd lethorpe—Station Freight trains requir ing water at Brough 1 long, 3 short

(O. 7658)PAGE 7.

14 DELETE:—Stadd lethorpe—Station Freight trains requiring water at Brough long, 3 short

(O. 7658)Selby—Thorpe Gates

DELETE:— Up Freight trains requir ing water at Milford I long, 3 shortINSERT:— Up Freight trains for Leeds requir ing water

at Gascoigne W ood I long, 3 short(O. 9002)

PAGE 8.20 DELETE:—

Holbeck—Armley • Freight train for Ilkley I long, I short(O. 8755)PAGE

40 Cargo Fleet—WhitehouseINSERT:— Freight trains on Down Main line for Lackenby

Steelworks I short, 2 longFreight trains on Down Main line for Grange-

town Ore Sidings I short, 1 longSouth Bank—Station

DELETE:— Down trains for Grangetown Ore Sidings I short, 1 longINSERT:— Trains on Nos. I and 2 Down Goods lines for

Grangetown Ore Sidings I short, I longTrains on Nos. I and 2 Down Goods lines for

PAGE 14. Lackenby Steelworks I short, 2 long52 1 NSERT:— (O. 8397)

Heighington—Station Locomotives for Darlington Shed 2 short, I longPAGE 15. (O. 9002)

61 DELETE:—Blaydon—Blaydon Main Require banking engine at Norwood 1 long, 4 short

I N SER T•: —

Du nston-on-Tyne—Blaydon Require banking locomotive at Norwood I long, 4 shortMain

Trains for Stella South Power Station short, 2 long(O. 8423)

62 Monkwearmouth—WearmouthDELETE:— Freight trains for Washington direction via

Hedworth Lane short, I longPAGE 16. (O. 8245), 6 6 AMEN D:—Leamside (Auckland) to read Fencehouses (Leamside). (O. 5382)

PAGE 17.69 Bo!don Colliery

DELETE:—Hedworth Lane Freight trains for Sunderland direction going

beyond Washington i n direction of StellaGill I short, 2 long

PAGE 18. (O. 8245)70 AMEND:—Leamside (Auckland) to read Fencehouses (Leamside). (O. 5382)72 1 NSERT:—

Greenhead—Blenkinsop Trains not requir ing to stop at Naworth topin down brakes 3 short, I long

81 I NSERT:—Seghill—South Mineral trains for Stella Power Station 3 short, 2 long

PAGE 19.81 INSERT:—

Bedlington—West Sleekburn Mineral trains for Stella Power Station 3 short, 2 long( a 9002)

(Booklet dated 27th April, 1952)

SPECIAL RO UTI NG , ETC. , WHI S TLE S

CODES O F LO CO MO TI V E WHI STLES—conti nuedN O R T H E AS TE RN O P E RATI NG AREA—conti nued

LO CAL WHI S TLE S

EasternRegion

Line No.Signal Box at which whistle

to be givenMeaning of Whistle

.Code N

I Holloway—,South Down . .

Hatfield—Redhall . .

Knebworth—Station . .

Stevenage—South . .

Hitchin—Cadwell

Arlesey—Station . .

.. . .

.. . .

.. . .

.. . .

.. . .

• •

Down trains requiring water at Finsbury Park

Trains on Down Slow line requiring water atHatfield. . . . . . . . . . .

If train turned Slow to Fast, Fireman to adviseSignalman. (To be given a t Marshmoorwhen Redhall closed.)

Express Passenger trains requir ing assistancefrom Hitchin . . . . . . . .

Down trains requir ing to stop at Hitchin forwater owing t o insufficient supply beingobtained at Langley trough . . . .

Up Class 'A' and 'B' trains not requiring waterat Hitchin, i f able to pick up at Langleytrough . . . . . . . . . .

Up Express Passenger trains requir ing assis-tance at Hitchin . . . . . . . .

I long, pause, 3 shor t

11 long, pause, 3 shor t

I shor t, I crow

I long, pause, 3 shor t

I shor t, I crow

I shor t, I crow

LineNo,

Signal Box at whichWhistle to be given Meaning of Whistle Code

PAGE 21.1 Heaton IN SER T : —

Down Yard Locomotive stopping for water on D ow nGoods l ine I long, 3 short

PAGES 22 and 23. (0.7951)5 Hul l D ELET E al l whistles sho wn to be given at Manor House Signal Box. (O. 5222)

• PAGE 26.20 Holbeck D EL ET E all entries. (O. 8755)

PAGE 29.40 South Bank—Eaton West

DELETE:— Ironworks to Shunting Neck I short, I longPAGE 39. (O. 9002)

66 AMEND:—Leamside (Auckland ) t o read Fencehouses (Leamside). (O. 5382)PAGE 44.

70 DELETE:— Leamside (Auckla nd), al l entries.INSERT:—

Fencehouses—Leamside Dock line to Ferryhill 2 short, I longDock line to Branch 4 short, I longBranch to West Sidings 2 short, I crowWest Sidings to Ferryhill 2 short, 2 longWest Sidings to Branch 2 short, I longWest Sidings to Branch Sidings 3 short, 2 long

PAGE 46. (O. 5382)81 INSERT:—

North Blyth—Freemans Trains for Woodhorn or Lynemouth Colliery I long, I crow(O. 9002)

Winning Mineral trains for Cambois Power Station 4 long

Cam bois Mineral trains for Cam bois Power Station I crow, 2 short

T O BE US E D BY DRI VERS WO RKI NG O UTS I DE T H E N O R T H E AS TE RNOPERATI NG ARE A

The special whistles shown below supersede those shown on the under-mentioned pages of the booklet of Instructionsto be observed by Drivers, Guards and others for working outside the Nor th Eastern Operating Area, dated 1st January1950:—

g- Eastern Operating Area P a g e s 68-71Scottish Region P a g e s 107-113London Midland Operating Area P a g e s 126-158

73

(General Notices No. 15A/1952 is hereby cancelled.)SPECIAL RO UTI NG , ETC. , WHI S TLE S

The following code of Special Routing, etc., whistles must be given by Drivers at the places mentioned.Drivers of trains starting from or shunting at stations, sidings, loops, etc., between the point at which the whistles

are normally given and the junction where they are being diverted from the Main l ine must, before leaving, give thespecial routing whistle in addition to any standard or local code of whistles which may be required.

EASTERN O P E RATI NG ARE A

CODES O F LO CO MO TI V E WHI STLES—conti nuedTO B E U SED B Y DRIVERS W OR K IN G OU T SID E T H E N O R T H EA STER N

OPERATING AREA—continued

EASTERN O P E RATI NG AREA—SPECI AL RO UTI NG , ETC. , WHI STLES—conti nuedEasternRegion

Line No.Signal Box at which whistle

to be givenMeaning of Whistle Code

Biggleswade—South Up trains not booked to stop requiring water

at Hitchin I long, pause, 3 shor t

Tempsford—Station Down Express tr ai ns r equi r ing t o s top

specially at Huntingdon for water I long, pause, 3 shor tHol me—

Station Up Express trains requir ing to stop speciallyat Huntingdon for water I long, pause, 3 shor t

New England—Westwood Junction Up Through trains requir ing water at Peter-

borough Nor th U p platform I long, pause, 3 shor t

Tallington—Het pston Up Main to Up Coal at Werr ington Junction 3 shor t, I l ong

Up Main to Up Goods at Werrington Junction 5 shor t, I l ongUp Goods to Up Coal at Werrington Junction 2 shor t, pause, 2 shor t,

I l ongUp Goods t o U p Goods a t W er r ington

J unction 2 short, I l ongDown Goods and Empties requir ing to run

through Essendine w i thout stopping forI crow, 4 shor t

Corby Glen—Station Trains requir ing t o stop at Grantham for

water or rel ief I shor t, II crow

Grantham—Barrowby Road Up Express trains drawn by Pacific engines

requiring water at Grantham Up platform I long, 3 shor t

Barkston—South Junction Up F r ei ght t r ai ns r equi r i ng w at er a t

Grantham I long, 3 shor t

Hougham—Station Up Freight trains requir ing to run through

Grantham w i thout stopping crow, 2 longDown Freight trains requiring to run through

Newark wi thout stopping I crow, 2 long

Carlton—Station Down trains requir ing to detach at Tuxford 2 short, I l ong

Up Freight trains requiring to stop at Newark,for Loco. purposes I crow, 2 long

Tuxford Nort h—Junction Down Freight trains requiring to stop specially

at Retford I crow, 2 long

Ranskill—Station Up Freight trains requir ing to stop specially

at Retford to detach or for Loco. purposes I crow, 2 long

Bawtry—Station Down Specials having traffic t o detach i n

Decoy Yard 5 shor t, I longDown Through Coal or Empties trains not

requiring to stop at Decoy Yard I crow, 2 long

Arksey—Station Empties and Coke trains for Hexthorpe 4 long, I shor t

2 Ha r e P a r k —Station Freight trains requir ing t o take water at

Wakefield Westgate I long, 3 shor t

Holbeck—Arm ley Freight trains for !Hey Branch I long, I shor t

(0. 8755)

74

75

CODES O F LO CO MO TI V E WHI STLES—conti nued

TO B E U SED B Y DRIVERS W OR K IN G OU T SID E T H E N O R T H EA STER NOPERATING AREA—continued

EASTERN O P E RATI NG AREA—SPECI AL RO UTI NG , ETC. , WHI STLES—conti nued

EasternRegion

Line No.Signal Box at which whistle

to be givenMeaning of Whistle Code

3 Sheffield—Woodburn Junction For Third line at Attercliffe, on passing 4 short, I l ongNo. 4 For Branch l ine at Woodburn Junction I long, I shor t

Up Freight trains requir ing water at Darnalllocomotives for Darnall Loco.

I long, 3 shor tI shor t, I l ong

5 Attercliffe—Station Locomotives requir ing water at Darnall I long, 3 shor t

Trains stopping for traffic purposes at Darnall,High Hazel , Handswor th Col l ier y andOrgreaves fr om t he S.Y. Distr ict mustWhistle for the loop.

For Barnsley I long, I shor tFor Rotherham I long, 2 shor t

Broughton Lane—Station For Sheffield I long, 2 shor t

For Rotherham I long, 2 shor tFor Darnall I long, I shor t

Tinsley—Junction For Down Goods line at Carbrook Nor th 6 shor t

For SheffieldFor Darnall

I long, 2 shor tlong, II shor t

Trains requiring to stop at Rotherham Road I long, I crowEast Junction Trains requir ing Banking locomotive Ki ln-

hurst t o Mexborough I crow, 2 long

Rotherham & Masboroughlckles For Down Goods at Tinsley 6 shor tStation For Meadow Hall long, 2 shor t

Rotherham RoadStation For Down Goods at Tinsley 5 short, I l ong

Down Freight trains requiring Pilot at Tinsley I shor t, I long, I shor tDown Fr eight tr ai ns r equi r i ng Pi l ot a t

Broughton Lane 2 short, I long, 2 shor t(O. 7423)

Parkgate and AldwarkeAldwarke Main Coll iery Drivers of Fast Passenger trains to give the

same whistles on passing, as at Ki lnhurstBox

KilnhurstThrybergh Junction Drivers of Fast Passenger trains to give the

same number of whistles on passing, as atKilnhurst Box

Station For Goods l ine at Mexborough N o. 3 .5 short, I l ongFor Goods line at Mexborough No. I Junction 6 shor t

Mexborough—No. 3 For Goods l ine at No. I Box

For Silverwood Branch6 shor t

long, I shor tFeight trains, Frickley direction II shor t, 3 longTrains requir ing to stop at Rotherham Road I crow, 2 long

No. 2 Freight trains for Frickley direction I shor t, 3 longFor N.E. Region at Lowfield Junction I long, I shor t

ConisboroughDenaby Crossing Assisting locomotive requi red fr om M ex-

borough No. 2 I crow, 2 longStation For Swinton Junction I shor t, 2 long

For Sheffield direction II long, I shor tFor Down Passenger Loop at Mexborough

I long, I shor tFor Doncaster Avoiding Line I long, I shor t

Cadeby Up trains leaving Avoiding Line via Sprot-borough Junction I shor t, I l ong

WarmsworthLime Siding Up Goods trains for Hexthorpe 5 short, I l ong

76

CODES O F LO CO MO TI V E WHI STLES—conti nued

TO BE U SED B Y DRIVERS W OR K IN G OU T SID E T H E N OR T H EASTERNOPERATING AREA—continued

EASTERN O P E RATI NG AREA—SPECI AL RO UTI NG , ETC. , WHI STLES—conti nued

EasternRegion

Line No.Signal Box at which whistle

to be givenMeaning of Whistle Code

5 Hexthorpe—Junction Freight trains running over the Main line and

not requir ing to stop at Doncaster I crow, 2 longMineral trains from direction of Frodingham

to Swinton Town requir ing assisting loco-motive from Mexborough No. I Juncion 2 crows, I longSt. James' Junction Up Fr ei ght tr ai ns r equi r i ng t o cal l a tMarshgate I crow, 2 long

Marshgate--Goods Siding Trains stopping at Marshgate Goods to attach

or detach m ust not whistle a t BentleyJunction Box bu t m ust give t he samewhistles when ready t o leave MarshgateGoods Siding Box -

Bentley Junction Trains through to Mexborough I shor t, I l ongDown trains requiring water at Mexborough I long, 3 shor tTrains through to Hexthorpe Yard I shor t, 2 longTrains through to Doncaster I shor t, 3 long

Stainforth—Junction For Tickhill direction

For Doncaster Avoiding line •I long, I shor t

short, 3 longThorne Junction For Tickhill direction shortFor Doncaster Avoiding line I shor t, 3 long

13 Saxilby—Sykes Junction Up Freight trains having wagons to detach at

Pyewipe Junction I crow. 2 long

Haxey—Station Through tr ains Doncaster t o Immingham

via Trent Junction I crow, 2 longFinningley—

Station Down Through Coal Empties for MineralYard at Doncaster not requir ing to stopat Down Decoy I crow, 2 long

Tickhill—Station For Dearne Valley line I long, I shor t

For Black Carr East Junction I long, 2 shor t39 Wath-on-Dearne—

Junction For Hexthorpe di rection no t stopping a tMexborough . . . . . . . . . . crow, 2 long

Freight trains for Rotherham branch . . 3 shor t, I cr owFreight trains for U p Goods lines at Mex-

borough . . . . . . . . . . 5 shor t, I l ongFor Elsecar Branch I long, I shor t

Mexborough—Adwick Crossing Up Coal trains to Hexthorpe not requir ing

water at Mexborough I crow, 2 longNo. 4 Down tr ains f o r D ow n Goods a t W es t

Junction and 'A' Hump at Wath Yard 5 short, I crowDown trains for Main at West Junction and

'B' Hump at Wath Yard I long, 2 crowsNo. I Down tr ains f o r D ow n Goods a t W es t

Junction and 'A' Hump at Wath Yard 5 short, I crowDown tr ains for Main a t W est Junction

and 'B' Hump at Wath Yard I long, 2 crows42 Stairfoot—

Oakwell Junction For Goods line at Stairfoot 6 shor t

Staincross—Smithies For Stairfoot Junction I long, 2 shor t

For Barnsley I long, I shor t

Signal Box at whichwhistle t o be given

TW EED M OU TH T O ED INBurnmouth—

StationGrantshouse—

StationEast Li nton—

StationDrem—

Junction

Longniddry—Junction•

Prestonpans—Station

Inveresk—Monktonhall Junction

J 9PPa—Station

Por tobel lo—East

West

CraigentinnyPiershill Junction

Abbeyhi l l—St. Margaret's

Edinburgh (W aver ley)East

West? I ON KT ON HA LL .JUNCT I

Por tobel lo—Niddrie North

Lei th South—King's Road

Edinburgh directionMeadows Yard

77

CODES O F LO CO MO TI V E WHI STLES—conti nuedTO B E U SED B Y DRIVERS W O R KI N G OU T SID E T H E N O R T H EAST ER N

OPERATING AR EA—conti nued

SCOTTISH R EG IO NSPECIAL RO UTI NG , ETC. , WHI S TLE S

Meaning of Whistle

BURGH W AVER LEY.

Work at Berwick

Water at Berwick

Pilot assistance required from Dunbar

Passenger tr ai n r equi r ing pi l ot assistance fr om St .Margaret's

Lothian lines at Monktonhall JunctionSuburban line at Wanton WallsStopping at PortobelloNorth Berwick line at Drem Junction

Portobello YardGranton line at Lochend JunctionMeadows Yard or Leith SouthNiddrie West Yard

Down Goods line at JoppaLeith South via Down Goods line at JoppaCraigentinny Carriage Sidings

Smeaton line at Monktonhall JunctionMusselburgh line at Newhailes Junction

Abbeyhill l ine at Piershill JunctionLeith Central l ine at Lochend JunctionGranton line at Lochend JunctionLocomotives for Edinburgh WaverleyGlencorse line at MillerhillMussleburgh lino at Newhailes JunctionLocomotive for Edinburgh WaverleyLocomotive turning via Easter Road or Leith CentralWaverley Goods YardLeith Walk Goods YardCarlisle line at Portobello East (Main line)Carli:de line at Portobello East (Goods line)Suburban line at Niddrie Nor th

Craigentinny Carriage Sidings

Abbeyhill l ineBerwick lineCarlisle line at Portobello EastMusselburgh line at Newhailes JunctionLeith Central line at London Road JunctionLothian line at Leith South JunctionCraigentinny Carriage SidingsPortobello Yard via Goods line at CraigentinnyLocomotive turning via Easter or Leith CentralLeith Walk Goods YardSuburban line at Haymarket Central

ON T O LEITH SOU T H (via Lothian Goods Lines).

Leith SouthAbbeyhill line at Piershill JunctionCraigentinny Carriage SidingsSmeaton line at Monktonhall JunctionGlencorse line at Millerhill

Portobello YardWalton Walls via Lothian linesNiddrie South via Lothian lines

6 short.

Code

3 short, I long

I long, 3 shortI short. I crow

I short, I crow

long, I shor ti long, 4 short2 crows

long, I shor t

2 long, 4 short6 shortI short, 3 long3 short, 2 long

2 long, 3 short3 short, I long6 short.

I long, 2 short2 long, 2 short, when

leaving3 short, I long2 short, 2 long6 short3 short, I longI long, 4 short2 long, 2 short3 short, l o n g3 long, 2 short2 short, pause, 2 short,

pause, 2 shortI short, I longI long, 2 short2 long, 2 short3 short, I long

3 short, I longI long, I shor tI long, 2 short2 long, 2 shortI long, 4 shortI short, 2 long6 short2 long, 4 short3 long, 2 shortI short, I longI long, I shor t

2 short, I long2 short, pause, 2 short,

pause, 2 shortI short, 2 long3 short, I long6 short2 long, 3 short2 long, 4 short

2 long, 4 shortI short, I crow3 short, I crow

78

CODES O F LO CO MO TI V E WHI STLES—conti nued

TO BE U SED B Y DRIVERS W OR K IN G OU T SID E T H E N OR T H EASTERNOPERATING AREA—continued

SCOTTI SH REGI ON—conti nued

Signal Box at whichwhistle t o be given

LOCHEND JU N C T I O N TAbbeyhill—

Lochend JunctionEaster Road

RICCARTON T O H A W I CRiccarton—

NAthitropeShankend—

Station

- T W EED M OU T H T O ST . BSt. Boswell's—

Kelso Junction

NIDDRIE S O U T H T O H APortobello—

Niddrie WestDuddingston—

Station

Gorgie East—junction

SPECIAL RO UTI NG , ETC. , WHI STLES—conti nued

0 GR A N T ON EA ST.

Leith Citadel lineWaverley Goods Yard

Meaning of Whistle

Lothian line at Leith South JunctionMeadows line at Leith South JunctionCraigentinny. Carriage SidingsPortobello Yard

K.

Reedsmouth line at Riccarton South

Work at Stobs CampUp Goods line at Riccarton Nor th

OS WELL'S.

Jedburgh line at Roxburgh Junction

YMARKET W EST JU N C T ION .

Smeaton line at Monktonhall Junction

Glasgow line at Saughton Junction (Main line)Glasgow line at Saughton Junction (Goods line)Forth Bridge line at Saughton Junction (Main line)Forth Bridge line at Saughton Junction (Goods line)Edinburgh Waver ley, not stopping at HaymarketPilot assistance required

Pilot assistance required from Gorgie East

Code

2 long, I shor t2 short, pause, 2 short,

pause, 2 shortI short, 2 longI short, 3 long6 short2 long, 4 short

I long, I shor t

3 short, I long5 short

I long, 4 short

2 long, 3 shor t

I long, I shor t2 long, I shor tI long, 2 short2 long, 2 short3 short, I longI short, I crow (when

approaching)I short, I crow

CODES O F LO CO MO TI V E WHI STLES—conti nuedT O BE U SED BY DRIVERS W OR K IN G OU T SID E T H E N OR T H EASTERN

OPERATING AREA—continued

LONDON MIDLAND OPERATING AREA-WESTERN D IVISIONSPECIAL RO UTI NG , ETC. , WHI S TLE S

Meaning of Whistle Code

From Middle Road to Main line 2 long, 1 crowFrom Horse Dock to Main line 3 long, I crowFrom Keswick Bay line to or from turntable 2 long, 2 crowsFrom Warehouse Siding to Down Main line 2 long, I crowFrom Loco. to Keswick line for shunting 2 crows, I longFrom No. I , 2 or 3 Siding to or from Up Main I long, I crowNo. 1, 2 or 3 Siding to or from Keswick line long, 2 crowsNo. 4 or 5 Siding to or from Up Main line 2 long, I crowNo. 4 or 5 Siding to or from Keswick line 2 long, 2 crowsFrom Loco. to No. 2 Box 3 long, I crowFrom Nor th to Down Main I long, I crowFrom Bank Engine Slip to Bank Engine Siding 2 long, 2 crowsTrain engines, Down Loop to Coal Stage Road for water 3 short, 1 longFrom E.R. Passenger line to Shunting Neck 2 short, 2 crowsb

.

.

From Up Siding to Shunting Neck I long, I crowFrom South Yard to Loco. (Via Up and Down Main lines) 3 long, 3 crowsFrom Loco. to South Yard (via Down and Up Main lines) 3 long, 2 crows3

Signal Box at whichWhistle to be given

CARLISLE N o. 8 T O No. 10Carlisle--

No. 9Forks JunctionNo. 10Bog Junction

CARLISLE No. 7 L ON D ONCarlisle—

No. 7London Road Junction

CARLISLE No. 5 T O DUKRCarl isle—

Petteril BridgeBridge Junction

CARLISLE No. 3 T O No. 13.Carlisle—

Dentonholme No. JunctionNo. I I Rome Street

Carlisle--No. 10Bog Junction

Carlisle—No. 12 •

PENRITH A N D ED EN V APenrith—

No. 3 Nor thNo. 2

No. I

PEN RITH.No. 3

TEBAY.No. 2No. 1

Signal Box at whichWhistle to be given

No. 2

No. 1

BOG JU N C T ION .

Bog JunctionRome StreetLondon RoadUpperby YardForks Junction to turnCurrock YardROAD JU N C T ION T O 'N o . I IUpperbyBog Junction

AN H IL L S O—U T HLondon RoadDurran Hill Sidings or Petteril Bridge .Locomotive Dur ran H i l l Loco. t o Carlisle Station or

London Road Shed to Carlisle Station

Canal JunctionKingmoor Down SidingsViaduct YardDentonholme YardLondon Road YardUpperby YardCu rrock YardCanal YardDentonholme YardThrough Goods lineLondon Road YardUpperby YardForks Junction to turnCu rrock Yard

Carriage ShedUpperby YardCrown Street

LLEY JU N C T I O N .

79

Meaning of Whistle

To or from Keswick LoopTo or from through road from Eden Valley lineTo or from Eden Valley Bay to Keswick lineTo or from Eden Valley BayTo or from Down Main l ine from No. I LoopKeswick line throughKeswick line to Down Main

SI DI NGS, BO X E S A N D I N T E R N A L WHI S TLE S

Code

long, 2 shortlong, I shor tlong, I shor tlong, 2 shortlong, I crowlong, I shor t

long, I shor t1 long, 2 short

6 short5 short

6 short

2 long, 1 shortI short, pause, 4 shortI short, pause, 2 shortI long, 2 shortI long, 1 shortI long, 2 short2 long, I shor tI long, I shor tI crowI long, 2 shor t

I long, I shor tI long, 2 shortI long, I crow1 long, 1 shor t

I long, 1 shor tI long, 2 shortI crow

3 short, I long2 short, 1 crow3 short, I longI short, I crow2 crows, 2 longI crow, 2 short3 short, I long

T O BE U SED B Y DRIVERS W OR K IN G OU T SID E T H E N OR T H EASTERNOPERATING AREA—continued

L O N D O N M I D L A N D O PERAT ING A R E A - M I D L A N D D I VI SI O NSPECIAL ROUTING, ETC., WHISTLES—continued

Station and Signal Box

Whistles:L l o n g . S = short. C — crow

ToUP DOWN

Main Fastor Passr.

Line

Slow orGoousLine

Main Fastor Passr.

Line

Slow orGoodsLine

RADFOR D T O H UNSLET AND BR ANCHES.Shipley—

Bingley Junction I L, 3 S Freight trains stopping Keighley f orwater or traffic.

Apperley Bridge--I S, I C I S, I C Leeds City (South).3 L, I C 3 L, I C Passenger trains t o Hunslet w i thout

entering Leeds Station.I S, 2 L I S, 2 L Stopping Stourton Up SidingslI L, 3 S I L, 3 S Water a t H unsl et Stati on

Appel-l e y J un ct io n

4 L 4 LJunction

Stopping Hunslet Goods Junc-IFreight

trains.tion or Hunslet Sidings -

5 L 5 L Copley Hill5 L 5 L Freight trains stopping Apperley Station

for traffic.

Kirkstal I—I L, 2 S 2 L, 2 S Guiseley.

4 L 4 L Freight trains stopping Calverley fortraffic.

Junction 5 L 5 L Freight trains stopping Apperley 3ridgefor traffic.

I L, I S I L, I S Passenger trains to Bradford, also freighttrains n o t stopping Calver ley o rApperley for traffic.

Hunslet—Goods Junction — 4 L Hunsiet Goods Yard.

I S, I L I S, I L Beyond Stourton -3 S, pause

IS

3 S, pauseIS

Hunslet Up Sidings Freight trains.To be given

LStation Junction 4 L3 S, pause,

4 L3 S, pause,

Stourton Up SidingsHunslet Down Sidings

when ready toleave ti ter

2 S 2 S J taking water.I L, I S Bradford di r ec ti on (appl icable on l y

from 5.0 a.m. Sunday t o 6.0 a.m.Monday).

Burley- -Junction I L, 2 S

I L , I SBradford.Ilkley Old Station.

Otley—Station I L. I S Menston from Ar thington.

Cuiseley—Station I L , I S Otley.

Leeds City—I L, I C I L, I C Leeds City (North) -

1 A l s o a p p l y o n

3 L, I C Engine Shed Junction I n d e -2 L, I C 2 L, I C Leeds City (South) j pendent line.

Whitehall Junction I L , I C2 L, I C

4 LLeeds City (North) , FromLeeds City (South) • Copley Hill.Engine Shed Junction J

I L, I C I L , I C Holbeck f From Leeds City Junction4 L 4 L Copley Hill f o r Engine Shed Junction.

CODES OF LOCOMOTIVE WHISTLES—continued

80

Station and Signal Box

Leeds City—continued—

Junction

Wellington

Engine Shed Junction

Woodlesford—Station

Methley—

*Sidings

Normanton—Goose Hill

No. I Sidings

W A TH R OA D J

Rotherham (Mashorough)—Station South Junction

CODES OF LOCOMOTIVE WHISTLES—continued

T O B E U SED B Y DRIVERS W OR K IN G OU T SID E T H E N O R T H EA STER NOPERATING AREA—continued

LO NDO N MI DLAND OPERATING AREA—MIDLAND DIVISION—continued

SPECIAL ROUTING, ETC., WHISTLES—continued

Main Fastor Passr.

Line

I L, I C4 L

2 L, I C3 L, I C

3 L, I C——

I S, pause,ISI S, pause,2 S

3 S, pause.IS3 S, pause,2 S

2 L, I C3 L, I C

I L, I S

2 SI L, 2 S

5 S

3 L, I C

U N C T IOSwinton—

Wath Road Junction I L, I S

4 L

5 L

3 L, I C

4 L

5 L

Whistles:L l o n g . S = short. C = crow

Up

Slow orGoodsLine

I L , I - C3 L, I C

2 L, I C3 L, I C

3 L, I C

N T O M

2 L, I S

4 L

5 L

3 L, I C

4 L

5 L

81

Main Fastor Passr.

Line

2 L, I C4 L

——

I L, I C2 L, I C3 L, I C

I S, I - L

3 S, I L

I L, 3 S

2 S. I L

5 L

ASBORO

DOWN

Slow orGoodsLine

---------

——

I L, I C2 L, I C3 L, I C

2 S, 2 L

3 S, 2 L

UGH A

To

Whitehall JunctionEngine Shed JunctionEngine Shed JunctionWhitehall JunctionLeeds Cith (South)Leeds City (North)Leeds City (North)Leeds City (South)Locomotive turntable.

From LeedsCity (South)From Leeds

City (North).From White-hall Junction.From Engine

Shed Junction.

Return t o passenger station on Nor thor South arrival lines.

North Carriage Sidings.

South Carriage Sidings.

South direction.North direction.Leeds City (South).Leeds City (North).Bradford.

Castleford direction at Methley Junc-tion.

Locomotives for Normanton Shed.Wakefield.Goods line at Altofts.Requiring t o stop at Stour ton Down

Sidings for traffic.Requiring t o stop at Hunslet Down

Sidings for traffic.Freight t r ai ns r equi r i ng w at er a t

Hunslet Station Junction.Kirkstall direct, not stopping at Siour-

ton Down Sidings or Hunslet DownSidings for traffic.

Skelton Grange, C.E.A. Sidings.

Freight trains stopping Oakenshaw fortraffic.

Forward on Main Goods line.

On Independent line.

ND D OR E A N D T OT L EY

Eckington, w i thout stopping Round-wood Sidings or Masborough S.S. fortraffic.

Stopping Masborough S.S. for traffic.

- S t o p p i n g Roundwood for traffic.

- W i c k e r Goods Station-] F r e i g h t

direct (.t r ai n s and

- R e c e p t i o n l ine at Up- F locomotiveswell Street j running light.

- W i n c o b a n k Sidings.

CODES OF LOCOMOTIVE WHISTLES—continued

T O B E U SED B Y DRIVERS W OR K IN G OU T SID E T H E N O R T H EA STER NOPERATING AREA—continued

LO NDO N MI DLAND OPERATING AREA—MIDLAND DIVISION—continued

SPECIAL ROUTING, ETC., WHISTLES—continued

Station and Signal Box

Rotherham (Mashorough)—continuedSouth Junction..

Sorting Sidings, North Junction

Holmes—Junction (Level Crossing)

Wincobank—Station Junction

Brightside--Station Junction

Upwell Street Junction

Attercliffe Road—Grimesthorpe Junction N o. I

Mill Race Junction

Sheffield—North Junction

South N o. 2

Dore & Tot ley—Station Junction

Main Fastor Passr.

Line

3 L, I C4 L

WhistlesSorting

Whistles:L l o n g . S = short. C = crow

2 S, I C2 S, I L

4 L5 L

3 L, I C

UP

Slow orGoodsLine

3 L, I C4 L

to be giSidings SoSidings N o

4 L(Local)

2 S, I C2 S, I L

4 L5 L

82

Main Fastor Passr.

Line

3 L, I C

4 L

5 L

——

I L, I CI L , 2 S

2L ,2S,IL3 L, I C

4 L

5 L

yen a t Muth w henrth i s clo

I L , 2 S

2 L, 2 S, IL3 L, I C

4 L

5 L

3 L, I C

I L, I S2 S

3 L, I C

4 L5 L6 S

2 S

DOWN

Slow orGoodsLine

3 L, I C

4 L

5 L

2 L, I C2 L, 2 S2L ,2S,IL3 L, I C

4 L

5 L

sboroughSorting

ed.

2L ,2S, IL3 L, I C

4 L

5 L

2 S(Local

3 L. I C

2 S

To

Wicker Goods Stationdirect

Up Reception l i ne atUpwell Street

Stopping W incobankfor traffic

Goods l ine.Coal road.Leeds.Doncaster.Pontefract.Freight trains stopping between W ath

Road Junction and Cudwor th f o rtraffic.

Freight trains stopping between Park-gate Junction and Swinton inclusive.

Stopping at Roundwood for traffic.

Masborough South Junction.

Freighttrains andlocomotivesrunninglight.

Pontefract.Slow l ine at Swinton Junction.Freight trains stopping between Park-

gate Junction and Swinton (inclusive)for traffic.

Freight trains t o Masborough StationYard.

Canklow Motive Power Depot.

Reception l i nes a t U pw el l St r eetJunction.

Requiring t o enter W icker Yard o rEngine Shed Sidings on Down side ofline.

Stopping Pond Street.Nunnery Branch.Stopping Queens Road. - -Stopping Heeley Station, Carriage Sid-

ings or Millhouses.

Chapeltown.Loco. Sidings on Up side at Grimes-

thorpe.Entering Wicker Yard or Engine Shed

Sidings on Down side at GrimesthorpeJunction.

Sheffield Distr ict Railway.Nunnery Branch.Wincobank Sidings.

Freight trains to Queens Road.

Millhouses Motive Power Depot.

Colne- -

Station and Signal Box

Whistles:L l o n g . S = short. C = crow

UP DOWNMain Fastor Passr.

Line

Slow orGoods

Line

Main Fastor Passr.

Line

Slow orGoodsLine

Wakefield (Ki rkgate) - -Turner's Lane I L, 3 S Water at Wakefield (K.) West End.West I L , 3 S

-

I L, 3 S

I L , I S

I L, 3 S—I L, I S

Water at Whithams' Siding.Water at Horbury Junction.Goods line at East Junction.

Horbury (Midfield Road)—Junction I L, 3 S I L, 3 S Water at Crigglestone.Healey Mi l ls—

East I L, 3 S I L, 3 S Water at Crigglestono.Thornhill—

Midland Junction - f LNo. 1L. & N.W. Junction i t

1

-I L, 3 S--i L., 3 SI L . I C

I S. I CI L, 3 SI L, I C

I L, 3 S

I L, I C

I L, 3 S

I L. I CWater at Horbury & Ossett.Water at Thornhill No. 2.Loop line, Healey Mills.Cleckheaton Branch.Water at Mirfield.Mirfield arrival lines.

CODES OF LOCOMOTIVE WHISTLES—continued

T O BE U SED B Y DRIVERS W OR K IN G OU T SID E T H E N OR T H EASTERNOPERATING AREA—continued

LO NDO N MI DLAND OPERATING AREA—MIDLAND DIVISION—continued

Stations and Signal Boxes

No. 2

Hunslet—Goods Junction

Station Junction

South Junction

Stourton Up Sidings

Rotherham (Mas.)—Masborough S.S. North Junction

Canklow Goods Junction

Whistles:L = longS = shortC = crow

83

LOCAL WHISTLES

To

2 S E n g i n e Shed (Turntable road) to and from Main line_I S. I I N e c k to and from Engine Shed.I S, 2 L N e c k to and from Carriage sidings.2 S, I L. T u r n t a b l e road to Nelson.2 S. 2 L T u r n t a b l e road to Carriage sidings back of platform.

Approaching from Goods Yar d:-On Up Goods line for shunting purposes.On Up Passenger line.Away on Up Goods line.Towards Engine Shed Junction.

Approaching on siding alongside Down Through sidingt- •On Down Passenger line.Forward on Down Goods line.

Leaving Up sidings:—On to Up Passenger fine.On Up Goods line.From middle sidings for shunting purposes.From Aireside sidings for shunting purposes.From Steel Works sidings or turntable sidings for shunting.

I L2 L3 L4 1

2 L4 L

I L2 14 L5 16 S

I L4 LI C

6 S

2 L3 L4 16 S

Towards Woodlesford.Holbeck Motive Power Depot.To Stourton Down sidings.

To Masborough S.S centre with locomotives or locomotives andbrake vans.

Locomotives ex Canklow Shed:Masborough Station or beyond.Holmes.Coal road or South End sidings.Masborough S.S. Centre.

LON D ON MIDLAND OPERATING AREA-CENTRAL D IVISIONSPECIAL ROUTING, ETC., WHISTLES

T O BE U SED BY DRIVERS W OR K IN G OU T SID E T H E N OR T H EASTERNOPERATING AREA—continued

LO NDO N MI DLAND OPERATING AREA—CENTRAL DIVISION—continued

SPECIAL ROUTING, ETC., WHISTLES—continued

Station and Signal Box

Whistles:L =-- long. S = short. C = crow

ToUP DOWN

Main Fastor Passr.

Line

Slow orGoodsLine

Main Fastor Passr.

Line

Slow orGoodsLine

Mirfield—Heaton Lodge Junction . .

Brighouse—Cooper Bridge .. . . . .Bradley Wood . . . . . .Station . . . . . . . .

Greetland—

Sowerby Bridge—Milner Royd Junction . . . .Station . . . . . . . .

Goole—

—

——

I L, 3 S

—

—

—

——

——

—I L, 3 S

—

—I L , 3 S

I L, 3 S—

—

———

—

—

—

——

——

——

—

—I L , 3•5

I L, 3 S—

—

—

I L, 3 S——

I S, I C

I S, I C

I L, 3 S

I L, 3 S

I L , I C2 L, r C

I L , I C2 L, I C

2 L, I C—

I L, 3 S

I L, 3 S—

—

I L. 3 S

I L , 3 S

I L, I C

I L, 3 SI L, 3 S

—

—

—

—

—

——

——

——

I L, 3 S

I L, 3 S—

—

—

—

Locomotives from Huddersfield l ine forbeyond No. I box.

Water at Mirfield.Water at Mirfield No. I (down slow).Water at Elland (up goods loop).

Freight trains stopping at Elland fortraffic purposes.

Freight trains having w or k t o do atErand, but not stopping at Greetland.

Water at Greetland No. 2.

Water at Goole Engine Shed.

Trains not stopping at Hensall Junction.Trains stopping at Hensall Junction.

Trains via Knottingley.Trains via Cutsyke Junction.

Dearne Valley line.Water at Turner's Lane.

Water at Mirfield.

Water at Huddersfield No. 2.Water at Marsden.

Water at Diggle Junction.Water at Marsden.

Water at Greenfield Junction.

Rawctiffe Bridge . . . .Whitley Bridge—

Station . . . . . .Featherstone—

Station . . . . 1.Wakefield—

Oakenshaw Junction . . . .Calder Bridge . . . . . .

Huddersfield—Spen Valley Junction . . . .

Slaithwaite—Station . . . . „ 1.

Marsden—Junction . . . . . .

Diggle—Junction. . . .

Stalybridge—

Stations and Signal Boxes

Mirfield—No. 3

Br ighouse—Station

H and—Station

Sowerby Br idge—Station

West

CODES OF LOCOMOTIVE WHISTLES—continued

Whistles:L — longS = shortC = crow

2 S, I C3 S, I C

I L, I C3 L. I CI S. 3 L4 L, I CI S, 4 L2 L, I C

3 S, I C4 S, I C

4 S, I C3 S, I C2 L, I C

2 L, I C3 S, I C

84

LOCAL WHISTLES

Down Goods to Branch Goods (for shunting purposes).Down Goods to Branch Goods (through to No. 4).

To and from Goods Yard and Down arrival line for shunting.To and from Up Goods and Shunting Neck.To and from Exchange Sidings and Shunting Neck.To and from Up Goods and Goods Yard.To and from Exchange Sidings and Goods Yard.To and from Shunting Neck and Down arrival line.

Along Up Goods loop on Wakefield side of box to Down Main.Up siding to Down Goods loop.

Ripponden Branch to No. I siding.Ripponden Bay siding to No. I siding.Quarry sidings to Down Bay sidings.

Up Goods to shunt.Up Main to Down Goods.

BREAKDO WN T R A IN ARRANG EMENT S(London Midland Operat ing A rea Booklet BR.31161, dated November, 15055)The information on pages 15, 16, 27, 28, 35, 36, 41 and 42 relating to W est R iding l ines now i n the N or t h

Eastern Region has been amended. Particulars of revised Breakdown Train Arrangements have been circulated to thoseconcerned.

The attention of all Staff is drawn to the following prohibitions and restrictions which remain in force:—

Line or Place

Barnsley BranchSnydale BranchAltofts and Whitwood Station

Sidings on Bridge No. 229 betweenMethley and Woodlesford

Oxenhope BranchSaltaire

Bridge No. 6, at 1 m. 33 chains betweenOtley and Burley

Bridge No. 19A, Ilkley Station, subwayBridge No. I , between Dewsbury East

Junction and Headfield JunctionGround Frame

Wakefield (Kirkgate)

Goole, Bridge No. 66, High levelmineral line

ARRANG EMENTS F O R T H E CLEARING O F T H E L I N EPARTICULARS O F B R EA K D O WN T R A IN S A N D AREAS O F

RESPONSIBILITIESPARTICULARS O F S N O W PL O U G H S A N D T H EIR L O C A T I O N

(Pamphlet dated 1st January, 1959)PAGE 15.Item 3. B uf f er Beam Ploughs.(a) Location.* A M E N D entry for Blyth to read 2 ploughs for use on Single lines attached to Class 3.25 locomotives.*D ELET E entr ies referr ing to Hexharn.

PAGE 16.Clearance of snow ploughs above rail level.* A M E N D first paragraph t o read:—

With all types of snow ploughs the clearance above rail level in the four-foot should never be less than 4 inches whenwear is at its maximum and working under heavy load of snow, and the dimensions outside the rails should never beless than six inches above rail level.

*D ELET E thi r d paragraph.

PAGE 17.

DepotsDistrict.

Hull.*DELETE: —

SpringheadINSERT:—

*Gool e

85

Prohibitions

Leeds (Holbeck) craneAll cranes

York crane (No. 151)

Cranes except Leeds (Holbeck)Through crossovers i n Station—

Ardsley crane (No. 101)

York crane (No. 151), through scissorscrossing between U p platform andUp Through lines

Doncaster crane (No. 107)

LOC A TION O F DEFREEZING APPARATUSType of Apparatus

Steam Lances

* A M E N D entries against Nor th and South Blyth referr ing t o :- Steam Lances—to read Hand Defreezers.* A M E N D entry against Heaton referr ing to Hand Defreezers to read:- - Steam Heater Defreezers.*D ELET E entry against Borough Gardens referring to Steam Lances.

2

——

York crane (No. 151) t o travel at ex-treme caution through Up platform.

—Through U p platform—Ardsley crane

(No. 101) to travel at caution.All cranes, 10 m.p.h.

All cranes, 10 m.p.h.All cranes—adjoining l i n e t o b e

blocked.

2

PAGE 18.* A M E N D entry against Norwood referr ing to Steam Lance to read—Steam Heater Defreezers.

Restrictions

(0. 4425)

(O. 4425)

(O. 4425)

(O. 4425)

(O. 4425)

86

SN OW PLOUGHSReferring to pages 36 and 37 of Supplement N o . 6 to the L.M.S. General Appendix.

The following additional instructions apply on Nor th Eastern Region lines:—Independent U ni ts .

Except as shown in the following paragraph, the position of locomotives employed with Snow Ploughs must be tenderto tender with a Snow Plough at the chimney end of each locomotive. A Guard must in all cases accompany the Snow Plough.

When Snow Ploughs are worked from one centre to another, the following arrangements must be adopted:—One locomotive to be used and marshalled between the Ploughs, except when only one Plough has to be conveyed, whenIt should be hauled.Speed not to exceed 25 m.p.h.Guard to travel in rear plough.Snow Ploughs must be signalled as shown below:—

When proceeding to clear the line.When returning t o Home Station after

ploughing.When proceeding to or from Shops or being

transferred from one point to anotherfor distribution purposes.

As Express Passenger Train (4 consecutively).As Ordinary Passenger Train (3-1).

As Class "J" Goods ( 4-1 ) .The Shunt Train for Fol lowing Train to Pass Signal (1-5-5) may be given whenever the sections in advance are

occupied by trains which the Snow Plough train must pass to reach the site of blockage.Light Steel Buffer Beam Ploughs.

In addition, Light Steel Buffer Beam Ploughs for fitting to the Buffer Beams of selected locomotives are available atcertain Motive Power Depots.

These Ploughs will only be fitted dur ing the Winter season and the Distr ict Motive Power Superintendents wi l l beresponsible for their fitting to the locomotives when snow is imminent.

When fitted, the Ploughs do not interfere with the normal working of locomotives. Care must, however, be takenwhen coupling the engine end of the locomotive, fitted w i th the single or double type of plough to vehicles, and alsowhen approaching buffer stops, as the Ploughs extend slightly beyond the buffers at rail level.

Stripe wagons and bogie vehicles of any type must not be marshalled next to a locomotive fitted w i th the LightSteel Snow Ploughs when being worked tender first.

(O. 4425)

* S N O W CLEARANCE ARRANGEMENTS

Defreezing apparatus is allocated to certain Signal boxes and Motive Power Depots to facilitate the clearance of snowand ice from points.

This equipment is of three types:—(1) S team heater defreezers, fixed on the buffer beam at the front or rear of locomotives. These work fromthe steam heater hose and force jets of steam on both rails simultaneously.(2) H a n d defreezers, consisting of approximately 60 feet of armoured rubber hose with a nozzle 8 ins, long

with a jet i n . to i n . diameter. These are worked from the combination injectors in locomotive cabs and by useof an adaptor two units can be used simultaneously.

(3) S team Lances, hand operated, are worked from the steam heater hose at the front or rear of locomotivesexcept in the case of ex L.M.S. standard types, when lances should be connected to the steam tube cleaning cockon the side of the smokebox. The emission of steam is controlled by the man using the lance by means of a tr iggerand a wider range of operation may be obtained by attaching a second hose.The equipment is intended for use at any place in the vicinity of the Signal box, or Motive Power Depot, to which

it is allocated, and, when required, the Station Master, Locomotive Shed Master, or other person in charge should requestor provide, as the case may be, a suitable locomotive by arrangement with the appropriate District Control, or if telephoniccommunication wi th the Control is not available to a Station Master, direct to the nearest Motive Power Depot. Shoulda suitable locomotive be available in the vicinity of the Signal box concerned, author ity to utilise this must be requestedthrough the Distr ict Control or Motive Power Depot as the case may be.

A steam lance or steam heater defreezer should be coupled to or uncoupled from a locomotive by Motive Power Staff.A hand defreezer operated from the infector must only be fixed t o or removed from a locomotive by Motive PowerMaintenance Staff.

The steam j et must be directed on to the switches by any Traffic or Permanent Way Staff available, w ho will beresponsible for operating the lance, and also for the spreading of salt after the snow and ice have been melted.

Permanent Way Inspectors are responsible for ensuring that an adequate supply of salt is on hand.When using the lance, care must be taken to avoid ballast being lifted by the force of the jet, as there is a possibility

of the ballast falling on slide chairs and other connections, causing subsequent failures.After the points have been cleared and the apparatus uncoupled, i t must be returned immediately to the Signal

box or Motive Power Depot to which i t is allocated so that it may be available if subsequently required at any other pointin the vicinity.

Station Masters who supervise the Signal boxes where the equipment is stored must inspect i t monthly in order tosatisfy themselves that the whole of the equipment, including spanner, is available, that there is no sign of deterioration,and that i t is kept clean and ready for use. Locomotive Shed Masters must arrange similar inspections of equipment keptat thei r Depots.

_ Steam lances must not be used on or in the vicinity of electrified lines.(These instructions supersede those in the Midland Division Sectional Appendix (page 288, Supplement No. 6, page 158) and theCmerat Division Sectional Appendix (page 185, Supplement No. 6, page 86) so far as they are applicable to lines now in the North&stem Region.) ( O . 4425, O. 6335)

LIST OF SIGNAL BOXES, A D D ITION A L R U N N IN G LINES, LOOPSAND REFUGE SIDINGS, H OU R S OF D U TY

(Booklets dated 16th September, 1957, until further notice)

Page S i g n a l Box H o u r s Signal Box openQ•1 D E L E T E : -

Arksey Shaftholme • •Moss StationIN SER T : -

Balne Shaftholme• • • • Continuously.Moss • • Continuously.

Distance from Shaftholme, 2 miles 1,465 yards. ( O . 9008)Selby Brayton 5 . 0 a.m. to 7.40 p.m. M onday to Saturday.

Gate box other times. ( O . 7410)Baskelf Station • C l o s e d . Delete all entries.PiIm oor South A m e n d "Distance between Signal Boxes" to r ead: -

4 miles 370 yards. ( 0 . 8 6 5 1 )

Q.2 * F e r r y h i l l N o. 3 C o n t i n u o u s from 4•30 a.m. M onday unti l passing of 5.30 p.m. " A"Leeds t o Newcastle and 7.10 p.m. " A " Newcastle t o Br istolSunday.

Q.3 H e a t o n Riverside 6 . 0 a.m. M onday t o 6.0 a.m. Sunday. Opens at 5.0 a.m. onMondays, 20th October to 6th Apri l .

Station • • C o n t i n u o u s l y .

ChevingtonSouthsideWarkworth

Acklington StationAl nm outh Shilbottle

R.1

Benton Quarry • •Benton Nor th • S u p e r v i s e d by Ki l l i ngwor th.Forest Hall • •Cram lingtonPlesseyStanningtonClifton CrossingPegswood Station 8 . 4 5 a.m. to 4.5 p.m. M onday to Fr iday.

7.0 a.m. to 2.20 p.m. Saturday.Longhirst • S u p e r v i s e d by W i ddr i ngton.*W iddrington North 8 . 1 5 a.m. to 4.15 p.m. Saturday excepted.

8.15 a.m. to 12.15 p.m. Saturdays only.

Supervised by Ack l i ngton.

6.0 a.m. M onday to 12.0 midnight Saturday.7.45 a.m. to 3.45 p.m. M onday to Fr iday.7.30 a.m. to 11.30 a.m. Saturday.

Howick Heugh • •Little MillStamford Crossing

Goswick •Scremerston

Berwick Marshall Meadows

Saltburn West •

*South Bank Station

*Middlesbrough East

Middlesbrough Old Town

Newport West

Thornaby East

Dinsdale Oak Tree

*W es t

1

1

1

87

and relative entries.

Supervised by Anni ts for d.

Supervised by Longhoughton.

Christon Bank S u p e r v i s e d by Chathi l l .

Q.4 L u c k e r S u p e r v i s e d by Bel for d.

•.: I Supervised by Beal .

6.0 a.m. M onday to TO a.m. Sunday (Summer).6.0 a.m. Monday to 6.0 a.m. Sunday (Winter).

4.45 a.m. Monday to cessation of Freight traffic Sunday.9.30 p.m. to 11.15 pm. Sunday.

3.0 a.m. M onday to 6.0 a.m. Sunday.As required Sunday.

4.45 a.m. to cessation of traffic Monday.4.0 a.m. to cessation of traffic Tuesday to Saturday.4.30 a.m. to cessation of traffic Sunday.4.45 a.m. to cessation of traffic Monday.4.0 a.m. to cessation of traffic Tuesday to Saturday.4.30 a.m, to cessation of traffic Sunday.

6.0 a.m. Monday to cessation of Freight traffic Sunday.DELETE all entries.

(O. 8574)

(0.7410)

(O. 8574)(0.7410)

(O. 8574)

(O. 8574)

(0.7410)

AM EN D distance between Signal boxes to read 1 mile 545 yards.(O. 8487)

6.0 a.m. to cessation of Passenger traffic Monday to Saturday.

• LIST OF SIGNAL BOXES, ADDITIONAL RUNNI NG LINES, LOOPS A N D REFUGESIDINGS, HOURS OF DUTY-continued

(Booklets dated 16th September, 1957, until further notice)-continued

Page S i g n a l Box H o u r s Signal Box openR.2 M i d d l e s b r o u g h Goods Yard 6 . 0 a.m. Monday to cessation of Freight traffic Sunday.

Newpor t Foreshore 3 . 0 a.m. Monday to 6.0 a.m. Sunday.

Middlesbrough Goods Yard 6 . 0 a.m. M onday to cessation of Freight traffic Sunday.(0.7410)

* Stoc k ton Primrose Hill 4 . 5 5 a.m. to 10.55 p.m. Monday to Saturday. As required Sunday.

*D ar l i ngton Lingfield Lane 9 . 3 0 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. Monday to Fr iday.9.0 a.m. to 1.0 p.m. Saturday.

R.3 S t o c k t o n Stockton Bank 4 . 0 a.m. M onday to 2.0 p.m. Sunday.

Por t C larence Station 5 . 4 5 a.m. to 11.0 p.m. M onday to Saturday.Haverton Hill South

1 I N S E R T distance I mile 60 yards.Belasis Lane

R.4 N o r t h Skelton Longacres D E L E T E all entries.

*Station A M E N D distance between Signal Boxes to read 2 miles 743 yards.7.0 a.m. to 2.40 p.m. M onday to Saturday. ( O . 6655)

DELETE: -West Clif f

StationHinderwell§Kettleness§Station

Staithes§Station

Brotton§ Loftus

Skinningrove Huntcriffe

R.4 and R.5 A M E N D sub-heading:-LOFTUS AND MIDDLESBROUGH (VIA GU1SBOROUGH).(O. 8574/11)

R.5 B r o t t o n Station A M E N D distance between Signal Boxes, 3 miles 303Boosbeck Station

*Guisborough GuisboroughNunthorpe East

Station

R.6 R e d m a r s h a l l EastRedmarshall Station

*Trenholme Bar Station* P o t t o Station*Sex how Station

Ingleby StationCastleton Station

Danby StationGlaisdale Station

R.7 S p e n n y m o o r Station

Merrington Lane..

Ushaw M oor New Brancepeth

Waterhouses Hass

Goods

fi

88

All entries.

DELETE distance.7 a.m. t o 7.30 p.m. M onday to Saturday.DELETE all entries.

7.0 a.m. to 7.45 p.m. M onday to Saturday.6.50 a.m. to 9.0 p.m. Monday to Saturday.AM EN D distance 2 miles 1,565 yards.7.15 a.m. to 7.35 p.m. M onday to Saturday.AM EN D distance I mile 66 yards.6.0 a.m. to 9.0 p.m. Monday t o Saturday.

AM EN D supervising Station t o read:-Sti l l ington.

Closed.Closed.Closed.

As required.7.10 a.m. to 7.10 p.m. M onday to Saturday.7.0 a.m. to 7.30 p.m. M onday to Saturday.6.55 a.m. to 7.40 p.m. M onday to Saturday.6.55 a.m. to 10.0 p.m. Saturday.

9.0 a.m. to 5.0 p.m. Monday to Fr iday.9.0 a.m. to 1.0 p.m. Saturday.9.0 a.m. to 5.0 p.m. M onday to Fr iday.9.0 a.m. to 1.0 p.m. Saturday.7.15 a.m. to 3.15 p.m. M onday to Fr iday.7.15 a.m. to 11.15 a.m. Saturday.7.20 a.m. to 3.20 p.m. M onday to Fr iday.7.50 a.m. to 11.20 a.m. Saturday.6.45 a.m. to 2.45 p.m. Monday to Fr iday.6.45 a.m. to 10.45 a.m. Saturday.

(O. 8574/11)(O. 7588)

yards.(O. 7588)

89

LIST OF SIGNAL BOXES, ADDITIONAL RUNNI NG LINES, LOOPS AND REFUGESIDINGS, HOURS OF DUTY-continued

(Booklets dated 16th September, 1957, until further notice)-continued

Page S i g n a l Box H o u r s Signal Box open

R.8 D a r l i n g t o n Charity 6 . 0 a.m, to passing o f 10.40 p.m. Class ' B Dar l ington t o BishopAuckland Monday to Saturday.

*Bishop Auckland East 4 . 1 5 a.m. to 11.40 p.m. Monday to Saturday.*W es t 5 . 1 0 a.m. to 11.40 p.m. Monday to Saturday.

Ether ley Station 4 . 4 5 a.m. to 11.10 p.m. M onday to Fr iday.4.45 am, to 11.30 p.m. Saturday.As required Sunday.

Wear Valley 5 . 0 a.m. to 7.40 p.m. M onday to Saturday.

AM EN D Description of Block System between Crook West and Tow Law to read: O ne Engine in Steam".Tow Law Station

* H ar p er ley Station

Wolsingham Station

R.9 P i e r c e b r i d g e StationForceth Junction

W inston Station

R.I0 R o m a l d k i r k Station

Is not a block post.

DELETE all entr ies.

*F r os ter l ey Broadwood D E L E T E all entr ies.

5.10 a.m. to 12 midnight Monday.6.30 a.m. to 12 midnight Tuesday to Saturday.DELETE entries.

(O. 8478)

6.45 a.m. to 5.0 p.m. M onday to Fr iday.6.45 a.m. to 12.30 p.m. Saturday.

* A M E N D distance between Signal boxes to r ead:-7 miles 941 yards.

Stanhope Station . 6 . 4 5 a.m. to 5.0 p.m. M onday to Fr iday.6.45 a.m. to 12 noon Saturday.

* A M E N D distances between Signal boxes to read:-5 miles 340 yards.

Westgate-in-Weardale Station 7 . 3 0 a.m. to 5.0 p.m. Monday to Friday.7.30 a.m. to 12 noon Saturday.

AM EN D distance: 4 miles, 1,423 yards.5.0 a.m, to cessation of traffic Monday.6.15 a.m. to cessation of traffic Tuesday to Saturday.

Broomielaw Station 5 . 0 a.m, to cessation of traffic Monday.6.30 a.m, to cessation of traffic Tuesday to Saturday.

Barnard Castle East 5 . 5 a.m. to cessation of traffic about 11.15 p.m. Monday.6.25 a.m, t o cessation o f traffic about 11.10 p.m. Tuesday t o

Saturday. A s required Sunday.West 5 . 5 a.m. to cessation of traffic about 11.15 p.m. Monday.

6.25 a.m, t o cessation o f traffic about 11.10 p.m. Tuesday t oSaturday.

*Tees Valley A s required between 5.25 a.m. and 8.0 p.m. M onday and between6.30 a.m. and 9.0 p.m. Tuesday to Saturday.

Lar ti ngton West 5 . 4 0 a.m. to 1.0 p.m. and 2.0 p.m. to 9.20 p.m. M onday to Fr iday.5.40 a.m. to 9.20 p.m. Saturday.

*Bow es Station 7 . 0 a.m. to 2.20 p.m. and 2.40 p.m. to 10.0 p.m. Monday to Saturday.

Barras Stainmore 7 . 0 a.m. to 12.30 p.m. and 1.30 p.m. to cessation of traffic Mondayto Saturday. As required Sunday (Summer).

Belah 7 . 1 0 a.m. to 2.0 p.m. and 3.0 p.m. to 11.10 p.m. M onday to Fr iday.7.0 a.m. to 11.10 p.m. Saturday.

Merrygill 8 . 4 0 a.m. to 4.0 p.m. M onday to Saturday.(O. 7410)

5.30 a.m. to 6.50 p.m. M onday to Friday.5.30 a.m. to 7.30 p.m. Saturday.

Middleton-in-Teesdale Station 5 . 3 0 a.m. to 8.10 p.m. Monday to Friday.6.15 a.m. to 8.55 p.m. Saturday.

Appleby Junction D E L E T E all entries.

Cl i fton M oor Station A M E N D distance between Signal Boxes to read 10 miles 575 yards.

Appleby East A M E N D description of Block System to Clifton Moor Station toread "Electric Token".

Brancepeth Station 5 . 2 5 a.m. to 9.25 p.m. M onday to Saturday.As required Sunday.

(O. 2740)

LIST OF SIGNAL BOXES, ADDITIONAL RUNNI NG LINES, LOOPS AND REFUGESIDINGS, HO URS OF DUTY-continued

(Booklets dated 16th September, 1957, until further notice)-continuedPage S i g n a l Box H o u r s Signal Box open

R.10-continued

W i l l i ngton Brancepeth Colliery 5 . 2 5 a.m. to 9.25 p.m. M onday to Saturday.Hunwich Station

R.I1*Bishop Auckland North

*B arnard Cast le Forthburn

*Coal Road

Scor ton Station

*C at t erick Bridge Station

Richmond Station

*Leeming Bar Station

Constable Burton § StationLeybu rn§ StationW est Auckland Fieldons Bridge

Evenwood Spring GardensRichmond §Station

5.4 W i l m i n g t o n Stoneferry.. A D D §.

S.5 D r i f fi e l d a n d Malton.*D ELET E all items under the above line heading.*Pickburn & Brodsworth Station

*Sprotborough Station

*Spr i nghead Springbank South

*Spr ingbank West

5.6 * C a r l t o n Towers Aire*Sykehouse Station* H u l l King George Dock..

*Holderness Drain South

*Graving Dock

*Alexandra Dock

5.7 * S p r i n g h e a d Springbank Nor th..

*W i l lerb y & Kirkella Station*L i t t le Weighton Station

*South Cave Station* N o r t h Cave Station

*Sandholme Station* N o r t h Eastrington West*South Howden West

*Asselby* D r ax Ouse Bridge

*D r ax Abbey*C arlt on Towers Station

*Ai r e*Gowdal l

*Ki r k s m eaton Doncaster Road*L ipt on & North Elmsall

Wrangbrook*Hemswor th East

90

5.25 a.m. to 9.25 p.m. M onday to Saturday.As required Sunday (Summer).4.20 a.m. to 7.0 p.m. M onday to Saturday.

6.15 a.m. t o 1.35 p.m. and 2.15 p.m. t o 9.35 p.m. M ondaySaturday.

6.20 a.m.to 1.40 p.m. and 2.15 p.m. t o 9.35 p.m. M ondaySaturday.

6.0 p.m. Sunday to 9.10 p.m. Monday.6.30 a.m. to 9.10 p.m. Tuesday to Friday.6.30 a.m. Saturday to 1.30 a.m. Sunday.6.0 p.m. Sunday to 9.0 p.m. Monday.6.30 a.m. to 9.0 p.m. Tuesday to Fr iday.6.30 a.m. Saturday to 1.20 a.m. Sunday.6.10 p.m. Sunday to 1.15 a.m. M onday.3.50 a.m. Monday to 8.55 p.m. Monday.6.40 a.m. to 8.55 p.m. Tuesday to Fr iday.6.40 a.m. Saturday to 1.15 a.m. Sunday.7.5 a.m. to 6.30 p.m. Monday to Saturday.As required Sunday.DELETE all entries.AM EN D distance 5 miles 1,598 yards. ( 0 . 6 0 8 8 )4.45 a.m, to cessation of traffic Monday to Saturday.As required Sunday.As required Monday to Saturday.9.5 a.m. Sunday to 1.30 a.m. M onday. 3 . 20 a.m. M onday t o

1.25 a.m. Tuesday. 6.40 a.m. to 1.25 a.m. following day, Tuesdayto Sunday. ( 0 . 7 4 1 0 )

to

to

7.40 a.m. to 3.40 p.m. or unti l traffic ceases M onday to Fr iday.7.40 a.m. to 11.40 a.m, or unti l traffic ceases Saturday.7.30 a.m. to 3.30 p.m. or unti l traffic ceases M onday to Fr iday.7.30 a.m. to 11.30 a.m. or unti l traffic ceases Saturday.8.50 a.m. to 4.10 p.m. or unti l traffic ceases M onday to Saturday.As Required Sunday.8.50 a.m. to 4.10 p.m. or unti l traffic ceases M onday to Saturday.As required Sunday.DELETE all entries.DELETE all entries.6.0 a.m. M onday to 10.0 p.m. or cessation of traffic 1S a t u r d a y .As required Sunday.5.35 a.m. M onday to 9.35 p.m. or cessation of traffic Saturday.As required Sunday.5.30 a.m. M onday to 9.30 p.m. or cessation of traffic Saturday.As required Sunday.5.15 a.m. M onday to 10.0 p.m. or cessation of traffic Saturday.As required Sunday.

5.10 a.m. M onday to 10.0 p.m. or cessation of traffic Saturday.As required Sunday.9.0 a.m. to 4.20 p.m. or unti l traffic ceases M onday to Saturday.7.30 a.m. to 3.30 p.m. M onday to Fr iday.7.30 a.m. to 11.30 a.m. Saturday.9.0 a.m. to 4.20 p.m. or unti l traffic ceases M onday to Saturday.7.30 a.m. to 3.30 p.m. M onday to Fr iday.7.30 a.m. to 11.30 a.m. Saturday.9.0 a.m. to 4.20 p.m. or unti traffic ceases M onday to Saturday.9.0 a.m. to 4.20 p.m. or unti traffic ceases M onday to Saturday.9.0 a.m. to 4.20 p.m. or unti traffic ceases M onday to Saturday.9.0 a.m. to 4.20 p.m. or unti traffic ceases M onday to Saturday.9.0 a.m. to 4.20 p.m. or unti traffic ceases M onday to Saturday.9.0 a.m. to 4.20 p.m. or unti traffic ceases M onday to Saturday.9.0 a.m. to 4.20 p.m. or unti traffic ceases M onday to Saturday.DELETE all entries.6.40 a.m. to 2.0 p.m. or unti l traffic into Hensal ceases M onday to

Saturday.7.0 a.m. to 2.20 p.m. or unti l traffic ceases M onday to Saturday.

7.0 a.m. to 2.20 p.m. or unti l traffic ceases M onday to Saturday.6.35 a.m. to 1.55 p.m. or until traffic ceases into Hemsworth Sidings

Monday to Saturday.

LIST

PageS.8

5.91.1

OF SIGNAL BOXES, ADDITIONAL RUNNI NG LINES, LOOPS A N D REFUGESIDINGS, HOURS OF DUTY-continued

(Booklets dated 16th September, 1957, until further notice)-continuedSignal Box H o u r s Signal Box open

* H u l l Holderness Drain Nor th 6 . 0 a.m. M onday to 10.0 p.m. or cessation of traffic Saturday.Knotti ngley Knottingley A. 4 . 3 0 a.m. M onday t o 5.0 a.m. Sunday or ear l ier on Control

instructions.

*H ens al l JunctionCastleford Station

Fryston SouthFryston Nor th

*Bolton Percy StationA M EN D : -

Mexborough Dearne Junction..

Swinton Wath Road JunctionT.2 M i c k l e fi e l d Station •

* As k er n Station* N o r t o n Station*W omersley Station11/4-Womersley Criddling Stubbs

T.3 C a s t l e f o r d GlasshoughtonLedston Station

Allerton Main

T.4 * H e a d i n g l e y Station

*Horsf ort h Station

*Arthington South

North

*W eet o n Rigton

*H arro g at e Crimple

Harrogate South

T.5 T a d c a s t e rINSERT immediately above

Stutton

Station

*Spofforth Station* W ether by South

Ben Rhydding Station

* I l k l ey Junction

Otley Milnerwood Junction

T.6 H o w a r d StationCram beck

Huttons Ambo Station

Castle

1.7 S e a m e r East

T.9 D E L E T E : -Kirbymoorside Station

IN SER T : -Kirbymoorside Station

1.I0 Y O R K GOOD S YARDUpYork

York Yard Nor thNo. 1 Up GoodsNo. 2 Up Goods

1

1

91

6.30 a.m. to 9.10 p.m. M onday to Saturday.

5.0 a.m. to 11.45 p.m. M onday to Saturday, as required Sunday.( 0 .7 41 0)

6.0 a.m. Monday to 6.0 a.m. Sunday.8.0 a.m. to 4.0 p.m. Monday to Fr iday. 9.0 a.m. to 1.0 p.m. Saturday.4.0 a.m. M onday to 6.0 a.m. Sunday.9.0 p.m. to 10.30 p.m. Sunday.

Continuously IContinuously jAM EN D RS.40 to U p Side.6.0 a.m. to 8.40 p.m. M onday to Saturday.6.0 a.m. to 8.40 p.m. M onday to Saturday.6.0 a.m. to 8.40 p.m. M onday to Saturday.6.0 a.m. to 8.40 p.m. M onday to Saturday.5.50 a.m. to 1.10 p.m. M onday to Satur day or unti l last mineral

train leaves Glasshoughton Colliery.5.10 a.m. to 7.50 p.m. or cessation of traffic Monday to Saturday.4.50 a.m. to 7.30 p.m. or cessation of traffic Monday to Saturday.

Supervised by Ledston.

6.5 a.m. to 10.30 p.m. M onday to Saturday.9.10 a.m. to 11.30 p.m. Sunday.(Delete reference to Gate Box.)6.10 a.m. to 10.35 p.m. Monday to Saturday.9.10 a.m. to 11.40 p.m. Sunday.6.35 a.m. to 10.35 p.m. M onday to Saturday.9.10 a.m. to 11.40 p.m. Sunday.6.35 a.m. to 9.5 p.m. M onday to Saturday.As required Sunday for traffic to or from the Otley direction.6.30 a.m. to 10.45 p.m. Monday to Saturday.9.15 a.m. to 11.45 p.m. Sunday.(Delete reference to Gate Box).4.15 a.m. M onday to TO a.m. Sunday.(3.0 p.m. Sunday to 11.0 p.m. Sunday Summer.)4.30 a.m. unti l after passing of 10.50 p.m. 'A' to Leeds M onday to

Friday.4.30 a.m, unti l after passing of 111-26 p . m . t o L e e d s S a t u r d a y .

As required Sunday.( 0 .7 41 0)

DELETE entries.

Eastern Region.

station ent r y : -Closed as a Block Post. W or ked as a Gate Box. Distance between

Signal Boxes to read, 3 miles 1,067 yards.AM EN D distance between Signal Boxes to read 1,658 yards.

(O. 562)4.10 a.m. Monday to 7.0 a.m, or cessation of Freight traffic Sunday.4.0 a.m. Monday to TO a.m, or cessation of Freight traffic Sunday.1.0 p.m. to 2.40 p.m. and 4.40 p.m. to 6.35 p.m. M onday to Fr iday.12.30 p.m. to 2.40 p.m. Saturday.4.20 a.m. to 11.10 p.m. Monday to Saturday.10.0 a.m. to 2.30 p.m. Sunday.12.0 noon to 1.15 p.m. and 5.30 p.m. to 6.20 p.m. Monday to Friday.12.0 noon to 1.0 p.m. Saturday.AM EN D supervising station to read "M enston" .AM EN D supervising station to read: Ki r kham Abbey.

AM EN D supervising station to read: M ai ton.

5.10 a.m. to cessation of traffic Monday to Saturday. As requiredSunday.

8.0 a.m. to 3.20 p.m. M onday to Saturday.

Not a Block Post.AM EN D descr iption o f Block system between Helmsley and

Kirbymoorside to read "One Engine in Steam". ( O . 8574)

(O. 3292)

LIST

PageU.1

Description ofBlock System

No Block

OF S I G NAL BOXES, A D D I T I O N A L R U N N I N G LI NES, LO O P S A N DSIDINGS, H O U R S O F DUTY - c ont i nue d

(Booklets dated loth September, 1957, until further notice)-continuedSignal Box H o u r s Signal Box open

* M i l !field StationPall ion StationHyl ton StationCox Green StationPenshaw NorthSeaton Station

M ur ton StationHaswell Station

Signal Box

Thornley§Station

Thornley Colliery

Page S i g n a l BoxU.2-continued Tr im don Deaf Hill

W ingate Station

Colliery

*C ast le Eden Station*Hesleden Station

Har t Station

U.3 W i n g a t e South

* Sout h D ock Londonderry*H ebburn Station* T yn e Dock Hilda

*Dunston-on-Tyne NorwoodHebburn West

StationJar row Station

Pontop

Tyne Dock St. BedesHarton

South Shields Station

GatesheadI §K i ng Edward Bridge

Dunston-on-TynePermissive J Bensham Curve

§Norwood

Derwenthaugh§Blaydon Main

No block I Blaydon§Station

Dunston-on-Tyne§Blaydon Main

Permissive B l a y d o nSouth

U.2 T H O R N L E Y COLLIERY BRANCHDELETE existing entr ies and I N SER T : -

92

7.30 a.m. to 2.50 p.m. M onday to Saturday.6.30 a.m. to 9.10 p.m. Monday to Saturday.6.30 a.m. to 10.55 p.m. Monday to Saturday.6.30 a.m. to 10.50 p.m. M onday to Saturday.ADD §.7.0 a.m. to 3.0 p.m. Monday to Friday.8.0 a.m. to 4.0 p.m. Saturday.7.10 a.m. to 3.58 p.m. Monday to Fr iday.7.0 a.m. to 3.0 p.m. Monday to Fr iday.8.0 a.m. to 12. noon Saturday.

Distance betweenSignal Boxes

Miles Y a r d s Hours Signal Box open

0 0 S e e Sunderland and Castle Eden table.

1475 N o t a Block Post.

DELETE all entr ies.AM EN D distance to read I mite 1,327 yards and Hours open tor ead:-7.0 a.m. to 3.0 p.m. Monday to Fr iday.7.0 a.m. to 11.0 a.m. Saturday. ( 0 . 7 9 2 0 )7.30 a.m. to 3.30 p.m. Monday to Fr iday.7.30 a.m. to 11.30 a.m. Saturday.As required.7.15 a.m. to 7.15 p.m. each weekday.6.0 a.m. to 8.40 p.m. Monday to Saturday.

9.0 a.m. to 5.0 p.m. Monday to Fr iday.8.0 a.m. to 12.0 noon Saturday.6.0 a.m. to 10.30 p.m. Monday to Saturday.5.30 a.m. to 8.10 p.m. Monday to Saturday.11.15 a.m. to 6.25 p.m. Monday to Fr iday.7.20 a.m. to 2.40 p.m. Saturday.5.30 a.m. to 10.0 p.m.Saturdays excepted.5.30 a.m. to 9.30 p.m. Saturdays only.5.30 a.m. to 8.10 p.m. Monday to Saturday.5.30 a.m. to 9.30 p.m. Monday to Saturday. ( O . 7410)7.20 a.m. to 10.15 p.m. Monday to Saturday.9.30 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. Monday to Fr iday.9.30 a.m. to 1.30 p.m. Saturday. ( 0 . 7 4 1 0 )6.0 a.m. to 8.40 p.m. Monday to Saturday. ( O . 7410)6.0 a.m. M onday to 11.59 p.m. Saturday.Continuously.

Hours Signal Box open

GATESHEAD AN D BLAYDON VIA NORWOODDELETE existing entr ies and I N SER T : -

Description ofBlock System S i g n a l Box

on Main lines

Distancebetween

Signal Boxesm. y d s .

Hours Signal Box open

REFUGE

(0.7410)(O. 7410)

(0.7410)

(O. 8274)

0 0 See Shaftholme and Berwick Table (Section Q).

0 1506 5.30 a.m. to 9.30 p.m. M onday to Saturday.0 1072 5 . 0 a.m. M onday to cessation of traffic about

6.15 a.m. Sunday.2 5 5 5.4.5 a.m. to 9.45 p.m. M onday to Saturday.0 6 3 5 5 . 0 a.m. M onday to cessation of traffic about

6.15 a.m. Sunday.

0 1571 S ee Newcastle and Carlisle Table (Section V).

0 0 See above.

0 5 2 6 See Newcastle and Durham (via Blackhill)Table.

LIST

Page

U.4

OF SIGNAL BOXES, ADDITIONAL RUNNI NG LINES, LOOPS A N D REFUGESIDINGS, HO URS OF DUTY-continued

(Booklets dated 16th September, 1957, until further notice)-continuedSignal Box H o u r s Signal Box open

GATESHEAD AN D BLAYDON VIA NORW OOD-continued

Blaydon MainSouth PelawAnnfield Plain Annfield EastLeadgate South Medomsley

Consett Carrhouse East..*Carrhouse West

EastFell

* H e t t o n Hetton Colliery*Stati on

*Pit t ington Station •U.5 T y n e Dock Whitburn

Simonside

East Bo!don Fullwell*Monkwearmouth Wearmouth

Seaham Hall Dene

Station •

Easington StationBlackhall Rocks Station

U.6 * S h e r b u r n Colliery North

*D u rh am Goods Belmont

Penshaw Wapping BridgeStationNorth

Pelaw Wardley*Felling Station*Gateshead St. James Bridge

IN SER T : -

Dawdon

Bo!don Colliery §Hedworth

East 13o'don §-I I l e S h e d

Stella Gill Oxhill

Stella Gil l Flats

Durham Turnpike*South Pelaw

Stella Gill and South Pelaw

•• •• •

U.7 * C o n s e t t Nor thSouth

Durham Baxter Wood No. 1* W i t t o n Gi l ber t Malton Colliery

U.8 T y n e Dock Tyne Dock BottomBank TopGreen Lane • •

Boldon Col l iery Pontop CrossingHedworth LaneWest Boldon..

Uswor th Three Horse ShoesW ashington Biddick Lane

Harraton

•• •• •

93

Supervised by Dunston-on-Tyne.Supervised by Stel l a Gi l l .6.0 a.m. Monday to cessation of traffic Sunday.3.45 a.m. to 7.45 p.m. or cessation of traffic Monday to Friday.3.45 a.m. to 11.45 a.m. or cessation of traffic Saturday. (O. 7410)7.0 a.m. to 9.40 p.m. M onday to Saturday.5.30 a.m. Monday to 10.0 p.m. Saturday.7.0 a.m. to 2.20 p.m. Monday to Saturday.6.0 a.m. to 10.0 p.m. Monday to Saturday.7.30 a.m. to 4.18 p.m. Monday to Friday.8.0 a.m. to 4.48 p.m. Monday to Friday.8.0 a.m. to 4.48 p.m. Monday to Friday. ( 0 .7 4 1 0 ) (0.7410)8.0 a.m. to 4.48 p.m. Monday to Friday.10.0 a.m. to 6.0 p.m. Monday to Friday.8.0 a.m. to 12 noon Saturday.6.15 a.m. to 8.55 p.m. Monday to Saturday.5.0 a.m. Monday to 5.0 a.m. Sunday.5.30 a.m. Monday to after passing of 10.30 p.m. Newcastle to King's

Cross Sunday.5.30 a.m. Monday to after passing of 10.30 p.m. Newcastle to King's

Cross Sunday.5.30 a.m. Monday to after passing of 10.30 p.m. Newcastle to King's

Cross Sunday.5.20 a.m. to 8.0 p.m. Monday to Saturday.5.40 a.m. to 9.40 p.m. M onday to Saturday.8.0 a.m. to 5.0 p.m. M onday to Fr iday.8.0 a.m. to 12.0 noon Saturday.6.30 a.m. to 6.0 p.m. Monday to Fr iday.6.0 a.m. to 2.0 p.m. Saturday.6.35 a.m. to 9.15 p.m. M onday to Saturday.6.35 a.m. to 9.15 p.m. Monday to Saturday.6.35 a.m. to 10.50 p.m. M onday to Saturday.7.45 a.m. to 4.33 p.m. M onday to Fr iday.5.0 a.m. to 11.0 p.m. M onday to Saturday.4.30 a.m. Monday to 2.0 p.m. Sunday.

* N OR T H D O C K B R A N C HMonkwearmouth m . yds.

One engine N o r t h Dock 0 0 S e e Newcastle and W est Hartlepool table.in steam F u l w e l l Level Crossing 0 547 N o t a Block post.

5.30 a.m. M onday to 9.30 p.m. Saturday.12.1 a.m. Monday to 12.0 midnight Saturday.10.0 a.m. to 5.20 p.m. Monday to Saturday. ( 0 . 7 4 1 0 )9.45 a.m, t o depar ture of return Consett local Freight Tuesday

and Fr iday only.5.40 a.m. to 10.20 p.m. or cessation of traffic Monday to Saturday.5.40 a.m. Monday to 6.0 a.m. Sunday.5.45 a.m. M onday to 6.0 a.m. Sunday. ( O . 7410)6.05 a.m. to 8.45 p.m. M onday to Saturday.6.05 a.m. to 8.45 p.m. Monday to Saturday.6.05 a.m. to 8.45 p.m. M onday to Saturday.6.05 a.m. to 8.45 p.m. Monday to Saturday.6.15 a.m, to cessation of traffic Monday to Saturday.8.0 a.m. to 8.0 p.m. Monday to Friday.7.30 a.m. to 2.0 p.m. Saturday. ( O . 7410)

Lane -) DELETE all entries under working by Single line.

j - N o Token entry.9.0 a.m. to 4.20 p.m. Monday to Fr iday.6.0 a.m. to 1.20 p.m. Saturday. ( 0 . 7 4 1 0 )6.0 a.m. to 10.0 p.m. Monday to Fr iday.6.0 a.m. to 2.0 p.m. Saturday.DELETE all entries.6.0 a.m. Monday to 10.0 p.m. or after cessation of traffic Saturday.AM EN D distance between Signal Boxes to read, 2 miles 177 yards.

(0.7413)

(0. 8245)

LIST OF SIGNAL BOXES, ADDITIONAL RUNNI NG LINES, LOOPS A N D REFUGESIDINGS, HOURS OF DUTY-continued

(Booklets dated 16th September, 1957, until further notice)-continuedPage S i g n a l Box H o u r s Signal Box open

V.1 * W y l a m Clara Vale 8 . 1 5 a.m. to 4.15 p.m. Monday to Fr iday.9.30 a.m. to 1.30 p.m. Saturday.

*Stati on . . 6 . 0 a.m. to 10.0 p.m. each weekday.Gate Box other times.

Stocksfield Station 6 . 3 0 a.m. to 10.55 p.m. M onday to Saturday.As required Sunday. ( O . 7410)

Scotswood Montague . 8 . 1 5 a.m. to 4.15 p.m. Monday to Friday.8.15 a.m. to 12.15 p.m. Saturday.

Lemington Walbottle . . 8 . 1 5 a.m. to 4.15 p.m. Monday to Friday.8.15 a.m. to 12.15 p.m. Saturday. ( 0 .7 4 1 0 )Hexham Border Counties C l o s e d .

V.2 C o l d s t r e a m Station A M E N D description o f Block System to AkeId Station t o read"Electric Token".

AkeId Station A M E N D description of Block System to W ooler Station to read"One Engine in Steam". ( O . 8574)

V.4 C h o p p i n g t o n Station 6 . 0 a.m. to 10.0 p.m. M onday to Fr iday.6.0 a.m. to 2.0 p.m. or cessation of traffic Saturday.

Hepscott Station 6 . 0 a.m. to 10.0 p.m. Monday to Fr iday.6.0 a.m. to 2.0 p.m. or cessation of traffic Saturday.

V.5 * M y t h Crofton Mill 1 0 . 0 a.m. to 6.0 p.m. Monday to Fr iday.9.0 a.m. to 1.0 p.m. Saturday.

South Gosforth West 5 . 1 5 a.m. to 7.55 p.m. Monday to Saturday.

Coxiodge Station 1 A M E N D method of working between these Signal Boxes to read"Electric Token".Cal ler ton Station • •N or th Seaton Station 5 . 0 a.m. to 9.0 p.m. M onday to Saturday.

Gate Box 9.0 p.m. t o 5.0 a.m. M onday to Fr iday and 9.0 p.m.Saturday unti l after passing of 12.40 a.m. Sunday Class 'C' exNewbiggin.

V.6 H o w d e n Station 6 . 1 5 a.m. Sunday to 1.0 a.m. Sunday.Wallsend Church Pit 6 . 0 a.m. Sunday to 1.0 a.m. Sunday.Percy Main Station 6 . 1 5 a.m. Sunday to 1.0 a.m. Sunday.Tynem outh South 6 . 1 5 a.m. Sunday to 1.0 a.m. Sunday.

North 6 . 0 a.m. to 8.40 p.m. M onday to Saturday.As required Sunday.

South Gosfor th Station 4 . 0 a.m. to 9.30 p.m. M onday to Saturday.INSERT Up Refuge Siding, standage 34.

Benton Station 1 . 0 a.m. to 7.50 p.m. M onday to Saturday.As required Sunday.

East 4 . 3 0 a.m. M onday to 12 midnight Saturday or cessation of Freighttraffic. Opens at 3.30 a.m. Mondays 20th October to 13th April.

Monkseaton Earsdon Grange . . C l osed.

V.7 C a r v i l l e Station 6 . 2 5 a.m. to 9.5 p.m. Monday to Saturday. ( O . 7410)Parsons Works.. C l o s e d .Reedsmouth Junction A s required.

DELETE HEXHAM AN D RICCARTON and al l entr ies thereunder.AM EN D headi ng:-

MORPETH, ROTHBURY AND BELLINGHAM.INSERT after Reedsmouth Junction,

Bel l ingham Station B l o c k System-Electr ic token Distance 1 m i le 1,301 yards.Open as required. ( 0 . 8574/3)

W.1 H e m s w o r t h Fitzwilliam 6 . 0 a.m. t o 9.20 p.m. or passing o f WTT No. 64 Down FreightMonday to Friday.

6.0 a.m. to 9.20 p.m. Saturday.W r enthor pe Nor th 3 . 3 0 a.m. M onday unti l 6.9 a.m. Sunday or passing of Last Down

Freight.Lofthouse Nor th.. 3 . 3 0 a.m. M onday unti l 6.0 a.m. Sunday or passing of Last Down

Freight.Ardsley South 4 . 3 0 a.m. M onday unti l 6.0 a.m. Sunday.Beeston Junction.. 4 . 0 a.m. Monday until 12 midnight Saturday: 9.30 a.m. to 11.0 p.m.

Sunday.

W.2 H o l b e c k High LevelWortley South

Hare Park Sharlston West

94

Continuously.10.20 a.m. to 6.20 p.m. or after passing of 130 Up Freight train

Monday to Friday.10.20 a.m. unti l after passing of 1397 Up Freight train Saturday.

LIST OF SIGNAL BOXES, ADDITIONAL RUNNI NG LINES, LOOPS AND REFUGE

PageW.3

SIDINGS, HOURS OF DUTY-continued(Booklets dated 16th September, 1957, unt il further not ice)-cont inued

Signal BoxHolbeck High Level

Wortley West 3.30 a.m. Monday to 12.0 midnight Saturday.9.30 a.m. to 12.0 midnight Sunday.

Also AM EN D supervising station to r ead:- Leeds Central.Bramley Station 3 . 2 0 a.m. M onday to 1.0 a.m. Sunday or unti l after passing of last

Down empty Diesel train. 8.30 a.m. Sunday unti l after passingof last train or engine.

4.20 a.m. M onday, 5.30 a.m. Tuesday to Satur day to 10.0 p.m.or last engine has turned.

6.0 a.m. M onday to 5.30 a.m. Sunday.4.20 a.m. to 11.30 p.m. M onday to Saturday.8.35 a.m, unti l after the passing of W.T.T. No. 648 Down Freight

Monday to Saturday.4.20 a.m. t o 8.0 p.m. o r after passing of 395 U p Freight train

Monday to Fr iday. 4.20 a.m. to 7.0 p.m. Saturday.As required. ( O . 7410)5.0 a.m. M onday unti l cessation of traffic Sunday.5.0 a.m. M onday unti l cessation of traffic Sunday.

6.20 a.m. to 9.0 p.m. Monday. 5.45 a.m. to 8.25 p.m. Tuesday toSaturday.

5.20 a.m. M onday unti l after passing of No. 1664 Down FreightSunday morning.

5.30 a.m. M onday unti l after passing of No. 1664 Down FreightSunday morning.

W.4 W r e n t h o r p e West

*SouthOssett East

*Earlsheaton Station

Dewsbury Central Junction

Drighlington StationDr ighl ington Adwalton JunctionBirkenshaw Station

W.5 L o f t h o u s e East

*St an ley Station

*M et h ley South

W.6 L e e d s , Wellington St reet*Geldard

Great Horton Station

Laisterdyke Quarry GapShipley StationLaisterdyke Hall Lane

W.7 B r a d f o r d (Exchange)Coal Shoots

W.8 * B r i g h o u s e Cooper Bridge*M irfield No. 2

Mirfield No. 5

*Thornhill No. 2Thornhill No. 3Thornhill

Dewsbury West Junction

W.9 H a l i f a x Goods Yard

•

Holdsworth Bridge*Liversedge (Central) Station

Cleckheaton (Central) North

*South. .

Mirfield No. 4

Dar ton Station

Silkstone Junction

Haigh Wooley Coal SidingStation

Horbury (Millfield Road)Junction

95

Hours Signal Box open

5.10 a.m. M onday to 10.10 p.m. Satur day or unti l passing of lasttrain or l ight engine.

7.0 a.m. t o 2.50 p.m. or unti l after passing of 891 U p FreightMonday to Fr iday: 7.0 a.m. to 10.50 a.m. Saturday.

4.30 a.m. M onday until cessation of traffic Saturday.5.0 a.m. unti l cessation of traffic Monday to Saturday.Continuously.

6.0 a.m. to 10.0 p.m. M onday to Saturday.

Monday to Saturday. 5.30 a.m. to 9.20 p.m.11.55 p.m. Sunday to 8.0 a.m. Sunday.6.0 a.m. M onday to passing of last required to enter into Mirfield

Up Sidings, Sunday.Closed.DELETE all entries.

AM EN D distance to read 844 yards.(O. 9223)

5.0 a.m. t o 9.0 p.m. M onday to Fr iday. 5.0 a.m. t o 1.0 p.m.Saturday.

5.0 a.m. to 9.0 p.m. M onday to Saturday.Monday to Fr iday. 6.45 a.m. to 2.35 p.m.Saturday. 6.45 a.m. to 10.35 a.m.5.20 a.m. to 9.50 p.m. M onday.5.50 a.m. to 9.50 p.m. Tuesday to Saturday.Monday to Fr iday. 6.30 a.m. to 7.15 a.m., 12.30 p.m. to 1.45 p.m.,

4.0 p.m. to 8.0 p.m.Saturday. 6.30 a.m. to 7.15 a.m., 12.30 p.m. to 1.45 p.m., 4.0 p.m.

4.30 p.m., 6.15 p.m. to 7.15 p.m.5.0 a.m. M onday t o 6.0 a.m. Sunday or earl ier on Control

Instructions.

Monday to Fr iday. 5.30 a.m. to 10.0 p.m.Saturday. 5.30 a.m. to 9.20 p.m.As required.Monday to Fr iday. 5.15 a.m. to 9.5 p.m.Saturday. 7.0 a.m. to 2.50 p.m.Monday to Fr iday. 5.50 a.m. to 9.40 p.m.Saturday. 9.0 a.m. to 4.50 p.m.

Continuously.

(0.7410)

96

LIST OF SIGNAL BOXES, ADDITIONAL RUNNI NG LINES, LOOPS AND REFUGESIDINGS, HO URS OF DUTY-continued

(Booklets dated 16th September, 1957, unt il further not ice) -cont inued* Denotes i tem not previously shown.

Page S i g n a l Box H o u r s Signal Box openW . 1 0-c o n ti n u ed

Crigglestone West Junction

W .I I

W.12

X.1

*Featherstone Snydale West

Snydale EastColliery

Knotti ngley Knattingley A.

Knottingley B.Pontefract East

Crofton Crofton SouthCrofton Hall Sidings

GrimethorpeShafton

Grimethorpe Sidings

Houghton Sidings

Thurnscoe Junction

Hickleton Colliery Sidings

Goldthorpe Colliery

BarnboroughCastleford

Glasshoughton WestGlasshoughton East

Horbury and Osset t*Middlestown Junction

Cudworth§Station South§Station Nor th§South JunctionCarlton Nor th Sidings

Royston*Hodroyd' s and Monckton Main

SidingsW al ton SnydaleMethley Nort h JunctionWoodlesford Station

Waterloo Colliery SidingsHunsiet Rothwell Haigh

South Junction

X.2 A r m ley (Canal Road) No. 2No. 1

*Shi pl ey Guiseley JunctionCalverley & Rodley Station

*Salt aire StationBingley Marley Junction..Keighley Thwaites Junction

*Keighley South

.•• •• •

•• •• •.•• •

DELETE: -Stairfoot

Grimethorpe Colliery Sidings(Eastern Operating Area)

IN SER T: -Cudworth

Grimethorpe Colliery Siding

4.50 a.m. to 11.50 p.m. Monday to Saturday.10.0 a.m. to 11.0 p.m. Sunday.Monday to Friday. 9.0 a.m. to 5.0 p.m.Saturday. 9.0 a.m. to 1.0 p.m.6.0 a.m. Monday to 1.50 p.m. Saturday.6.0 a.m. Monday to 1.50 p.m. Saturday.4.30 a.m. M onday t o 5.0 a.m. Sunday or ear l ier on ControlInstructions.5.0 a.m. to 9.20 p.m., Monday to Saturday.Monday to Saturday. 5.30 a.m. to 11.30 p.m. ( 0 . 7 4 1 0 )

5.30 a.m. Monday to 2.0 p.m. Saturday.5.30 a.m. Monday to 2.0 p.m. Saturday.

Monday. 5.45 a.m. to 9.45 p.m.Tuesday to Fr iday. 5.0 a.m. to 9.0 p.m.Saturday. 5.0 a.m. to 1.0 p.m.Monday to Fr iday. 6.0 a.m. to 10.0 p.m.Saturday. 6.0 a.m. to 2.0 p.m.Monday to Friday. 8.0 a.m. to 3.20 p.m.Saturday. 8.0 a.m. to 2.0 p.m.Monday to Friday. 6.0 a.m. to 7.40 p.m.Saturday. 6.0 a.m. to 1.20 p.m.Monday to Friday. 5.0 a.m. to 7.40 p.m.Saturday. 5.0 a.m. to 2.0 p.m. or cessation of traffic.Monday to Friday. 9.40 a.m. to 5.0 p.m.Saturday. 9.40 a.m. to 2.0 p.m.Monday to Fr iday. 5.20 a.m. to 8.0 p.m.Saturday. 5.20 a.m. to 2.0 p.m. or cessation of traffic.

Monday to Saturday. 7.0 a.m. to 3.50 p.m.Monday to Saturday. 7.0 a.m. to 3.50 p.m.

Monday to Friday 6.0 a.m. t o 3.50 p.m. Saturday 6.0 a.m. to1.10 p.m.

AM EN D name of Signal Box to read "Station".DELETE all entries.AM EN D distance to read "770 yards".5.0 a.m. M onday to 5.50 a.m. or cessation of traffic Sunday.

(0.7410)

Monday to Saturday. 6.40 a.m. to 9.10 p.m.

12.1 a.m. M onday to 9.50 p.m. Saturday.6.0 a.m. Monday to 5.50 a.m. Sunday.6.0 a.m. Monday to 11.50 p.m. Saturday.11.55 p.m. Sunday to 5.50 a.m. Sunday.6.0 a.m. to 9.50 p.m. Monday to Saturday.6.0 a.m. Monday to 5.50 a.m. Sunday.6.0 a.m. Monday to 5.50 a.m. Sunday.Monday to Saturday. 6.0 a.m. to 9.50 p.m.Monday to Saturday. 6.30 a.m. to 10.55 p.m.Monday to Saturday. 6.0 a.m. to 9.50 p.m.Monday to Saturday. 12.40 p.m. to 1.0 p.m.6.0 a.m. Monday to 5.50 a.m. Sunday.11.55 p.m. Sunday to 5.50 a.m. Sunday.Monday to Fr iday. 11.5 a.m. to 1.5 p.m., 5.40 p.m. to 6.35

8.0 p.m. to 8.45 p.m.Saturday. 11.5 a.m. to 1.5 p.m., 5.40 p.m. to 6.35 p.m.

All particulars.

Monday to Friday. 8.0 a.m. to 3.50 p.m.Saturday. 8.0 a.m. to 11.50 a.m.DISTANCE from Storrs Mill, 1,246 yards.

(O. 7410)

(O. 7410)

(0.7410)

p.m.,

LIST OF SIGNAL BOXES, ADDITIONAL RUNNI NG LINES, LOOPS AND REFUGESIDINGS, HOURS OF DUTY-continued

(Booklets dated 16th September, 1957, unt il further not ice)-cont inued* Denotes i tem not previously shown.

Page S i g n a l Box H o u r s Signal Box openX.3 C u d w o r t h Station South A M E N D name of Signal Box to read "Station". ( O . 8523)

Monk Bretton Station M o n d a y to Fr iday. 6.10 a.m. to 10.0 p.m.Saturday. 6.10 a.m. to 2.0 p.m.

INSERT (after C udw or th, Br ier l ey ) :-Monckton Empty Sidings D i s t a n c e from Brierley-1,194 yards Down Goods Loop (capacity 58

wagons) 9.30 a.m. to 5.20 p.m. Mondays to Fr idays. 7.30 a.m.to 11.20 a.m. Saturdays.

Yard Nor th A M E N D distance 1,715 yards. ( 0 . 8 5 2 3 )Cudwor th West Junction 5 . 3 0 a.m. to 9.20 p.m. Monday to Saturday.

X.4 G u i s e ley Station

LM.5

LM.30

Rawdon Junction* M ens ton Junction

* I l k l ey Junction

*Addingham Station*Bolton Abbey Station*Em bsay Station

*JunctionYeadon

X.5 * O t l e y Station •* M ens ton Milrerwood Junction.*Grassington Station

*Shi pl ey Goods Sidings

X.6 L o n g w o o d & MilnsbridgeLongwood Goods

*H uddersfield No. I* No. 2

IN SER T : -*§Huddersfield Huddersfield

(Distance from Springwood*H udder sfiel d Hillhouse No. I

AM EN D distance 986 yards.*H udder sfiel d Hillhouse No. 2* Ingrow East

X.7 L o c k w o o d No. 2

Honley Station

Berry Brow StationX.8 D e w s b u r y (Wellington Road)

No.!* N o. 2 • •

X.9 H e c k m o n d w i k e CentralSpen Goods

Cleckheaton (Central)Cleckheaton Spen Station

X.I0 C o p l e y Hill No.ESA S a n d y JunctionES.16 A p p l e h u r s t JunctionES.2.8 * N o t t o n & Royston StationLMA R a d c l i f f e (Black Lane)

StationBradley Fold Junction

Mossley No. 1No. 2

Greenfield Junction

LM.25 M a n c h e s t e r Victoria Irk ValleySt. Pancras Junction

Cambridge StreetNorth London Incline

L11.37 S w i n t o n Town JunctionLMA1 R o t h e r h a m (Masborough)

Sorting Sidings Nor th Junction

97

Monday, Wednesday and Fr iday. 6.30 a.m. to 7.3(1 p.m.Tuesday, Thursday and Saturday. 6.30 a.m. to 9.0 p.m.D ELET E:- § (Switch now provided).Monday, Wednesday and Fr iday. 11.50 a.m. to 1•30 p.m.Monday to Fr iday. 11.10 a.m. to 6.25 p.m.Saturday. 11.10 a.m. to 1.50 p.m.Monday to Saturday. 5.0 a.m. to 11.20 p.m.Sunday. 10.0 a.m. to 2.30 p.m.

• • M o n d ay, Tuesday, Thursday and Friday. 10.45 a.m. to 11.15 a.m.• • M o n d a y to Saturday. 10.35 a.m. to 11.15 a.m.• M o n d a y to Saturday. 9.55 a.m. to 11.15 a.m., 1.45 p.m. to 2.30 p.m.

Monday to Fr iday. 9.45 a.m. to 4.55 p.m.Saturday. 9.45 a.m. to 2.55 p.m.Monday, Wednesday and Fr iday. 11.55 a.m. to 1.20 p.m.

• M o n d a y to Saturday. 6.0 a.m. to 8.50 p.m.Monday to Saturday. 11.15 a.m. to I•20 p.m.

• M o n d a y to Fr iday. 10.20 a.m. to 1.15 p.m., 2.0 p.m. to 4.15 p.m.Saturday. 10.20 a.m. to 1.15 p.m.Monday to Fr iday. 6.15 a.m. to 7.25 p.m.Saturday. 6.15 a.m. to 6.25 p.m.

6.0 a.m. Monday to 5.50 a.m. Sunday.DELETE all particulars.DELETE all particulars.

Continuously.Junction-1,060 yards.)

Continuously.

11.59 p.m. Sunday to 6.40 a.m. Sunday.Monday to Saturday. 9.30 a.m. to 10.15 a.m.Monday to Fr iday. 5.0 a.m. to 7.30 p.m.Saturday. 5.0 a.m. to 1.0 p.m.Monday to Fr iday. 6.15 a.m. to 2.5 p.m. and 3.15 p.m. to 9.30 p.m.Saturday. 6.15 a.m. to 2.5 p.m.Monday to Fr iday. 1.15 p.m. to 2.30 p.m.

7.0 a.m. to 10.50 p.m. M onday to Saturday.11.59 p.m. Sunday t o 4.50 a.m. Sunday or earlier on Control

instructions.

Monday to Saturday. 5.45 a.m. to 12.55 p.m.

Monday 6.15 a.m. t o 2.5 p.m.10.15 p.m. Monday to Friday to 2.5 p.m. Tuesday to Saturday.11.59 p.m. Sunday to 8.30 a.m. Sunday or completion of work.Has been renamed Sandy, Nor th. ( O . 7410)Supervised by Balne. (Nor th Eastern Region.)7.30 a.m. to 2.40 p.m. M onday to Saturday.

DELETE.AM EN D distance, I mile 1,143 yards.Renamed Station.DELETE.AM EN D distance, I mile 1,732 yards.AM EN D distance, 1,078 yards.DELETE entries.DELETE entries.Continuously. AM EN D distance to read "772 yards".

5.30 a.m. M onday to 5.50 a.m. Sunday.

5.30 a.m. Monday to 8.30 a.m. Sunday.

(0.7410)

PAGE 4.DELETE:—

Upton and Nor th Elmsall (Wrangbrook) • •Upton and Nor th Elmsall (Wrangbrook) • •Leeds (Wortley Junction) L.N•E•R•Knaresborough (Goods) • •

Box Up SignalsNo. ofMen

Up orDown Side Down Signals

No. ofMen

Up or-Down Side

PAGE 7.Line N o . 1 SH A F T H OL ME A N D BERW1C K (MAR SHALL M EADOWS)

AMEND:—Balne

Station • • — • • Distant 300 • • I Up Distant • • • • 1 Down

HeckStation — • • • • Distant • • • . I Up Distant • • _ I Down

Temple H irstStation . . • • • • Distant 190 (Machine) g Down Distant . . 1 Down

SelbyHenwick Hall • • • • Distant • • • • b Down Distant 135 • • Ig Down

BraytonDELETE:— . . . . — — — Groundman — lp —

CanalDELETE:— . . . . . . — — — Distant p Down

INSERT:— . . . . . . — — — Outer Distant • . I DownInner Distant —

Distant fr om Goole — —

DELETE Yor k and all entries thereunder.Branch (O. 8432)

INSERT:—Upton and Nor th Elmsall (Wrangbrook) • •Upton and Nor th Elmsall (Wrangbrook) • •Headingley (Cardigan Road) • • • • • •

Knaresborough (Goods)

PAGE S.DELETE:—

Pickering (Mill Lane) • •Pickering (Mill Lane) • •Scarborough (Falsgrave)

INSERT:—Kirbymoorside • •Pickering (Mill Lane) • •Scarborough (Falsgrave)Loftus • •

PAGE 6.DELETE:—

Murton _ • • _Leamside (Auckland) •

Hexham (Border Counties)Alnmouth • •

INSERT:—Murton •Fencehouses (Leamside)AlnmouthWooler • •

AMEND:—South Gosfor th. •

98

ARRANGEMENTS FOR SIGNALLING DURING FOGOR FALLING S N OW

(Booklet dated 1st August, 1949)

LIST OF LINES A N D NUMBERS ALLOCATED THERETO

Denaby and ConisboroughHickleton and Thurnscoe _ • • • • • •Northallerton (Station and Boroughbridge Road) etc. • •Pilmoor North _ • • • • • • •

Sprotborough • • . . • • • • _ 1 1Moorhouse and South Elmsall . • • • • • • • • • 1 2Northallerton (Station and Boroughbridge Road) via Arthington

and Sinderby including Starbeck Nor th to Bilton • • 2 0Brafferton _ _ • • • • • • • • 2 9

Pilmoor (North and South Curves)Seamer West • • • • •Middlesbrough, via Guisborough, etc.

Pilmoor (North and South Curves) • • 3 4Thornton Dale • • _ . . • • • • • • • • 3 5Whitby (West Cliff) including Prospect Hil l t o Bog Hall _ 3 6Middlesbrough (Guisborough Juncti on) v i a Guisborough

(including Ki l tonthor pe t o Lingdale and Ki l ton Mines,Priestcroft to Nor th Skelton) _ • • • • — — 3 6 A

Durham Elvet, including Broomside to Sherburn Nor th • •Durham (Newton Hall) • • • • • • • • •Hedworth Lane to East Boldon Tile Shed from l ine entry • •Allendale • • • •Coldstream • •

Sherburn Coll iery Nor th • •Durham (Newton Hall) • •Alnwick • •Coldstream •

•

Ponteland, including South Gosforth East to West

11122029

343536

6566697583

65• • 6 6_ 8 3• • 8 3 A

79

1

Box Up SignalsNo. ofMen

Up orDown Side Down Signals

No. ofMen

Up orDown Side

Line N o . I . S H A F T H O LME A N D BERW1 CK (MA RSHALL MEADOWS)—conti nuedPAGE 8.DELETE all entr ies.

PAGE 9.DELETE all entries except those under York Yard South.

PAGE 10.York

Yard SouthDELETE:-- Scarborough Goods

stop signalsm Up — — —

(O. 3292)YorkDELETE:--

No. 2 Up . . . . . . Nos. I and 2 Indept. I Up — — —(2 machines)

No. 2 Up . . . . . . Mineral (Machine) . .No. 3 Independent I Near — — —

(Machine)No. 4 Independent Box — — —

(O. 3292)RaskelfStation . . . . . . Groundman . . I — — —

(only when Box open) (O. 8651)PAGE I I .Darlington

NorthDELETE:— Direction . . . . I Up — — —

ParkgateDELETE:— Goods Distant

1 I — Distant . . I DownDELETE:—

Springfield . . . . Groundman I ( 0 .8 09 6)

DELETE:—Ferryhill

No. 3 . . . . . . Main Distant Id Up — — —(Machine).

No. 2 . . . . . . Team Valley Distant . . — fream Valley Distant I DownNo. I — — — Inner Distant Main . . — —

INSERT:—Ferrybill

No. 3 . . . . . . Main Inner Distant . . — — — —Main Outer Distant

220 (Machine) . . A Up (See pages 51 and 58) — —No. I . . . . — — — Main Outer Distant I Down

(0.8201)PAGE 12.FerryhillCoxhoe

DELETE:— Leamside Distant 1 IA Up(Machine)

Team Valley Dis-tant (Machine)

(See pages 51 and 58)INSERT:— Main Outer Distant130 (Machine) . . Id Up

Main Inner Distant . . — —Leamside Distant

(Machine) . . IA Up(See pages 51 and 58) (O. 8201)

DELETE:—Littleburn . . . . . . Distant . . . . — — Distant . . — — —

( 0 .7 41 3)

BirtleyStation

DELETE:— Distant Main (05713)Chester-le-Street

Station . . . . . . Distant . . I i Up — — —

BirtleyOuston . . . . . . — — — Distant (Machine) . . i Up

INSERT:—Chester-le-Street

Station . . . . . . Distant . . . . I Up — — —

99

ARRANGEMENTS F O R SIGN A LL IN G D U R IN G F O G O R FA LL IN G S N O W(Booklet dated 1st August, 1949)—continued

100

Box Up SignalsNo. ofMen

Up orDown Side Down Signals

No. ofMen

Up orDown Side

Line N o . I . SH A F T HOLM E A N D BERWIC K ( M A RSHALL MEADOWS)—cont inuedPAGE I2—continuedINSERT:—

Birtley •Ouston. . . . — — — Main to Fast and Slow I Down

DistantsPAGE I I

GatesheadKing Edward Bridge

DELETE:—.

Distants from Gates-head West direction Is Up — — —

GreensfieldDELETE:— Inner Distant

Newcastle to Durham It Up Outer Distants . . I Down(Se e page 57)

Inner Distant Durhamto Newcastle . . I o

(See pagDown

e 57)Distant Newcastle -)to Leamside and 1Outer Distant p Up Groundman . . n —Newcastle to Dur-ham (Machine) j

Outer Distants fromNewcastle . . . . a

Outer DistantsLeamside to Mainand Distants I DownLearns ide to K.E.B.direction

PAGE 13.Greensfield

DELETE:— Groundman s — — — —

INSERT:— Distant fromNewcastle No. 3 . . a Up Distant from Durham I Down

Groundman . . . .(See pa

I oge 57)

— — — —(O. 7654

NewcastleNo. I

DELETE all entries except Groundmen . . 4 —(O. 8205

PAGE 14.Manors East

ManorsDELETE all entr ies.

Argyle StreetDELETE:— Main and Tynemouth Main and Tynemouth — —

Distants Distants

HeatonOuseburn

DELETE all entr ies.

Riverside Main Distant . . .)DELETE:— Tynemouth Distant I Down

, 110 (Machine) . . JStation

DELETE:— Main Distant (Machin e) g UpTynemouth Distant

(Machine) . . I Up(0.7951

SouthDELETE:— Main Distant . . I Down

Tynemouth Distant I Down(O. 8432

PAGE IS.Killingworth

Sidingsa

DELETE:— Distant

StationDELETE:— Distant (O. 3933

INSERT:—Widdrington

North . . - . . . . — — — Distant I Down

ARRANGEMENTS F OR SIGN A L L IN G D U R IN G F O G O R FA LL IN G S N O W(Booklet dated 1st August, I949)—continued

101

Box Up SignalsNo. ofMen

Up orDown Side Down Signals

No. ofMen

Up orDown Side

PAGE 17.INSERT:—

Line No. IA .—SHP& TH OLM E T O K N OT TI NG L EY (excluding Knottingley).Askern

Askern . . . . . . Distant . , . . . . I Up Distant . . . . . . — —Selby Road Level

Crossing . . — — — Distant . . I Down

Norton • . „ . . Distant (Machine) . . I Down Distant . . I Down

WomersleyStation . . . . Distant . . . . I Up Distant . . . . 1 DownCriddling Stubbs . . Outer Distant I Up Distant. . I Down

(O. 9027)Line N o . 2.—TH OR NE N O R T H A N D S TADDL ETHORP E, etc.

GooleDutch River

DELETE:— Branch Distant . . — —Potters Grange

DELETE:— Outer Distant I Up — — —INSERT:— Branch Distant . . — —

(O. 5494)kDELETE:—

Saltmarshe Station . . Distant 540 . . I Up — — —( 0 .4 41 9)

PAGE 18.Line N o . 5.—H ULL YARDS A N D DOCK LINES.

HullDELETE:—

Manor House . . . . Homes and act underSignalmen's Instructio ns I Up — — —

(O. 5222)Line N o . 6.—HULL (WEST PARADE) A N D W IT HERNSE A.

PAGE 18.Botanic Gardens

StationDELETE:— Distant from Paragon,

C. E and G linesa

(See paDown

ge 24)(Machine).

DELETE:—*W i lm ington Station . . — — — Distant 20 (Machine) . . 0 Up*W i lm ington Station . . Outer Distant from — —

*Withernsea*W i lm ington Station . . Auxiliary distant from p* Down

Withernsea (Machine)INSERT:—

*W i lm ington Station . . Outer Distant from I p* UpWithernsea

DELETE:—*Southcoates Station . . Distant . . . . . . I p* Down

INSERT:—icSouthcoates Station . . Distant (machine) . . p* Up

(O. 1492)Line N o . 7.—W ILMI N GT ON A N D H O R NSEA.

PAGE 19.DELETE:—

SkirlaughStation . . . . Distant _ — — — — Distant . . . . . . — —

(O. 8729)Line N o . 8.—HULL (WEST PARADE) A ND S E AMER W EST.

PAGE 20.Hull

Cottingham SouthDELETE:— Distant .. . . . . I Up — — (O. 5589)DELETE:—

CottinghamNorth . . . . . . Distant . . . . . . I Up Distant (Machine) (by — —

Thwalte Gates Cross-ing Keeper) (O. 5589)

BeverleyStation

kMEND:— Distant (Machine) . . 1 Up Distants (Machine) . . f DownNorth

DELETE:— Distant Groundsman . . I h Up — — (0.49)

ARRANGEMENTS F OR SIGN A LL IN G D U R IN G F O G O R FA LL IN G S N O W(Booklet dated 1st August, 1949)—continued

PAGE 21.AMEND:—

SpeetonStation

SeamerWest

DELETE:—

Line N o . 9.—BEVERPAGE 21.

Market WeightonWest

DELETE:—

Stamford BridgeStation

DELETE:—

DELETE:—Holtby

Station

Box

Line No. I0.—H U LL

PAGE 22.Springhead

LocomotiveINSERT:—

Willerby and KirkeIlaDELETE:—

StationKirkeIla Cutting

INSERT:—Station

South CaveStation

DELETE:—

Carlton TowersStationAireGowdall

KirksmeatonDoncaster Road

Upton and Nort hElmsall

WrangbrookStationHemsworth EastBrierley

CudworthYard South

CudworthDELETE:—

tYard Nor thYard Nor th

INSERT:—Monckton Empty

SidingsYard Nor th

*Yard N or thYard N or th

ARRANGEMENTS F OR SIGN A LL IN G D U R IN G F O G O R FA LLIN G S N O W(Booklet dated 1st August, I949)—continued

PAGE 23.AM EN D heading for Line

DELETE:—Denaby and Conisboro

*Distant* Will be fog-signalled

LEY N OR T H A N D Y

Distant

Distant

(King George Dock) t

DistantDistant

Distant

Distant

DELETE t .

DELETE -I- a n d e x pl a

DistantHome

Up Signals

Outer DistantInner DistantDistantHomeGroundman

No. I I .— U PT ON A N

ugh, all entr ies.

No. ofMen

1

o C U D

1

1

1

102

natory n

ih

1

1lh1

D N OR

Up orDown Side

Up * D i s t a n tduring S ummer and on Saturdays only.

Distant 390

ORK (B ootham).

Up

ote at foot o f page.

Distant 432

Distant

W O R T H I and STA IR FOOT.

Outer Home

DistantUp D i s t a n t

Up D i s t a n t

Down

Up D i s t a n tUp

Up D i s t a n t

Up D i s t a n tUp

Down Signals

TH ELMS ALL (Wrangbrook) ASPROTBORO UGH.

No. ofMen

ND

1

1

1

1

Up orDown Side

(O. 8370)

Down(0.5314)

Down(0.1178)

Down(O. 7874)

Down

Down(O. 823,2)

(O. 8570)

(O. 8432)

Down

Down(O. 8523)Down

(O. 8432)

(O. 8404)

103

Box Up SignalsNo. ofMen

Up orDown Side Down Signals

No. ofMen

Up orDown Side

PAGE 23—continued

AM EN D heading for Line No. 12.—UPTON A N D N O R T H ELMS ALL (Wrangbrook) A NDM OOR H OU SE A N 0 S O U T H ELMSALL.

Moorhouse and SouthElmsall

StationDELETE:— Distant . . . . . . I Down

DELETE:—Hickleton and Thurnsc oe, all entr ies.

(O. 8570)Line N o . I3.—CARL

DELETE heading and al l

T ON TOW ERS (Aire)

particulars thereunder

) A N D THORPE- IN-BALNE (Bullcroft) .

DELETE:—Snaith and Pollington

Station . . . . Distant . . . . — — Distant . . . . — —

Thorpe-in-BalneDELETE:—

Station . . Distant . . . . . . — — Distant . . . . — —(0. 8719)

PAGE 24.Line No. 14.—HULL A N D LEEDS, ETC.

HullParagon.. . .

DELETE:— Distants D & F lines . . a Down(See page 18)

Distants A at B lines . . 1 BetweenA & B line!

INSERT:— Distant fromScarborough . . I Up — — —

Distant from BotanicGardens . . I Up — — —

(O. 8432)Anlaby Road

DELETE:— Distant from ParagonE 8( G lines Between(Machine).

Distant from Paragon,la C & D

lines— — —

C line. jHassle Road

DELETE:— Distant 260 . . . . I Down(O. 5222:

FerribyDELETE:— Fast Distant

(Machine) I UpSlow Distant 1

(O. 7597:Hessle

DELETE existing entries a nd INSERT:—Haven . . . . . . Ground man . . . . v — Fast Distant 382

(Machine). Is DownSlow Distant 382

Fast Distant (Machine) 1 1 Up — — —Slow Distant . . . . f

Station . . . . Fast Distant 232 - ) Slow Distant . . . . A_ 1 Down(Machine). Iv Up Fast Distant (Machine) I

Slow Distant 232 jGroundman . . . . s —

Quarry . . . . . . Fast Auxil iary Distant Slow Distant . . . . 1 I Down266 (Machine) . . . . s Down Fast Distant (Machine) IFast Distant . . . . — — — — —

(O. 5222

PAGE 25.Wressle

StationDELETE:— Distant . . . . . . — (0.6115

PAGE 26.AMEND:—

HambletonStation . . . . . . Distant 300 (Machine) h Down — — —

ARRANGEMENTS F O R SIGN A LL IN G D U R IN G F O G O R FA LLIN G S N O W(Booklet dated 1st August, 1949)—continued

I 04

Box Up SignalsNo. ofMen

Up orDown Side Down Signals

No. ofMen

Up orDown Side

PAGE 26—continuedGascoigne Wood

Hagg LaneDELETE:— Distant . . . . li Up — — (O. 7872)

Gacoigne W oodDELETE:— Home No. I . . . . 1 Up — — (O. 8432)

MicklefieldDELETE:—

Newthorpe . . . . Distant . . . . — — Distant . . . . . — —

Line No. I4.—HULL A N D LEEDS, ETC.— conti nu edPage 26—continued

GarforthDELETE:—

Barrowhy . . . . Distant . . . . . . — — Distant . . . . — —(O. 8432)

Cross GatesDELETE:— •

Station . . . . . . Main and Branch Home s 1 — Distants Fast (Machine) I I d DownStation . , . . . . Distant . . . . . . i Up Distants Slow IKiillingbeck . . . . Distants Fast and Slow d Down Main Distant (Machine) 1 1 Down

350 (Machine) Slow Distant IGroundman . . . . I —

INSERT:—Station . . . . . . Groundman . . . . I — Fast Distant (Machine) 1 Down

Distant 177 . . I Up Slow Distant 1.. --Killingbeck . . Fast Distant (Machine) 1 I Up Fast Distant (Machine) 1 I Down

Slow Distant . . . . l i Slow Distant IGroundman . . . . I —

(O. 8570)PAGE 27.

Line No. 15.—SELBY (Barlby North) A N D DRIFFI ELD (Stat ion Junction).AMEND:—

SelbyBarl by Nor th . . . . Distant . . . . . . — — — — _

(O. 8570)PAGE 27.

Market WeightonWest . . . . . .

DELETE:— Distant 176 . . . 1 Down(O. 1178)

PAGE 28.

AMEND:—Driffield

Station . . . . . . — — — Distant . . . . . . I —(O. 8570)

Line N o . 17.—GARF ORTH A N D CASTL ER:3RD (Old S t ation).PAGE 28.

DELETE:—Kippax

Allerton Main . . . . Groundman . . . . 1 — — — —Up Distant . . . . 1 — Distant . . . . . . — —

INSERT:—Ledston

Allerton Main . . Up Distant . . . . — — Distant . . . . . . — —( 0 .8 43 2)

(0.7410)Line N o . 18.—CROSS GATES A N D W ET HERBY EAST A ND W EST.

PAGE 28.

AMEND:—Wetherby

South . . . . . . Distant from Harrogate c — Distant . . . . I DownDistant fr om ChurchFenton

b(See pag

—e 29)

— — —

South . . . . . . Groundman 1 a On Down — — —East . . . . . . Distant from Leeds 590 I platformWest . . . . . . — — — Distant from Leeds . . la On Down

platformi n R I M )

ARRANGEMENTS F OR SIGN A LL IN G D U R IN G F OG O R F A L L IN G S N O W(Booklet dated 1st August, I949)—continued

1 05

Box Up SignalsNo. ofMen

Up orDown Side Down Signals

No. ofMen

Up orDown Side

Line No. I9.—CHUR CH F EN T ON N OR T H A N D HARRO GATE (Crimple) .PAGE 29.

DELETE:—Church Fenton

North . . . . . . Distant . . . . I Up — —(O. 8253)

TadcasterStation

DELETE:— Distant . . . . . . I Up — — —Groundman . . I — — —

INSERT:— Distant . . . . . . I Up — — —

Line No. 20.—LEEDS (Wortley Junction L. N.E.R.) AND N O RTHALLERTON, ET C.,

PAGE 29AM EN D heading to read : —

Line N o. 20.—HEAD INGLEY (Cardigan Road) A ND N O R THALLERTON (Stat ion and Boroughbridge Road) via AR T H IN GT ON A N D S I N DER BY, includ ing STARBECK N O R T H TO BILTON.

DELETE all entries under Holbeck. (O. 8755)

HeadingleyINSERT:—

Cardigan Road . . Distant 327 . . . . I Up Distant . . . . - —

StationDELETE:— Groundman I —AMEND:— Distant .. . . . • I Up — — —

HorsforthStation

DELETE:— — — — Inner Distant . . . . I DownGroundman . . . . 1 —

INSERT:— — — — Outer Distant.. I Down(O. 8328)

PAGE 30.AMEND:—

WeetonRigton . . . . . . Distant . . . . . I Up Distant .. . . I Down

DELETE existing entries under Pannal and SUBS T I T UT E:—Parma!

Station . . . . Distant . . . . . . - - Distant • • . . — —(O. 8574)

HarrogateCrimple

AMEND:— Groundman . . . . I — Distant from Pannal . . I Down

DELETE:— Distants from Harrogate473 (Machine) . . r Down — — —

SouthAMEND:— Distant 110 (Machine) s Down Distant . . . . I Down

Outer Home . • . . I DownGroundman • • . . IA Down -

NorthAMEND:— Groundman . . . . 2 One near

luggagecrossing

— — —

6.0 a.m. toNidd Bridge 10.0 p.m. ( 0 .

6 38 4)

AMEND:—Ripley . . . . . . Distant . , . . . . — — Distant . • . . — —

(O. 8432)

PAGE 31.AMEND:—

RiponStation . . . . Groundman . . . . I 7.0 a.m. to

8.0 p.m. — — —Mel merby

NorthDELETE:— Distant . . . . . . I Up — — —

(O. 5372)DELETE:—

SinderbyStation . . . . . . Distant . . . . . . - - Distant . . . . . . — —

(O. 5833)

ARRANGEMENTS F OR SIGN A LL IN G D U R IN G F O G O R FA LL IN G S N O W(Booklet dated 1st August, 1949)—continued

106

Box Up SignalsNo. ofMen

Up orDown Side Down Signals

No. ofMen

Up orDown Side

Line N o. 2I.—ARTH IN GT ON (South and North) A N D I L KLEY.

PAGE 31.Arthington

DELETE:—North . . . . Branch Auxiliary Distant I Up — — —

INSERT:—..South . . . . Up Branch Outer

Distant. . . . I Up — — —Up Branch Inner Distant — — — — —

North . . . . up Branch Distant . . — — — —(0.4464)

DELETE:—Line No. 22.—NIDD BRIDGE (Ripley) A N D PATE LEY B i l l DGE and al l entries t hereund er.

(O. 3694)PAGE 32.

DELETE:—Line N o. 23.—MELM ERBY N OR T H A N D MASH AM and a 11 entries thereunder.

(O. 8574)PAGE 32.

Line No. B .—NORM A N T ON (Altofts) AN D Y O R K (Chalon ers Whin) including M I L F O R DSOU T H T 0 GA SC OIGN E W O OD, ET C .

DELETE all entr ies under Monk Fryston and S U B S T I T U T E : —Monk Fryston-I-Milford South .. ..

Groundman(by telephone) . . I — Main Distant 495

Main Distant 300 . . I g(See

Downpage 33)

Goods Distant 495(Machine)

I g Down

Distant from Selby . . I Up Groundman . . . . II(See pag

—e 33)

PAGE 33.Gascoigne WoodtGascoigne Wood

DELETE:— — — — Distant (also fogs forOuter Home (which isMilford East advancewhen East Box is open)during time East Boxis closed)

I a(See

Downpage 32)

INSERT:— Distant . . . . — I DownOuter Home . . . . I Down

Milford Nor thDELETE:— Groundman . . . . I — — — —

(O. 843 2. a 8190)Ulleskelf

StationDELETE existing entries a nd INSERT:—

Station . . . . Normanton Distant . . — — Normanton Distant . . — —(O. 8432)

Bolton PercyStation

DELETE:— Leeds Distant (Machine) 1 I Up Leeds Distant . . . .Normanton Distant . . f Normanton Distant I Down

(Machine) J (O. 5778)

CopmanthorpeDELETE all existing entr ies and INSERT:—

Station . . . . Groundman . . . . I — — — —(O. 3708)

DELETE:—York

Chaloners W hin . . — — — Leeds Distant . .Normanton Distant Is Down(Machine)

(O. 3292)

ARRANGEMENTS F OR SIGN A L L IN G D U R IN G F O G O R FA LLIN G S N O W(Booklet dated 1st August, I949)—continued

107

Box Up SignalsNo. ofMen

Up orDown Side Down Signals

No. ofMen

Up orDown Side

PAGE 34.

Line N o . 26.—BOLT ON- ON- DEARNE (D earne .1 unction) A N D B U R T ON SAL M ON , i ncludingM OORTHORPE S T A T I O NTO KN oTTINGLEY T O SOU T H

.K I RK B Y,BRACK EN H IL L BRANCH, FERRY BRIDGE

Bolton-on-DearneAMEND:—

Dearne Junction . . Distants Up Distant from Wath . . I Down(Eastern Region)

REasternegion Ma n

Dearne Junction . . — — — Distant from Mexboro'

Dearne Junction — — —(Eastern Region)

Distant from Wath 1 DownRoad (Machine)

Dearne Junction . . Groundman . . If — — — —Station . . . . Distant . • . . lb Up Distant 260 . . . . — —

FrickleyDELETE:—

Hickleton . . —Main Colliery

Groundman . .(by telephone)

I North endof Up

Groundman . . . . I —

Sidings Sidings

AMEND:—Station • . . . Distant . . . . . . — — Distant — — _ — —

DELETE:—Ackworth

Station . . . • — Distant 280 . . . . I Up Distant . . . . I Down

AM EN D Brackenhill to be included under Pontefr act.(0. 4227)

PontefractDELETE:—

Station . • . . . . Distant 527 „ I c Up Distant 220 (Machine) — —Station . . . . „ Loop Distant . . . • Id Up — — —East (L.11•11.) . . . . — — — Loop Distant . . — — —

INSERT:—Station . . . . . . Distant . . . . — — — — —Station . . . . . . Loop Distant — — — — — — —East . . . . . . — — — Loop Distant _ _ — —

(O. 8167)Ferrybridge

DELETE:—Station . . . . . . Distant 300 . . „ — — Distant 630 (Machine) c —

(0.8167)

Line N o. 213.—YORK (Skelton) A N D H A R R 0 GA T E (Drago n).

PAGE 35.DELETE:—

StarbeckSouth . . . . . . — — — Distant from

Knaresborough . . I DownINSERT:—

StarbeckSouth . . . . — Home to Knaresboroug h I Up Groundman . . . . lz Down

Distant „ . . . • I Down

Distant to- Knaresborough I Up — — —Branch Inner Distant

1(Machine)Branch Outer Distant I u Up — — —

North . • . • „ Groundman . . . . 1 — Auxiliary Distants . • z DownDistant from Bilton • . I Up Distant from

Knaresborough . . I Down

Distant from Harrogate Iv Down — — —Harrogate

Dragon . . . . — Delete reference to pag e 30. (O. 8574)

AM END Line No. 29.—KDELETE all entr ies except

NARESBOROUGH (Knaresborough—Goo

G 0 0 Dds.

S) A N D BRAFERTON.

(O. 8574)

ARRANGEMENTS F OR SIGN A LL IN G D U R IN G F O G O R FA LL IN G S N O W(Booklet dated 1st August, I949)—continued

108

Box Up SignalsNo. ofMen

Up orDown Side Down Signals

No. ofMen

Up orDown Side

Line No. 30.—YORK (Waterworks) A N D SCARB OR 0 UG H.

PAGE 36.York

DELETE:—Waterworks . . . Up di r ecti on signals '

Bay Lines N o. 8 U p 1 I — — — —Main, No. 14 and U pGoods

Waterworks . . . . Distant . . . — — — — —Burton Lane . . . . — — — Distant . . — —

(O. 3292)Strensall

AMEND:—Station . . . — — — Distant (Machine) by

Strensall N o. ICrossing Keeper. . . Down

(O. 8432)DELETE:—' Barton H i l l

Station . . . . — — — Distant . . I D o w n(O. 8432)

MaltonWest

DELETE:— Distant . . m — Distant . . Down

INSERT:— Outer Distant . . I Up — — —Inner Distant . . — — — — —

StationDELETE:— Groundman . . I m — Distant 450 . . DownINSERT:— Groundman . . . . I — Inner Distant . . . . — —

East . .DELETE:— Distant . . . . . . I Up — — —INSERT:— Outer Home . . I Up — (O. 7560)

WeaverthorpeStation

DELETE:— Distant 0 0 0 I Up — (O. 8432)PAGE 37Line N o . 31.k AM EN D heading to r ead:—

Line N o . 31.—MALT ON (Scarborough Road) AN D GILLIN G (including M A L T O N E A S T T OSCARBO R OU GH ROAD) .

kINSERT:—Malton

Scarborough Road . . Groundman andEast Distant . . 0 0 I — — — —

Scarborough Road . . Distant . . . . . . — — — — —( O. 8574/19)

Line N o . 32.—MALT ON EA ST A N D DRI FFIELD WEST.—

DELETE all entr ies under the above l ine heading. ( O. 8574/19)Line N o . 33.—RILLI N GT ON A N D W H I TBY.

'AGE 38.Pickering

Bridge StreetDELETE:— — — Groundman 1 D o w n

High Mill-3ELETE:— — — — Groundman . . I

.MEND Line N o . 34.— KIRBYMOORSIDE A ND PIL M OOR ( North and South Cur ves).

DELETE:—Pickering

Mill Lane — — — Distant . . I D o w n

KirbymoorsideStation . . . . . . Distant , . . . . . 1 Up Distant . . . . . . I D o w n

HelmsleyStation . . . . . . Distant . . . . 1 Up Distant . . 0 . . . I D o w n

ARRANGEMENTS F OR SIGN A L L IN G D U R IN G F O G O R FA LLIN G S N O W(Booklet dated 1st August, 1949)—continued

109

•Box Up Signals

No. ofMen

Up orDown Side Down Signals

No. ofMen

Up orDown Side

Line No. 34.—KIRBY MOORSIDE A N D PI LM 0 0 R ( Nort h and South Curves)— continuedGilling

Station . . . . Distant from PickeringDistant from Malton . . } — Distant . . — —Groundman . . I

INSERT:—Helmsley

Station . . . . Distant . . . . — — Distant . . . . . . — —

GillingStation . . Distant from

-1

KirbymoorsideDistant from Malton . .

—j

— Distant . . . . — —

(0. 8574)PAGE 39.AM END Line No. 35.—P ICKERING (Mill Lane ) A N D T H O R N T ON D A L E.

DELETE existing entr ies and INSERT:— 1Pickering

Mill Lane . . . . Distant . . . . — — — — —(0. 8574)

PAGE 39.AMEND Line No. 36.—S CARBOROUGH (Fal sgrave) AND W HITBY (West Cliff) in cluding

PROSPECT HILL T O B O G HALL.Ravenscar O. 8574/11)

Station 'DELETE:— Groundman • • 1 — — — —

(0. 8570)DELETE:—

HawskerStation . . . . Distant . . . . — — Distant . . . . — —

(0. 8574)West Clif f

StationDELETE:— — — — Distant ._. • • 1 Down

DELETE:—Kettleness

Station . . Distant . . . . — — Distant . .. . —

HinderwellStation . . . . Distant . . . . — — Distant . .• . . — —

StaithesStation . . Distant . . . . . . — — Distant . . . . . . — —

GrinkleStation . . . . . . Distant. . . . . — Distant . . . . . . — —

( a 8574/11:PAGE 40.AM EN D heading—Line N o. 36A.—LOFTUS TO MIDDL ESBROU GH via GUISBOROU GH incl uding

KILTONTHORPE TO LINGDALE A N D KILTO N M IN ES, PRIESTCROFT T O NORT HSKELTON.

DELETE:—Loftus

Station . . . . Distant . . . . — — Distant . . . . — — .( a 8574/11:

SkinningroveCarlin How . . . . Distant . . . . — — — — —

„ . . . . Groundman *1 Up Distant . . — —Crag Hail . . . . Distant 1 Distant . . — —

(O. 8432:Huntcliff . . . . Distant . . . . . . — — Distant . . — —

(O. 7588:INSERT:—

BrottonLoftus . . . . — — — Distant . . . . . . — —

( O. 8574/11:Skinningrove

Crag Hall . . . Distant .. . . *1 Up Distant . . . . — —(O. 8432]

BrottonDELETE:—

C V-l e .. . .

Distant . . . . . . — — Distant . . . . . . — —(O. 8109:

BoosbeckPriestcroft

DELETE:— . . . . Distant from North — — — — —Skelton

ARRANGEMENTS F OR SIGN A L L IN G D U R IN G F O G O R FA LL IN G S N O W(Booklet dated 1st August, I949)—continued

110

Box Up SignalsNo. ofMen

Up orDown Side Down Signals

No. ofMen

Up orDown Side

Line N o . 36A.—LOF TUS T O MIDDLESB R O U G H via GU ISBOROUGH including KILT ON-THORPE T O L I N Gcontinued

DALE A N D K IL T ON M IN ES, PRIEST CROFT T O N OR T H SKELT ON —

DELETE:—Boosbeck

Station . „ . . . Branch Distant . . — — — — —(O. 8574)

GuisboroughDELETE:—

Slapewath . . . . Distant . . . . . . — — Branch Distant . . — —(O. 5587)

MiddlesbroughDELETE:—

Pennyman's . . . . — — — Distant . . . . . . *f DownNorth Ormesby Distant (Machine) *If Down — — —

INSERT:—Pennyman's . . . . — — — Distant . . . . . . I DownNorth Ormesby . . Distant . . . . I Up — — —

(O. 8432)Line N o . 37.—BROT T ON T O SALTBUR N W EST .

PAGE 40.North Skelton

StationDELETE:— Distant from Priestcroft — — — — —

(O. 8574)DELETE:—

Longacres . . . . Distant . • . . . . — — Distant . . . . . . — , —(O. 6655)

Line No. 39.—PICTO N A N D GR OSM ON T.

PAGE 41.DELETE:—

KildaleStation . . . . Distant . . . . . . — — Distant . . . . . . — —

(O. 8823)Line N o . 40.—DARL I NGTON SO U T H A N D SA LTBURN including F IGH TIN G C O C K S

BRANCH, GEN EVA CURVE.

PAGE 42.Eaglescliffe

NorthDELETE:— Distant . . . . . . t

(SeeUp

page 45)— — —

(O. 7998)Thornaby •

Bowesfield — — —DELETE:— Outer Distant (Machine) ) I Down Side

Hartburnline

Inner Distant . . . . I BetweenStocktonandThornabylines

EastDELETE:— Outer Home . . . . I Up Main Distant . . . . I Between

Main Distant . . . . *Iv Up — — DownMain and

NewportUp Goodslines.

DELETE:—'Nest . . . . . . Distant . . . . . . — — Distant . . . . . — —

EastDELETE:— — — — Main Distant (Machine) * v Up

(O. 8487)PAGE 43.DELETE TH OR N A B Y A ND M IDDLESBROU GH (Go ods Lines) at top of page.

MiddlesbroughOld Town . . . . — — — No. I Goods to Main A _ * I p UpAMEND:— — — — No. 2 Goods to Main f

(See page 42)(O. 8487)

Cargo FleetStation

AMEND:— Main Distant . . . . *I Between — — —Up andDown Mai n (O. 8432)

ARRANGEMENTS F OR SIGN A L L IN G D U R IN G F O G O R FA LLIN G S N O W(Booklet dated 1st August, I949)—continued

Box

PAGE 43—continuedSouth Bank

StationDELETE:—

Eston W estDELETE:—

INSERT:—

GrangetownStation

DELETE:—

INSERT:—

DELETE:—Lazenby

RedcarTod Point

DELETE:—

Line No. 42.—N ORTPAGE 44.DELETE:—

Constable BurtonStation • •

AMEND:—Hawes

Station

Line No. 43.—NORTPAGE 45.

NorthallertonLow Gates

AMEND:—

BromptonStation

DELETE:—

WelburyDELETE:—

Long Lane

INSERT:—Long LaneStation

DELETE:—

YarmStation

DELETE:—

EaglescliffeNorth

DELETE:—

BOWESFIELD A N DDELETE:—

ThornabyBowesfield

StocktonHartburn

DELETE:—

ARRANGEMENTS F OR SIGN A L L IN G D U R IN G F O G O R FA LLIN G S N O W(Booklet dated 1st August, 1949)—continued

Up Signals

Main Distant •

Main Distant •

Distant 200

Distant

Distant

Distant

Distant (when open) •

HALLERTON A N D

HALLERTON (Statio

Distant (345) Machine

Distant 134

Distant 373

Intermediate Block DistanDistant 217

Distant (Machine)

HARTB URN

No. ofMen

*k U p

1 U p M a i n Distant

No. 2 Goods Distant

*1 U p M a i n Distant 260(Machine)

No. 2 Goods Distant

*g D o w n D i s t an t

HAWE

n and B

1

1

It(See

Up orDown Side

Main Distant

S, includi ng CASTLE HILLS C

Distant

Distant

oroughbri dge Road) A N D H A R

Up

Uppage 42)

Down Signals

Distant 210

Up D i s t a n t (Machine)

Up

Up

Up

Main Distant 150

Distant (Machine)

No. ofMen

*h

* I g

URVE.

TLEPO

1

(See

Up orDown Side

(O. 8608)

BetweenUp and

Down MainLines.

Up

Down(O. 8432)

(0.6088)

OL, ETC .

Down(O. 8570)

Down

(O. 8432)

(O. 2953)

(0.7998)

Down(0.6150)

Downpage 42)

(0.6150)

112

Box Up SignalsNo. ofMen

Up orDown Side Down Signals

No. ofMen

Up orDown Side

PAGE 46.Seaton Carew . .

DELETE:— • • •Seaton Snook . • . . Distant . . . . . . — — Distant . . . . — — —Station . . . . — Distant . . . • . . I Up Distant . . . . — I DownStation . . . . . • — — — - Groundman . . . • I —

INSERT:—Seaton Snook . . . .Station • • . • . .

Distant • • . . . .Outer Distant .. . .

—I

—Up

Distant . . . . • .Outer Distant • •

1 Ii

Down

Station — — — Groundman • • . • I

INSERT:—West Hart lepool

Cliff House South . . Distant . . . . . . I Up — — —Groundman . . . . I — — — —

(O. 8424)Hartlepool

DELETE:—Cemetery West • . Distant from South 1 l e Up — .--.. —Cemetery South . • Groundman . . . . I

Ballast Crossing • • Distant • • — . . 1 I — Auxiliary Distant . • e UpStation . • . . Groundman . . . . I

INSERT:—Cemetery West . . Distant from South . . 1 I Up — — —Cemetery South . . Groundman . . . . IStation . . . • . • Groundman . . . . I — — — —

(O. 8086)Line No. 44.—THOR NABY (Bowesifield) A N D WELLFIE LD, ET C .

PAGE 47.

DELETE:—Thorpe Thewles

Station . . . . . . Distant . . . . . . — — Distant . . . . . . — —

WynyardStation . . . . . . Distant . . . . . . — — Distant . . . . . . — —

Hurworth BurnStation . . . . . . Distant . . . . . . — — Distant . . . . . . — —

WellfieldStation . . . . — — — Distant . . . . . d

(SeeDown

page 59)INSERT:—

WellfieldStation • • • • — — — Distant . . . . . . — —

(O. 8570)Line N o . 45.—STOC KTON (Norton-on-T ees Sou th) A N D FERRY HILL No. 3 inc luding

C H ILTON B R A N C H .

PAGE 47.Sedgefield

Bishop MiddlehamDELETE:— — — — Bishop Middleham

Auxiliary Distant . . — —• (O. 8432)

Line N o . 47.—ERYH OLME A N D R IC H M ON D .

PAGE 48.DELETE:—

MoultonStation . . . . Distant . . . . . — — Distant . . . . . — —

(O. 3793)PAGE 49.

AMEND Line No. 49.—D ARLINGTON (Hopet own) A ND S H A P (Eden Valley Junctio n) inclu dingFORCETT BRANCH.

PiercebridgeDELETE:—

Merrybent . . . . Distant . . . . . . — — Distant . . . . . . *I Down

AMEND:—Kirkby Stephen

West . . . . . . Distant . . . . . . *I Up — — —

ARRANGEMENTS F OR SIGN A L L IN G D U R IN G F O G O R FA LL IN G S N O W(Booklet dated 1st August, I949)—continued

113

Box Up SignalsNo. ofMen

Up orDown Side Down Signals

No. ofMen

Up orDown Side

PAGE 49—continuedAppleby

DELETE all existing entr ies and INSERT:—East . . . . . . Distant . . . . _ — Distant . • . . . . — —

(O. 2740)DELETE:—

Kirkby ThoreStation • • . • • Distant . . • • „ — — Distant . . . . . . — —

(O. 8670)Line N o . 52.—DARL 1NGTON (Parkgate) AND T O W LAW ETC.

PAGE 50.Heighington

INSERT:—Whiley Hi l l . . . . Distant . • . . *1 Up Distant .. . • • . *I Down

(0. 8432)ShildonSouth

DELETE:— Inner Distant . *1 Up — — —Distants at Nor th endof tunnel „ * I Up — — —

NorthDELETE:— Distant . . . . * I Up Distant . . . . . . — —INSERT:— Outer Distant . . * I Up — — —

Inner Distant . . . . - - — — — —(0. 5422)

DELETE:—Tow Law

Station , . . . . . Distant . . . . . . - - — Distant . . . . . . — —(O. 8478)Line No. 53.—SHILD ON (Simpasture) A N D ST IL LI N GT O N N O R T H .

PAGE 51.Stillington

DELETE:—Preston Lane . . . . Distant • . . . . . — — Distant . . . . . . — —

Line N o. 55.—BARN ARD CASTLE EAST AND D URHAM (Rally Mill) includingBUTTERKNO WLE BRANCH.

PAGE 52.DELETE:—

Cockfield FellGibbs Neese . . . . Distant . . . . - - — Distant . . — —Station . . . . . . Distant . . - - Distant . . . . — —

( 0 .7 91 5)

HunwickStation

AMEND:— Intermediate BlockDistant I Up — —

(O. 8432)PAGE 53.Line No. 56.—WEAR VALLEY A N D W EA RHEAD .

DELETE:—Harperley

Station . . . . . . Distant . . - . . . . — Distant . . . . . — —Frosted ey

Broadwood . . . . Distant . . . . — —.

Distant . . . . — —(O. 8574)

. L i n e N o . 60.—BIRTL EY (Ouston) A N D C ONSET T N O R T H.

PAGE 54.AMEND:—

PeitonStation . . . . . . Distant . . . . — — Distant . . . . . . — —

West StanleyStation . . . . . . Distant . . . . . . — — Distants . . . . — —

(O. 8432)Line No. 62.—WEST H AR TLEPOOL (Cem eter yW est) A N D GATESHEAD (Green sfield) v iaHORDEN ETC.

PAGE 56.DELETE:—

Blackball RocksStation . . . . . . Distant .. . . . . *I Up Distant .. . . *1 Down

(O. 8820)East BoldonDELETE:—

Station. . . . . .Distant . . . . . . — Groundman . . —

Tile Shed . . . . Groundman . . f (O. 8432) Distant . . . . f I (0. 8245)

ARRANGEMENTS F OR SIGN A LL IN G D U R IN G F O G O R FA LL IN G S N O W(Booklet dated 1st August, 1949)—continued

114

Box Up SignalsNo. ofMen

Up orDown Side

,,Down Signals

No. ofMen

Up orDown Side

PAGE 56—continuedINSERT:—

Station _ . . _ Up Main Distant . .„ . . . . . . Up Branch Distant — — — —

Tile Shed . . . . Groundman(O. 8432)

PAGE 57.Pelaw DELETE all entries and INSERT:—

Springwell _ . . — — — Distant . . _ . . I Down.. . .

Station . .Distant . . . . I Up Groundman _ _

Outer Distant _ _A. Ir

Down

„ . . . . . . Outer Distant _ _ I Up Intermediate BlockDistant to South Shield s k ' Down

.. Inner Distant _ _ I Up Groundman _ _ I —•• • • . . Goods Distant . . — — Outer Automatic Distant —

Intermediate Block — — — — —Distant ex Goods line k Up — —

Automatic Distant — — —„ . . . . . . Groundman . . I k — — —

GatesheadPark Lane

DELETE:— Distant . . . . _ I Up — — —Distant from High Street — — — —

High StreetDELETE:— Distant . . . . _ t

(SeeUp

page 13)— — —

Home from GreensfieldGroundman • . . .

1 If

Up — — —

Distant from Loop . . o Down — — —INSERT:—

Groundman . . I — — — —Up Curve Distants . . o

(SeeDown

page 13)— — --,

(0.7654)

Line N o . 63.—HART LEPOOL (Cemetery South) AND FER RYMILL N o . I .

PAGE 58.

HesledenStation

DELETE:— Groundman . . — * I — — — —

Castle EdenDELETE existing entries and INSERT:—

Station . . — — Distant . . . . — — — Distant _ _ _ I DownWest . . — — Distant — — — — — Distant . . . . . . — —

(O. 8570)Trimdon

DELETE:—Deaf Hill — — Distant — — — — — Distant . . . . . . — —

Station . . _ „ Distant . . . . . . — —Groundman . .

_ _Distant . . * I 1—

INSERT:—Station . . — — Distant . . . . . . — — Groundman _ . .

Distant . . . •A. *I

f—

(O. 7920'Coxhoe Bridge

DELETE:— IRaisby Hi l l _ _ Distant _ — — — — Distant . . . . . . — —

(O. 6656

Line No. 64.- 11YHO PE GRANGE A N D C ASTLE EDEN W EST, ETC.

PAGE 59.

HaswellDELETE:—

Station . . _ _ Distant . . _ . . I Up Distant . . _ _ I Down

INSERT:—Station _ — Distant _ _ — — — Distant . . . . . . — —

Shotton BridgeShotton Colliery

DELETE:— Distant — — . . *I DownINSERT:—

Distant . . . . . . — —

ARRANGEMENTS F OR SIGN A L L IN G D U R IN G F O G O R FA LL IN G S N O W(Booklet dated 1st August, I949)—continued

115

Box Up SignalsNo. ofMen

Up orDown Side Down Signals

No. ofMen

Up orDown Side

PAGE 59—continued

ThornleyStation

DELETE:— Distant . . . . 4,1 UpGroundman . . — — — — —

INSERT:— Distant . . — — — — —.•

WelifieldStation

DELETE:— Distant . . . . . . *1 — — —Groundman . . . . *1 — Distant (See page 47) *1 Down

INSERT:— Distant . . . . . . — Distant . . . . . . — —(O. 8570)

PAGE 59.

AM END Line No. 65.—M URTON A N D SHER BURN C OLLIER Y NORTH.

PittingtonDELETE:—

Broomside . . . . Groundman . . . 1 — Distant . . . . . . — —Distant . . . . . . — — Distant . . . . —

DELETE:—Sherburn House

Station . . . . . . Distant . . . . . . — — Distant . . . . — —

Durham ElvetStation . . . . . . Distant . . . . . . — — — • — —

(O. 7300)PAGE 60.AM END Line No. 66.—S UNDERLAND A N D PENS H AW N OR T H including PALLIO N TO

DEPTFORD B R A N C H , FEN C EH OU SES (1._ amside) A ND D U R H A M ( N ew ton H al I).Cox GreenStation

DELETE:— — — — Distant . . . . . . I DownINSERT:— — — — Outer Distants 1 Down

— — — inner Distant . . . . — —( 0 .8 06 7)

DELETE:—Fencehouses See Line No. 70.Leamside ILeamside

Frankland . . . . Distant . . . . — — Distant . . . . . . — —

DurhamNewton Hall . . . . Distant . . . . . . I Up — —

INSERT:—Fencehouses See Line No. 70.

DurhamIrankland . . . . Distant . . — . . — — Distant . . . . — —Newton Hall . . . . Distant . . . . I Up — — —

(O. 5382)PAGE 61;Line N o . 6 51. — T Y N E

DOCK T O STELLA GILL E TC.DELET E " H ED W OR T H L A NE T O EAST B O LD ON " from line headi ng.

(O. 8245)Stella GillDELETE:—

* D u rham Turnpike . . Distant . . . . . . — — Distant . . . . — —( 0 .7 41 3)

Line N o . 70.—PELA W A N D FERRYHILL (Tursda le) via LE AMSIDE, ETC.PAGE 61.DELETE:—

Pelaw intermediate Block Hometo Leamside . . . . — — — — —

INSERT:—Pelaw

Wardley . . . Distant . . . . . . 1 Up Distant . . . . . . 1 Down(O. 6644)

ARRANGEMENTS F O R SIGN A L L IN G D U R I N G F O G O R FA LL IN G S N O W(Booklet dated 1st August, 1949)—continued

116

Box Up SignalsNo. ofMen

Up orDown Side Down Signals

No. ofMen

Up orDown Side

PAGE 62. .DELETE:—

LeamsideStation . . . . . . Distant . . I Up Distant . . . . . .

Branch Distantlbc

Down

Auckland . . . . Outer Distant .. . . I Up Branch Distant . . I DownGroundman . . . . b — Distant . . . . . . le DownGroundman . . c — — — —

Belmont . . . . . . Distant . . . . — — Distant . . . . . .Groundman . . . .

—e

——

INSERT:—Fencebouses

Leamside . . . . Distant . . . . I Up . Branch Distant . . I DownGroundman . . I — Distant . . . . le Down

Durham GoodsBelmont . . — Distant . . . . . . — — Distant . . . . —

Groundman . .—e

——

(O. 5382)Line No. 72.—NEWC ASTLE No. 3 A N D C ARLISL E.

PAGE 63.Elswick

StationDELETE:— Groundman d — — —

DelavalDELETE:— — — Distant . . . . Id Down

(O. 6949)Blaydon

AddisonAMEND:— — — Distant 70 (Machine) I Down

(0.2188)DELETE:—

StocksfieldStation . . Distant Up Distant . . . . . . I Down.. . . ..

' (0.8694)PAGE 64.

HaltwhistleDELETE all existing entr ies and INSERT:—

Station . . . . . . Groundman . . . . I —Distant . . . . . . I Up Distant . . . . . . 1 Down

(O. 7462)Brampton Junction

DELETE:—Hell Beck . . . . Distant . . . . . . I Up Distant . . . . . . — —

(O. 8570)Wetheral

DELETE:—Corby Gates . . . . . Distant (only when

Station box closed) . .Station . . . . . . Distant . . . . . J — — Distant . . . . . . — —

INSERT:—Corby Gates . . . . Distant, .. . . I Up

(O. 7378)DELETE:—

ScotbyStation . . . . . . Distant . . . . . . I Up Distant . . • . . . I Down

(O. 8570)Line N o . 76.—HALT W HISTLE A N D ALS T ON in cluding L AMBLEY FELL B R A NCH.

PAGE 65.DELETE:—

CoanwoodStation . . , . . . . Distant . . . . . . — — Distant . . . . —

(O. 8826)Line N o . 78.—MAN ORS A N D T YN EM O UTH v la B A C K W OR TH , etc.

PAGE 65.Jesmond

StationDELETE:— — — — Distant . . . . Down

(O. 8260)PAGE 66.

Percy MainStation

DELETE:— Groundmen . . . . 2 — Distants. . . . Down(O. 8432) (O. 7600)

PAGE 67.DELETE:—

Howdon-on-TyneStation . . . . . . Distant ..• . . . . 1 Up Distant . . . . . . I Down

ARRANGEMENTS F OR SIGN A L L IN G D U R IN G F O G O R FA LL IN G S N O W(Booklet dated 1st August, I949)—continued

'4?

Box Up SignalsNo. ofMen

Up orDown Side Down Signals

No. ofMen

Up orDown Side

PAGE 67.—continuedWall send

Church Pi t . . . Groundman . . . I — Distant . . . . . I DownDistant . . . . . . I Up — — —

Station . . . . . , Distant . . I Up Distant .. . . I Down

WalkergateHeaton East

DELETE:— Outer Distant .. I Up — —(O. 7600)

DELETE:—St. Anthony's

Station . . . . . . Distant . . . . . . — — Distant . . . . . . — —( 0 .4 69 7)

PAGE 68.

AM END Line No. 79.—S OU T H GOSFORTH AND P ON TELA ND, including SOU T H GOS FORTHEAST T O W E ST.

Line N o . 80.—BACK W OR TH (Earsdon) A N D N 0 RT H U MBERLAND DOCK, ETC.

AIMEND:—Percy M ain

Engine Shed . . . . Distant .. . .Groundman . .

Idlb

Up—Distant . . . . . . —

Groundman . . I —Tyne Commissioner's.. Distant . . . . . . • — — Distant . . . . . . — -.—No. I . . . . Groundman . . Id —

(O. 8432)Line N o . 8I.—BACK W OR TH A N D M OR PETH, ETC.

PAGE 70.BEDLINGTON AND N EWBIGGIN.

North SeatonStation

AMEND:— Distant .. . . . . le — — — —

AshingtonStation

AMEND:— Distant . . . . . . e Up(O. 8432)

PAGE 71.AMEND Line No. 83.—A L N M OU T H A N D A LNW IC K.

DELETE:— .Alnwick

Station . . . . . .(second entry)

Distant . . . . I Up Distant . . . . . . — —

'WhittinghamStation . . . . . Distant . . . . . . — Distant . . . . . . —

HedgeleyStation . . . . . . Distant . . . . — — *

Distant .. ... . .

— —Wooler

Station . . . . Distant . . . . Up Distant ..• . . . . 1 DownMindrum

Station . . . . . . Distant . . . . — — Distant . . . . . . —

INSERT (above Akeld) new line heading, Line N o. 83A.— W O 0 L E R A N D COLDSTREA M.(O. 8574)PAGE 72.

AMEND:—Line No. 85.—MORP ETH ST A T ION T O BELLIN GHAM.

MorpethStation . . . . — — — — — —Wansbeck . . . . — — — — — —

'ScotsgapStation . . . . . . Distant . . . . — — (Distant) . • . . — ---

WoodburnStation . . . . Distant . . . . — — (Distant) . • —

ReedsmouthStation . . . . . . Distant from Woodburn — — Distant from Bellingham — —

BellinghamStation . . . . . . — — — Distant . . . . — —

(O. 8574/3)'AGE 73.DELETE:—

Line N o . 87.— H EX HAM (BORDER C O U N T IES) TO R I CCARTON and inform ation thc.

reunder.(O. 8574/311

117ARRANGEMENTS F OR SIGN A L L IN G D U R I N G F O G O R F A L L IN G S N O W

(Booklet dated 1st August, 1949)---continued

PAGE 74.DELETE:—

York, Chaloners W hinYork, South PointsYork, Locomotive YardYork, PlatformYork, WaterworksYork, Leeman RoadYork, Cl i fton

From ToLine

Up D o w n

PAGE 34 . (Supplement No.1, page 28.)* IN SER T : — -

York Yard Nor th . . . . . . . . York Yard South . . . . . . No. 2Goods

—

(0.3292)

I ISCALLI NG O U T FO G - S I G NALME N O N S U N D A Y S

INSERT:—Hickleton Main Coll iery SidingsMoorthorpe Nor thPontefract (Baghill) South

AMEND:—Leamside Auckland t o read Fencehouses, Leamside

INST RUCT IO NS AF F ECT ING L .M.S. SER VA N T S W H E N W O R K I N GOVER T H E L O N D O N A N D N O R T H EAST ERN R A I L W A Y ( N O R T H

EASTERN AREA)(Booklet dated September, 1939)

GENERAL I NS TRUCTI O NSTELEPHONES A T STOP SIGNALS

PAGE 32. (Supplement No. I , page 26.)Clause 4—AM EN D to read as follows:—

If a Trainman cannot establish communication with the Signalman, the Driver must, unless instructions to the contraryare exhibited in the telephone box, send his Fireman to the signal box from which the signal is controlled in order toreceive the Signalman's instructions. I n the case of trains or engines the driving cabs of which are single manned, thepuard must go to the signal box and the Driver must give a series of short sharp single notes on the warning horn asan intimation to the Guard that i t is necessary for him to go to the signal box. W here, however, communication existsbetween the Driver and Guard, this must be used. (This clause is not applicable at Automatic or Semi-automatic Stopsignals.) •

LINES W OR K ED U N D ER N O B LOC K R EGU LA TION S

DUTIES O F EN GIN E C ON D U C T ORPAGE 35.AM EN D instruction to read as follows:—

If a Driver, a Passed Fireman acting as a Driver, or Motorman is not thoroughly acquainted wi th any portion of theline over which he has to run, he must obtain the services of a competent Conductor.

When the Conductor is familiar wi th the type of engine employed, he must work the engine.When the Conductor is not familiar with the type of engine employed he will give to the train Driver the necessary

instructions in regard to the signals, curves, gradients. speed restrictions, etc., applicable to the line over which they areworking, and leave the actual driving entirely in the hands of the train Driver.

The Conductor will be responsible for the due observance of signals, speed restrictions, etc., and safe working of thetrain.

In every case the train Driver must study the signals, speed restrictions, etc., for that part of the line over which heis being conducted.

• The Conductor will be responsible in cases where i t is necessary for the Fireman to carry Out the provisions of Rule55, for seeing that this is done.

In the case of trains or engines the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Conductor will be responsible forcarrying out the duties laid down for the Fireman in respect of Rule 55.

PLACING T R A IN S O R VEHICLES OU T SID E H O M E SIGNALS

Signal Box

PAGE 36. (Supplement N o . I , page 30.)*D EL ET E: —

Arthington Southt(Harrogate and Leeds line)(Otley and Ilkley Branch)

• A r t h i ng t on Nor tht(Harrogate and Leeds line)

Line

UpUp

Up

Remarks

-1?- Through vehicles, etc.

(O. 3292)

(O. 8432)

(O. 5382)

* D E L E T E j and note at foot of table. ( 0 . 4 4 6 4 )

PAGE 32.INSERT:—

INSTRUCTIONS AFFECTING L.M.S. SERVANTS W H E N WO RKI NG O V E R T H ELO NDO N AND NO RTH EASTERN RAILWAY (NORTH EASTERN AREA)—continued

(Booklet dated September, I939)—continuedGENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continued

LOCAL IN ST R U C T ION SPAGE 38. (Supplement N o . I , page 34.)

HULL (SPRINGHEAD)*D ELET E instructions under the following headings:—

Trains on Reception Lines.Locomotives on Engine Line.Working of Goods and Mineral Trains t o and f rom King George Dock.

PAGE 40. (Supplement N o . I , page 42.).A B T H IN GT ON

licIDELETE:—NORTH SIGNAL BOX—Shunting of U p Freight Trains. ( 0 . 4 4 6 4 )INTERMEDIATE BLOCK SIGNALS CONTROLLED FROM T H E SIGNAL B O X IN REAR

PAGE 78. (Supplement N o . I , page 47.)Rule 127 ( XXI I I ) .ADD:—

In the case of trains or engines the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver himself must advise the rearGuard and the Driver of the assisting engine in rear.

119

GENERAL IN STR U C TION S

(0.5222)

INST RUCT IO NS AFFECTING L .M.S. SERVANTS W H E N WO R K I N GOVER T H E L O N D O N A N D N O R T H EA ST ER N R A I L WA Y

(SOUTHERN AREA)(Booklet dated April, 1939)LOCAL IN STR U C TION S

PAGE 32.* IN SER T: —

SHIPLEY BRANCHSpecial Instr uctions for W or k i ng Single Li ne. Intermediate Key Token Instruments are provided in huts at

Eccleshill and Idle respectively.Trains may be shunted into the sidings at Eccleshill and Idle respectively to allow other trains to pass. O n arrival

of a train at the Inermediate sidings the Fireman must, i f the man in charge of the sidings does not meet the train, takethe Token to the ground frame and unlock the points so that the train can be drawn into the sidings. Af ter the Guardor man in charge at the sidings has ascertained that the train has arrived complete with tail lamp attached, and the Singleline is again clear he must relock the ground frame, extract the Token and insert i t in the Instrument, giving i t half aturn in the direction indicated on the Instrument, and lowering i t into one of the slots. The Guard or man in charge atthe Intermediate siding must then inform the Signalman at the box from which the train has arrived, by telephone, thatthe train has been shunted clear of the Single line and the Token inserted in the Instrument.

In no circumstances (except as shown in clause 13, paragraph 2, and clause 17 of the Instructions to Trainmen inconnection with Single lines worked by Electric Token), must the Token be restored to the Instrument whilst any por tionof a train is standing on the Single line.

When a train requires to leave the Intermediate sidings the Guard or man i n charge must ask the permission bytelephone of the Signalman from whose box the train arrived, and the latter must advise the man at the Intermediatesiding when permission is about to be given for a Token to be released. The man at the Intermediate siding must thenraise the Token to the upper por tion of the slot, press i t in, and give i t a quarter turn towards the "OUT" position asshown on the Instrument. Both Signalmen must then depress thei r plungers for three or four seconds simultaneously,and this will cause the indicator at the Intermediate siding to show "FREE". The man at the Intermediate siding mustthen give the Token another quarter turn towards the "OUT" position and extract i t, afterwards telephoning to theSignalman from whom permission was received that the Token has been withdrawn.Note.—The man at the Intermediate sidings must be careful to keep the Token in the bottom of the slot in the Instrument

until permission is obtained from the Signalman for i t to be raised to the top of the slot and given a quarter turn.

SHIPLEYGoods Yard.—During shunting operations wagons must not be allowed to run into No. 8 road wi thout the engine

being attached.(O. 8864)

DUTIES O F EN GIN E C ON D U C T ORIf a Driver, a Passed Fireman acting as a Driver, or Motorman is not thoroughly acquainted with any por tion of the

line over which he has to run, he must obtain the services of a competent Conductor.• W h e n the Conductor is familiar wi th the type of engine employed, he must work the engine.

When the Conductor is not familiar with the type of engine employed, he will give to the train Driver the necessaryinstructions in regard to the signals, curves, gradients, speed restrictions, etc., applicable to the line over which they areworking, and leave the actual dr iving entirely in the hands of the train Driver.

The Conductor will be responsible for the due observance of signals, speed restrictions, etc., and safe working of thetra'n.

In every case the train Driver must study the signals, speed restrictions. etc., for that part of the line over which heis being conducted.

The Conductor will be responsible in cases where i t is necessary for the Fireman to carry Out the provisions of Rule 55,for seeing that this is done.

In the case of trains or engines the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Conductor will be responsible forcarrying out the duties laid down for the Fireman in respect of Rule 55.

INSTRUCTIONS AFFECTING L.M.S. SERVANTS W H E N WO RKI NG O V E R T H ELO NDO N AND NO RTH EASTERN RAILWAY (SOUTHERN AREA)—continued

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continuedLOCOM OTIVES ASSISTING A T T H E REAR O F FREIGHT TRAINS

PAGE 35. (Supplement N o . 2, page 7.)

From

INSERT:—Shipley Passenger Station

PAGE 36.

Quarry Gap

To

120

including Branches.i

Up or Down line

Up direction

Remarks

(B) Freight trains.(O. 8864)

A U TOM A TIC A N D SEM I- AUTOM ATIC STOP SIGNALSDELETE heading and existing instructions and insert'—

A U TOM A TIC A N D SEM I- A U TOM A TIC ST OP SIGNALSI. D r i ver s of trains brought to a stand at an Automatic or semi-Automatic Stop signal must, after waiting one minutein Suburban Areas or three minutes outside Suburban Areas (see clause 6) communicate with the Signalman by means ofthe telephone.

Drivers must then act on the Signalman's instructions and i f authorised to pass a signal showing the Danger aspectthey must carry out the provisions of Rule 55, Clause (g).

Exception.—On the lines between Liverpool Street and Gidea Park, Fenchurch Street and Bow Junction and BethnalGreen and Hackney Downs, Drivers need not communicate with the Signalman in accordance with this instruction whilstthey can see the section ahead is occupied by a train or engine.2. I n the event of a failure of a Colour Light Automatic or semi-Automatic Stop signal causing no l ight to be exhibited,the signal must be considered a Danger signal and the Driver must advise the Signalman of the circumstances by meansof the telephone and act in accordance wi th the instructions received.

In the event of the main l ight of a Colour Light signal being out but the side l ight (where provided) is showing anaspect other than Red, a Driver must first br ing his train to a stand and then proceed cautiously, being prepared to stopat the next signal, If necessary. The circumstances must be reported at the next station or signal box.3. Ev er y message must be repeated by the man receiving i t. N o message must be considered understood unti l i t iscorrectly repeated. See also instructions respecting "Telephones at Stop signals" (shown on page 38).

If the Signalman instructs the Driver to wait at the signal and the signal does not show a proceed aspect within threeminutes. the Driver must again communicate with the Signalman to obtain his fur ther instructions.4. I f after three minutes at the telephone the Signalman's attention cannot be obtained the Driver must act in accordancewith Rule 55, Clause (h).5. Shoul d a Driver require to proceed in accordance with Rule 55, Clause (g), he must satisfy himself that there is sufficientroom for his train to be brought to a stand clear of any run-back catch points i f the section ahead is occupied, and wheretunnels exist he must not enter a tunnel unti l he is satisfied that the tunnel is clear.6. T h e reference in Clause I t o Automatic or semi-Automatic Stop signals situated inside Suburban Areas appl ies—

London side of HarrowHitchinChelmsfordBroxbourne

PAGE 37.INTERMEDIATE BLOCK SIGN A LS C ON TR OLLED FR OM T H E SIGN A L B O X I N REAR

INSERT:—Rule 127 (xxiii) .

Should any failure of the block instruments or bells occur after a train has been allowed to proceed to the IntermediateBlock Home signal, the train must be brought to a stand at that signal and, after the necessary information has been givenby the Signalman to the Driver, by means of the telephone where provided, the Driver must send his Fireman to advisethe rear Guard, also the Driver of an engine assisting in rear, i f any, of the circumstances.

In the case of trains or engines the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver himself must advise the rearGuard and the Driver of the assisting engine in rear.

PAGE 38.DELETE:—CODE OF INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE BETWEEN EN GIN EM EN A N D SIGNALMEN W H EN TRAINS AREBROUGHT T O A STAND AT SIGNALS AT W H IC H TELEPH ON E C OM M U N IC A T ION IS PROVIDEDand instructions thereunder.

INSERT:—TELEPH ON ES A T STOP SIGNALS

When a train has been brought to a stand at a signal where telephone communication with a signal box is providedthe following code of instructions must, after telephonic communication has been established, be observed by the Trainmanand Signalman.

The Trainman must be careful to ascertain the name of the signal box with which he has established telephonic com-munication, and that i t is the box from which he requires to obtain instructions.

I. T r ain m an t o Signalman. T o communicate as follows:—To intimate that train has been brought to a t r a i n w ai t i ng a tstand owing to the signal being at Danger. S i g n a l on L i n e .

tFull description to be given.t Name or number of signal and name of line on which train isstanding to be given.

INSTRUCTIONS AFFECTING L.M.S. SERVANTS W H E N WO RKI NG O V E R T H ELONDON AND NO RTH EASTERN RAILWAY (SOUTHERN AREA)—continued

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continued

From To LineNo. of wagons or other

vehicles. etc.

PAGE 33. IN SER T : —

Sheffield No. 4 • •Sheffield No. 3Sheffield No. 4 •Sheffield No, 3 •Sheffield No. 4Penistone West

1111M

Sheffield No. 5Sheffield No. 4Sheffield No. 3Sheffield No. 4Sheffield No. 3Huddersfield Junction

Down Goods No. 2Down FastUp FastDown SlowUp SlowDown Slow

2 Coaching stock vehicles.2 Coaching stock vehicles.2 Coaching stock vehicles.2 Coaching stock vehicles.2 Coaching stock vehicles.3 Coaching stock vehicles or 20wagons when impracticable forengine to run round.

(O. 7423)LIST O F RUNBACK POIN T S I N R U N N I N G L IN ES

Place Line Position Gradient

PAGE 40.DELETE:—

Deepcar

* IN SER T: —Blackmoor Crossing

PAGE 41.*DELETE: —

fihurgoland

Down Loop

Down

Down

282 yards after passing box.

I m i l e, 960 yards befor ereaching Home signal

655 yards befor e reachingDown Home signal

I i n 120

1 i n 131

1 i n 131

(0.7423)

(0.8864/E)

(0.8864/E)M A XIM U M SPEED

PAGE 38—cont:nued

TELEPHONES A T STOP SIGNALS—cont:nued2.. Signalman t o Trainman. T o communicate as follows:—

If train to be held at signal S t o p ti l l signal clears. ( I f , after waiting 5 minutes, or otherprescribed per iod, signal does not clear Trainman must againcommunicate with the Signalman.)

If signal is defective or cannot be lowered and W a i t a t telephone for fur ther instructions. (Trainman m usttrain m ust not proceed. c o m m u n i c a t e w i th Signalman at intervals of not more than 5

'minutes. or other prescribed period, unless otherwise instructed.)Applicable at signal controlled from a Signal Box.

Pass* S i g n a l at Danger and proceedcautiously to ( N a m e point to whichtrain can proceed.)

If signal is defective or cannot be lowered,but train may proceed. A p p l i c a b l e at Automatic Signal or Semi-automatic Signal

working Automatically.Pass* S i g n a l at Danger and proceedcautiously.

*Name or number of signal to be given.3. T h e Trainman and Signalman must not terminate a conversation unti l they are sure that a clear understanding hasbeen reached.4. I f a Trainman cannot establish communication with the Signalman, the Driver must, unless instructions to the contraryare exhibited in the telephone box, send his Fireman to the signal box from which the signal is controlled in order toreceive the Signalman's instructions. I n the case of trains or engines the driving cabs of which are single manned, theGuard must go to the signal box and the Driver must give a series of short sharp single notes on the warning horn asan intimation to the Guard that i t is necessary for him to go to the signal box. W here, however, communication existsbetween the Driver and Guard, this must be used. (This clause is not applicable at Automatic or Semi-Automatic StopSignals.)

PROPELLING TRAINS OR VEHICLES T H R O U G H BLOCK SEC TION S

At or Between

PAGE 47. D ELETE: —Shaftholme Junction

PAGE 48 (No. I SupplemenINSERT:—

Shaftholme

INSERT:—Copley Hill Loco & Carriage

Sidings.Departure line West end

121

Line etc.

Up and Down Main

t, page 14).

Up and Down Main, 159 miles 36 chains and 160 miles 26 chains..

Loco Depot points to Outlet signal.

Maximum Speed i nMiles per Hour

70

80(O. 1076)

5

(0, 8231)

I NS TRUCTI O NS AFFE CTI NG L. M. S . S E RV ANTS W H E N W O R K I N G O V E R T H EL O N D O N A N D N O R T H E AS TE RN RAI LWAY ( S O U T H E R N AREA)—conti nued

GENERAL I NSTRUCTI ONS—cont i nued

Station, Junct ion,Signal Box, etc.

Speed Limit sand Speed

Restrict ions onRunning Lines Engine

TurntableWater

Columnsor

Troughs

CatchPoints andSpring orunworked

TrailingPoints

Gradient(Risingunless

otherwiseshown)

Locat ion

Miles per hour

Up Down Diameter W or T C.S. or U One in

Quarry Gap Junction . .Eccleshill Station . . . . . .

rhackley Station . . . . . .

i'hipley Box and Junction to L.M.S.

3hipley Goods . . . . . .

15

..

..

..

15

Stop

Stop

4

..

..

. .

..

.

. .

..

..

..

W

. .

..

..

..

..

..

---!

Freight trains from Laisterdykefor direction of Shipley.

Freight trains from Laisterdykefor direction of Shipley.

---

Between Nos. I and 2 Roads forNos. 1 and 2 Roads.

(O. 8864)4)

SPEED L IM ITS A N D SPEED RESTRICTIONS, C A T C H POIN T S ETC.

PAGE 48. (Supplement N o . I , page 17.)* IN SER T: —

LAISTERDYKE, QU A R R Y GA P T O SH IPLEY

Station, Junction,Signal Box, etc.

PAGE 48. (Supplement N o . I , page 19).INSERT:—

Gunhouse Junction

PAGE 64.DELETE:—

Deepcar loop line to Wortley.

PAGE 68. D ELETE: —Woodhouse East and Woodhouse Sidings

PAGE 4.DELETE:—Thornhill No. 3—all particulars.AMEND:—Distance Thornhill No. 2-844 yards.

122

DONCASTER (MARSHGATE) T O CLEETHORPES

Water Columns or Troughsor

D OW N L IN ES

W OR K IN G I N W R ON G D IR EC TIONPlaces between L i n e

Location

Gunhouse JunctionUp Sidings

(0.7423/WY).

REGULATIONS FOR W OR K IN G TR A IN S OVER PASSENGER A N D GOOD S L IN ES W OR K EDON T H E PERMISSIVE BLOCK SYSTEM

(0.7423)

Down Reception. ( O . 7423)

INST RUCT IO NS T O T R A I N M E N A T F O R M E R L EED S C E N T R A LDISTRICT D EPO T S F O R WO R K I N G O VER FO RMER L.M.S. R A I L WA Y

LINES(Booklet dated April, 1958)

A D D IT ION A L R U N N I N G LINES, SIGN A L B OXES, R U N A W A Y CATCH POIN T S, SPEEDRESTRICTIONS, ETC.

(O. 9223)PAGE 15.*DELETE:—Addi tional "Fifth l ine" between Hillhouse No. I and Huddersfield No. 2 (redesignated "Shunting Line") .*DELETE:—Huddersfield No. 2 and No. 1, all particulars except speed restrictions.

M S T R U C T I O N S TO T R A I N M E N A T FORMER LEEDS CE NTRAL DI STRI CT DEPOTSFOR W O R K I N G O V E R FO RME R L.M.S. RAI LWAY LI NES—conti nued

(Booklet dated April, I958)—continuedA D D IT ION A L R U N N IN G LINES, SIGNAL BOXES, R U N A W A Y CATCH POIN TS, SPEED

RESTRICTIONS, ETC.—continuedPAGE I5—continued

*IN SER T: —

AdditionalRunning Lines

* A M E N D distance:—Huddersfield, Springwood Junction-1,060 yards* A M E N D speed restr ictions:—

Between Huddersfield Down Starting signal and Bradley Junction 1Slo w Line 5 0—25 miles 73 chains to 28 miles 40 chains I-F a s t L i n e 5 5

Between station end of Huddersfield Tunnel and gantry of signals (Huddersfield UpHome and Down Starting signals) 25 miles 49 chains to 25 miles 73 chains—all lines 1 5 1 5

(0.9176)PAGE 29.AM EN D distances:—

Miles Platting T a n k Yard • 3 9 2 yards.New Allen Street 4 1 5 yards.

The Down West Goods Loop between Tank Yard and Miles Platting Station Junction Signal Boxes has been redesig-nated "Through Siding".PAGE 34.

*Atherton—DELETE:—Peelwood Siding.* A M E N D distance—Walkden H i gh Level—Peel Hal l - - I m i le 976 yards.

PAGE 77.

Station and Signal Box

Stations andSignal Boxes

HuddersfieldHuddersfield

Methley—SidingsDELETE existing entries and

INSERT:—

Main, Fastor Passr.

Line

Down line

Distance from placenext above

Miles Y a r d s

* Working in both directiNo. 8 Platform line.

LOC OM OTIVE W HISTLESSPECIAL R OU T IN G ETC., W HISTLES

Whistles:L — long. S — short. C c r o w

UP

Slow orGoods

Line

123

986

Main, Fastor Passr.

Line

I S. I L3 S, 1 LI L , 3 S

2 S, I L

5 L

Directionof UpLine

ons over

DOWN

Slow orGoodsLine

Wheresituate

* 198 yardsbeforereachingsignal155/6

Runaway Catch Points

Line

Up Loop

To

Approx.gradient

I in.

101

Miles per hourUp U p D o w n

(O. 8804/LK-C)

Stourton Down Sidings for traffic.- Hunslet Down Sidings for traffic.Freight t r ai ns r equi r i ng w at er a t

Hunslet Station junction.Kirkstall direct, not stopping at Stour-

ton Down Sidings or Hunslet DownSidings for traffic.

Skelton Grange C.E.A. Sidings.(O. 8864)

GENERAL I NS TRUCTI O NSPAGE 84—Tdlephones at Stop Signals—Clause ( i i i )—Amend reference to " 2 long whistles" t o read "a series of

short sharp whistles". Add new clause (5):—(5) I n the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver must carry out the duties

of the Fireman, except in the case where communication cannot be established wi th the Signalman, when the Guard must.proceed to the signal box.

When necessary, the Driver must give a series of short sharp single notes on the warning horn as an intimation tothe Guard that i t is necessary for him to go to the signal box. Where, however, communication exists between the Driverand Guard, this must be used.

124

I NS TRUCTI O NS T O T R A I N M E N A T FO RME R LEEDS CE NTRAL DI STRI CT DEPOTSFOR W O R K I N G O V E R FO RME R LM. S. RAI LWAY LI NES—conti nued

GENERAL I NSTRUCTI ONS—cont i nuedExekmiN ixr io m O F FREIGHT T akIN I3

Signal Box Situation of Points LineApproximate

GradientNormal l ie of

Points

INSERT:—Bingley.Marley Junction.

Trailing points in connection, Up Slow toUp Main.

Up Main Level Up Main(O. 9127)

From To Line Remarks

PAGE 93.* A M E N D:—

Sowerby Bridge Station . . West . . „ . . Down Through Sidings . . Including Loco Stores Van.PAGE 94. (O. 8574/18)DELETE:—

Stores Van w i thout br ake van.

*Huddersfield No. 1 . . Huddersfield No. 2 . . Up Main No. 1 Up Platformand Up Goods

—

*Huddersfield No. 2 . . Huddersfield No. 1 . . No. 8 D ow n Platform ,Down Main and D ow n

—

DELETE:—

Goods (O. 9176)

From To Line Wagons or other vehicles, etc.PAGE 5'9.DELETE:—

Wakefield, Station Up Branch and Up Through Stores Van.Calder Bridge

INSERT:— Stores Van w i thout br ake van.Wakefield,

Calder BridgeNormanton Goose Hill

via Wakefield ForkUp Branch, Up Fork and Down

MainThe automatic brake must beconnected and in use. (O. 8525)

PAGE 100.DELETE:—

*Huddersfield No. 1 Huddersfield No. 2 1 Up and Down Platform l ine.. 4 Coaching Stock vehicles.*Huddersfield No. 2 Huddersfield No. 1 J " (0. 9176)

PAGE IOCINSERT:—

Normanton,Goose Hill

Normanton StationSouth

Down Main Stores Van without brake van. Theautomatic brake must be con-nected and in use. ( 0 . 8525)

Leeds—DELETE:—

P. City Junction City West D o w n. . .. ..

10 in clear weather, etc.P. City W est City Junction U p . . Coaching Stock.

City Junction• •

City Nor th • .. . .Down . . • . . . . . 10 in clear weather, etc.

City Junction City Nor th • North and South Arrival lines 14 Coaching Stock vehicles.INSERT:—

P. City Junction City West Down 12 Coaching Stock w i thout brakeP. City Junction City (Wellington) North and South Arrival f v a n in clear weather.

City Junction City (Wellington) North and South Arr ival 14 Coaching Stock; 3 CoachingStock without brake van in clearweather only.

City Junction City West Down Coaching Stock, 10 in clear weather,2 dur ing fog or falling snow. 3without br ak e v an i n c l earweather only.

City W est City Junction Up Coaching Stock.Whitehall Junction City Junction Up Fast and Up Slow 3 Coaching Stock w i thout brakevan i n clear weather only.

(O. 7388)

PAGE 85.Classification

AMEND:—

conveying any wagons fitted with grease axle boxes, the distance between examinations M UST N OT EXCEED85 MILES. f a 8864)

LINES W ORKED O N T H E PERMISSIVE BLOCK SYSTEM—PLACES W H ER E DRIVERS AREW ARNED B Y GREEN H A N D SIGN A L W I T H O U T BEING B R OU GH T T O A STA N D

Signal BoxPAGE 86.*DELETE: —

Huddersfield No. I

PAGE 89.

PROPELLING VEHICLES O N R U N N IN G L

Through Freight or empty wagon trainsMineral trains

SPRING POIN T S A N D U N W OR K ED TRAILING POIN T S

SETTING BACK T H R OU GH SEC T ION I N W R ON G D IR EC TION

Description

Down Goods line

Line

NES OU T SID E STATION LIMITS—RULE 149

Maximum Distance miles

125*125*

Remarks

Trains will be brought to a stand at theHome signal. f a 9176)

125

--.

From To LineRemarks

Loaded Wagons Empty Wagons

PAGE 109.AMEND:—

*Chor ley No. 1 . . . . Ryland's Siding . . . . Down . . . . . . 10 26(O. 8864/LM–C)

From To Line Remarks

PAGE I I I .

Leeds (New) and viceversa

Huddersfield(Springwood Junctionexclusive) andvice versa

Huddersfield(Springwood Junctioninclusive)

Leeds Ci ty . .

•

—

—

.

—(O. 9176)

AMEND:—*Hi l lhouse No. 1 . . Huddersfield . . . . Up . . . . . . . . Loco Stores Van.*Huddersfield . . . . Hillhouse No. 1 . . Down . . . . . . . . Loco Stores Van.

(O. 9176)PAGE 112.INSERT:—

P. Leeds City West . ,P. Leeds City . . . .

(Wellington)

City Junction . . . .City Junction . . . .

Up . ' . • •"North and S o u th D e pa r tu r e.

) 2, i n clear weather only.(O. 7388)

From To

Not more than the numberof vehicles shown bel owto be conveyed behind rear

brake vansRemarks

PAGE 113.DELETE:—*Manchester (Exchange) . .INSERT:—*Manchester (Exchange) . .

*Leeds Ci ty . . . . . .

*Huddersfield (SpringwoodJunction)

Leeds (New) and viceversa

Huddersfield(Springwood Junctionexclusive) andvice versa

Huddersfield(Springwood Junctioninclusive)

Leeds Ci ty . .

Equal t o 41- . . . . . .

Equal to 4 i . . . . . .

5 coaching vehicles . . .

5 coaching vehicles . . . .

—

—

.

—(O. 9176)

INSTRUCTIONS TO TRAINMEN AT FORMER LEEDS CENTRAL DISTRICT DEPOTSFOR WORKING OVER FORMER L.M.S. RAILWAY LINES—continued

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continued

W ORKING O F VEHICLES O N R U N N I N G L IN ES W I T H O U T BRAKE VA N I N REAR

W ORKING OF C OA C H IN G VEHICLES W I T H O U T BRAKE VA N IN REAR

PAGE 113.C ON VEYA N C E OF VEHICLES B EH IN D REAR BRAKE VA N O F

PASSENGER OR EM PTY C OA C H IN G STOCK TRAINSINSERT * * preceding the following entr ies:—

From Skipton to Bol ton Abbey.From Ilkley to Skipton.From Shipley to Esholt Junction.From Apperley Junction to Milnerwood Junction.From Menston Junction t o Burley Junction.

NOTE **.—These instructions do not apply to multiple uni t diesel trains in respect of vehicles forming par t of theunit, but the Guard must ride in the rearmost guard's compartment. ( O . 9049)

PAGES 114, 115, 116—INSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING T H E W O R K I N G O F IN TER M ED IA TE B L OC KSIGNALS:—

Instruction N o . 2—Working of Telephone—ADD as four th paragraph:—

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver himself must advise the rearGuard and the Driver of an engine assisting in rear.Instruction N o . 3—Train stopped at intermediate block home signal—ADD as second paragraph—

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver must carry out the duties ofthe Fireman.Instruction No. 6—Block Regulation ZS—Failure of instruments or bells—ADD as second paragraph—

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver himself must advise the rearGuard and the Driver of an engine assisting in rear.Instruction No. 7—Train stopped by accident, failure, obstruction, or other exceptional cause—The referencesto "Guard or Fireman" in the first paragraph are amended to read "Guard, Driver or Fireman".

I NS TRUCTI O NS TO T R A I N M E N A T FO RME R LEEDS CE NTRAL DI STRI CT DEPOTSFOR WO RKI NG OVER FORMER L.M.S. RAI LWAY LINES—continued

GENERAL I NSTRUCTI ONS—cont i nuedLIST O F INTERM EDIATE B LOC K SIGNALS

Siding Position Particulars of WorkingPAGE 118.*D ELETE: —

Sowerby Bridge Coal SidingPAGE 120.INSERT:—

*East Sidings

Up Loop

Normantonline

Up Through

Electrically locked from Station Box.(O. 8574/ I 8)

Ground Frame control led by NormantonStation N or th box. ( O . 8373)

PAGE I25.—ADD:——

Intermediate Blocksignal situated

between undermentionedsignal boxes

PAGE* A M EN D : —

Newton Heath—Thorpes Br idgeJunction andHollinwood

1Line

Down

Up

Name ofIntermediateBlock signal

Failsworth

Failsworth

126

Signal box controllingIntermediate Block signal

to which telephonecommunication is made

Thorpes Bridge Junction

Hollinwood

SIDINGS C ON N EC T ED W I T H R U N N N G L IN ES W H I C H ARE W OR K ED U N D ERSPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS

N OR M A N T ON

Remarks

Continuously l i t colour l i ghtHome signal . Sem aphor eDistant signal.

Semaphore.(O. 8864/LM C)

DUTIES OF EN GIN E C ON D U C T OR SIf a Driver, a Passed Fireman acting as a Driver, or Motorman is not thoroughly acquainted wi th any portion of the

line over which he has to run, he must obtain the services of a competent Conductor.When the Conductor is familiar wi th the type of engine employed, he must work the engine.When the Conductor is not familiar with the type of engine employed, he will give the train Dr iver the necessary

instructions in regard to the signals, curves, gradients, speed restrictions, etc., applicable to the line over which they areworking, and leave the actual driving entirely in the hands of the train Driver.

The Conductor will be responsible for the due observance of signals, speed restrictions, etc., and safe working of thetrain.

In every case the train Driver must study the signals, speed restrictions, etc., for that part of the line over which heis being conducted.

The Conductor will be responsible, in cases where i t is necessary for the Fireman to carry out the provisions of Rule 55,for seeing that this is done.

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Conductor will be responsible forcarrying out the duties laid down for the Fireman in respect of Rule 55.

LO CAL I NS TRUCTI O NSPAGE 129. D ELET E. W HITLEY BRIDGE and instruction. ( O . 9225)

H UDDERSFIELD*D ELETE: —

"Drivers of Down Freight trains requir ing rel ief must stop w i th thei r engine opposite the Shunters' cabin atHuddersfield N o. 2."* IN SER T : —

Trains not completely within Fixed Signals.—Referring to the General Appendix Instructions, the followingadditional instructions apply:—

When the engine of a train is ahead of the Platform Starting signal, the "Proceed" aspect of the relative subsidiarysignal will be given. A t the signals reading to the Up Fast or Up Slow lines an "S" indication will also be given withthe subsidiary signal. The Station inspector or person in charge must arrange to instruct the Driver verbally to start,and to proceed at CAUTION as far as the next running signal, whatever may be its aspect. This instruction mustnot be given unti l the Guard has given his signal to start.

When an engine is ahead of the Platform Starting signal dur ing shunting operations, the "Proceed" aspect ofthe relative subsidiary signal will be given and the Inspector or Shunter must arrange to instruct the Driver verballyto PROCEED AT CAUTION.

PAGE 133. G O O L EINSERT:—Engine Shed:—

When i t is necessary dur ing shunting operations to foul No. 39 Down Through Siding to Down Main points thepermission of the Signalman at Engine Shed Box must first be obtained by the Enginemen on the telephone provided.Movements on to the Down Through Siding must not pass the "Limit of Shunt" board. ( O . 5494)PAGE 140. A T H E R T O N CENTRAL*D ELET E second paragraph. ( O . 8804/LM-C)PAGE 146.*D ELETE: — C L I F T O N JU N C T ION

Robin H ood Sidings and instructions apertaining thereto. ( O . 8864/LM-C)PAGE 153.

INSERT:—N or m anton Stati on. Referr ing to Rule 44(b): the calling on signals provided at Normanton Station Nor th and

South Signal boxes below the Up and Down Platform line starting signals respectively, may be taken off before trains arebrought to a stand at them, and Drivers in such circumstances must draw forward cautiously as laid down in Rule 44(a).

(O. 8373)

INSTRUCTIONS TO EASTERN OPERATING AREA STAFF FORWORKING OVER TH E N OR TH EASTERN OPERATING AREA

(Circular R.R. 516, 1951)

Line From

'To Line

To

Remarks

Cudworth South • o . •

Cudworth South Junction..

UpLine

Down

PAGE 67.

INSERT:—

DELETE:—

KING ED W A R D BRIDGE EAST 15

INSERT:—

SPEED L IM IT .

* 20 and 21 Arthington South -

Line N o . I4.—H U LL T O LEEDS ETC.

* I York Yard Nor th . • • . York Yard South . • No. 2 Goods • . —

Up • •

All connections M ai n t o Passenger

* 20 Arthington Nor th(Harrogate and Leeds line) o • —

(O. 3292)DELETE:—

Cross Gates and Neville H ill East 20

(O. 4464)

All connections Fast to Slow and Slowto Fast. 15 miles 78 chains to 18 miles

* I York Yard South • • • • York . . • • . • Goods . • .. —

AMEND:—Neville H i l l East and N eville H i l l

West45 45 Main lines, 18 miles 20 chains t o 19

miles. ( O . 1076)

(O. 7423)

Line No. Signal Box

'To Line

Line Remarks

Cudworth South • o . •

Cudworth South Junction..

PAGE 69.

Down Main . .

Down Main . .

10 Freight Wagons.

10 Freight Wagons.(O. 8523)

INSERT:—

DELETE:—

KING ED W A R D BRIDGE EAST 15 15

SPEED L IM IT .

* 20 and 21 Arthington South -

Line N o . I4.—H U LL T O LEEDS ETC.

(Harrogate and Leeds line) .. Up Through vehicles, etc.(Otley and Ilkley Branch) • • • • Up • •

All connections M ai n t o Passenger

* 20 Arthington Nor th(Harrogate and Leeds line) o • —

19 miles.INSERT:—

Cross Gates and Neville H ill East 20

(O. 4464)

Line No. From 'To LineNumber of vehicles

and Special ConditionsPAGE 74.DELETE:—

* 10INSERT:—

* 10

Cudworth South • o . •

Cudworth South Junction..

Cudworth Nor th . •

Cudworth Yard Nor th . .

Down Main . .

Down Main . .

10 Freight Wagons.

10 Freight Wagons.(O. 8523)

Station, Junction, Signal Box, etc.

Speed Limits and SpeedRestrictions on Running Lines

- -Location

Miles perUp

hourDown

Line N o . I.—SHAFTHOLM E T O BERWICK (M ARSHALL M EADOWS)PAGE 41. (Supplement No. I page 24).INSERT:—KING ED W A R D BRIDGE EAST 15 1

5SPEED L IM IT .

CURVE (O. 1076)

Line N o . I4.—H U LL T O LEEDS ETC.PAGE 51.DELETE:—

Cross Gates and Neville H ill West . 20 20 All connections M ai n t o PassengerIndependent and Passenger Indepen-dent t o Main, 15 miles 78 chains t o19 miles.

INSERT:—Cross Gates and Neville H ill East 20 20 All connections Fast to Slow and Slow

to Fast. 15 miles 78 chains to 18 miles20 chains ( U p side) and 18 miles 24chains (Down side).

Neville H ill East and Neville H ill 10 10 All connections M ain t o Goods andWest Goods to Main, 18 miles 20 chains (Up

side), 18 miles 24 chains (Down side)to 19 miles.

AMEND:—Neville H i l l East and N eville H i l l

West45 45 Main lines, 18 miles 20 chains t o 19

miles. ( O . 1076)

-

127

TABLE A

TABLE CLINES W OR K ED U N D ER N O BLOCK R EGU LA TION S

TABLE HPLACING TR A IN S OR VEHICLES OU T SID E H O M E SIGNALS

TABLE LPROPELLING O F TRAINS OR VEHICLES

PAGE 12.

INSERT:—

PAGE 17 (No. 1 Supplement, page 10)

DELETE:—

128

INSTRUCTIONS TO BE OBSERVED BY DRIVERS,GUARDS AND OTHERSFOR WORKING OUTSIDE THE NORTH EASTERN OPERATING AREA

Booklet dated 1st January, 1950)

EASTERN OPERATING AREA—GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSPAGE I.—INSERT:—

• A U T O M A T I C A N D SEM I- AUTOM AT1C ST OP SIGN A LS

Drivers of trains brought to a stand at an Automatic or Semi-Automatic Stop Signal must, after waiting one minutein Suburban Areas or three minutes outside Suburban Areas (see clause 6) communicate with the Signalman by meansof the telephone.

Drivers must then act on the Signalman's instructions and i f authorised to pass a signal showing the Danger aspectthey must carry out the provisions of Rule 55, Clause (g).

Exception.—On the lines between Liverpool Street and Gidea Park, Fenchurch Street and Bow Junction and BethnalGreen and Hackney Downs, Drivers need not communicate with the Signalman in accordance with this instruction whilstthey can see the section ahead is occupied by a train or engine.

2. I n the event of a failure of a Colour Light Automatic or Semi-Automatic Stop signal causing no' l ight to be exhibited,the signal must be considered a Danger signal and the Driver must advise the Signalman of the circumstances by meansof the telephone and act in accordance wi th the instructions received.

In the event of the main l ight of a Colour Light Signal being out but the side l ight (where provided) is showing anaspect other than Red. a Driver must first br ing his train to a stand and then proceed cautiously, being prepared to stopat the next signal, i f necessary. The circumstances must be reported at the next station or signal box.3. Ev er y message must be repeated by the man receiving i t. N o message must be considered understood unti l i t iscorrectly repeated. See also instructions respecting "Telephones at Stop signals" (shown on page 77 of the GeneralAppendix).

If the Signalman instructs the Driver to wait at the signal and the signal does not show a proceed aspect within threeminutes, the Driver must again communicate with the Signalman to obtain his fur ther instructions.4. I f , after three minutes at the telephone the Signalman's attention cannot be obtained, the Driver must act in accordancewith Rule 55, Clause (h).

5. Shoul d a Driver require to proceed in accordance with Rule 55 Clause (g), he must satisfy himself that there is sufficientroom for his train to be brought to a stand clear of any run-back catch points i f the section ahead is occupied, and where•tunnels exist he must not enter a tunnel unti l he is satisfied that the tunnel is clear.

6 T h e reference in Clause I to Automatic or Semi-Automatic Stop signals situated inside Suburban Areas applies:—London side of Harrow

H itch inChelmsfordBroxbourne }

including Branches.

•

EASTERN OPERATING AREA—LOCAL INSTRUCTIONS

Eastern Region Line No. 2—DONCASTER TO LEEDS A N D BRADFORD (VIASTAN NI NGLEY)

W OR K IN G OF PASSENGER TRAINS OVER D OW N GOOD S LINE FROM W ORTLEYWEST T O BRAMLEY

W hen author ised by notice, passenger trains may be worked over the Down Goods line from Wortley West toBramley, which is worked under the Absolute Block System, subject to the following conditions:—

(I) Speed must not exceed IS miles per hour through the connections from Main to Goods line at Wortley Westand Goods to Main or branch lines at Bramley.

(2) Speed must not exceed 40 mi les per hour at any point between Wor tley West and Bramley. ( 0. 9000/S)

Eastern Region Line No. 13—WHITEMOOR TO DONCASTER (BLACK CARRJ UNCTION) V IA SPALDING, ETC.

LINCOLN CENTRAL

PELHAM STREET, Trains Entering Lincoln Station, and relative instructions. ( 0 . 7 4 1 3 )

INSTRUCTIONS T O BE OBSERVED BY DRIVERS, GUARDS A N D OTHERS FO RWORKING OUTSIDE T HE N O R T H EASTERN OPERATING AREA—continued

(Booklet dated 1st January, 1950)—continuedEastern Operating Area—continued

TABLE 'A'

Station, Ju n c t i on ,Signal Box, etc.

•Speed Limit s

and SpeedRestrict ions onRunning Lines Engine

Turntable

W at erColumns

orTroughs

CatchPoints andSpring orunworkedTrailingPoints

Gradient(Risingunless

otherwiseshown)

Locat ionMiles per hour

Up Down Diameter W or T C.S o r U One in

PAGE 36.INSERT:—*Har e Park. . . . . . .. .. C 150 Up Branch, 750 yards befor e

reaching Home Signal.*Shariston West . . . . .. .. .. C 1259 Up line, 725 yards before reach-

ing Home Signal.*Crof ton WestJunction L.M.S . 15 15 .. .. .. .. TO A N D FROM L.N.E.R.

LINE N o . 44.—BALNE LANE JU N CTIO N T O LAISTE RDYKE EAST ETC.PAGE 45.INSERT:—*Cutlers Junction. . . . .. C 58 Up line, 401 yards before reach-

ing Home Signal from Shipley.*Laisterdyke East .. .. . • .. C Level Down l i ne, 142 yards befor e

reaching Advance Signal t oShipley.

Station, Junction, Signal Box, etc.

Line N o . 1.—KING'S CROSS T O(No. I Supplement, page 13.)DELETE:—

- K i n g ' s Cross and HatfieldINSERT:—

King's Cross and Potters Bar

PAGE 31. ( No. I Supplement, page 13.)I NSERT:—*H o llo way

(No I Supplement, page 15.)DELETE:—

Hatfield and HollowayINSERT:—

Potters B ar and HollowayDELETE:—

Hatfield and W oolmer GreenINSERT:—

Potters Bar and Woolmer Green

(No. I Supplement, page 21.)AMEND:—

Marshgate Junction and Shaftholme

Line N o . 2.—DONCASTER T O LPAGE 35.INSERT:—Copley H ill Loco & Carriage Siding

Departure line W est end

Line N o. 39.—M EXBOROUGH TPAGE 44.DELETE:—

Aldham Junction

INSERT:—Aldham Junction

Speed Limits and SpeedRestrictions on Running lines

Up

SHAFTHOL

15

60

60

70

70

60

EEDS A N D B

0 BARNSLE

10

15

1 29

Miles per Hour

ME

Down

60

60

70

70

60

RADFORD vi

5

Y ETC.

10

15

LINE N o . 2.—DONCASTER T O LEEDS A N D BRADFORD

Fast line, 0 miles 22 chains to 18 miles.

Fast line, 0 miles 22 chains to 12 miles20 chains.

Up Goods line, between CaledoneanRoad Overbridge N o . 8 and Copen-hagen Tunnel mouth, 1 mile 25 chainsto I m i le 12 chains.

(O. 8864/E)

Fast line, 18 miles to I mile 35 chains.

Fast line, 12 miles 20 chains to I mile35 chains.

Fast line, 18 miles to 23 miles 40 chains.

Fast line, 12 miles 20 chains to 23 miles40 chains. ( O . 7423)

Main lines, 156 miles 40 chains t o 159miles 36 chains.

(O. 1076)a STA N NINGLEY

Location

Loco Depot points t o Out let signal.(0.8231)

To and f rom Chapelton and Worsboro'and Goods lines.

To and f rom Chapelton and Worsboro'and Goods lines. ( O . 7423)

I NS TRUCTI O NS T O BE OBSERVED BY DRI VERS, G UARDS , A N D O THE RS FO RWO RKI NG O UTS I DE T H E N O R T H E AS TE RN O P E RATI NG AREA—conti nued

(Booklet dated 1st January, 1951:)—continuedEastern Oper ati ng Area—continued

TABLE LPROPELLING TRAINS OR VEHICLES

Line No.

PAGE 62. I N3

(No. I SuppleAMEND:—

*5

Line No.

PAGE 66. ( N o .ADD:—

1

From

SERT:—Sheffield No. 4Sheffield No. 3Sheffield No. 4Sheffield No. 3Sheffield No. 4Penistone West

ment, page 38.)

Denaby " A"

From

I Supplement, Page

Holloway South

Sheffield No. 5Sheffield No. 4Sheffield No. 3Sheffield No. 4Sheffield No. 3Huddersfield Junction

Middleton Sidings

To

39.)

King's Cross(Passenger)

To

130

Down

Line

Down Goods No. 2Down FastUp FastDown SlowUp SlowDown Slow

TABLE MW OR K IN G OF VEHICLES W IT H OU T BRAKE VA N IN REAR

Line

Up Main Hol loway South t oBelle Is l e thence v i a U pRelief line.

SCOTTI SH RE G I O N— LO CAL I NS TRUCTI O NSLine No. I—W AVERLEY EAST T O MARSHALL M EADOW SPage 79. (Supplement No. 1, page 41.)

Number of Vehicles andSpecial Conditions

2 Coaching stock vehicles.2 Coaching stock vehicles.2 Coaching stock vehicles.2 Coaching stock vehicles.2 Coaching stock vehicles.3 Coaching stock vehiclesor 20 wagons when im-practicable for engine t orun round. ( 0 . 7423)

30 wagons. N o t more than10 wagons wi thout brakevan leading in daylight andclear weather only.

(O. 8864/E)

No. of vehicle andSpecial Conditions

2 fitted vans.

(O. 7423)

CRAIGENT1NNYCRA1GENTINNY CARRIAGE SIDINGS—TELEPHONE AT EXIT FROM SIDINGS

DELETE existing instruction and INSERT:—Telephone at ex i t f r om Car r iage sidings- - If a train or l ight engine is stopped at the ex i t signal from the

Carriage sidings, the fireman must immediately telephone the signalman advising the destination of the train or engineor any other particulars to identi fy the working.Page 79.INSERT:—

BETWEEN C R A IGEN T IN N Y A N D PORTOBELLO W ESTNo. 2 Down Goods Line.

Down trains for the Carriage sidings must be drawn close to the crossover road leading to the Carriage sidingsso as t o clear the catch points at the Portobello end of No. 2 Down goods l ine.

This l ine may be used i n the wrong direction but before a movement is made in the wrong direction the YardInspector or the person i n charge at Craigentinny must first obtain the permission of the signalman at Por tobel loWest box.Locomotive Loop Line.

This l ine between Craigentinny carriage sidings and Portobello West may be worked i n ei ther direction. Downtrains m ust b e dr awn close t o t he crossover road to the carriage sidings so as to clear the catch points at thePortobello end of the loop l ine.

(0.7423)Line N o . 73.—ED1NBURGH (WAVERLEY) T O GLA SGOW ( QU EEN STREET ELL.) Etc.PAGE 86. W A VER L EYADD:—CALTON N OR T H A N D SOU T H T U N N EL S: D O W N L IN E MARKER L IGH TS

19 electric bulkhead marker lights are provided on the wall of Calton Nor th Tunnel, Down side of line, commencing8 yards from the St. Margarets end of the tunnel and extending at intervals of 25 yards to 8 yards from the Waverley endof the tunnel.

16 electric bulkhead marker lights are provided on the wall of Calton South Tunnel, Down side of line, commencing12 yards from the St. Margarets end of the tunnel and extending at intervals of 25 yards to 12 yards from the Waverleyend of the tunnel.

These lights are provided to assist drivers of Down trains to determine their direction of travel when adverse conditionsprevail in the tunnels.

The lights in each tunnel are controlled by two circuits, each alternate light being on the same circuit. Should threeor more lights in one circuit fail, the Nor th Down Main Home 1 signal No. EA!, or the South Down Main Home I signal,No. E.20, as the case may be, will be locked at danger and trains will be dealt wi th in accordance wi th Rules 37(a) (iii)and 81. ( O . 7423)

Station, Junction,Signal Boxes, etc.

PAGE 95.INSERT:—*Reston Junction and Duns

Up

30

2. Sig n alman t o Trainman.If train to be held at signal.

If signal is defective or cannot be lowered andtrain m us t not proceed.

If signal is defective or cannot be lowered,but train m ay proceed.

131

INSTRUCTIONS T O BE OBSERVED BY DRIVERS, GUARDS A N D OTHERS FO RWORKING OUTSIDE T HE N O R T H EASTERN OPERATING AREA—continued

(Booklet dated 1st January, I950)—continuedSCOTTISH REGION—LOCAL INSTRUCTIONS—continued

TABLE ALine N o . 15.—RESTON JU N C T ION T O D U N S

Speed Limits and SpeedRegulations on Running Lines

Miles per hourDown

30

Location

Speed Limit. ( O . 7423)

LONDON MI DLAND OPERATING AREAGENERAL IN STR U C TION S

PAGE 1113.--TELEPHONES A T STOP SIGNALSDELETE existing instructions and INSERT:—

TELEPHONES A T STOP SIGNALS(Procedure applicable in London Midland Operating Area)

Drivers of trains brought to a stand at a stop signal (other than an intermediate block home or automatic or semi-automatic signal) provided with a telephone for the purpose of enabling Trainmen to advise the Signalman that the trainis waiting, must carry out the following instructions.—

(i) I f detained more than three minutes the Driver must advise the Signalman, by telephone, that the train is waiting.(ii) Should the telephone be out of order and the signal not be taken off at the expiration of ten minutes, the Guard,

or Fireman, whoever is nearer the signal box, must proceed to the signal box and obtain the instructions of theSignalman.

(iii) Should the signal be in advance of the signal box the Driver must give a series of short sharp whistles after thetrain has been detained ten minutes, as an intimation to the Guard that he is required to carry out the provisionsof paragraph (ii).

(iv) Should the signal be taken off before the Guard or Fireman proceeds to the signal box, the Driver must repor tthe failure of the telephone at the first station booked to stop.

A Driver may be given instructions as laid down in the Block Regulations by means of the telephone and may, i f thecircumstances require i t, be requested to send his Fireman to convey instructions to the Guard and to the Driver of anyassisting engine. The Signalman must be advised when such information has been conveyed to the Guard or the Driverof an assisting engine.

The foregoing instructions do not apply to intermediate block home or automatic or semi-automatic signals, and therelative instructions respecting the use of telephones provided at such signals are contained i n the various SectionalAppendices, or other publications.

When a train has been brought to a stand at a signal where telephone communication wi th a signal box is providedthe following code of instructions must, after telephonic communication has been established, be observed by the Trainmanand Signalman.

The Trainman must be careful to ascertain the name of the signal box wi th which he has established telephoniccommunication, and that i t is the box from which he requires to obtain instructions.I. T r ain m an t o Signalman. T o communicate as follows:—

To intimate that train has been brought to a ( a ) t r a i n waiting atstand owing to the signal being at Danger. ( b ) s i g n a l on l i n e .

(a) Description to be given.(b) Name or number of signal and name of line on which train

is standing to be given.To communicate as follows:—

Stop till signal clears. ( l f, after waiting three minutes, signal doesnot clear, Trainman must again communicate with the Signalman.)

Wait at telephone for fur ther instructions. (Trainman mustcommunicate with Signalman at intervals of not more than threeminutes unless otherwise instructed.)

lApplicable at signal controlled from a signal box.I Pas s (c) s i g n a l at Danger and proceed

cautiously to ( n a m e point to whichtrain can proceed).

Applicable at Automatic Signal or Semi-Automatic Signalworking automatically.Pass (c) s i g n a l at Danger and proceed

I cauti ousl y.1_ ( c ) Name or number of signal to be given.

te a conversation unti l they are sure that a clear understanding has3. T h e Trainman and Signalman must not terminabeen reached.4. W h e r e communication cannot be established w i th the Signalman, Trainmen must carry out the instructions laiddown in clauses (ii) or (iii) of the above instruction. (This clause is not applicable at Intermediate block home, Automatic,or Semi-Automatic, stop signals.)5. I n the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver must carry out the dutiesof the Fireman, except in the case where communication cannot be established wi th the Signalman, when the Guard mustproceed to the signal box.

When necessary, the Driver must give a series of short sharp single notes on the warning horn as an intimation tothe Guard that i t is necessary for him to go to the signal box. Where, however, communication exists between the Driverand Guard, this must be used.

INSTRUCTIONS TO BE OBSERVED BY DRIVERS, GUARDS AND OTHERS FORWORKING OUTSIDE THE NO RTH EASTERN OPERATING AREA—continued

(Booklet dated 1st January, I950)—continuedLO NDO N MI DLAND OPERATING AREA—continued

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continuedExamination of Freight Trains

Stations and Signal Boxes Distance f r om pl acenext above

Miles Y a r d sDELETE:—

EllandWaterhouse Siding 1 1222East 1566West 424

INSERT:—Elland

Station 2 245

AMEND:—Greetland

No. 2 1375

Classification

PAGE 121 ( No.AMEND:—

* I f conveying85 MILES

PAGE I25.—ADD:—

Supplement, page 51)

PAGE 144 (No. I Supplement, page 64).

DELETE:—Thornhi l l No. 3—all particulars.

AMEND:—Distance Thornhill No. 2- 844 yards.

Description

132

Through Freight or empty wagon trainsMineral trains

any wagons fitted wi th grease axle boxes, the distance between exa

DUTIES OF EN GIN E C ON D U C T OR S

If a Driver, a Passed Fireman acting as a Driver, or Motorman is not thoroughly acquainted wi th any por tion of theline over which he has to run, he must obtain the services of a competent Conductor.

When the Conductor is familiar with the type of engine employed, he must work the engine.When the Conductor is not familiar wi th the type of engine employed, he will give the train Driver the necessary

instructions in regard to the signals, curves, gradients, speed restrictions, etc., applicable to the line over which they areworking, and leave the actual dr iving entirely in the hands of the train Driver.

The Conductor will be responsible for the due observance of signals, speed restrictions, etc., and safe working of thetrain.

In every case the train Driver must study the signals, speed restrictions, etc., for that part of the line over which heis being conducted.

The Conductor will be responsible, i n cases where i t is necessary for the Fireman to carry out the provisions ofRule 55, for seeing that this is done.

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Conductor will be responsible forcarrying out the duties laid down for the Fireman in respect of Rule 55.

A D D IT ION A L R U N N IN G LINES, SIGN A L BOXES, R U N A W A Y CATCH POIN T S,SPEED RESTRICTIONS, ETC.

PAGE 144 (No. I Supplement, page 65).

Maximum Distance Miles

125*

125*

minations MUST N OT EXCEED(O. 8864)

(0. 9223)

NOTE—The Up and Down Goods lines at Elland have been redesignated Up and Down Goods Loops. ( O . 9147)(No. I Supplement, page 72).Diggle—Junction. A M E N D catch points on Down South line, 619 yards in rear of Home signal. ( 0 . 7 4 2 3 )

INSTRUCTIONS T O BE OBSERVED BY DRIVERS, GUARDS A N D OTHERS FORWORKING OUTSIDE THE NO RTH EASTERN ',O P E R A T I N G A R E A —c o n t i n u e d

(Booklet dated 1st January, I950)—continued

LO NDO N MI DLAND OPERATING AREA—continuedGENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continued

Section of LineNot more than the

number of vehicles shownbelow to be conveyedbehind rear brake van

Remarks

From To

PAGE 170.INSERT:—

**Skipton Bolton Abbey One, fitted w i th continuous —**Ilkley Ski pton brake and in use.

AMEND:—** Shipley Esholt Junction**Apper ley Junction Milnerwood Junction One, fitted w i th continuous

brake and i n use.Up and Down Trains.

** Menston Junction Burley Junction

(No. I Supplement, page 88.)DELETE:—*Manchester (Exchange) Leeds (New) and vice versa Equal to 11-A-INSERT:—*Manchester (Exchange) Huddersfield (Spr ingwood Equal to 41

Junction exclusive) andvice versa.

*Leeds City Huddersfield (Spr ingwood 5 coaching vehiclesJunction inclusive)

*Huddersfield (Springwood Leeds City 5 coaching vehiclesJunction) (O. 9176)

INSERT Note:—

PAGE 159 (No. I Supplement, page 82).REGULATIONS FOR TR A IN SIGN A LL IN G B Y PERMISSIVE BLOCK R EGU LA TION S O R BY

TELEGRAPH BELLSDELETE:—

Altofts Junction.—No. 2 Up Goods from L.N.E.Normanton N o . I Sidings.—Up and Down Goods.Goose H il l Junction.—Down Goods from Wakefield.

PAGES 163/415.—INSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING THE W ORKING OF INTERMEDIATE BLOCK SIGNALSInstruction 1—W orking of Telephone—ADD as four th paragraph:—

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver himself must advise the rearGuard and the Driver of an engine assisting in rear.Instruction 3.—Train stopped at intermediate block home signal—ADD as second paragraph—

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver must carry out the dutiesof the Fireman.Instruction 5.-1Block Regulation 25—Failure of instruments o r bells—ADD as second paragraph—

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver himself must advise the rearGuard and the Dr iver of an engine assisting i n rear.Instruction 6.—Train stopped by accident, failure, obstruction, or other exceptional cause—

The references to "Guard or Fireman" in the first paragraph are amended to read "Guard, Driver or Fireman".GENERAL IN ST R U C T ION S FOR W OR K IN G D O W N IN C LIN ES.

PAGE 167 (No. 1 Supplement, page 84).INSERT additional clause (8):—Classes 'C' and 'D' Freight Trains are exempt from carrying out these instructions.

From

PAGE 172.INSERT:—

P. Leeds Ci ty W estP. Leeds Ci ty

(Wellington)

C ON VEYA N C E OF VEHICLES B EH IN D REAR BRAKE VA N O FPASSENGER OR EM PTY C OA C H IN G STOC K TRAINS

To

Leeds City JunctionLeeds City Junction

133

** These instructions do not apply to multiple uni t diesel trains in respect of vehicles forming par t of the unit, butthe Guard must r ide in the rearmost guard's compartment. ( 0 . 9049)

W OR K IN G OF C OA C H IN G STOCK VEHICLES O N R U N N I N G LINES W I T H O U TBRAKE VA N

Line

U p• • • • • "

North and South Depar ture..

Remarks

(O. 8373)

(O. 8864/LM)

12, in clear weather only.

(O. 7388)

INSTRUCTIONS T O BE OBSERVED BY DRIVERS, GUARDS A N D OTHERS FO RWORKING OUTSIDE THE NO RTH EASTERN OPERATING AREA—continued

(Booklet dated 1st January, I950)—continuedLONDON MI DLAND OPERATING AREA—GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continued

PROPELLING VEHICLES O N R U N N I N G L IN ES OU T SID E ST A T ION LIM ITS—RULE 149

From To

LineWagons and Other

Vehicles etc.PAGE 173.DELETE:—

Leeds Junction Leeds Station Down 0 in clear weather, etc.Leeds Junction Leeds Station North and South Arrival lines 14 Coaching Stock vehicles.P. Leeds City Junction Leeds Ci ty West Down 10 in clear weather, etc.INSERT:—P. Leeds City Junction Leeds City West Down 1 2 Coaching Stock w i thoutP. Leeds City Junction Leeds City (Wellington) North and South Arrival brake van in clear weather

J onl y .Leeds City Junction Leeds City (Wellington) North and South Arrival 14 Coaching Stock; 3 coach-

ing stock w i thout brakevan in clear weather only.Leeds City Junction Leeds City West Down Coaching stock, 10 in clearweather, 2 dur ing fog orfalling snow, 3 w i thoutbrake van in clear weatheronly.

Leeds City West Leeds City Junction Coaching Stock.Whitehall Junction

PAGE 174.Leeds City Junction Up Fast and Up Slow 3 Coaching Stock w i thout

brake van in clear weatheronly.DELETE:—

P. Leeds City West Leeds City Junction Up Coaching Stock.( a 7388)INSERT:—

Normanton Station South Normanton Station Nor th Down Platform Coaching Stock Trains.Normanton Station Nor th Normanton Nor th Junction Down Main Coaching Stock Trains.Normanton Station Nor th Normanton Station South.. Up Through and Up Platform Coaching Stock Trains.(O. 7388)

Wakefield, Calder Bridge Normanton Station South Up Branch, Up Fork and Down Stores Van w i thout brakevia Wakefield Fork Main van. The automatic brake

must be connected and inuse. ( O . 8525)

PAGE 177.

Siding

DELETE:—North St . John's Col l ierySidings, Nor th End.

INSERT:—*East Sidings.

Position

134

SIDINGS C ON N EC TED W IT H R U N N IN G LINES A N D W H IC HARE W ORKED U N D ER SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS

St. John' s and Goose H i l lJunction Down Goods line.

Normanton Up Through line.

LOCAL INSTRUCTIONSN OR M A N T ON

PAGE 181.1 NSERT:—

Nor m anton Stati on. Referr ing to Rule 44(b): the calling on signals provided at Normanton Station Nor th andSouth Signal boxes below the Up and Down Platform l ine starting signals respectively, may be taken off before trainsare brought to a stand at them, and Drivers in such circumstances must draw forward cautiously as laid down in Rule 44(a).

(O. 8373)LEEDSINSERT:—

Trains w or ked by tw o locomotives.—When trains arr ive at Leeds Ci ty Nor th Passenger Station worked bytwo locomotives coupled together , the locomotives must not be uncoupled at the platform unless the Drivers arespecially instructed to do so by the Platform Inspector, who wil l be responsible for advising the Signalman what hasbeen done. ( O . 7423)Trains leaving via Nort h Departure line:—

"Special arrangements are in operation for the signalling of trains between Leeds City Wellington Box and LeedsCity Junction and, except in the case of passenger trains, drivers of trains leaving via the Nor th Departure Line wil lnot be brought to a stand or receive any caution signal at Wellington Box when the line ahead is occupied and they must,therefore, run at a slow speed and be prepared to stop short of any Obstruction." ( p . 5286)PAGE 183 (No. I Supplement, page 96).DELETE. W HITLEY BRIDGE and instruction. ( O . 9225)PAGE 183.

GOOLE

Particulars of Working

Key kept at St. John's Signal box.

Ground Frame control led by Normanton StationNorth box. ( O . 8373)

INSERT:—Engine Shed:—

When i t is necessary dur ing shunting operations to foul No. 39 Down Through Siding to Down Main points thepermission of the Signalman at Engine Shed Box must first be obtained by the Enginemen on the telephone provided.Movements on to the Down Through Siding must not pass the "Limit of Shunt" board. ( O . 5494)

135

EXTRACTS FROM FO RMER L.M.S. G ENERAL A PPEN D IX APPLICABLETO CHESHIRE L INES SECT IO N

INSERT:—TRAINS C ON VEYIN G OU T- OF- GU A GE LOADS NECESSITATING T H E OBSERVANCE OF

RESTRICTIONS D U R IN G T H EIR JOU R N EYWhen an out-of-gauge load is conveyed by ordinary train the Stationmaster must advise the Signalman at the place

where i t is attached or detached so that the proper "Is Line Clear" signal may be used. Al l restrictions in regard to thetrain conveying the out-of-guage load will be specially advised to the Signalman and other staff concerned.

When a special train conveying an out-of-gauge load requires the use of more than one line, the advice of the specialwill indicate the points between which the opposite or adjoining line must be left clear, and when the special is requiredto run on the wrong line, the points between which such working is to operate.

When an out-of-gauge special requires to travel on the wrong l ine a red headlight must be carried after sunset orduring fog or falling snow, or when passing through a tunnel.

Prior to the out-of-gauge load travelling on the wrong line, the locomotive of the special train must run through thesections concerned on the proper line, and the Driver must stop at each signal box and request the Signalman to preparethe necessary Wrong Line Order Form "D" which he will obtain when returning on the opposite line. O n arrival backat the box from which the out-of-gauge special will start, the Driver must satisfy the person in charge that he has in hispossession the necessary Wrong Line Order, and the train may then be allowed to run through the sections concerned inthe wrong direction. ( I-- I I -56) (5405)

ALTERATIO NS T O CHESHIRE L INES A PPEN D I X(Dated 1935)

PAGE 37.INSERT:—C OU PLIN G A N D U N C OU PL IN G L OC OM OT IVES OR VEHICLES FITTED W IT H TH E A U TOM A TICBRAKE.

Coupl ing. The screw or buckeye coupling must first be coupled after which the carriage warming pipe and l ightingcables, where provided, and the automatic brake pipe must be connected in that order.

Uncoupl ing. The automatic brake pipe and carriage warming pipe, and lighting cables, where provided, must-firstbe separated in that order, after which the screw or buckeye coupling must be disconnected.

Coupl ing and Uncoupl i ng. T he automatic brake pipes must be kept off the dummy couplings unti l such timesas the work of coupling or uncoupling the other apparatus referred to has been completed unless i t is necessary for aneasing up movement to be made. ( 2 - 3 - 5 7 )

ALTERATIONS T O L.M.S. A PPEN D I XGENERAL PO R T IO N

,PAGE 20. (Supplement N o . 6, page 13).TYPES OF C OA C H IN G STOCK PROHIBITED FROM W OR K IN G OVER CERTAIN SECTIONS OF TH EFORMER L.M.S. A N D J O I N T R A ILW A YS. F OR M ER L .M .S. VEH IC L ES EXC EED IN G 57 F EET I N

LENGTH A N D 9 FEET 4 IN C H ES I N W ID T H OVER PROJECTIONSDELETE:—Penistone ( through Station). ( 2 - 3 - 5 7 )(Supplement N o . 6, page 14).AMEND:—

Birm ingham Central)—Vehicles exceeding 65 feet in length over headstocks must not be loaded to Birmingham(Central).

PAGE 22. (Supplement N o . 6, pages 15 and 16.)FORMER GREAT W ESTERN C OM PA N Y'S W ID E STOC K

DELETE existing instructions and INSERT:—Former Great Western Company's coaching stock vehicles to the dimensions shown below may be accepted for

working only over the sections for the former L.M.S. Railway indicated:—The dimensions of Great Western coaching stock vehicles are shown ei ther on the solebars or body ends and

comprise length over buffers, width over body and width over handles:—Stock 66 ft. 13 ins, in length over buffers and not exceeding 9 ft . 3 ins, over handles.May be allowed to work over the main running lines except on the following branches or sections:—

Bingley Junction, Shipley and Bradford Junction, Shipley (between).Between Huddersfield and Penistone (inclusive).Between Sowerby Bridge and Bradford (Exchange).Halifax East Junction and °vender).Halifax, No. 4 and platform lines.Lockwood Junction to and from Meltham Branch.Keighley No. I i nto Wor th Valley platform lines.

Stock 64 ft. 5i ins. and 63 ft. 8 in s, over the buffers and not exceeding 9 ft . 3 ins, over handles.May be allowed to work over the main running lines except on the following branches or sections:—

Halifax. No. 4 and platform lines.Stock 63 ft. in length over buffers 9 ft. 3 ins, wide over body and 9 ft 4 i ins, over handles.May be allowed to work only between:—

Bristol and Bradford (Foster Square) via Abbots Wood Junction 1 P r i or arrangements required for(not via Evesham) Water Or ton and Kingsbury via Whitacre f t r a i n loads.

(O. 8864/LM)

(O. 8864/LM)

PAGE 22. (Supplement N o . 6, page 16.)BRITISH R A IL W A YS ST A N D A R D C O A C H I N G ST OC K —PR OH IB IT ION S A N D RESTRICTIONS—

L ON D ON M ID L A N D OPER A T IN G A R EADELETE:—Penistone (through L.M. Station). ( 2 - 3 - 5 7 )

136

Railway, and lines or branches Type of L.M.S. coaching stock concernedAMEND:—

L.N.E. Southern Area Coaching stock vehicles 9 ft. 4 ins, wide over projections, including Guards' look-outs,may work over the following sections of line only—Peterborough East to Yarmouth(Vauxhall) and Lowestoft via March and Ely Nor th Junction.

Peterborough East to Colchester via March, Ely, Soham and Bury St. Edmunds.Peterborough East to Cambridge via March and St. Ives and March and Ely.March and King's Lynn via Wisbech.

Coaching stock vehicles working to other sections of the Southern Area must notexceed 9 ft. 0 in. wide over body, 9 ft. 3 in. over projections, including Guards'look-outs, wi thout pr ior arrangement. ( 2 4 - 1 1 - 5 6 )

PAGE 35.

*D EL ET E

PAGE 36.INSERT:—

(Supplement N o . 6, page 26).EQU IPM EN T OF GOOD S GUARDS A N D FREIGHT TRAIN BRAKE VA N S

the following items of freight train van equipment:—I Brush ( long handle).I Shovel.I Bucket. (O. 8864/LM)

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—GENERAL PORTION—continuedINSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING TYPES O F FORMER L.M.S. C OA C H IN G ST OC K W OR K IN G OVER

CERTAIN SEC T ION S O F OT H ER RAILW AYSPAGE 23. (Supplement N o . 6, page 17).

C ON VEYA N C E OF C OA C H IN G STOCK O N UNBRAKED FREIGHT TRAINSPassenger-carrying vehicles must be placed next within the rear brake van, but where i t is desired, in special circum-

stances, to provide a passenger coach for the use of an escort on an ammunition train, and steam heating is requested, i tmay be marshalled next to the locomotive-.

• ( O . 7083)PAGE 37.INSERT:—

TRAINS C ON VEYIN G OU T- OF- GA U GE L OA D S NECESSITATING T H E OBSERVANCE O FRESTRICTIONS D U R I N G T H EI R JO U R N E Y

When an out-of-gauge load is conveyed by ordinary train the Stationmaster must advise the Signalman at the placewhere i t is attached or detached so that the proper "Is Line Clear" signal may be used. Al l restrictions in regard to thetrain conveying the out-of-gauge load wil l be specially advised to the Signalman and other staff concerned.

When a special train conveying an out-of-gauge load requires the use of more than one line, the advice of the specialwill indicate the points between which the opposite or adjoining line must be left clear, and when the special is requiredto run on the wrong line, the points between which such working is to operate.

When an but-of-gauge special requires to travel on the wrong l ine a red headlight must be carried after sunset orduring fog or falling snow, or when passing through a tunnel.

Prior to the out-of-gauge load travelling on the wrong line, the locomotive of the special train must: run through thesections concerned on the proper line, and the Driver must stop at each signal box and request the Signalman to preparethe necessary Wrong Line Order Form " D " which he will obtain when returning on the opposite line. O n arrival backat the box from which the out-of-gauge special will start, the Driver must satisfy the person in charge that he has in hispossession the necessary Wrong Line Orders, and the train may then be allowed to run through the sections concernedin the wrong direction. ( I-11-56)PAGES 37-42. ( N o . 6 Supplement, pages 27-31.)

C ON VEYA N C E OF OUT- OF- GAUGE A N D OTHERW ISE EXC EPT ION A L LOADSClause 15 (b).* A D D as second paragraph:—

On the portions of line transferred to the Nor th Eastern Region when i t is necessary for an Inspector to accompanyan out-of-gauge load, this will be notified to the Traffic Managers concerned by the Assistant General Manager (Traffic)who wil l advise between which points of the journey the load must have an Inspector in attendance.

(O. 6378)PAGE 42. (Supplement N o . 6, page 33.)

H A U L IN G OF "DEAD" LOCOM OTIVES, ETC.DELETE the words:—"Electric Locomotives—Continued"—at the top of the page.

SECURING O F C H A IN S A N D OT H ER APPLIANCES O N W A GON S* D ELET E existing instructions and INSERT:—

Chains, etc., wi th which conflats and other wagons are fitted, when not in JJse for securing a load, must be safelystored i n the pockets, boxes or wells where these are provided, or , where there is no such provision, must be madesecure as follows:—

(i) O n wagons with sound floors and having sides 31 inches or more in height, the chains must be inside the wagonand clear of the sides and ends.(ii) I f there is any defect in the wagon floor or the sides are below 312- i n c h e s i n h e i g h t , c h a i n s m u s t b e h o o k e d o r

secured together across the vehicle in such a way as to prevent them moving or falling off during transit.Chain boxes and wells must be examined and defects reported to the wagon examiner, special care being taken to

see that there is no hole in the floor through which the chains might work whilst in transit.Other appliances and fittings on special wagons must be made quite secure and safe.The attention of Goods Foremen, Loaders, Guards and Shunters is specially directed to Rule 157, which states that

a vehicle provided wi th chains or appliances must not leave a station or siding wi thout the chains and appliances beingfirst carefully examined to ensure that they are properly stowed or otherwise secured or loaded in accordance wi th theloading instructions for the safe passage of the vehicles, and that Guards must also see that they are so kept during thejourney.

So far as the fittings on specially constructed wagons, such as beams, etc., are concerned, the securing pins or otherappliances, where provided, must be used in all cases, and i f fur ther security is considered to be necessary, ropes orchains must be employed.

(20-10-56)

ALTE RATI O NS T O L.M.S. AP P E NDI X — G E NE RAL PORTI ON—cont i nuedPAGE 43.INSERT:—

TRANSMISSION OF VERBAL MESSAGES IN C ON N EC T ION W IT H THE SIGNALLING OF TRAINSIt is of the utmost importance that verbal messages, either directly or by telephone, between Signalmen and others

concerned in the signalling of trains are properly understood and the Signalman must be satisfied beyond all doubt thathis instructions are ful ly appreciated before the conversation is terminated. I n the case of telephone messages therecipient must repeat his instructions to him before they are considered as understood. I n no circumstances should theword "clear" be used in any message intended to convey that a line is blocked, e.g., such a message as "Down or Up linenot clear " must not be used, but must be given definitely by using the words "Down or Up l ine blocked" .

When a Handsignalman is appointed under the jurisdiction of a signalman he must be instructed when commencingduty that the line or lines affected must always be considered to be blocked, and exhibi t a hand danger signal unless anduntil verbal instructions to the contrary are received by him from, and repeated to, the Signalman concerned. ( O . 7542)PAGE 43 (page 34, Supplement No. 6)—TELEPHONES AT STOP SIGNALS. (Procedure applicable in LondonMidland Operating Area)—Clause ( i i i )—AMEND reference t o " 2 long whistles" t o read "a series of shor t sharpwhistles".ADD new Clause (5).5. I n the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver must carry out the dutiesof the Fireman, except in the case where communication cannot be established with the Signalman, when the Guard mustproceed to the signal box.

When necessary. the Driver must give a series of short sharp single notes on the warning horn as an intimation tothe Guard that i t is necessary for him to go to the signal box. Where, however, communication exists between the Driverand Guard, this must be used.

(Page 35, Supplement No. 6)—TELEPHONES AT STOP SIGNALS. (Procedure applicable in Scottish Region)—ADD as final sentence to Clause 4—

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Guard must go to the signal box,and the Driver must give a series of short sharp single notes on the warning horn as an intimation to the Guard that i tis necessary for him to go to the signal box. W her e, however, communication exists between the Driver and Guard,this must be used.PAGE 49. (Supplement N o . 6, page 41.)

Vehicles fitted with Grease Axle Boxes. D EL ET E instructions. ( G I / 3 )PAGE 49. (Supplement N o . 6, page 41.)C OU PLIN G A N D U N C OU PL IN G L OC OM OT IVES OR VEHICLES FITTED W IT H TH E A U TOM A TICBRAKE.AMEND:—

Coupling. The screw or buckeye coupling must first be coupled, after which the carriage warming pipe and l ightingcables, where provided, and the automatic brake pipe must be connected in that order.

Uncoupl ing. The automatic brake pipe and carriage warming pipe, and l ighting cables, where provided, must firstbe separated in that order, after which the screw or buckeye coupling must be disconnected.

Coupl ing and Uncoupl ing. The automatic brake pipes must be kept off the dummy couplings unti l such time asthe work of coupling or uncoupling the other apparatus referred to has been completed unless i t is necessary for aneasing up movement to be made. ( 2 - 3 - 5 7 )PAGE 50. (Supplement N o . 6, page 42.)C ON VEYA N C E O F CERTAIN TYPES O F SPECIALLY CONSTRUCTED VEHICLES O N EXPRESS

FREIGHT TRAINSList of specially constructed vehicles:—

Type of vehiclesADD:—

50 ton brick wagonsShock absorbing wagonsHymacs

DELETE:—Economiser wagonsTraction wagons (see "Hymacs" item)

137

Conditions, etc.

Loaded or emptyLoaded or emptyLoaded or empty

(01(.432/218) ( 10- 11- 54

(010)11/3) (2-3-57)CONVEYANCE O F W A GON S O N CLASS " C " EXPRESS FR EIGH T TR A IN S

*A D D : —20-ton covered Presflo (formerly Airslide) wagons (bulk cement, bulk limbux, bulk salt, fuller's earth) when empty

and, provided the vehicles are fitted wi th rol ler bearing axle boxes, when loaded, may be worked on Class "C " ExpressFreight trains.

C ON VEYA N C E O F W A GON S O N CLASS " D " EXPRESS FR EIGH T TR A IN S*A D D : —

20-ton covered Pres% (formerly Airslide) wagons (bulk cement, bulk limbux, bulk salt, fuller's earth) and motortrucks car body (bocars) may be worked on Class ' D " Express Freight trains.* IN SER T: —

C ON VEYA N C E O F W A GON S O N CLASS " E" EXPRESS FR EIGH T TR A IN S20-ton covered Presflo (formerly Airslide) wagons (bulk cement, bulk limbux, bulk salt, fuller's earth) may be worked

• o n Class "E" Express Freight trains. ( O . 8864/L.M.)PAGE 50.ADD:—

C ON VEYA N C E O F W A GON S O N CLASS "E" A N D IT " EXPRESS FREIGHT TRAINS 24 and 25iton i ron or e hopper wagons (both loaded and empty), 17 to 40 ton Engineer's hopper ballast wagons (both loadedand empty) and hopper ballast brakevans may be conveyed on Class "E" and " F " Express Freight Trains.

(0.8864/LM)STARRED T A N K W A GON S

ADD to list:—Class " D " Express freight trains O n e Star (EMPTY) with wheelbase 10 ft. or over.(8-12-56)

USE O F W R ON G L IN E ORDERSDELETE heading and instructions (superseded by instruction on pages 42 and 43 of Supplement No. 6).

(26-1-57)

138

ALTERATI 0 NS T O L.M.S. AP P E NDI X — G E NE RAL PORTI ON—continuedPAGES 50 and 51. (Supplement N o . 6, page 43.)

PROVISION O F C ON D U C T OR S F OR DRIVERS A N D GU A R D S—C OA C H IN G ST OC K TR A IN S(ORDINARY A N D SPECIAL)

Second paragraph—AMEND:—The Motive Power Depot arranging to provide the Conductor Dr iver must (immediately the arrangements have

been made) wire to the Motive Power Depot where the Conductor Driver will finish, and to the District Controller inwhose area the finishing point is situated (or the local Traffic Officer on parts of the line where there are no Control Officesor dur ing the period when the Control Office is closed), giving particulars of the arrangements being made, the time theConductor Driver signed on duty, and the approximate time the Conductor Driver will be available for other work at thefinishing poi nt of the conducting. ( 2 9 - 9 - 5 6 )PAGE SI . ( Page 44, Supplement N o . 6)—Duties of Engine Conductors—ADD to last paragraph—

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Conductor will be responsible forcarrying out the duties laid down for the Fireman in respect of Rule 55.

DERAILMENT O F EN GIN ES A N D VEH IC LES—GA U GIN G O F W H EEL SPAGE 6. A D D as fifth paragraph:—

"Matisa" machines.—in the case of derailment of a "Matisa" machine, provided on rerailment the machine operatoris satisfied that no serious damage has resulted, he may carry on wi th the work involved and/or proceed to the Depotat reduced speed but an examination of the machine must be carried out by the Motive Power, Outdoor Machinery orany other Department, specially appointed for the purpose on arrival at the Depot, and before the machine is again putinto service. ( O . 8946)PAGE 72. (Supplement N o . 6, page 54.)

RULE 58INSERT:—

Detonators must not be forwarded between Stores and Stations or Depots or between Stations unless packed inwooden o r t i n boxes, suitably labelled as to show the contents.

(O. 9068)PAGE 73. (Supplement N o . 6, page 56.)

M ODIFICATIONS, ETC., O F STANDARD RULESDELETE Instructions headed Rule 240, Clause 10. ( 2 9 - 9 - 5 6 )PAGE 78.—REGULATIONS FOR W OR K IN G O F SINGLE L IN ES B Y TR A IN STAFF A N D TICKET—

Regulation I8(a)—ADD as final sentence to first paragraph—In the case of trains or engines, the dr iving cabs of which are single manned, the duties of the Fireman must be

undertaken by the Driver.Regulation I8(b)—ADD new clause—(iv) In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the duties of the Fireman must be

undertaken by the Driver.Regulation I8(e)—ADD as second paragraph:—When the services of a Fireman are not available the Guard must perform the duties laid down for the Fireman, but

in the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the duties of the Fireman must be undertakenby the Driver.PAGE 83.—REGULATIONS FOR W OR K IN G O N SINGLE LINES BY ON E EN GIN E IN STEAM ETC.—

Regulation 12—ADD as seventh par igraph—In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned t he duties of the S i n g l e manned

Fireman must be undertaken by the Driver, d r i v i n g cabs.PAGE 90. ( Pag e 57, Supplement No. 6)—GENERAL R EGU LA TION S F OR W OR K IN G T H E VA C U U M

BRAKE.Regulation 8. Failu re o f Brake—Testing—AMEND Clause (e) to read—(e) T he Fireman (where provided) is to accompany the C. & W . Examiner when the test apparatus is attached to

the engine or tender vacuum hosepipe and e t c .

SECTIONAL PO RT IO N—WEST ERN D I V I S I O N (Crewe 8i North )A D D IT ION A L R U N N IN G LINES, SIGN A L B OXES, R U N A W A Y CATCH POIN T S, SPEED

RESTRICTIONS, ETC.

PAGE 3. (Supplement N o . 6, page 2.)Maximum Permissible Speed of Freight Trains

Classification

AMEND:—

DELETE:—

F

INSERT:—

DescriptionMaximum permissible

speedMiles per Hour

Express freight, or empty wagons conveying vehicles with a wheelbase of9 feet or over and oil axle boxes 4 5

Express freight or empty wagons, not conveying grease axle box wagons 4 0Express freight trains or empty wagon, when conveying grease axle box 3 5

wagons

Express freight or empty wagon 4 0(O. 8864/111-W)

ALTE RATI O NS TO L.M.S. APPENDI X—conti nuedS E CTI O NAL P O RTI O N— WE S TE RN DI V I S I O N (Cr ewe & Nor th)—conti nuedA D D IT ION A L R U N N I N G LINES: SIGN A L B OXES, R U N A W A Y C A TC H POIN T S, SPEED

RESTRICTIONS, ETC.—continued

Station, SignalBox, etc.

Catch points

Up Down

Between Petteril Bridge Junction and Durran H ill Junction on Goods lines

Where Situate LineGradient

(O. 886

1 in.

PAGE 10.

WarringtonNo. IDELETE:—

INSERT:—*384 yards in rear of advanced starting

signal*219 yards in rear of starting signal . .

Up Fast

Up Main

135

135

( 0.

—

—

8864/LM-W)

Location

Speed RestrictionsMiles per hour

Up Down

Between Petteril Bridge Junction and Durran H ill Junction on Goods lines 10

10(O. 886 4/LM-W)

PAGE 10.Carlisle.INSERT speed restr ictions:—

Freight trains travelling over Through Goods lines between Carlisle No. 3 and CarlisleNo. 13 boxes 1 5 1 5

PAGE 16.DELETE i ngl eton (L.N.W.)—Station.—All particulars.AM EN D distance—Ingleton (Mid.)—Station (Midland Division) -5 miles 453 yards.

(29-12-56) ( 5455)PAGE 42.Hest Bank Station.* A M E N D distance to r ead:- 1 mi le 430 yards.Lancaster—Morecambe South Junctiorn* A M E N D distance to r ead:- 1 mi le 397 yards. ( O . 8864/LM-W)

PAGE 9.Carlisle. Petter i l Br idge Junction.AM EN D speed restrictions:—

139

PAGE 45. (Supplement N o . 6, page 16.)The item "Amend catch points—*655 yards in rear of Haigh Junction home signal—down

shown at the foot of the page is applicable to Boars Head—Junction.

PAGE 49. (Supplement N o . 6, page 17.)W ar r i ngton. N o . 4. A M E N D distance, 1,281 yards.

Dallam Branch Sidings. A M E N D distance, 1 mile 323 yards.INSERT:—

Through Winnick Junction—from Golborne Junction direct to Up Goods line..PAGE 50.

PAGE 55. (Supplement N o . 6, page 19.) Springs Branch.DELETE Lindsay Pi t Sidings box.—All particulars.AM EN D distance:—Round House Sidings-1 mi le 903 yards.

Location

PAGE 56.Springs Branch. Amberswood Junction West.INSERT catch points 550 yards in rear of home signal—Down Main line—gradient 1 i n 53.PAGE 57. (Supplement N o . 6, page 19.)AM END heading—"Hindley Siding to Ince H all Iron W orks Siding Shunter's Cabin—(Single Goods Line)."Springs Branch—DELETE—Moss Hall Crossing.—All particulars.

Engine Shed Siding.—All particulars.No. 2—All particulars. ( 1 5 - 1 2 - 5 6 ) ( 5446)

PAGE 59.Platt Br idge. Junction. A M E N D distance, 583 yards.W ar r i ngton. §Dal lam Branch.. AM EN D distance, 1,214 yards.PAGE 60.AM EN D speed restr iction:—

Edge H il l N o . 3 up and down lines to and f rom W avert ree

branch—gradient 1 in 87"

(24-11-56) ( 5429) •

(O. 8864/LM-W)

Miles per HourUp D o w n35

(O. 8864/LM-W)

Miles per hour

Up D o w n

(O. 8864/LM-W)

40 4 0

ALTE RATI O NS T O L.M.S. APPENDI X—cont i nuedS E CTI O NAL P O RTI O N— WE S TE RN DI V I S I O N (Cr ewe & Nor th)—conti nued

A D D IT ION A L R U N N I N G L IN ES: SIGN A L B OXES, R U N A W A Y C A T C H POIN T S, SPEEDRESTRICTIONS, ETC.—continued

PAGE 104. (Supplement N o . 6, page 26.)Manchester London Road N o . 2.DELETE:—The Following speed restr iction

Through Junction and round curve to M.S.J. & A. Box 20 20PAGE 105.*D ELETE speed restriction:—Through Longsight, Slow lines—Up and D o wn - 55 m.p.h.

*Levenshulme—Slade Lane Junction—DELETE catch points—Up Styal l i ne AD D speed restr ictions:—Through double junction between Fast and Slow lines 3 0 30Through all other connections between Fast and Slow lines 40 40Through t railing crossovers between U p and _Down Fast lines and between Up and

Down Slow lines 20 20

Location

140

PAGE 109.INSERT speed restr iction:—

Between Altrincham and Bowdon and Manchester (London Road)PAGE I I I . Oxford Road. Station.

DELETE:—Additional Down Line.Supplement N o . 6, page 27.

DELETE:—Manchester London Road—Station, M.S.J. & A. and No. 2—All particulars.

Miles per hour

Up D o w nPAGE 60. (Special Supplement, page 9.)Edge H il l .

DELETE:— No. 4—Al l particulars.No. 5.—AM END distance 479 yards. ( O . 8864/LM-W) •

PAGE 63. (Supplement N o . 6, page 20.)Patricroft.AM EN D note to read:—

Delete the two additional up goods lines between station and Sidings boxes, and the additional goods lines betweenSidings and Eccles Junction boxes except for one additional down (Liverpool) goods line between the two latter signal boxes.

Delete note in addi tional running lines column. T h e down (Li verpool ) goods lines between Sidings and s tation boxesare worked on "N o block or bell". W hen Sidings box is closed the down (Liverpool) goods lines between Eccles Junctionand Station boxes are worked "N o block or bell". See also page 77.PAGE 67. Ed g e H il l .

No. 4. D ELET E note "See page 60" (3 entries). ( O . 8864/LM-W)DELETE No. 12, all particulars.AM EN D distance—No. 4- 728 yards. ( O . 8864/LM-W)PAGE 76.Platt Br idge. Junction. A M E N D distance, 595 yards.

Station. A M E N D distance, 536 yards.PAGE 77. (Supplement N o . 6, page 22.)INSERT below Monton Green—Station:—

Patricroft—Sidings (Signals up and down goods lines only). (See page 63)—distance 913 yards.Eccles—Junction. A M E N D distance 186 yards. - ( O . 8864/LM-W)

PAGE 82.W ar r ington. W i lderspool Crossing. D ELET E catch points.Latchford. Stati on. I N S E R T catch points- 500 yards in rear of home signal—up line—gradient 1 i n 135.

(O. 8864/LM-W)PAGE 89.INSERT Speed restr iction:—

Between Edge H ill No. 3 and W avert ree Junction 4 0 4 0(O. 8864/LM-M)

PAGE 90. (Supplement N o . 6, page 24.)AMEND:—Through Dit ton Junction on fast line — 7 0

(O. 8864/LM-W)D i tton Junction—No, 1—AMEND catch points:—*1,200 yards in rear of Ditton Bank intermediate block home

signal—Up line—gradient 1 i n 114. ( O . 8864/LM-W)Page 93.*CREWE.—DELETE:—No. 3—all particulars.

* Sout h Junction—DELETE distance from No. 3. ( O . 8864/LM-W)PAGE 104. ( Special Supplement, page 13.)Manchester (London Road)—Station. IN SER T : —

Drivers of all diesel trains must sound their horns when entering and leaving Nos. 7, 8 and 9 platforms as a warningto staff engaged in examining trains, etc. ( 8 - 9 - 5 6 ) ( 5395)

*ADD—Multi-aspect colour l ight signalling (Rule 43) together with continuous track circuiting is provided on theUp Fast, Down Fast, Up Slow and Down Slow lines between Slade Lane Junction and Heaton Norr is Junction.

*Levenshulme—Station—DELETE all particulars.* H ea t on Nor r is—Junction—AMEND distance-2 miles, 1,255 yards. ( O . 8864/LM-VV)

PAGE 107. (Supplement N o . 6, page 27.) Ed g eley Junction.Nos. I and 2 Down Goods loops from Adswood Road Bridge box to Adswood Sidings box have been redesignated

Down Goods l ine and Down Through Siding respectively.Adswood Sidings.AM EN D note:—(Signals Down Goods and Down Through siding only).

(O. 8864/LM-W)

(.6 0 60

. 8 866 4 /L m_ )(0.8864/LM.W )

Section of Line

141

ALTE RATI O NS TO L.M.S. APPENDI X—conti nuedS E CTI O NAL P O RTI O N— WE S TE RN DI V I S I O N (Cr ewe & Nor th)—conti nuedA D D IT ION A L R U N N I N G L INES: SIGN A L B OXES, R U N A W A Y C A TC H POIN T S, SPEED

RESTRICTIONS, ETC.—continuedPAGE 115. (Supplement No. 6, page 28.)AM END reference to Droyisden—Junction—to read Droylsden—Station Junction.DELETE catch point (both entries) and SUBSTITUTE—*509 yards in rear of starting signal—up line gradient I i n 73.

80 yards in advance of starting signal—up line—gradient I in 73. ( 1 2 - 1 - 5 7 ) (5454)PAGE 127.* H ig h Lane.—Station--AMEND distance—I mile 1,698 yards.*DELETE—Middlewood—High Level Junction—all particulars and INSERT:—

Middlewood (Higher)—§Station-996 yards from High Lane—Station.*H ig h er Poynton—Station—AMEND distance—I.492 yardsADD catch points—I mile 1,329 yards and 1,537 yards in rear of Home signal—Up line—gradient I in 116 and I i n 218

respectively.*Bollington—Station—AMEND distance-4 miles 357 yards. ( O . 8864/LM-W)SPEED RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE T O T H E CERTAIN TYPES OF L OC OM OT IVES ENUM ERATED

BELOW, A N D N O T FOR GENERAL APPLICATION

PAGE 170. (Supplement No. 6, page 44.)DELETE:—

Over loop line over Bridge 42, North Union line (6-1-6i rn.p.)(Passenger subway at Wigan)

Class and type of locomotivesaffected

Main Line Diesel(Single and double Unit)

Speed RestrictionMiles per hour

10

(O. 88641LM-W

LO CAL I NS TRUCTI O NS

PAGE 171. (Supplement N o . 6, page 47.)CARLISLE N o . 12 SIGN A L B O X

INSERT:—Setting back fr om Thi r d and up thr ough goods l ines. Guards' plungers are provided 50 yards on the Penrith

side of the dwarf shunting signals reading set back from Third and up through goods l ine to the yard.Guards of movements requir ing to set back from these lines when the Driver of the movement is in such a position

that i t is necessary to take off the banner signal, must, when the dwarf signal controll ing such movement is lowered,operate the requisite plunger to release the banner signal concerned. ( O . 8864/LM-W)

PAGE 176. (Supplement N o . 6, page 51.)LANCASTER A N D MORECAMBE

Lancaster. Li s t of places where overhead electric wires are erected:—INSERT:—At Castle Station over Nos. 5 and 6 "Up and Down" platform lines.DELETE:—At Castle Station over No. 6 platform l ine used by the Midland Division trains and the siding connected

therewith.

PAGE 177. (Supplement N o . 6, page 52.)PRESTON

Provision o f Relief or Conductors for Freight Trains.AMEND—UP TRAINS.—Trainmen must repor t to the Signalman at Preston No. I Signal Box, by means of the

telephone in the Trainmen's hut, and await the instructions of the Signalman which will be given by telephone.(O. 8864/LM-W)

PAGE 178.

INSERT:—DALLAM BRANCH SIDINGS. T he movable scotch block which is provided in Howard & Tennant's Siding at the

clearance point of the siding and the Engine line must always be kept locked across the rails except when i t is necessaryfor vehicles to be placed in or removed from the siding. The key of the padlock is kept in Dallam Branch Sidings box.

(O. 8864/LM- \Ai)(Supplement N o . 6, page 53.)

Warrington N o . 4—Wagons detached f rom trains on the U p Goods lineINSERT:—

When a train on the Up goods l ine for Warr ington South End Yard conveys wagons for Warr ington Warehouseor Froghall Yard, the wagons may be detached on the Up Goods line between No. 4 box and No. 2 box to be removedat No. 4 box end. A tail lamp must be placed on the last vehicle of the front por tion immediately after the detachinghas taken place. The tail lamp on the last vehicle of the rear portion must remain in position unti l the locomotive which isto remove the vehicle is attached, when i t must be placed in position at the other end of the train.

The wagons must be removed from the Up goods line as quickly as possible and on completion the Shunter mustadvise the Signalman at No. 4 box accordingly. ( O . 8864/LM-W)PAGE 179.

INSERT:—

W A R R IN GTON

W HELLEY L IN E

W OR K IN G O F TRAINS A T L IN D SA Y PIT SID INGSGuards of trains detaching wagons at Lindsay Pi t Sidings must, before proceeding to the "Empties" roads, confer

with the N.C.B. representative to ensure that no conflicting movements are being made at the Colliery end of the sidings.(O. 8864/LM-W)

PAGE 180.Freight t rains assisted in rear, Ince Moss Junction to W helley Line.

DELETE last sentence.

(O. 8864/LM-W)

ALTE RATI O NS TO L.M.S. APPENDI X—conti nuedS E CTI O NAL P O RTI O N— WE S TE RN DI V I S I O N (Cr ewe & Nor th)—conti nued

LO CAL I NSTRUCTI ONS—cont i nued

PAGE 181—Edge Hill—INSERT—No. 2 box—Drivers of trains stopped at the down goods home signal must immediately communicate wi th the Signalman, by

telephone, and give the destination of thei r trains.Guards of trains (or Firemen in the case of light engines) must immediately advise the Signalman at No. 2 box when

the trains have arrived, complete with tail lamp attached, in the down sidings clear of the down goods line.(O. 8864/LM–W)

PAGE 183 (Supplement No. 6, page 57)—Colour Light signalling between Ordsall Lane No. 2 and Manchester(Victoria) signal boxes—Colour light aspects under semaphore arms:—

AMEND—Last two entries relative to the up fast line, in table to read home.AM EN D last line—Rule 55 must be carried out when trains are detained at the up fast and up slow starting signals.PAGE 189.

PAGE 197. Stockport .DELETE N o . I Signal Box.

Signal Box

PAGE 207.DELETE:—

Edge Hil l No. 12 Goods

142

M ON T ON GREENDELETE:—

Trains setting back and relative paragraph.

PAGE 190 (Supplement N o . 6, page 59). Arpley—Wilderspool Crossing. D EL ET E first paragraph.DELETE Arpley Junction—Rule 39, clause (a). ( 9 - 2 - 5 7 ) (5471)PAGE 192.

* W ar ni ng t o Dr ivers.—DELETE Crewe No. 3 from l ist of boxes (pages 61, Supplement No. 6).*AMEND—Coaching stock trains and light engines entering platforms already occupied by other t rains

during fog or falling snow:—Drivers of Up and Down trains allowed to enter the station by the taking off of the subsidiary signal must proceed

cautiously, prepared to stop short of any obstruction and keep a sharp look-out for the ground Fogsignalman, who, whenthe platform is occupied at any point in rear of "A" and "B" signal boxes in the Down direction or between Crewe Nor thJunction Home and Starting signals for Nos. 4 and 5 platforms in the Up direction, wil l advise the Driver immediatelyhe enters the platform as to the position of the obstruction ahead.

When the Platform l ine is occupied ahead of " A" and " B" signal boxes, the train will be brought to a stand at theHome signal for the respective signal box, and when No. 4 or No. 5 Platform l ine is occupied ahead of Crewe Nor thJunction Up Starting signals the train will be brought to a stand at the applicable Starting signal. Before the subsidiarysignal is taken off, the Dr iver will receive a verbal warning from the ground Fogsignalman as to the position of theobstruction ahead.

Before the logsignalman arrives at his post the duties of advising the Driver must be carried out by the Inspectoron duty who orders the train to be allowed to enter the station.

(O. 8864/LM–W)PAGE 196.INSERT Baguley—Station. Rule 39, clause (a) does not apply at the down main home I signal.

PAGE 197 (Supplement N o . 6, page 63)—Longsight—Carriage and Loco. Sidings, North End:—AM EN D fifth paragraph t o read—

The telephone fixed on the signal post must be used by Drivers to intimate to the Signalman at No. 4 box that theyare ready to leave the Loco. Sidings and to inform him of their destination and the train they are to work.

(O. 8864/LM–W)*Longsight.—ADD:—Rule 44—Drivers o f movements proceeding from the Carriage sidings o r Motive Power

Depot to the Down Slow or Goods l ine at No. 4 box will not be brought to a stand at the signal reading from the UpSlow line before the "calling on" arm is taken off.(Page 63, Supplement N o . 6)—Signalling arrangements—AMEND second paragraph:—

When the Down Slow Warning arm only is lowered, Drivers must bring their trains to a stand at the Starting signalfor the Down Slow platform, to unload the passengers.

(O. 8864/LM–W)

PAGE 199. (Supplement N o . 6, page 63.)M.S.J. & A R A ILW A Y

AM EN D heading—Oxford Road, Castlefield Junction and Cornbrook East.Oxford Road—ADD:—

The moveable scotch block which is provided in the former Down Through l ine immediately at the London Roadend of the platform must always be kept locked across the rails, except when i t is necessary for vehicles to be placed inor removed from the Engineer's siding. T he key of the padlock is kept in Oxford Road Station box.DELETE paragraph commencing "Engines assisting trains in rear".

GENERAL I NS TRUCTI O NSLINES W ORKED U N D ER PERMISSIVE BLOCK SYSTEM

Line

(22-12-56) ( 5451)

Remarks

(18-8-56) ( 5451)

(O. 8864/LM-W)

ALTE RATI O NS TO L.M.S. APPENDI X—conti nued

S E CTI O NAL P O RTI O N— WE S TE RN DI V I S I O N (Cr ewe & Nor th)—conti nuedGENERAL I NSTRUCTI ONS—cont i nued

ASSISTING TRAINS I N T H E REAR

From To Line Remarks

PAGE 208 (Supplement N o . 6, page 73).

must come to a stand must come to a stand

DELETE:—

towards for wagon brakes tobe applied

for wagon brakes tobe released

Springs Branch . . . Hindley Siding —

AMEND:—

(15-12-56) ( 5446)PAGE 209.

Springs Branch . . . . Belle Green Lane Crossing Springs Branch Engine Shed

DELETE:—

Edge Hill No. 4 Down Goods

Sidings.

Springs Branch . . Platt Bridge Junction . . — _Ship Canal . . . . . . Eccles Station Junction . . Down . . . . . . _

—

Springs Branch No. 2 Down

(26-1-57) ( 5464)

From To

Point at which train Point at which trainFrom the Proceeding must come to a stand must come to a stand

direction of towards for wagon brakes tobe applied

for wagon brakes tobe released

(Supplement No. 6, page 75.)

(O. 8864/LM-W)

AMEND:—Belle Green Lane Crossing . . Springs Branch . . . . Belle Green Lane Crossing Springs Branch Engine Shed

Edge Hill No. 12 Edge Hill No. 4 Down Goods

Sidings.Hindley Siding . . . . Springs Branch . . . . Hindley Sidings . . . . Springs Branch Engine Shed

DELETE:—

Sidings.—

Springs Branch No. 2 Down

(15-12-55) ( 5446)

From To Line Remarks

PAGE 212.INSERT:—

Penrith No. 1 Penrith No. 3 Nor th Up Main 11 coaching stock.(O. 8864/LM-W)

PAGE 213.INSERT:—

Edge Hill No. 12 Edge Hill No. 4 Down Goods Locomotive or locomotives withone or two brake vans.

(O. 8864/LM-W)DELETE:—Engine Shed Sidings Springs Branch No. 2 DownSprings Branch No. 2 Engine Shed Siding Up

(15-12-56) ( 5446)DELETE:—Edge Hill No. 4 Edge Hill No. 2 Up Goods Engines and engines with one or

two brake vans only, i n clearweather.

Edge Hill No. 4... Edge Hill No. 12 Up Goods

(Supplement No. 6, page 77.)DIELETE:—Platt Bridge Junction Bamfurlong Sorting Sidings Down Goods

(O. 8864/LM-W)(Supplement No.6, page 78.)DELETE:—

Edge Hill No. 2 Edge Hill No. 12 Down GoodsEdge Hill No. 12 Edge Hill No. 2 Up Goods

(O. 8864/LM-W)

PAGE 213.AMEND:—

Fir Tree House Junction Platt Bridge Junction Down Liverpool Goods Locomotive and locomotives withone or two brake vans only.

PAGE 210.AM EN D paragraph (8)—A notice board is provided at each place where all freight trains (except Classes "C" and

"D") must stop for wagon brakes to be applied.INSERT additional paragraph (9)—Classes " C " and " D " Freight Trains are exempt from carrying Out these

instructions. ( O . 8864 LM

GENERAL IN STR U C TION S FOR W OR K IN G D O W N IN C L IN ES

SETTING BACK T H R OU GH SEC T ION I N W R O N G D IR EC TION

143

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—WESTERN DIV IS ION (Crewe & North)—continued

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continuedSETTING BACK T H R OU GH SEC T ION I N W R O N G DIRECTION—continued

From

PAGE 214.INSERT:—

P. Manchester (Exchange)Deal StreetManchester (Exchange)Deal Street

P. Manchester (Exchange)Deal Street

DELETE:—Manchester (Exchange)Deal Street

PAGE 215. (SupplementAMEND:—* P . Crewe South JunctionPAGE 216.AMEND:—

Adswood Sidings

PAGE 216.INSERT:—

Edgeley Junction No. I

(Supplement No. 6, pageDELETE:—

Edgeley Junction No. I

(Supplement No. 6, pageDELETE:—

Manchester (LondonRoad) Station (M.S.J. 8( A. ) N o . 2

From

PAGE 218.INSERT:—

Carlisle—Rome Street

PAGE 219.AMEND:—

P. Preston No. 4

Lostock Hall Junction

Farington Junction

PAGE 220.DELETE:—

Springs Branch No. 2PAGE 222.INSERT:—

Edge Hil l—ExhibitionJunction

PAGE 222. (SupplementAMEND:—11cArdwick JunctionPAGE 223.AMEND:—

Adswood Road Bridge

To

Victoria West Junction

Victoria West Junction

Victoria West Junction

Victoria West Junction

No. 6, page 79.)North Junction

Adswood Road Bridge

Edgeley Junction No. 2

79.)

Edgeley Junction No. 3

80.)

Manchester (London Road)

PROPELLING VEH IC L ES O N R U N N I N G L IN ES OU T SID E ST A T ION LIM ITS—RULE 149PAGE 217. (Supplement N o . 6, page 81.)AM EN D reference to "coal" in the four th paragraph to read "fuel". ( 1 - 9 - 5 6 ) ( 5394)

To

Dentonholme GoodsYard Nor th

E. L. Goods Yard

Farington Junction

Lostock Hall Junction

Belle Green LaneCrossing

Pighue Lane Junction

No. 6, page 86.)

Longsight No. 4

Adswood Sidings

144

Up Liverpool

Up Liverpool

Down

Down Goods

Up Main and N o. 13Up platform

Up

Down

Down

Line

No. 3 down platform

Down through

Down through

No. 3 down platform anddown through

Up platforms Nos. 4 and 5Up through

Down goods and dow nthrough siding

Up Goods

Line

Up Fast

Down Goods and DownThrough siding

Remarks

One coaching stock.

Remarks

Locomotives only.

(4-8-56) (5376)

Without brake vans.(O. 8864/LM–W)

Coaching stock. Freight wagonswithout brake van.

(O. 8864/LM-W)

(8-12-56) ( 5439)

6 freight wagons without brake vans fromHudson Scott's siding. In clear weatheronly. ( 2 1 - 7 - 5 6 ) (5369)

Coaching stock; 4 freight wagons wi thoutbrake van.

(O. 8864/LM-W)Coaching stock, 25 freight wagons in clear

weather only. N o t to exceed a speedof 4 miles per hour.

Coaching stock, 25 freight wagons in clearweather only. N o t to exceed a speedof 4 miles per hour.

(O. 8864/LM-W)

(15-12-56) ( 5446)

6 fitted vehicles without brake van, 2 non-fitted vehicles wi thout brake van pro-vided brakes o f leading wagon ar epinned down whi lst the movement isbeing propelled. ( 9 - 2 - 5 7 ) (5469)

30 Freight wagons in clear weather only.(O. 8864/LM–W)

Coaching stock and freight wagons.

(O. 8864/LM-W)

Place

From To Line Remarks

PAGE 225.INSERT:—

Carlisle—Dentonholme Goods Rome Street „ . . Up Goods . . . . 6 unfitted fr ei ght wagons for Hudson

Yard Nor th Scott's siding. I n clear weather only.(21-7-56) (5369)

Ribble Sidings . . Preston No. I . . . . Down through . . 4 wagons. ( 2 0 - 1 0 - 5 6 ) (5418)DELETE:—

Engine Shed Sidings . . Springs Branch No. 2.. Up . . . . . . —

(Supplement No. 6, page 90).D EL ET E:- Springs Branch No. 2 . . Engine Shed Sidings . . Down . . . . . . —

(15-12-56) ( 5446)

PAGE 233.INSERT:—

Carlisle—Canal Yard

PAGE 234.INSERT:—*Chester No. 1

Place

PAGE 235.DELETE:—

Cornbrook East Junction(Old Trafford)

Shunting neck

Line

145

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—WESTERN DIVISION (Crewe & North)—continued

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continuedW OR K IN G O F VEHICLES O N R U N N I N G L IN ES W I T H O U T BRAKE VA N I N REAR—

RULE 153PAGE 224 (Supplement N o . 6, page 89).AM EN D reference to "coal" i n the thi rd paragraph to read " fuel " .

ELECTRIC SH U N T IN G H OR N S, GON GS OR BELLS ARE PROVIDED A T TH E F OL L OW IN G PLACESFOR T H E PURPOSE OF SIGNALLING T O DRIVERS ENGAGED I N SH U N T I N G OPER A TION S

Line to which horn, gongor bell applies

South Yard Shunting neck

Klaxon horn. Plunger fixed on pole at Canal Junctionend of Field Sidings.

(12-1-57) ( 5456)

Electric bell. Plungers outside Shunters' cabin andadjacent to points leading to Warehouse sidings.

(O. 8864/LM—W)M OVEM EN T OF VEHICLES B Y M EA N S OF T O W ROPES

Down line to and from loadingdepots.

Remarks

Remarks

(1-9-56) ( 5394)

Place where tow ropeis kept when not in use

(O. 8864/LM—W)

PAGES 235, 236, 237 and 238.—INSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING T H E W OR K IN G O F INTERM EDIATEBLOCK SIGNALS—

(Page 98, Supplement N o . 6)—Instruction N o . 2—Working of Telephone—ADD as four th paragraph—

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver himself must advise the rearGuard and the Driver of an engine assisting in rear.

Instruction N o . 3—Train stopped at intermediate block home signal—ADD as second paragraph—

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver must carry out the dutiesof the Fireman.

Instruction N o . 6—Block Regulation 25—Failure of instruments o r bells.—ADD as second paragraph—

In the case of trains or engines, the driver cabs of which are single manned, the Driver himself must advise the rearGuard and the Driver of an engine assisting in rear.

ALTE RATI O NS T O L.M.S. APPENDI X—conti nuedS E CTI O NAL P O RTI O N— WE S TE RN DI V I S I O N (Cr ewe & Nor th)—conti nued

GENERAL I NSTRUCTI ONS—cont i nued(Page 98, Supplement N o . 6)—Instruction N o . 7—Train stopped by accident, failure, obstruction, or other

exceptional cause—The references to "Guard or Fireman" in the first paragraph are amended to read "Guard, Driver or Fireman".

(Pages 98, 99 and 100 Supplement No. 6)—Notes—ADD:—

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver must carry out the dutiesof the Fireman except that where i t is laid down for the Fireman to go to the signal box this duty must be carried outby the Guard.

LIST OF INTERMEDIATE BLOCK SIGNALS A T W H IC H TH ESE IN ST R U C T ION S APPLY

Intermediate block signalsituated between under-mentioned signal boxes

LineName of

intermediateblock signal

Signal box controlling intermediateblock signal to which telephone

communication is madeRemarks

PAGE 238. (Supplement No • 6, page 100)DELETE:—*H eaton Norris Junction and

Levenshulme1 Down Fastf Down Slow

Crossleys Heaton Norris Junction

*Heaton Norris Junction and 1 Down Fast Heaton Chapel Heaton Norris JunctionLevenshulme Down Slow

(O. 8864/LM–W)—

PAGE 249.—Electric Token exchanging, delivering, etc., apparatus—References to the Fireman in Clauses I and 2 should be taken to refer to the Driver in the case of trains or engines,

the driving cabs of which are single manned.SIGNALS W H IC H ARE PLACED T O DANGER AUTOM ATICALLY O N T H E PASSING OF TRAINS

Signal Box

PAGE 238.—DELETE:—Ditton Junction No. I

Buncorn Station

INSERT:—*H es t Bank Station

*Slade Lane JunctionDELETE:—

*LevenshuIme(Supplement N o . 6, page 102)AMEND:—

*Crewe, N or th Junction " A " " B" ,and South Junction

SIDINGS C ON N EC T ED W IT H R U N N I N G L IN ES A N D W H I C H ARE W ORKEDUNDER SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS

Siding

PAGE 239.AMEND:—

N. Down Siding

PAGE 240 (Supplement No.DELETE:—

Midland

PAGE 240.INSERT:—

N. Lindsay Pit

(Supplement N o . 6, pageDELETE:—

N. Broomfield South

Distant for D i tton Bank Up Intermediate block.

Distant for D i tton Bank Down Intermediate block.

Down Main Home.

All colour l ight main running signals on Up and Down Fast and Up and DownSlow lines.

Up Fast and Slow Home signals

All multiple aspect colour l ight signals.

Position

Ingleton, Down line

146

6, page 105).

Lancaster, Up and Down platform

Whelley Junction and Round HouseSidings, U p l ine.

104).

Coppull and Standish Junction u pslow line.

Signal

Particulars of working

(O. 8864/LM-W)

(O. 8864/LM–W)

Ground frame, padlocked, protected by fixedsignals. K e y t o padlock k ept i n Ki r k byLonsdale box. A spare key is kept in Ingleton(Midland) Station box and when i t is necessaryfor this key to be used i t must be returnedto Kirkby Lonsdale box after use.

(29-12-46) ( 5455)

Ground frame, bol t locked from N o. 4 Signalbox. ( O . 8864/LM–W)

Ground fr am e, electr ical ly control led f r omWhelley Junction signal box.

(O. 8864/LM–W)

ALTE RATI O NS T O L.M.S. APPENDI X—conti nuedS E CTI O NAL P O RTI O N— WE S TE RN DI V I S I O N (Cr ewe & Nor th)—conti nued

GENERAL I NSTRUCTI ONS—cont i nuedSIDINGS C ON N EC T ED W I T H R U N N I N G L IN ES A N D W H I C H ARE W OR K ED

UNDER SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS—continued

Route Station and Signal Box Situated Side of Line

AMEND:—Carlisle and Crewe . . Warrington—No. I . . 81 yards in rear of down fast home Down.

signal. (27-12-56) ( 5443)

*Crossley's

SidingPAGE 241.INSERT:—

N. Nor th Lines CrossoverRoad.

*N. C.W.S. Sidings

Up Sidings

AMEND:—*Levenshulme

(Supplement No. 6, page IAMEND:—

* N . Shunting neck

DELETE:—Goods Yard

MAIL APPARATUS STANDARDSPAGE 256 (Supplement N o . 6, page 122).

Classification

PAGE 259 (Supplement,

DELETE existing entr iesC and D

F

DELETE t and * notes.

Up and down Nor th lines

Platt Bridge Junction and BamfurlongJunction, up Whelley line.

Cuddington, up line

Slade Lane Junction and Heaton NorrisJunction—Up Slow line

07.)

Longsight—Up Fast line

Heaton Norris Junction and Slade LaneJunction—Down Slow line

Weaste, up slow line

EXA M IN A T ION O F FREIGHT TRAINS

No. 6, page 123).and INSERT:—

Position

147

Description

Express freight, livestock, or perishable trains pipe fittedthroughout with the automatic brake operative on not lessthan half or one third of the vehicles respectively...

Express freight trains par tly fitted w i th not less than fourbraked vehicles connected by vacuum pipetothe locomotive

Express Freight trains

Through Freight or Empty wagon trains

Mineral trains

* If conveying any wagons fitted wi th grease axle boxes, thedistance between examination MUST NOT EXCEED 85miles.

PAGE 259.DELETE List of Points at which Sprags are located—All particulars (CFX.5481).

Particulars of working

Ground frame, electr icasl ly c o n t r o l l e d f r o m E d g e

Hill No. 5 box. ( O . 8864/LM—W)

Ground frame, electrically controlled from PlattBridge Junction box. ( 2 9 - 9 - 5 6 ) (5400)

Ground fr ame, electr ical ly contr ol l ed f r omCuddington Station box.

(1-12-56) ( 5436)

Ground fr am e, electr ical ly contr ol led f r omSlade Lane Junction box.

Ground frame, electrically controlled from No.I box.

Ground fr am e, electr ical ly contr ol l ed f r omSlade Lane Junction box.

(O. 8864/LM—W)

(O. 8864/LM—W)

Maximum Distance,Miles

AM EN D Note:—All up freight (except Classes "C " and "D" ) and empty wagon trains from Carlisle, unless otherwise

stop at Carnforth for examination.

160

125

125

125*

125*

(O. 8864)

shown, must

148

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continued

SECTIONAL PORTION—WESTERN DIVISION (Crewe & North)—continuedGENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continued

PAGES 260 and 261 (Supplement N o . 6, page 124).RELIEF O F EN GIN EM EN A N D GUARDS

DELETE Lancaster, Bletchley, Abergavenny (Brecon Road), and Llandovery Control Rooms—All particulars.(29-9-56) ( 5406)

(Supplement N o . 6, pages 124 and 125).INSERT after paragraph commencing "Trainmen must not in any case, etc." :—

Telegraphic advice of all special trains which will terminate in or pass through a District Operating Superintendent'sdistrict must be sent from the starting point, when the train leaves, to the control room concerned. T he advicemust include the actual marshalling of the train.

Particulars of all Enginemen and Goods Guards travelling "home passenger" who will, on thei r return journey,pass through District Operating Superintendent's districts, must, as soon as i t is known that the men will be travelling"home passenger", be telegraphed or telephoned to the control room concerned by the Station or Shed from whichthey start, information being given as to the time the men booked on duty. ( 2 6 - 1 - 5 7 ) ( 5463)

Place

PAGE 261 (Supplement NoAMEND:—

Ordsall Lane

(Supplement N o . 6, pageAMEND:—

Edgeley Junction, Adswood

PAGE V I .INSERT under "M " :—

AMEND:—

DELETE:—

INSERT:—

Classification

AMEND:—

DELETE:—

INSERT:—

W ITHDRAW AL OF GUARDS O F TER M IN A TIN G FREIGHT TRAINS

Line

• 6, page 126).

Down reception siding and Nos. I , 2 and 3Up reception sidings between OrdsallLane Nos. 2 and 4 boxes.

127).

Down goods and down through siding be-tween Adsw ood R oad Br i dge a n dAdswood Sidings boxes.

SECTIONAL POR TION -MID LA N D DIVISIONINDEX TO LOCAL AND GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

PageMatisa Track Recording Trolley 2 7 1

PAGE 3 (Supplement N o . 6, page 2).MAX I MUM RATE OF SPEED.

Hendon and Trent 9 0 m.p.h.Glendon and Nott ingham 9 0 m.p.h.

Trent and Chorlton Junction (via Disley) 8 0 m.p.h.

Nottingham and Chorlton Junction (via Disley) 8 0 mp.. h.

M A XIM U M PERMISSIBLE SPEED OF FREIGHT TRAINS

Express freight or empty wagons

Description

Express freight or empty wagons conveying vehicles with a wheelbase of9 feet or over and oil axle boxes

Express freight or empty wagons not conveying grease axle box wagons..Express fr eight o r empty wagons when conveying grease axle box

wagons

Remarks

(O. 8864/1.11-W )

Also applies during fog or falling snow whentrains are clear of adjoining goods l ine,or through siding, as the case may be.

(O. 8864/LM–W)

(O. 8946)

Maximum permissiblespeed

Miles per Hour

45

40

35

40(O. 8864/LM-M)

149

PAGE 8. C ar l i s l e. Petter i l Bridge Junction.AM EN D speed restr ictions:—

Between Petteril Bridge Junction and Duran H ill Junction on Goods lines 1 0 1 0(O. 8864/LM-M)

PAGES 8 and 9. C ar l isleINSERT speed restr iction:—

Freight t rains t ravelling over through Goods lines between Carlisle N o . 3 and CarlisleNo. 13 boxes 15 1 5

(O. 8864/1.111- M )PAGE I I . N e w Biggin—Station.

AM EN D catch points- 560 yards in rear of home signal—Up line—gradient I i n 243.AM EN D capacity of Up l ie-by-60 wagons. ( 2 5 - 8 - 5 6 )

DELETE speed restr iction:—Over Appleby Nort h Junction to and f rom L.N .E. Railway 20 20

PAGE 12 (Supplement N o . 6, page 8).Long Preston—Settle Junction. I N S E R T speed restr iction:—Over Set t le Junction t o and f rom Carlisle 60 60

ALTE RATI O NS T O L.M.S. APPENDI X—conti nuedS E CTI O NAL P O R T I O N — M I D L A N D DI VI SI ON—cont i nued

A D D I T I O N A L R U N N I N G LI NES, S I G NAL BO X E S , R U N A W A Y C A T C H P O I NTS ,SPEED RESTRI CTI ONS, ETC.

Location

* A D D Second Down lie-by siding—Capacity 48 wagons.(O. 8864/LM-M)

Bell Busk—Station. I N SER T Catch points-1,31i yards in rear of home signal—Down line—gradient 1 in 300.(O. 8864/LM-M)

PAGE 15.INSERT after Morecambe—Torrisholme Junction No. I : —

Lancaster (Green Ayre)—§Scale Hall Station—distance 1 mi le 1,251 yards.AM EN D Lancaster (Green Ayr e) Station—distance 1,330 yards.

PAGE 16.DELETE. Ingleton—Station (Western Division) and substitute:—

Kirkby Lonsdale—Station (Western Division)—distance 0 miles 0 yards.AM EN D distance—Ingleton—(Midland) Stati on- 5 miles 453 yards.

Miles per hour

Up D o w n

(O. 8864/LM-M)

(29-12-56)

(Supplement N o . 6, page 9).AM EN D heading HELLIHELD SOUTH JUNCTION AN D NEWSHOLME STATION.

Hel l ifield. South Junction. INSERT:—Catch points, 650 yards in rear of Outer home signal—Down line—gradientI i n 106.

Goods Yard. D ELET E all particulars.The Down Goods l ine is now a down Goods loop worked from South Junction Signal Box.

INSERT:—Newsholme. Station. Distance 4 miles 694 yards—catch points 885 yards in rear of home signal—Down l ine—

gradient I i n 105.(O. 8864/LM-M)

PAGE 21 (Supplement N o . 6, page 10).AM EN D speed restr ictions:—

Between 2211 mile post and 222 mile post 5 0 5 0Between 222 mile post and Skipton Station Nort h Junction 3 5 3 5

(O. 8864/LM-M)

PAGE 21 (Supplement N o . 6, page I I ) .Guiseley—Esholt Junction. A M E N D catch points- 600 yards i n rear of Outer home signal—Down l ine from

Apperley—gradient I i n 60.

PAGE 22.Guiseley—Esholt Junction. A D D catch poi nts - 2 miles, 1,231 yards in rear of home signal—Down line—gradient

I i n 102.DELETE. Esholt—§Station. A l l particulars.DELETE. Baildon—Station. A l l particulars.AM EN D distance. Shipley—Guiseley Junction-3 miles 858 yards. ( 2 - 3 - 5 7 )

1 50

Additionalrunning

lines

Stationsand

Signalboxes

Distance fromplace next

above UpLine

Runaway CatchPoints

Yards

SpeedRestrictions

,•Wheresituate

LineApprox.Gradient

Miles perhour

Miles Yards1 in Up Down

INSERT:—IN GR OW EA ST B R A N C H : —Over Junction to and from Keighle y 20 20

Keighley— — — — — — —G.N. Junction

Ingrow East—Station

— 748 y 362 yards in rearof home signal.

Up 50 — —

(25– 8-56)

AdditionalRunning Lines

Station andSignal Boxes

DistanceRemarks

Miles Yards

DELETE

AMEND •Cudworth—Station North.

Cudworth—South Junction . . . .Station . . . . . .

——

396

814770

l —

}Remaining particulars as printed.

(O. 8523)

ALTE RATI O NS TO L.M.S. APPENDI X—conti nuedS E CTI O NAL P O RTI O N— MI DLAND DI VI SI ON—conti nued

ADDI T I O NAL R U N N I N G LI NE S , S I G N A L BO X E S , R U N A W A Y C A T C H P O I NTS ,SPEED RESTRI CTI ONS, ETC. —conti nued

PAGE 23.

PAGE 26.Al tofts Station is renamed Al tofts & Whitwood—Station, and is not a block post.

PAGE 27.DELETE Italics note:—"The direction of the up line is from Wakefield to West Riding Junction".PAGE 27.

Walton—West Riding Junction. A D D to Up Passenger and U p Goods l ine locomotive whistles:—Train requiring to terminate or detach traffic at Carlton Nor th Sidings or l ight locomotive for Royston Shed- 2 S.

PAGE 28.Cudworth—Carlton Main Sidings.

AM EN D Down Fast and Slow line locomotive whistles for Freight trains for Dewsbury to read:—Train for Middlestown Branch at Royston Junction.

Cudworth—Carlton Nor th Sidings. A M E N D distance-784 yards.Carlton Main Sidings. A M E N D distance-470 yards.

PAGE 29.

PAGE 30.DELETE:—Kilnhurst—North—All particulars.

Ki lnhurst—South—AMEND distance—I mile 317 yards.PAGES 33 and 45.AM EN D reference to Staveley Up Sidings, Staveley Down Sidings and Staveley Junction to read Barrow Hill Up Sidings,

Barrow Hil l Down Sidings and Barrow Hil l Junction respectively.Staveley (ex Midland) Motive Power Depot has been renamed Barrow Hill Motive Power Depot.

(O. 8864/LM-M)PAGE 39. (Supplement N o . 6, page 15.)Sheffield—North Junction.INSERT catch points-232 yards Nor th of signal box—Up Fast line—gradient I i n 130.

PAGE 40.Dore & Totley—Station Junction—INSERT catch points:—

*348 yards on Chesterfield side of box—Up Chesterfield line—gradient 1 i n 100.South Junction. D ELET E catch points.

PAGE 40. (Special Supplement, page I I . )Dore & Totley—South Junction.

INSERT U p Main l i ne locomotive whistles:—I L, 2 S — Train via Stretton.1 L, 1 S — Train for Staveley.4 L — Train for Avenue Sidings or locomotive for Hasland Loco.

(5-1-57)

(17-11-56)

(O. 8523)

(O. 8523)

(O. 8864/LM-M)

(29-12-56)

151

ALTE RATI O NS TO L.M.S. APPENDI X—conti nuedS E CTI O NAL P O R T I O N — M I D L A N D DI VI SI ON—conti nued

ADDI T I O NAL R U N N I N G LI NE S , S I G NAL BO X E S , R U N A W A Y C A T C H P O I NTS ,SPEED RESTRI CTI ONS, ETC. —conti nued

PAGE 41. (Special Supplement, page I I . )Dronfield—Station.

INSERT Up Main l ine locomotive whistlesL, 3 S — Train requiring water at Chesterfield.

2 L, 1 C — Train stopping at Chesterfield for traffic purposes.Unstone—Colliery Sidings.

DELETE Up Main locomotive whistles.

LocationMiles per hour

Up D o w nPAGE 41. M iddlestown Branch. I N SER T speed restriction:—

Between Bridge under former (Midland) Dewsbury Branch and Middlestown Junction 1 5(24-11-56)DELETE. D ewsbury Goods Station Branch. A l l particulars. (20- I 0-56)(Supplement N o . 6, page 16.)AM END reference to Crigglestone—Station to read Criggiestone (East)—Station.INSERT. T he Permissive Block Regulations apply on the Up l ine between Crigglestone (East) Station and Royston

Junction signal boxes. ( 5 - 1 - 5 7 )

PAGE 43.Silverwood Branch.

AM EN D side note "Pi lot Guard" to read "Block".

PAGE 44. (Supplement N o . 6, page 16.) W i cker Branch.Sheffield Yard. D EL ET E Lockwood's Crossing.AM EN D distance—Elevated box - 0 miles 0 yards.W icker Br anch:—AM END first sentence of second paragraph:—

The line between Elevated box and Grimesthorpe Junction No. 2 is worked on the Telegraph Bell System, and theline between Grimesthorpe Junction No. 2 and No. 1 under the "No block or bel l" arrangement. ( 3 - 1 1 - 5 6 )

PAGE 47. C l a y Cross—South Junction. D EL ET E catch points.(See item under Coney Green sidings shown on Page 17 of Supplement No. 6.) ( 1 7 - 1 1 - 5 6 )

PAGE 49.INSERT:—

Through Pye Bridge Station—over curves on Slow lines 5 0 5 0(Supplement No. 6, page 18.)DELETE:—

Through Codnor Park Station—over curves between 132t and 134 mile posts 6 0 6 0INSERT:—

Through Codnor Park Station—over curves between 132f and 1321 mile posts:—Fast lines • • • • • 6 0 6 0Slow lines 5 0 5 0

(O. 8864/LM-M)PAGE 49. C odnor Park. D ELET E Great Nor thern Junction.—All particulars.(Supplement N o. 6, page 18.) A M E N D distance—Stoneyford Junction-1,319 yards.(Supplement N o . 6, page 4.) D EL ET E speed restriction:—

"Over G. N. Junction, Codnor Park, to and from L.N.E. Railway Up and Down, 15 m.p.h." ( 9 - 2 - 5 7 )

PAGE 55. (Supplement No. 6, page 20, Special Supplement, page 14.) Langwith—Colliery Sidings.INSERT. D ow n line locomotive whistle-1 S, 2 L—Seymour Junction direction. ( 4 - 8 - 5 6 )

PAGE 59. (Supplement N o . 6, page 21.)South Yorkshi re Joint Line—Doncaster . A M E N D reference to Potteric Carr Junction (L.N.E., to read Potteric Carr.

The l ine between Doncaster—Potter ic Carr and Tickhi l l & W.—Low Ellers Junction is single and is worked by"Staff and Ticket". ( 2 9 - 1 2 - 5 6 )

PAGE 59. (Supplement N o . 6, page V.)Firbeck Junction " A" box is now under the supervision of Maltby. ( 2 9 - 1 2 - 5 6 )

' PAGE 60. H arwo r t h and Firbeck Colliery Branches.AM EN D reference to Tickhill t o read M al tby. ( 2 9 - 9 - 5 6 )

PAGE 60. D ELET E speed restr iction.—At Dinnington Nor th signal box—Up and D ow n- 10 m.p.h. ( 1 - 9 - 5 6 )PAGE 64. (Supplement N o . 6, page 22, Special Supplement, page 15.)

Trent—Station South Junction. IN SER T . D ow n Main l ine locomotive whistle, IS, 2L—for Derby.Station N or th Juncti on. D ELET E. D ow n Main l ine locomotive whistle, IS, 2L.

(19-1-57)PAGES 64-65. (Supplement N o . 6, page 22.) Trent—Station North Junction—INSERT note:—

Does not signal Up Goods l ine between Long Eaton Junction and Trent Station South Junction boxes.DELETE Up Goods l ine from Trent Station Nor th Junction to Trent Station South Junction boxes and Up and Down

Goods lines between Long Eaton Junction and Trent Station Nor th Junction boxes, also paragraph regarding theworking of the goods lines between these latter boxes and substi tute:—

Up Goods line from Long Eaton Junction to Trent Station South Junction box and Down Goods line from TrentStation Nor th Junction to Long Eaton Junction box, both lines worked in accordance wi th the Permissive BlockRegulations. ( 1 7 - 1 1 - 5 6 )

• P A G E 65. (Supplement No. 6, page 22: Special Supplement, page 16.)Beeston—South Junction.—ADD note after locomotive whistles:—

"To be given at Beeston Nor th Junction when box is closed". ( O . 8864/LM-M)

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—MIDLAND DIVISION—continued

ADDITIONAL R U N N I N G LINES, S IGNAL BOXES, SPEED RESTRICTIONS, ETC.—continued

Location

PAGE 71. H a t her n . A M E N D "South" t o read "Station".

PAGE 72.INSERT:—

*Bet ween Saxby West Junction and Station Junction on Slow Lines 5 0 5 08864/LM-M)

PAGE 73. C o rb y & Weldon. IN SER T speed restriction:— -Between Lloyd's Sidings, Nort h and Lloyd's Sidings, South boxes 6 0 —

(30-6-56)PAGE 73. ( Special Supplement, page 18.)

Glendon and Rushton—Sidings. D EL ET E existing Up line locomotive whistles and SUBSTITUTE:—3 long, IS—Stopping at Ketter ing (not passenger trains). ( O . 8864/LM-M)

PAGES 73-74. (Supplement N o . 6, page 25.) Ket tering. A M E N D speed restriction:—Between Ket tering N ort h and Kettering South boxes, over curves between 723- and

71.3, mile post—fast line 7 0 —(30-6-56)INSERT speed restr iction:—

Between Burton Lat imer and Lettering North between 70 and 721- mile posts—fast line(30-6-56)

PAGE 74. (Supplement N o . 6, page 25.) IN SER T speed restriction:—When authorised, passenger trains may be worked over the up and down goods lines between Ketter ing Junction

and Wellingbro' Station at a speed not exceeding 40 m.p.h. ( O . 8864/LM-M)

PAGES 74-81. (Supplement N o . 6, page 27.) W ellingbro'. A M E N D speed restrictions:—Round curves on fast line between 65/ and 641 mile posts 6 5 —On fast line between 64e and 66 mile posts 6 5

(30-6-56)PAGE 77.Market Harborough—No. 3. IN SER T speed restriction:—

Over double junction between Midland and Western Division Lines 2 0 2 0DELETE speed restrictions:—

Through junction at No. 3 box to and from Leicester and to and from Peterborough 2 0 2 0

PAGE 77. (Special Supplement, page 19.)Desborough—Station.*D ELET E existing Up l ine engine whistles and INSERT:—

3 long 3 short—stopping at Ketter ing. N o t wi th passenger train.

PAGES 81-82. (Supplement N o . 6, page 27.) IN SER T speed restriction:—When authorised, passenger trains may be worked over the up and down goods lines between Irchester Junction

and Bedford Nor th at a speed not exceeding 40 m.p.h. ( O . 8864/LM-M)PAGE 82.AM EN D speed restr iction:—

Between fast and slow lines at Bedford Nort h

152

Miles per hour

Up D o w n

(0.8864/LM-M)

•(O. 828°6 4 /L M -Mil

PAGE 83. D ELETE: —Passenger Trains on U p Slow l ine from Kempston Road Junction t o Mil!brook 4 0

(Supplement N o . 6, page 28.)Between Mil lbrook and Bedford South—Down Slow l ine 5 0

INSERT:—Between Bedford South and Millbrook—Slow lines.. 5 0 5 0 '

Harpenden—Junction. A M E N D distance, 2 miles 122 yards.Harpenden—Station. A M E N D distance, 1,349 yards.

Bedford (Midland Road)—Kempston Road Junction.INSERT:—Catch points-567 yards in rear of home No. 2 signal—Up Slow line—gradient I i n 184.

(O. 8864/LM-M)PAGE 89. (Supplement N o . 6, page 29.)Kentish Town—Islip St reet Junction. IN SER T speed restriction:—

Over connections between fast lines and lines to and f rom King's Cross (Met.) 2 0 2 0ADD note:—Working of trains to places South of the Thames.

Drivers working freight and mineral trains over the Metropolitan widened lines via King's Cross must br ingtheir trains to a stand at Islip Street Junction up slow line home 3 signal (signal protecting the connections fromthe fast to the slow lines) and at Islip Street Junction up slow line starting signal, even though the signals may bedisplaying a proceed aspect.

Guards must assist the Drivers to control the trains down the incline. ( A m e n d e d 8-12-56)St. Paul ' s Eoad Passenger Junction. D ELET E all particulars and am end additional (slow) lines t o terminate at

Islip Street Junction.St. I aul's Eoad Goods Junction. A M E N D distance-0 miles 909 yards.

reference to passenger lines between Islip Street Junction and Cambridge Street to read fast lines.(6-10-56)

153

—

Station andSignal Boxes

DistanceUpLine

Runaway Catch PointsSpeed

Restrictions

M Y Where situate LineApprox.Gradient Miles per hour

Up D o w nKentish Town

Islip Street Junction . .

King's Cross (LT.) . .

—

I

—

1209

15

232 yards i n r ear o fKing's Cross (L.T.)advanced s t a r t i ngsignal.

O v e r-c u r ve i n K in g' s

Cross Tunnel.

Down Level

10

(O. 8864/LM–M)

10

PAGE 90. ST . PANCRAS.DELETE existing speed restrictions and substitute:—

St. Pancras—Over all lines South of up fast and up goods home signals 10, 10Over connection up fast line to down Carriage line • 15From W est Departure line to down fast line 15To and from Cambridge Street turntable, both ends and to and from old Loco. Sidings 5 5

ALTE RATI O NS TO L.M.S. APPENDI X—conti nuedS E CTI O NAL P O RTI O N— MI DLAND DI VI SI ON—conti nued

ADDI T I O NAL R U N N I N G LI NE S , S I G N A L BO X E S , SPEED RESTRI CTI ONS, E TC.—continued

Location

ST. PANCRASDELETE:—

Cambridge Street Junction boxes. Al l particulars.DELETE note:—

"No block or bell."AMEND:—

Distance—Station 772 yards.AMEND:—

The Up Goods line from Dock Junction Box to Nor th London Incline Box s worked in accordance wi th thePermissive Block Regulations and when Nor th London Incline Box is closed, the Absolute Block Regulations applyon the Up Goods line from Dock Junction to St. Pancras Station Box. The Up Goods line from Nor th London InclineBox to St. Pancras Station Box is worked in accordance with the Absolute Block Regulations.

The Down Goods line from St. Pancras Station Box to St. Paul's Road Goods Junction Box is worked in accordancewith the Permissive Block Regulations.

When St. Paul's Road Goods Junction Box is closed, the Absolute Block Regulations apply on the Down Goodsline between Dock Junction and Islip Street Junction Boxes.

The Down Carriage l ine is between St. Pancras Station and Dock Junction Boxes.

(O. 8864/1.M–M)PAGE 95. Kent i s h Town. A M E N D references to St. Paul's Road Passenger Junction to read Islip Street Junction.

(13-10-56)(Supplement No. 6, page 51 :Special Supplement, page 21.)

ISLIP STREET JU N C T ION A N D KING'S CROSS (MET.)DELETE existing entr ies and INSERT:—

ISLIP STREET JU N C T ION A N D KING'S CROSS L T .

PAGE I I I . Chapel—Cowburn Tunnel West. IN SER T catch poi nts - 2 miles 1,405 yards in rear of home signal—down line—gradient I i n 100.W oodley Junction. * D E L E T E catch points—'47 yards Romiley side of signal box—Up l ine to Romiley.

(O. 8864/LM–M)

(13-1-57)(Supplement No. 6, page 36, Special Supplement, page 23.)

Edale. D ELET E. Cowbur n Tunnel East Box—All particulars.

PAGE 112. (Supplement N o . 6, page 36.)Edale—Station. A M E N D distance-3 miles 873 yards.AM EN D up l i e-by-42 wagons.

(Special Supplement, page 23.) IN SER T down line locomotive whistles:-1 L , I C—To Cheadle Heath, not stopping Gowhole for traffic.I L , I S —To Peak Forest, not stopping Chapel for water or traffic.I L , 2 S —To Marple, not stopping Gowhole for traffic.I L , 3 S —Stopping Chapel for water or traffic.4 L — S t o p p i n g Gowhole for traffic.

Miles per hour

Up D o w n

(Amended 13-1-57)

(13-1-57)

PAGE 112. D or e and Totley—West Junction. D ELET E catch points—Dore West Junction side of Dore Station.Staton Junction. IN SER T catch points—"346 yards on Chinley side of box—Down Chinley line—gradient I in 100.

(29-12-56)PAGE 117. (Supplement N o . 6, page 37.)

Duffield. A M E N D first item to read "DELETE Milford Tunnel—All particulars and also up and down goods linesbetween Milford Tunnel and Duffield Junction." ( 2 7 - 1 0 - 5 6 )

PAGE 131. Birmingham—New Street.DELETE:—

All lines between the tunnels at either end of station 1 0 1 0Between Tunnel and Grand Junction box 3 0

INSERT:—All lines between the South end of Suffolk St reet Tunnel and t he Nort h end o f N ew

Street Tunnel • • • 1 0 1 0Between the Nort h end o f N ew Street Tunnel and Grand Junction signal box 3 0 3 0

154

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—MIDLAND DIVISION—continued

ADDITIONAL RUNNI NG LINES, SIGNAL BOXES,SPEED RESTRICTIONS, ETC.—continued

Miles per hourLocation

PAGE 132. Birmingham—New Street, U p D o w nDELETE:—

All lines between the tunnels at either end of station 1 0 1 0Between tunnel and Grand Junction box 3 0 3 0

INSERT:—All lines between the South end of Suffolk St reet Tunnel and the North end of N ew

Street Tunnel 1 0 1 0Between t he Nort h end of N ew Street Tunnel and Grand Junction signal box 3 0 3 0

(O. 8864/LM–M)PAGE 142. (Supplement N o . 6, page 45.)W ater Or ton. D ELETE 2nd up goods l ine between Water Or ton Junction and W ater Or ton Station Junction.AM EN D note below Sidings box to read:—"Signals up goods l ine only." ( 1 6 - 2 - 5 7 )PAGE 143. A M EN D distances:—

Kingsbury—Branch Sidings-1 mi le 299 yards.Wilnecote—Cliff Sidings-1,417 yards.

(Supplement N o . 6, page 45.)DELETE additional Down Goods l ine between Bar ton and Walton—Elford and Tamwor th—High Level boxes.

(8-12-56)PAGE 145. (Special Supplement, page 30.)

Derby—London Road Junction.ADD down line locomotive whistle-3 L, I S for C.E.A. Sidings at Stenson Junction. ( O . 8864/LM–M)PAGE 147. W at er Orton—Park Lane Junction.INSERT speed restr iction:—

Round curve between 0 and m i l e posts 4 5 4 5(8-9-56)

PAGE 149. (Special Supplement, page 31.) Trent—Lock Lane Crossing.INSERT down l ine locomotive whistle-1 S, 1 L for Castle Donington C.E.A. Sidings. ( 5 - 1 - 5 7 )PAGE 153.

Whitacre—Junction:—INSERT Down Lie-by capacity 55 wagons. ( O . 8864/LM–M)PAGES 153 and 154. (Supplement N o . 6, page 48.)Whitacre—North. D EL ET E all entries.

(NOTE—The Up and Down goods lines are now Up and Down goods loops.)PAGE 154.Kingsbury—Station Junction. A M E N D distance-2 miles 792 yards.(Supplement N o . 6, page 48.)AM EN D speed restr iction:—

Between 31* m.p. and Kingsbury Station Junction, slow lines 6 0 6 0INSERT speed restr iction:—

Over Kingsbury Station Junction t o and f rom W hitacre 3 0 3 0(O. 8864/LM–M)

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE TO THE WORKING O F CERTAIN TYPESOF LOCOMOTIVES

Section of Line

(a) Speed Limits.PAGE 164. (Supplement N o . 6, page 49.)IN SER T :- Holmes Junction—Rotherham ,

(Masboro') South Junction—(Masboro' South Curve)

Codnor Park and Langley Mill over Br idge No. 42 at 130miles 76 chains.

D EL ET E:- Chesterfield and Clay Cross, over Br idge N o. 81 (1454–

1451 m.ps).

(Supplement N o . 6, page 50.)AMEND:—

Nottingham and Edwalton over Bridge No. 2 (River TrentViaduct) and Bridge No. 4 (122I-123 m.p.s.)

Syston East Junction and Melton Junction

Hendon and Mi l l H i l l over Br idge N o. 50 (7-i--7/ mdas)carrying goods lines over passenger lines

Wingfield and Ambergate over Bridge No.45 (1381-138f m.ps)INSERT:—

Beauchief and Dore and Totley, Up and Down Slow lines overBridge No. 36 at 154 miles 52 chains.

Class and type of locomotivesaffected

Diesel locomotive No. 10100

Diesel locomotive No. 10100

6P Parallel boiler and No. 46170,and Diesel 10100.

7P (46170); Ex LNE V2: D16and Diesel 10100.

7P (46170); Ex LNE V2.,Ex LNE V2

Diesel 10100

7P (46170); Ex LNE V2

V2

Speed Restrictionsm.p.h.

15

25

(O. 8864/LM-M)50

(O. 8864/LM-M)

25

40

525

40

10

(O. 8864/LM-M)

P r I P A P, IM Pumw - --77- 7 41

PAGE 165.

155

ALTE RATI O NS TO L.M.S. APPENDI X—conti nuedS E CTI O NAL P O R T I O N — M I D L A N D DI VI SI ON—conti nued

LO CAL I NS TRUCTI O NS

CARLISLEINSERT:—London Road, M et al Box Company's Sidings.

Before entering the sidings or moving wagons within the sidings, Drivers must arrange for sufficient wagon brakesto be pinned down, so as to assist in the control of the train on the gradients.

O. 8864/LM-M)PAGE 166.INSERT additional paragraph under Carlisle N o . 12 Box.

Assistance to Freight Trains starting from Up Through Goods LineWhen two or more Freight trains have been brought to a stand on the Up Through Goods Line, the locomotive of

the second train may, i f necessary, be uncoupled by the Guard of the first train and when the Home signal is taken off,assist the first train as far as that signal but must not proceed beyond such signal. The assisting locomotive must thenreturn to its train.

Before the locomotive is uncoupled, the Guard of the first train must apply as many brakes on the front vehicles ofthe second train as may be necessary to prevent the train moving when the locomotive is detached. W hen the assistinglocomotive has returned, the Fireman must couple i t to the train, release the brakes, and the Driver must see that thisis done.

When i t is necessary for two trains coupled together to be assisted by a locomotive in the rear, the locomotive ofa following train may be used for this purpose in accordance wi th the above instructions.

During fog or falling snow, the above arrangements must only be carried out under the supervision of a competentperson.

Setting back from Third and U p Through Goods LinesGuards Plungers are provided 50 yards on the Penrith side of the dwarf shunting signals reading set back from Third

and Up Through Goods Lines to the yard.Guards of movements requir ing to set back from these lines when the Driver of the movement is in such a position

that i t is necessary to take off the banner signal, must, when the dwarf shunting signal controll ing such movement islowered, operate the requisite plunger to release the banner signal concerned.

(O. 8864/LM-M)PAGE 167. (Supplement N o . 6, page 55.)

INVOICES A N D CORRESPONDENCE FOR LEEDS C IT Y N OR T HDELETE existing entr y and INSERT:—

Invoices and other Railway correspondence arriving at Leeds City Nor th by train must be placed by the Guard intoboxes fixed outside the Supervisor's Office on the parcels sorting site at the concourse end of Nos. 3/4 platforms and atthe end of the buildings orr Nos. 5/6 platforms. They should not be left in the train or placed wi th parcels.

(O. 8864/LM)PAGE 167.

LEEDSADD as thi rd paragraph:—Trains leaving via Nort h Departure line.

Special arrangements are in operation for the signalling of trains between Leeds City Wellington Box and Leeds CityJunction and, except in the case of passenger trains, Drivers of trains leaving via the Nor th Departure l ine will not bebrought to a stand or receive any caution signal at Well ington Box when the l ine ahead is occupied, and they must,therefore, run at a slow speed and be prepared to stop shor t of any obstruction.

(O. 5286)PAGE 168.INSERT:—

Instructions to be observed respecting the working of empty wagons from Snydale Junction Sidings toNew Sharlston Colliery Sidings b y N.C.B. locomotives.

When permitted by the Deputy Chief Controller, the N.C.B. locomotive from New Sharlston Colliery is authorisedto take empty wagons from Snydale Sidings to the Colliery Sidings.

Before the locomotive leaves the Colliery Sidings the Driver must first obtain the staff from the signalman at SnydaleJ unction Signal Box.

On arrival at Snydale Junction the Driver of the N.C.B. locomotive must hand the staff to the signalman.When ready to leave the sidings at Snydale Junction the Driver of the N.C.B. locomotive must obtain the staff from

the signalman before proceeding to the Colliery Sidings.On returning to the Colliery Sidings with train complete, the staff must be returned immediately to Snydald Junction

Signal Box by the most expeditious means.(O. 2779)

(O. 8373)INSERT:—

Nor m anton Stati on. Referr ing to Rule 44(b): the calling on signals provided at Normanton Station Nor th andSouth Signal boxes below the Up and Down Platform line starting signals respectively, may be taken off before trains arebrought to a stand at them, and Drivers in such circumstances must draw forward cautiously as laid down in Rule 44(a).

(O. 8373)Royston. Junction. IN SER T : —

A telephone is provided between the branch outer and inner home signals for Royston Junction, approximately300 yards in rear of the inner home signal, and Guards of Up freight trains brought to a stand must immediately advisethe Signalman when the train has arrived, complete wi th tail lamp, inside the outer home signal.

(0.9210)INSERT:—

W OR K IN G OVER T H E U P L IN E BETW EEN CRIGGLESTONE (EAST) ST A T IONA N D R OYST ON JU N C T ION B OXES

The first train or locomotive running l ight requir ing to pass over the Up l ine after Permissive Block Working hasbeen in operation will be brought under control at the Home signal for Crigglestone (East) Station box. After the signalhas been taken off for the train to proceed the Signalman will exhibit a green hand-signal which the Driver must acknowledgeby a short whistle, and must understand that he must proceed with caution throughout the section to Royston Junction.

Between N or m anton and Oakenshaw: DELETE Paragraph headed St. John's Colliery Sidings.

PAGE 169. (Supplement N o . 6, page 57.)Wharncliffe Branch. D ELETE 3rd paragraph.

PAGE 169.

PAGE 171.INSERT:—

156

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—MIDLAND DIVISION—continued

LOCAL INSTRUCTIONS—continued

C U D W OR TH —LOC OM OTIVE R U N N I N G R O U N D TR A IN

PAGE 176.DELETE. Codnor Park Station Junction. A ll particulars.

( 1 6-2-5 7 )

AM EN D to read:—When the locomotive of a train standing in the Up Fast or Up Slow Platform requires to run round i ts train via

South Junction box, or another locomotive has to be placed at the rear of such train or vehicle detached from a trainfrom South Junction box, the Guard or Shunter must proceed towards South Junction box to meet the locomotive andconduct i t to the rear of the train. Dur ing fog or falling snow the Guard or Shunter must proceed to South Junction boxand conduct the locomotive from that point.

(O. 8523)

C U D W OR THDELETE:—Royston Depot line to Cudworth Nort h ( H . & B.) and relat ive instructionsandINSERT:—Royston Mot ive Power Depot Line to Cudworth Yard Nort h .

An illuminated Stop Board with telephone is fixed at the exit from Royston Motive Power Depot, 60 yards from thepoints of the triangle, on the line leading to Cudworth Yard Nor th Signal Box to enable locomotive men to communicatewith the signalman at Cudworth Yard Nor th. N o locomotive must pass this board unti l permission has been obtainedverbally from the signalman, who must be informed of the direction the locomotive required to run at Cudworth YardNorth.

In the case of the locomotive proceeding from Cudworth Yard Nor th to the Motive Power Depot the signalmanmust be advised by telephone from the Stop Board that the locomotive is inside clear and the number of the locomotivemust be given.

Locomotives entering the Depot must travel via the left-hand route on the triangle whether turning on the tr iangleor coming from the direction of Cudworth Yard Nor th.

On the reverse side of the Stop Board a "Halt" sign is exhibited facing locomotives approaching the Depot, and Driversentering the Depot must bring their locomotive to a stand and satisfy themselves that the line ahead is clear before passingthe board.

Traffic from Cudworth Yard H. & B. for Royston Motive Power Depot may be worked via Cudworth Yard Nor thand the Depot line during daylight and clear weather only under the same conditions as apply to locomotives runninglight. Trains must not exceed 10 wagons and a brake van and the Guard or shunter wil l be responsible for advisingthe signalman at Cudworth Yard Nor th that the whole of the train is inside clear. ( O . 8523)

*ECCLESF1ELD W EST PETR OLEU M D EPOTThe points leading to the Esso Petroleum Depot, Ecclesfield West Yard, must normally be set away from the Depot

and secured in that position by bol t and padlock.The key to the padlock is kept in Ecciesfield West Station Signal Box.Guards will be responsible for ensuring that the points are correctly secured, and for returning the key to the signal

box when shunting operations have been completed.

(9-2-57)PAGE 181. (Supplement N o . 6, page 67.)

Dinnington, M alt b y, M arkh am, F irbeck an d H arwo rt h Collieries, I N S E R T M arkh am Colliery—.Propelling of wagons into the N.C.B. Empties Sid ings:- Marker boards bearing the numerals 60 and 50 are provided on the Empties Branch l ine at Markham Colliery.

These boards are located at 60 and 50 wagon lengths respectively from the buffer stops in the Empties Sidings anddrivers propell ing trains into any of the sidings which are unoccupied must bring thei r trains to a stand opposite theappropriate marker board and must not make any fur ther movement unti l instructed to do so by either the guard orshunter in accordance with the provisions of Rules 50 and 51.

Should i t be necessary for a train to be propelled into one of these sidings when i t is partially occupied, the necessaryverbal instructions will be given to the driver by the guard or shunter when the train enters into the Empties Branch.

(28-8-56)

PAGE 186. IN SER T : LDerby, Nott ingham, Melton and Branches.

Between Chaddesden and Beeston:—Referring to the instructions on page 42 of the General Appendix concerning the conveyance of loose locomotive

tenders and sludge tenders—up to 4 sludge tenders may be conveyed between Chaddesden and Beeston on any one train.(OK. 432/56) ( 29-9-56)

INSERT:—Spondon—Rule 39, Clause ( a )- In clear weather only, Rule 39, Clause (a), first paragraph, does not apply to the down outer home signal at SpondonStation box for passenger trains timed to stop at the station. This signal may be taken off before such trains are broughtquite or nearly to a stand at i t although the stop signal in advance may be at Danger, and Drivers must be preparedaccordingly.

(O. 8864/LM–M)

157

ALTE RATI O NS T O L.M.S. APPENDI X—cont i nuedS E CTI O NAL P O RTI O N— MI DLAND DI VI SI ON—conti nued

LO CAL I NSTRUCTI ONS—cont i nuedPAGE 186. (Supplement N o . 6, page 72.)Beeston—DELETE instructions relative to Beeston Boiler Co.7s S i d i n g s .

(4-8-56)PAGE 188.INSERT:—T OT ON Meadow Sidings

Drivers of trains requiring to proceed along the Arrival l ine from Stapleford and Sandiacre towards the down emptywagon sidings must, when the Arrival line signal is at Danger, communicate with the Meadow Sidings Inspector by meansof the telephone provided adiacent to the signal.

(O. 8864/121–M)PAGE 188. (Supplement N o . 6, pages 73 and 74.)

T OT ONUp Sidings—Humping

••. * A M E N D fifth and sixth paragraphs to read:—The undermentioned types of wagons are prohibited from passing over the Up hump and should not be worked

into Toton, but where this is necessary, arrangements must be agreed w i th the Distr ict Operating Superintendent,Nottingham, for them to be conveyed on services which wil l enable the hump to be avoided:—

Gun sets (Gunset EA, EB and EC)Gun trucks (parts of above)Bogie Trolleys 50 tons (Weltrol KR .)Bogie Trolleys 60 tons (Transformer M.A.)Bogie Trolleys 120 tons (Transformer M.B.)Bogie Trolleys 135 tons (Transformer M.C.)_

Certain other special and steel-carrying vehicles when loaded may require to be dealt wi th specially after arrivalat Toton, and therefore vehicles in the following classes must be marshalled next to the engine or the brake van, andparticulars stipulated in the loading:—

Bogie BolsterMachine (Lowmac)RectankTransformerTrolley.

Down Sidings—Humping* A M E N D fifth, sixth, seventh and eighth paragraphs to read:—

The undermentioned types of wagons are prohibited from passing over the Down hump, and such vehicles mustnot be worked on any train which requires to be dealt with over that hump:—

Bogie Trol leys-12 to 80 tonsGlass W agons-10 to 30 tonsBogie Bolsters—SO tonsBoiler Trucks-25 tons a n d other Regions' vehicles of similar description.Transformer Trol leys-60 to 135 tonsGun sets (EA, EB and EC)Gun Trucks (parts of above)

Bogie vehicles wi th longer overall wheelbase than 46 ft 11 ins.Four-wheeled vehicles wi th longer wheelbase than 25 ft. 6 ins.All such vehicles must, unless special instructions are issued to the contrary, be worked on trains into Chaddesden,

and any required in the Toton area will be worked from Chaddesden to Toton Centre via the Low Level.Any such vehicles conveyed on trains from depots in the South to depots in the Nor th via Toton, must be specified

in the train loading to enable such trains to be regulated wi thout having to pass over the Down hump.Certain other special and steel-carrying vehicles may require to be dealt wi th specially after arrival at Toton and

therefore wagons in the following categories must be marshalled next to the brake van and particulars stipulated i nthe loading:—

Bogie BolsterMachine (Lowmac)RectankTransformerTrolley

PAGE 192. (Supplement N o . 6, pages 76 and 77.)DELETE H endon and relative instructions.

Junction. W arn in g o f t rains

and other Regions' vehicles of similar description.

will be employed at this colour l ight signal dur ing fog or falling snow.

(0.:8864/LM–M)

(O. 8864/LM–M)PAGE 193. (Supplement N o . 6, page 78.)KENTISH T O W NAMEND:—

Haverstock H i l l down goods line intermediate block home signal (outer distant signal f or FinchleyRoad). Rules 84 to 95:—

A fog signalman wil l be employed at this colour signal dur ing fog or falling snow.INSERT:—

Canton Road Junction down passenger line start ing signal (outer distant signal f or Finchley Road).Rules 84 to 95:—

A fog signalman(1-10-56)

INSERT:—Carlton Road

Regulation 5:—Drivers of trains on the up goods l ine proceeding to the up slow l ine or up branch l ine under Absolute Block

Regulation 5 will not be verbally instructed as to the state of the line ahead, but will be brought to a stand at the homesignal, and a green hand-signal, held steadily, will be exhibited by the Signalman at Carlton Road Junction box when thetrain is passing the box, and this hand-signal must be acknowledged by a short whistle.

(10-11-56)

on t h e u p goods l ine accepted under Absolute Block

1 58

ALTE RATI O NS T O L. M. S. APPENDI X—cont i nued.S E CTI O NAL P O RTI O N— MI DLAND DI VI SI ON—conti nued

LO CAL I NSTRUCTI ONS—cont i nued

PAGE 193. (Supplement N o . 6, page 784—continuedKENT ISH TOW N—cont inuedCattle Docks JunctionINSERT:—

Drivers of trains requir ing to set back from the down fast line to Cattle Docks Sidings must first br ing their trainsto a stand wi th the locomotive at the Nor thern end of Haverstock Hill Covered Way.Between Kentish Town and St . Pancras.AM EN D first paragraph:—

Telephone communication is provided at the Nor th and South ends of the engine turntable siding and also at theold loco, sidings to enable enginemen to communicate with the Signalmen at St. Pancras Station box.

When a locomotive is ready to leave the Turntable Sidings or old loco. sidings, the Fireman must inform the Signalmanat St. Pancras Station box, by means of telephone, the train his locomotive is booked to work, and whether the locomotiveis standing first, second or third from the exit..

(O. 8864/LM–M)PAGES 193 and 194. (Supplement N o . 6, page 78.)St. PancrasDELETE existing instructions and substitute:—Working of Locomotives and Plat form Lines.

Unless instructed by the Station Master to remain coupled to the train for steam heating purposes, locomotives ofincoming trains must be detached as soon as they come to a stand, and unless instructed to the contrary or the locomotiveis required to bank the empty stock Drivers must, when the train is again departing, follow at a safe distance as far as theHome I (platform starting) signal (except No. 5 platform) but must not pass such signal unti l i t has been placed toDanger and taken off again. In the case of No. 5 Platform the locomotive must fol low at a safe distance as far as theposition l ight shunting signal reading along No. 5 Platform or to Siding 8.Passenger trains assisted by locomotive in the rear.

The first paragraph of Rule 133 (c) does not apply to passenger trains starting from St. Pancras assisted by locomotivein the rear in accordance with the arrangements laid down on page 234 of the Sectional Appendix, and in such cases theGuard's signal to start the train must be given to the Driver of the train locomotive who, provided the fixed signal isoff, must acknowledge the Guard's signal by a short whistle; the train locomotive and, provided the banking indicator isoff, the assisting locomotive may then move forward.Uncoupling of locomotives of passenger and empty coaching stock trains on Nos. 6 and 7 Plat form Lines.

Referring to page 269 the Fireman will, in the absence of a shunter, perform the duty of uncoupling the locomotivefrom a passenger or empty coaching stock train in cases where i t is necessary for the locomotive to return to Stationbox through the crossover road near the buffer stops.Locomotives entering the North end of the Goods Shed and shunting operations inside the Shed, St. Pancras.

A locomotive may proceed its own length in the goods shed on any line to allow of the points being closed, and on, "Waring's" road, as far as necessary to deal wi th four wagons in the loco. coal stock road. W hen in the goods shed,

locomotives must be worked very lightly, wi th the damper shut.The Yard Inspector, or person appointed by him, must examine the shed after a locomotive has been working in i t.Shunting operations inside the shed must be performed from that side of the wagons where there are no columns

supporting the upper stories of the shed.Coupling and uncoupling of wagons in the spaces between the roads where there are supporting columns is str ictly

prohibited.(O. 8864/LM–M)

PAGE 194.St. Pancras

INSERT:—Telephones are provided at the Up Fast Home 2 and the Up Goods Home signals and when locomotives are detained

at these signals, Drivers must immediately communicate with the Signalman, by telephone, giving particulars of the trainthey are required to work or their next working.

PAGE 195.(O. 8864/LM–M)

Somers Town Goods DepotDELETE first paragraph. ( O . 8864/121-M )INSERT:—

A loud sounding electric bell is fixed alongside the departure l ine from Somers Town Goods Depot to warn theShunters and others when a train is about to enter the Depot on the departure line. The bell will continue to ring unti lthe movement has come to a stand. ( O . 8864/LM-M)

PAGE 205. (Supplement N o . 6, page 81.) Ashwood DaleDELETE instructions regarding C o w d a l e Sidings. ( 1 5 - 9 - 5 6 )PAGE 208. Ambergate—Crich Junction.AMEND:—

The key to the wheel scotches in Mr. Glossop's loading dock is kept in Crich Junction box. ( 1 0 - 1 1 - 5 6 )

PAGE 2 1 ;BIRMINGHAM, N E W STREET ST A T ION

ADD:—Shunting movements Nos. IA and 2A Platform Lines:—

When No. 6 Signal box is closed, the following signals may be passed at danger during shunting operations, on theauthority of the Shunter in Charge:—

Up Home to No. IA—Down Home and "shunt ahead", No. I A to U p l ine.Down Home and "shunt ahead", No. 2A to Down l ine.

(O. 8864/LM-M)

Place

DELETE:—Chaddesden South Junction—Down GoodsG.N. Junction, Codnor Park—Up and Down Goods.Radford Nor th—Up Goods.Radford, Bobber's Mill Crossing—Up Goods.St. Mary's Junction—Up Goods.Leicester Junction, Burton—Down Goods.Wetmore Sidings—Down Goods.Hunslet South Junction—Up Goods.Wakefield Road—Up Goods.Stourton Junction—Up Goods.Rothwell Haigh—Down Goods.Altoits Junction—No. 2 Up Goods from L.N.E.Normanton No. I—Up and Down Goods.Goose Hill Junction—Down Goods from Central Division.St. John's Colliery Sidings—Up Goods.Shipley Goods Sidings—Up and Down Goods.Frizinghall Station—Up and Down Goods.Manningham Sidings—Up and Down Goods.Marley Junction—Up Goods.Skipton South Junction—Down Goods.Horninglow Bridge—Down Goods—trains from Marshalling Sidings.Washwood Heath Junction—Up Goods.

*Bar r ow Hill Junction—Up GoodsINSERT:—

Finedon—Station—Up Goods.

PAGE 225.DELETE:—Bennerley Junction—Up and Down Goods.

PAGES 226, 236, 240, 244, 246 and 249. (Supplement No. 6, pages 96, 97, 99,

(O. 8864/LM–M)(9-2-57)(1-9-56)(8-9-56)

(19-1-57)(2-2-57)

(24– I I –56)

(0.9177)

(O. 8373)

(O. 9132)(0.9127)

(O. 8864/LM–M)(O. 8864/LM–M)O. 8864/LM–M)

(O. 8864/LM–M)

(O. 8864/LM-M)121, 122 and 150.)

PAGE 226.AMEND:—

Cattle Dock Junction t o KentishTown Junction.

(Supplement N o . 6, page 96.)DELETE:—

Derby •

Running l ine

159

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—MIDLAND DIVISION—continued

LOCAL INSTRUCTIONS—continuedPAGE 218. (Supplement N o . 6, page 9I)—Birmingham Central Station---Working of coaching stock vehicles—AMEND:— •

Coaching Stock Vehicles entering Birmingham Central Goods Yard must not exceed a speed of five miles per hour .Vehicles exceeding 65' 0" over headstocks are prohibi ted from enter ing the Goods Yard except on the special

authority of the Engineering Depar tmentCoaching vehicles exceeding 54' 0 over headstocks are permitted to work only as follows:—

From the Arrival l ine (and including the crossover connection from the Departure line) into Sidings Nos.13A, I3B, 14 IN and 19.

Coaching vehicles exceeding 50' 0' over heads-t oc k s a r e p r o h i b i t e d f r o m e n t e r i n g t h e f o l l o w i ng s i d i n g s: —

Three sidings known as T h e 8 Sidings".Four Sidings known as t h e Yard Roads".Two Sidings known as "The I I Sidings".

All coaching vehicles are prohibited from enter ing the following sidings:—Copper Shed Sidings.Timber Sidings.

Six-wheeled vehicles must be worked w i th extreme caution. ( O . 8864/LM–M)

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSGENERAL IN ST R U C T ION S FOR W OR K IN G D O W N IN C L IN ES

PAGE 224.AM EN D paragraph (8)—A notice board is provided at each place where all freight trains (except Classes 'C' and

'D') must stop for wagon brakes to be applied.INSERT additional paragraph (9)—Classes 'C' and 'D' Freight Trains are exempt from carrying out these instructions.

(O. 8864/LM)

PAGE 225. (Supplement N o . 6, page 96.)REGULATIONS FOR TRAIN SIGN A LL IN G B Y PERMISSIVE BLOCK R EGU LA TION S

OR B Y TELEGRAPH BELLS

Line

L. & N.W. Junction and St. Andrews GoodsStation on up and down goods lines.

AMEND:—Reference to Staveley Up Sidings, Staveley Down Sidings and Staveley Junction to read Barrow Hi l lUp Sidings, Barrow Hill Down Sidings and Barrow Hill Junction respectively.

Staveley (ex Midland) Motive Power Depot has been renamed Barrow Hill Motive Power Depot.(O. 8864/LM–M)

LINES N O T SIGNALLED B Y ABSOLUTE BLOCK SYSTEM O R T H E R EGU LA TION S FORTRAINS SIGN A LLIN G B Y TELEGRAPH BELLS

Remarks

Used in both directions.(13-10-56)

(O. 8864/LM–M)

From

_Intermediate block

signal situatedbetween undermentioned

signal boxes

LineName of

Intermediateblock signal

Signal box controllingintermediate block signal

to which telephonecommunication is made

Remarks

PAGE 231.INSERT:—

Methley Junction and Up . . Calder . . Methley Junction . . . . Semaphore.Altofts Junction . . . . Down . . Calder . . Altofts Junction . . . . Semaphore.'

(5-1-57)PAGE 232.INSERT:—

Whitacre Junction and Up . . Whitacre Whitacre Junction . . . . Continuously l i t colourKingsbury Station Junction. North light signal.

PAGE 227. (Supplement No.AMEND:—

Bradford Goods Yard Box

INSERT:—Keighley—South

PAGE 228.DELETE:—

St. Pancras Junction

Elevated Box

Cudworth South JunctionCudworth Station N or th

INSERT:—Derby–Way and WorksSidings

(Supplement No.6, page 100.)AMEND:—

Humberstone Road

To

6, page 99.)Goods Yard

Keighley StationJunction.

Cambridge Street

Lockwood's CrossingStation Nor thSouth Junction

London Road Junction..

Leicester Bell Lane

160

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—MIDLAND DIVISION—continued

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continuedSETTING BACK T H R OU GH SEC T ION I N W R ON G D IR EC TION

Departure

Up Main

Up passenger

UpDown H. & B.Up H. & B.

Up Main..

Line

Nos. 1 and 2 downreception

Remarks

Locomotive r unni ng l i gh t a n dlocomotives and brake vans, 15wagons w i thout brake van.

(0.9132)10 wagons w i thout brake van i n

rear, in clear weather only.(19-1-57)

—(O. 8864/LM–M)

(3– I I –56)In clear weather only.In clear weather only.

(O. 8523)

Locomotives r unni ng l i ght andempty 6-car Multiple-Unit dieseltrains. ( O . 8864/LM–M)

15 coaching stock vehicles, freightvehicles wi thout brake van.

(O. 8864/LM–ML

PAGES 229, 230, 231 an d 232.—INSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING T H E W OR K IN G O F IN TER M ED IA TEBLOCK SIGNALS—

(Page 103, Supplement N o . 6)—Instruction N o . 2—Working of Telephone—ADID as four th paragraph—

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver himself must advise the rearGuard and the Driver of an engine assisting in rear.Instruction N o . 3.—Train stopped at intermediate block home signal—ADD as second paragraph—

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver must carry out the dutiesof the Fireman.

Instruction N o . 6.—Block Regulation 25—Failure of instruments or bells—ADD as second paragraph—

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver himself must advise the rearGuard and the Driver of an engine assisting in rear.

(Page 103, Supplement No. 6).—Instruction No. 7—Train stopped by accident, failure, obstruction, or otherexceptional cause.—The references to "Guard or Fireman" in the first paragraph are amended to read "Guard, Driveror Fireman".(Page 104, Supplement N o . 6).—Notes—ADD—

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Guard must go to the signal box.

LIST OF INTERM EDIATE BLOCK SIGNALS A T W H IC H TH ESE IN ST R U C T ION S APPLYPAGE 231. (Supplement N o . 6, page 104.)DELETE references to Haverstock Hi l l up passenger and down passenger intermediate Block signals.

(13-10-56

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—MIDLAND DIVISION—continued

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continued

SIGNALS W H I C H ARE PLACED T O D A N GER A U TOM A TIC A LLY O N T H E PA SSIN G O F TRAINS

From To

PAGE 234. (SupplAMEND:—

P. St. PancrasPassenger Station

ement N o . 6, pDown Home

3 signal

PAGE 234.AMEND:—

Wharnctiffe Wharncliffe,Branch Sidings Rockingham

CollieryCudworth Station

or CudworthBarnsley

North Junction

Cudworth Station RoystonJunction

Cudworth Station Wentworth andHoylandCommon

Ardsley Sidings CudworthStation

PAGE 233.INSERT:—

St. Pancras Station

(Supplement N o . 6, page 106.)INSERT:—

Between Dock Junction and Carlton RoadJunction.

DELETE:—Wing SidingsCarlton Road Junction

PAGE 233.INSERT:—

Whitacre Junction

DELETE:—*Royston Junction

Signal Box

• •

ASSISTING TRAINS I N REAR

age 107.)

Line

East and Westdeparture todown fast line

Single

Down

Down Slow

Up Main

Down Main

161

Remainder as pr inted.

Signal

All colour l ight main running signals.

All colour l ight main running signals may be replaced to Danger beforethe whole of the train has passed except:—

Islip Street Junction up slow home 2.Kentish Town Junction down fast starting.Carlton Road Junction up fast home I.

and up fast home 2. ( A m e n d e d 13-10-56)

Distants for Glaston up intermediate block home.(19-1-57)

Haverstock Hill Up Passenger line intermediate block home.(O. 8864/LM–M)

Whitacre Nor th u intermediate block horre and distant.Down main home I .

Distant for Chevot Down intermediate block signal.

Remarks

(0.9210)

Locomotives must, unless instructions ar e given t o thecontrary by the Station Master, assist trains in the rear i fthe banking indicator is off before the train starts. Shouldthe indicator be taken off after the train has started, thetrain must be allowed to proceed wi thout assistance, andthe locomotive must follow at a safe distance as far as theHome I (platform starting) signal (except No. 5 platform),but must not pass such signal unti l i t has been placed toDanger and again taken off. In the case of No. 5 platform,the locomotive must fol low at a safe distance as far asthe position l i ght shunting signal reading along No. 5platform or to Siding 8.Locomotives assisting trains in the rear must be broughtto a stand on the East or W est departure l ine at theDown Home 3 signals, and may return t o St. PancrasStation on the same line as soon as the proper setting-backsignal is taken off to give permission for them to do so.If, however, the assistant locomotive requires to proceedbeyond the Home 3 signal, the Driver must not pass suchsignal unti l i t has been placed to Danger and again takenoff. ( O . 8864/LM–M)

(16-2-57)

(O. 8523)

INSTRUCTIONS T O BE OBSERVED RESPECTING L OC OM OT IVE O F A SEC ON D FREIGHT TR A INBEING U SED T O ASSIST L OC OM OT IVE O F A T R A IN I N F R O N T W H E N STA R TIN G F R OM A

GOOD S L I N E

Place

PAGE 237.AMEND:—

Whitacre Junction

From

PAGE 238. (Supplement N o . 6, page 110.)DELETE:—

Canton Road Junction K i n g ' s Cross (Met.)

Place

PAGE 240.INSERT:—

Carlisle—Canal Yard

Section of Line

DELETE:—Steeton

(on down main l ine inner homesignal.)

INSERT:—Steeton

(worked from Station signal boxand located on down main startingsignal post.)

(Supplement N o . 6, page I I I . )AMEND:—

Manvers Main SidingsPAGE 241.AMEND:—*Beeston Up Sidings (South End)

PAGE 241. (Supplement N o . 6,AMEND:—

Wigston South JunctionDELETE:—

Beeston Up Sidings (Nor th End)INSERT:—

Beeston Up Sidings (Nor th End)PAGE 242.INSERT:—

Burton, Leicester Junction

162

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continued

SECTIONAL PORTION—MIDLAND DIVISION—continued

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continued

Line

Down Goods Loop

FREIGHT TRAINS C OU PLED TOGETH ER

To

Up Slow

Line

ELECTRIC SH U N T IN G H OR N S, GON GS OR BELLS ARE PROVIDED AT T H E F OL L OW IN G PLACESFOR PURPOSE AS SH OW N OF SIGNALLING T O DRIVERS ENGAGED IN SH U N T IN G OPER A T ION S

pa

Line to which horn, gongor bell applies

Shunting neck

Down Sidings

To intimate to Drivers when theymay set back from Down Main toDown Sidings.

Nos. 1 and 2 Empty Wagon Recep-tion Sidings

Shunting line

go 1134

No. I up goods line to up Sidings

Up shunting

Shunting line

Setting back movement fr om u pbranch line

Remarks

Remarks

Remarks

Klaxon hor n. Plunger fixed on pole atCanal Junction end of Field Sidings.

(12-1-57)

Electric bel l , Addi ti onal r i ng " R i ghtAway" five rings.

Electric bell.

(O. 9220)

Two loud sounding bells. Plunger fixedadjacent to Empty Shunters Cabin.

Repeater electric horns.(O. 8864/LM–M)

Klaxon horn. Plunger fixed near overheadbridge at South Junction end of Station.

(19-1-57)Electric horn.

Repeater electric horn.(O. 8864/LM–M)

Klaxon horn. Plunger positioned adjacentto two arm dwarf shunting signal read-ing set back from up branch line.

(5-1-57)

•

Signal Box Situation of Points LineApproximate

GradientNormal lie of

Points

PAGE 244.INSERT:—

Bingley,Marley Junction

Trailing points i n connection, U p Slowto Up Main.

Up Main Level Up Main

(O. 9127)

From To Line Remarks

PAGE 241 5 .

PAGE 248.INSERT:—

AMEND:—

Carlisle—Rome St. Dentonholme Goods YardNorth

Down Goods

Hellifield Nor th Junction . . South Junction . . .. U p . . . . 30 loaded or 30 empty wagons.

(21-7-56)Snydale Sharlston Colliery Sidings

(O. 8864/LM–M)INSERT:—

Normanton, Goose Hill Normanton Station South.. Down Main

Carlisle—Dentonholme Goods Rome St. . . . . .. U p Goods . . 6 unfitted fr ei ght wagons forYard Nor th Hudson Scott's siding. In clearweather only.PAGE 246. (19-1-57)INSERT:—

Pye Bridge, Riddings Junction . . Riddings Colliery Sidingsground frame

Up Slow . . . . 6 wagons.(1-12-56)

(Supplement N o . 6, page 116.)DELETE:—

Keighley South . . . . . . Keighley Nor th . . .. Down . . . . — ( 19- 1- 57)(Supplement N o . 6, page 117.)DELETE:—

St. Pancras Station . . . . St. Pancras Junction —(O. 8864/LM–M)

PAGE 247. (Supplement N o . 6, page 118.)AM EN D reference to "coal" i n the four th paragraph to read " fuel " . ( 1 - 9 - 5 6 )

From To Line Wagons, etc.PAGE 248.INSERT:—

Carlisle—Rome St. Dentonholme Goods YardNorth

Down Goods 6 freight wagons w i thout brakevan from Hudson Scott's Sid-ing. I n clear weather only.

(21-7-56)Snydale Sharlston Colliery Sidings Freight wagons w i thout brake

van for movement by N.C.B.locomotive. ( O . 2779)

Normanton, Goose Hill Normanton Station South.. Down Main Stores Van w i thout brake van.The automatic brake must beconnected and in use.

(O. 8525)

C ON VEYA N C E OF VEHICLES BEHIND REAR BRAKE VA N OF PASSENGER A N D EMPTY C OA C H IN GSTOCK TRAINS

PAGE 243.

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—MIDLAND DIVISION—continued

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continued

INSERT " preceding the following entr ies:—**From Skipton to Bol ton Abbey.**From Ilkley to Skipton.

From Shipley to Esholt Junction.From Apper ley Junction to Milnerwood Junction.From Menston Junction to Burley Junction.

INSERT note:—* * These instructions do not apply to multiple uni t diesel trains in respect of vehicles forming par t of a diesel uni t,

but the Guard must r ide in the rearmost guard's compartment.

SPRING POINTS AND UNWORKE D TRAILING POINTS

W OR K IN G O F VEHICLES O N R U N N I N G L IN ES W I T H O U T BRAKE VA N I N REAR—RULE 153PAGE 245. (Supplement N o . 6, page 115.)AM EN D reference to "coal" i n the thi rd paragraph to read " fuel " .

PROPELLING VEHICLES O N R U N N I N G L IN ES OU T SID E ST A T ION LIMITS—RULE 149

1 63

(O. 9049)

(1-9-56)

From

PAGE 248—cont.Keighley G.N. Junction

DELETE:—HeIlifield Goods Yard

Hellifield Goods Yard

ThwaitesKeighley G.N. JunctionIngrow

(Supplement N o . .6; pag.e. 1 2 0 . ) •

Keighley SouthINSERT:—

Ingrow WestDELETE:—

Leeds JunctionLeeds Junction

(Supplement N o . 6, page 121.)DELETE:—

P..Leeds City JunctionP. Leeds City West

INSERT:—P. Leeds City JunctionP. Leeds City Junction

Leeds City Junction

Leeds City Junction

Leeds City WestWhitehall Junction

INSERT:—Normanton Station SouthNormanton Station Nor thNormanton Station Nor th

PAGE 252.AMEND:—

P. Kentish Town

Elevated box

• • • • . •

PAGE 249. (Supplement No. 6,AMEND:—

Grimesthorpe Junction No. 2

PAGE 249.INSERT:—*Bar r ow Hill Engine ShedDELETE:—

Rockingham Colliery SidingsKilnhurst South

PAGE 250. (Supplement N o . 6,AMEND:—

Nottingham—London RoadJunction

•

PAGE 251. (Supplement N o . 6,AMEND:—

Leicester Bell Lane

Leeds StationLeeds Station

To

Keighley Nor thIngrow StationClough's Siding

Clough's Siding

Leeds City West

Leeds City JunctionLeeds City Junction

page 122.)

Elevated box

Grimesthorpe JunctionNo. 2

Barrow Hill South

Wharncliffe, SilkstoneColliery

Kilnhurst North

page 123.)Sneinton Junction

page 124.)Humberstone Road

St. Pancras Station

1 64

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—MIDLAND DIVISION—continued

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continued

PROPELLING VEHICLES O N R U N N I N G L IN ES OU T SID E ST A T ION LIMITS—Rule 149—continued

Ingrow East

Hellifield South Junction

Hellifield South Junction

Keighley Station Junction

Leeds Ci ty WestLeeds City Junction

Leeds City WestLeeds City (Wellington)

Leeds City (Wellington)

Normanton Station Nor thNormanton North JunctionNormanton Station South..

Up

Down Passengerand Down Goods

Down

DownSingleMain

Down

Single

Line

DownNorth and South

Arrival

DownUpDownNorth and South

ArrivalNorth and South

Arrival-

Down

UpUp Fast and Up

Slow

Down PlatformDown MainUp Through and

Up Platform

Down Goods

Up Goods

Up

Main

Down Slow

Down Goods

Nos. I and 2 DownReception

All Up

•

201012

Remarks

10 wagons in clear weather only.(25-8-56)

(O. 8864/LM-M)

6 empty coaching vehicles or 4wagons, w i thout br ake van.In clear weather only.

6 ( 0 9000/5)

10 in clear weather, etc.14 coaching stock vehicles.

10 in clear weather, etc.Coaching stock.

coaching stock wi thout brakej v a n in clear weather only.14 coaching stock, 3 coaching

stock w i thout brake van i nclear weather only.

Coaching s tock, 1 0 i n c l earweather, 2 during fog or fallingsnow, 3 wi thout brake van inclear weather only.

Coaching stock3 coaching stock wi thout brake

van i n clear weather only.(O. 7388)

Coaching stock trains.Coaching stock trains.Coaching stock trains.

O. 7388)

25 wagons with or without brakevan leading.

25 wagons with or without brakevan leading.

(3-11 -56)

30 wagons, in clear weather only.(O. 8804/LM-M)

(16-2-57)

(O. 8864/LM-M)

10 coaching s toc k i n c l earweather only. A Guard o rShunter must in all cases r idein the leading vehicle whichmust be fitted w i th an auto-matic brake.

15 coaching stock or 50 wagonswithout brake van.

(O. 8864/LM-M)

3 coaching stock vehicles in clearweather only.

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—MIDLAND DIVISION—continued

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continued

PROPELLING VEHICLES O N R U N N I N G L IN ES OU T SID E ST A T ION LIMITS—Rule 149—continued

From To Line Remarks

PAGE 255.AMEND:—

Hellifield Nor th Junction South Junction . . . . Up Main and Up outside . . 10 vehicles.South Junction . . North Junction . . . . Down Main, Down Middle

and Down outside10 vehicles.

DELETE:—

Sidings . . . . . . . . To m ove vehicles clear o f Goods warehouse.

Hellifield South Junction . . Hellifield Goods Station Up and Down . . . . —(in each direction) (O. 8864/LM–M)

PAGE 256.INSERT:—

P. Leeds City West . . Leeds City Junction . . Up . . . . . . . . 2P. Leeds City (Wellington) Leeds City Junction . . North and South Departure I n clear weather only. 1 '

(O. 7388)AMEND:—

Kentish Town Cattle St. Pancras Passenger All Up . . . . . . 3 coaching vehicles stock in clearDocks Junction Station weather only.

(O. 8864/LM–M)

Place Line Remarks Where tow ropes keptwhen not in use

PAGE 258.DELETE:—

Ilkley (O. and I. Joint) . . Gas Tanks to dead-end Sidings — Near tank Siding.

Esholt . . . . . . To and from Dock Siding . . — Weighbridge office.

Woodlesford Station . . Sidings . . . . . . . . To m ove vehicles clear o f Goods warehouse.Main Line connections

(O. 9000/S)PAGE 259.DELETE Bengeworth.

From

(Supplement N o . 6, page 125.)AMEND:—

St. Pancras Station

DELETE:—St. Paul's Road Goods JunctionSt. Pancras Junction

PAGE 254.AMEND:—

Water Or ton Sidings

PAGE 254. (Supplement No. 6,AMEND:—

Birmingham Central

PAGE 255.DELETE:—

Packington's Sidings

To

North London Incline

St. Pancras StationSt. Pancras Station

Hampton

165

Water Or ton StationJunction

page 127.)Church Road Junction

Line

Down Goods

Up GoodsAll

Up Goods

Down

Single

M OVEM EN T OF VEHICLES B Y T O W ROPES

Remarks

25 m i xed vehicles i n c l earweather only.

50

Equal to 6 eight-wheeled vehiclesfully fitted w i th the automaticbrake connected and in use—in c l ear weather onl y . AGuard must ride in the leading

vehicle which must be equippedwith a brake valve.

(O. 8864/LM–M)

W OR K IN G O F C OA C H IN G VEHICLES O N R U N N I N G L IN ES W I T H O U T BRAKE VA N

(16-2-57)

(10-11-56)

PAGE 260.INSERT:—

*East Sidings

DELETE:—N. St. John's Colliery Sidings,

North End

Steeton and Silsden

Steeton and Silsden

*Thor nton in Craven

INSERT:—Kilnhurst Nor th •

N. Down Siding

*H i gh LevelN. Baildon

AMEND:—N. Nicholson's Siding

DELETE:—Ingleton

Ingleton

Ingleton

Glossops

(Supplement No. 6, page 132.)DELETE " N " at Whi te Lund Sid

PAGE 261.INSERT:—

Hat:Melds

• ALTE RATI O NS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—MIDLAND DIVISION—continued

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continuedSIDINGS C ON N EC T ED W IT H R U N N I N G L IN ES A N D W H I C H ARE W OR K ED U N D ER

SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS

Siding

PAGE 261. (Supplement No. 6,AMEND:—

CrIgglestone East, East End

Siding

PAGE 263.

DELETE:—N. Electricity Board

AMEND:—N. Wright' s Br ickwork Siding

*M anton South

Up Goods line

ing.

Position

Up line to Up Sidings

Up Slow Line to Sidings

Ingleton, down line

Down side of line

Position

Up Goods line, Belford

Sileby, up goods line

Up line

1 66

Normanton Up Through line

St. John' s and Goose H i l lJunction Down Goods line

Up Li ne t o U p Lie-by andDown Sidings

Down Line to Down Lie-by

Hellifield Down Goods Loop

Esholt Junction and GuiseleyJunction down line

Hunslet, up through Siding

Up l ine and Ingleton granitequarry sidings

Up side of line

Catcliffe and TreetonJunction, down main l ine

page 134.)

Crigglestone East andRoyston Junction

Particulars of Working

Ground Frame control led by Normanton StationNorth box.

Key kept at St. John's signal box.

Stage, controlled from Signal box.

Stage, control led from Signal box.

Ground frame, electrically controlled from KilnhurstSouth Box.

(0. 8864/LM–M)Ground frame, padlocked, protected by fixed signals.

Key to padlock kept in Ki rkby Lonsdale box. Aspare key is kept in Ingleton (Midland) Station box,and when i t is necessary for this key to be usedit must be returned to Kirkby Lonsdale box afteruse.

Ground frame, bolted from Hellifield South JunctionSignal Box.

Ground frame, electrically controlled from GuiseleyJunction box.

(2-3-57)

Two gr ound frames, electr ically control led fr omHunslet Station Junction box.

(O. 8864/L M–M)

(17-11-57)

(O. 8864/LM–M)

(0. 8864/LM–M)

Ground frame, electrically controlled from TreetonJunction box.

(O. 8864/LM–M)

Ground frame, electrically released from Crigglestone(East) Station box.

(5-1-57)

SIDINGS C ON N EC T ED W I T H R U N N I N G L IN ES A N D W H I C H ARE W OR K ED U N D ERSPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS

Particulars of Working

(0.8373)

(O. 9220)

(29-9-56)

(O. 8864/LM–M)

Ground frame.

Ground frame, electrically controlled from Junctionsignal box.

(O. 8864/LM–M)

167

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—MIDLAND DIVISION—continued

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continuedSIDINGS C ON N EC T ED W I T H R U N N I N G L IN ES A N D W H I C H ARE W OR K ED U N D ER

SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS—continued

Siding

PAGE 263. (Supplement No. 6,

AMEND:—N. Syston Goods Yard

(Leicester End)

(Supplement N o . 6, page 136)*Ashwell Down Lie-by*Ashwell Station Yard Sidings

PAGE 264.INSERT:—

201 Crossover Road betweenNos. 6 and 7 Platforms

202 Crossover Road betweenNo. 2 Platform and Siding A

203 Wagon Hoist

204 Cambridge Street Siding

AMEND:—Mill Hill Lie-by Siding

PAGE 265.AMEND:—

N. Goods Yard

PAGE 267.DELETE:—

Tamworth Up Sidings

LeysLondon Road Whar fSt. Andrew's Wharf

INSERT:—Whitacre North

IlrEsso Sidings

AMEND:—N. U p Sidings

(Supplement N o . 6, page 139.)C.E.A. ,

Tunnel

DELETE:—Ribblehead—Blea Moor

page 136.)

Position

Syston, up goods line

Down Main LineUp Main Line

St. Pancras Station

St. Pancras Station

St. Pancras Station

St. Pancras Station and DockJunction, dow n car r iageline

Down fast l ine

Shottle

1

Tamworth U p l ine

Connected w i th goods linesbetween L. & N.W . Junc-tion and St. Andrews goodsstation

Down goods l oop l i ne be-tween W hi tacr e Junctionand Ki ngs bur y S tat i onJunction

Saltley—Bromford B r i dge .Connections i n crossoverroad betw een U p a n dDown passenger lines.

Up goods loop l ine betweenWhitacre Junc t i on a n dKingsbury Station Junction

DELETE:—Down l ine between Stenson

Junction a n d R epton &Willington.

PAGE 271. (Supplement No. 6, page 142.)GONGS I N T U N N EL S

Up line

Line

Particulars of Working

Ground frame, electricallySouth Junction box.

Ground frames, electricallybox.

Ground frame,box.

Ground frame,box.

Ground frame,box.

Ground frame,box.

Ground frame,Station box.

controlled fr om Syston

controlled from Station(O. 8864/LM–M)

electrically control led from Station

electrically control led from Station

electrically control led from Station

electrically control led from Station

(O. 8864/LM–M)

electrically controlled from Mill Hil l

(27– I 0-56)

Two ground frames, controlled by Key Token.

(O. 8864/LM–M)

Ground frame, electrically controlled from WhitacreJunction box.

Ground frame, electrically controlled from BromfordBridge Signal box.

(O. 8864/LM–M)

Ground frame, electrically controlled from WhitacreJunction box.

PAGE 269.C OU PLIN G A N D U N C OU PL IN G O F L OC OM OT IVES T O A N D FR OM TRAINS

DELETE Baildon.

Position of Gong

250 yards in rear of up outer distant signal.

(O. 8864/LM–M)

(O. 8864/LM–M)

(O. 8864/LM–M)

(1-9-56)

PAGE 271.

INSERT:—

Section of LineShape

ofStaff

Colourof

StaffStaff Sections Persons appointed,

etc.

PAGE 273.INSERT:—

Doncaster—Potteric Carr andTickhill & VV.—Low EllersJunction

—(L.N.E.

Tic

—Staff andket)

Potteric Carr and LowEllers Junction

Signalmen.

(29-12-56)

PAGE 272-

168

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continued

SECTIONAL PORTION—MIDLAND DIVISION—continued

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continued

* I N ST R U C T I O N S REGARDING T H E R U N N I N G O F "MATISA" TRACK RECORDING TROLLEY(Applicable only in the North Eastern Region.)

These instructions are supplementary to the Rules and Regulations which must be strictly carried out so far as theyare applicable.

The machine, which must only be used by the staff authorised by the Chief Civil Engineer, is equipped with an electrichorn for the purpose of giving warning of approach, and has a maximum travelling speed of 35 m.p.h. and a maximumrecording speed of 20 m.p.h. except that the speed over or thr ough connections must not exceed 5 m.p.h.GENERAL.I. T h e machine must carry the appropriate headlamp code and a tail lamp which must be lighted when necessary, twored hand-signal flags, not less than 12 detonators, and a hand signal lamp lighted when necessar.y.2. T he machine must be manned as follows:—

(a) W hen working in a "dead" section which is underEngineer's possession.

(b) W hen moving on or across running lines for thepurpose of re-positioning the machine, for examplewhen crossing from " U p" yard to "Down" yardor vice versa.

(c) Al l other movements on running lines.

Chief Civil Engineer's Dept. Driver only.

Chief Civil Engineer's Dept. Driver and a fully qualifiedand competent person to carry out the rules applicableto the movement.

Chief Civil Engineer's Dept. Driver and a Motive PowerDept. Conductor.

The Chief Civil Engineer's Dept. staff as indicated above must have been passed as being competent to carry out theappropriate Rules and Regulations. ( O . 8946)3. A good look-out must be kept when approaching all level crossings, and when running frequent use must be madeof the warning horn, especially in tunnels.4. I n the event of the machine being stopped by accident, failure or other exceptional cause, protection must immedi-ately be carried out in accordance with Rules 178-181.S. T h e Driver must test the hand brake on the machine before a iourney is commenced. T he machine must be keptin gear when running down gradients. W hen running out of gear every care must be taken to keep the machine undercomplete control.

In the event of the machine failing, i t may be assisted by a locomotive. T he locomotive when hauling or propelling themachine must not exceed a speed of 20 m.p.h.6. T h e Driver must observe fixed signals and must not pass a Stop signal at danger unless authorised to do so by theSignalman. After being authorised to pass a Stop signal at danger, the Driver will be held responsible for seeing that anypoints or switch diamonds over which the machine has to pass are in the proper position and he must proceed with cautionas far as the line is clear only.7. T h e Signalman's permission must be obtained before the machine is placed on any line under his control. H e mustbe fully informed of the intended movements and must not give author ity for the machine to run unless satisfied thatthis can be done wi thout interfering wi th ordinary traffic working.8. ( a ) The machine must be dealt with as a Freight train and classified as follows:—

When recording C l a s s TWhen not recording Class 'E'

The Signalman in rear must inform the Signalman in advance that the "Is Line Clear" signal is for a Track RecordingTrolley.' ( b ) In the case of a Single line, the Driver of the machine must be in possession of the Electric Token or Train Staff

or a Ticket, as the case may be, for the section before leaving the signal box.(c) Where author ity exists for trains not conveying passengers to be accepted in accordance with Regulation 5, such

authority may also be regarded as applicable to a Track Recording Trolley.(O. 8946)

LIGHTS I N T U N N EL SCowburn Tunnel. A M E N D first paragraph:—

Two on the up side of the Tunnel 904 yards and 464 yards on the Chinley side of the up distant signal for EdaleStation box. ( 1 9 - 1 - 5 7 )

SINGLE L IN ES OF RAILW AY W ORKED B Y TR A IN STAFF A N D TICKET

Classification

1953/54 Brown. 1957/58 Yellow. 1961/62 Red.1954/55 Red. 1958/59 Blue. 1962/63 Green.1955/56 Green. 1959/60 White. 1963/64 Grey.1956/57 Grey. 1960/61 Orange. 1964/65 Yellow.

Section of LineShape

ofStaff

Colourof

StaffStaff Stations Persons appointed,

etc.

PAGE 274.DELETE:—

Between Middlestown Junction andDewsbury Goods Station (20-10-56),

Between Roundwood andDon Bridge East Junction (0. 8864/LM–M)

AMEND:—Snydale and Don Pedro Branch and • R ound Black Snydale Signalman o r Shunter .

Ackton Hall Collieries (O. 2779)Wharncliffe Branch, between Round Black Wharncliffe Branch Signalman.

Wharncliffe Branch Sidingsand Rockingham Colliery

Sidings boxPAGE 276.DELETE:—

Wirksworth Key Token Duffield Junction(3-11-56)

DELETE existing entriesC and D

F

J.

Place

PAGE 288. (Supplement No.DELETE:—

He' Held

6, page 156.)

Line

169

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—MIDLAND DIVISION—continued

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continuedSINGLE L IN ES OF RAILW AY W ORKED B Y O N L Y O N E EN GIN E I N STEAM O R

T W O O R M OR E EN GIN ES C OU PLED TOGETH ER

Description

Down Goods l ine between goods yard andSouth Junction boxes.

EXA M IN A T ION O F FREIGHT TRAINSPAGE 281. (Supplement N o . 6, page ISO.)

and INSERT:—Express freight, l ivestock, o r perishable trains pi pe fi tted

throughout with the automatic brake operative on not lessthan half or one third of the vehicles respectively

Express freight trains par tly fitted w i th not less than fourbraked vehicles connected by vacuum pipe to the locomotive

Express Freight trains .Through Freight or Empty wagon trainsMineral trains* If conveying any wagons fitted w i th grease axle boxes, the

distance between examination MUST N OT EXCEED 85miles.

Section of Line S p r a g s located at

PAGE 281. (Supplement No. 6, page 151.)INSERT:—

Gowhole D o w n slow l ine near water column.(10-11-56)

W ITHDRAW AL OF GUARDS OF TER M IN A TIN G FREIGHT TRAINS

Maximum DistanceMiles

160

125125125*125*

(O. 8864)DELETE t and * notes.AMEND:—Note:—

All up freight trains (except Classes "C", "D" , "E", and "F"), and empty wagon-trains from Carlisle, unless otherwiseshown, must stop at Skipton for examination.

LIST O F POIN T S A T W H IC H SPRAGS ARE LOC A TED

PAGE 284. ( Suppl em ent N o. 6, page 153.)D ETON A TIN G SIGNALS

* A D D as an additional paragraph:—In order to assist in identifying the year of manufacture, detonators are painted externally a different colour for each

period 1st July to 30th June, i .e. year ending 30th June:—

Remarks

Also applies during fog or falling snow.

8864/LM–M)

PAGE V .INSERT under "M " :—

INSERT:—

Classification

AMEND:—

DELETE:—F

F

F

170

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continued

SECTIONAL PORTION-CENTRAL D IVISIONIN D EX T o LOC A L A N D GENERAL IN STR U C TION S

Matisa Track Recording Trolley

A D D IT ION A L R U N N IN G LINES: SIGN A L B OXES, SPEED RESTRICTIONS, ETC.

PAGE 3. (Supplement N o . 6, page 4.)M A XIM U M PERMISSIBLE SPEED OF FREIGHT TRAINS

Description

Express freight or empty wagons conveying vehicles w i th awheelbase of 9 feet or over and oi l axle boxes

Express freight or empty wagons not conveying grease axlebox wagons

Express freight or empty wagons when conveying grease axlebox wagons

Express freight or empty wagons

PAGE 4. (Supplement N o . 6, page 4.)AM EN D speed restr ictions:—

Through Normanton Station between 184 miles 79 chains and 185 miles 30 chains.

Page183 ( 0 . 8 9 4 6 )

Maximum permissiblespeed

Miles per Hour

45

40

35

40(0. 8864/LM-C)

Miles per hour

Up D o w nOn through lines I S I SOn plat form lines 1 5 3 0

DELETE speed restr iction:—Altofts Junction and Normanton between 186 and I85f mile posts, passenger and goods

linesINSERT speed restr iction:—

Altofts and Goose H il l goods lines

PAGE 6.DELETE:—Thornhi l l N o. 3—all particulars.AMEND:—Distance Thornhill No. 2- 844 yards.

PAGE 7. E l land—DELETE Waterhouse Siding, East and West—all particulars.ADD—Elland—distance 2 miles 1,245 yards.

Up and Down Goods lines between Elland East and W est have been redesignated Loop Lines.

PAGE 8. Gr eet land—AM EN D distance, No. 2- 1,375 yards.

IS I S

30 3 0(O. 8373)

(O. 9223)

(0. 9147)PAGE 12. D ELET E. Ravensthorpe—Station. A l l particulars.AM EN D distance—Heckmondwike (Central )—Junction-2 miles 331 yards. ( 0 . 9 2 0 5 ) (24-11-56)Heckmondwike (Central)—Junction.AM EN D catch points-705 yards in rear of outer home signal—up line—gradient I i n 155. ( 0 . 9 2 0 5 ) (24-11-56)

PAGE 13.DELETE restr iction—"All down trains must stop at Nor th Bridge Station." ( 2 - 2 - 5 7 )

PAGE 14.AM EN D Bar ns l ey (Exchange)—Station t o read Bar ns l ey (Exchange)—Junction. ( 0 . 8574)

PAGE IS. (Supplement N o . 6, page 7.)DELETE:—Sub-heading SOWERBY BRIDGE TO R1PPONDEN and relative entries. ( O . 8574)

PAGE 18.Thornhi l l—L. & K W . Junction. A D D catch points—*210 yards in rear of Inner home signal—down branch l ine—

gradient I i n 220.(I-9-56)

PAGE 26.Heckmondwike (Spen)—Goods.DELETE:—Down he-by siding (40).

AdditionalRunning Lines

Stations andSignal Boxes

Distance from placenext above

Directionof UpLine

,Runaway Catch Points

Wheresituate Line

Approx.gradient

Miles Y a r d s 1 in.

co

-a 8, , , - - - I

D

•

11

E

':-,„,• ZT:a

Z

•

•

HuddersfieldHuddersfield

*

— 9 8 6

* Working in both directiNo. 8 Platform line.

ons over

* 198 yardsbeforereachingsignal155/6

Up Loop 101

171

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—CENTRAL DIVISION—continued

A D D IT ION A L R U N N I N G LINES, SIGN A L B OXES, SPEEDRESTRICTIONS, ETC.—continued

PAGE 21 (Supplement No. 6, page 8.)*DELETE:—Addi tional "Fifth l ine" between Hillhouse No. 1 and Huddersfield No. 2 (redesignated "Shunting Line") .*DELETE:—Huddersfield No. 2 and No. 1, all particulars except speed restrictions.* IN SER T: —

* A M E N D distance:—Huddersfield, Springwood Junction-1060 yards* A M E N D speed restrictions:—

Miles per hour

Up D o w nBetween Huddersfield Down Starting signal and Bradley Junction1Slow Line — 5 0

—25 miles 73 chains to 28 miles 40 chains f Fast Line — 5 5Between station end of Huddersfield Tunnel and gantry of signals (Huddersfield Up

Home and Down Starting signals) 25 miles 49 chains to 25 miles 73 chains—all lines 1 5 1 5(0.9176)

PAGE 23.(Supplement N o . 6, page 9.)

• D i g g l e — J u n c t i o n . A M E N D Catch points, Down South line, 619 yards in rear of Home signal—gradient 1 i n 125.(O. 8864/LM-C)PAGE 23.

Mossley. N o . 2. D ELETE all particulars.Mossley. N o . I . IN SER T Catch points 241 yards in advance of Down l ine starting signal—gradient 1 i n 150.AM EN D reference to No. I t o read Stati on.

AM EN D distance-1 m i le 1,732 yards. ( O . 8864/LM-C)PAGE 25. Farn ley and Wortley—Junction.AM EN D catch points- 535 yards on Leeds side of advanced star ting signal—up line—gradient I i n 70.

(0.9149) (26-1-57)

(O. 9000/S)PAGE 30.INSERT speed restr iction:—Whit ley Bridge Station, 62 miles 63 chains to 62 miles 41 chains 5 5 5 5

(0.1076)PAGE 32. (Supplement N o . 6, page I I . )DELETE:—

Between Arksey and Shaftholme Junction Main line 159 miles 36 chains to 160 miles 22 chains 6 0 6 0(See "Instructions Affecting L.M.S. Servants when working over the London and Nor th Eastern

Railway (Southern Area)" ( O . 1076)PAGE 37. (Supplement N o . 6, page IL )South Yorkshire Joint Line—Doncaster.AM EN D reference to Potter ic Carr Junction (L.N.E.) to read Potter ic Carr.

The l ine between Doncaster—Potter ic Carr and Tickhi l l & W.—Low Ellers Junction is single and is worked by"Staff and Ticket". ( 2 9 - I 2-56)

Firbeck Junction " A " box is now under the supervision of M al tby. ( 2 9 - 9 - 5 6 )PAGE 38.DELETE speed restr iction at Dinnington Nor th Signal Box—up and dow n- 10 m.p.h. ( 1 - 9 - 5 6 )PAGE 39. H arwo rt h and Firbeck Colliery Branches.AM EN D reference to Tickhill to read M al tby . ( 2 9 - 9 - 5 6 )

172

Radcliffe (Central) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 25Bury (Knowsley St.) ( N o t applicable to diesel multiple-unit trains) 45 45

(Applies to diesel multiple-unit trains only) 60 60

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—CENTRAL DIVISION—continued

A D D IT ION A L R U N N IN G LINES, SIGN A L B OXES, SPEED RESTRICTIONS, ETC.—continued

Miles per hour

Up D o w nPAGE 39. Littleborough—Station.ADD up passenger loop at this box.DELETE additional up goods l ine from Station t o West boxes.(Special Supplement, page 6.)DELETE West Box—All particulars.AM EN D distance Sm i thy Br idge—Station, 1,730 yards. ( O . 8864/LM-C)PAGE 43. (Special Supplement, page 6.)

Pendleton—Agecroft Junction—INSERT Up l ine locomotive whistle-1 long, 3 shortWater at Manchester Victoria.(O. 8864/LM-C)

PAGE 44. (Supplement No. 6, page 15.)AM EN D distances:—

Miles Platting—Tank Yard . . . . 3 9 2 yards.New Allen Street . . . . . . 4 1 5 yards.

The Down West Goods Loop between Tank Yard and Miles Platting Station Junction Signal Boxes has been redesig-nated "Through Siding". ( O . 8864/LM-C)PAGE 46. (Supplement N o . 6, page IS.)Radcliffe (Black Lane), Station—INSERT § ( O . 8864/1...M-C)PAGE 46. (Supplement No. 6, page 15.) Radclif f e (Black Lane)—Bradley Fold Junction—AMEND speed restrictions—Through Junction to and from:—

(24-11-56)PAGE 49.Dean Lane Stati on is not a block post.PAGE 50. (Supplement N o . 6, page 50.) A M E N D speed restriction:—

Between Baguley Fold Junction and Philips Park N o . I boxes 4 5 —(O. 8864/LM-C)

PAGE 51. Greenfield—Junction. A D D catch points—I mile 1,352 yards in rear of home signal—Down branch l ine—gradient I i n 117.

(Supplement N o . 6, page 164 Gro t t o n & Spr1nghead—Station. D EL ET E catch points. ( 8 - 9 - 5 6 )(Supplement N o. 6, page 17.) Par k Br idge. D ELET E. Deanshut Sidings and distance. T he catch points shown

288 yards in rear of Deanshut Sidings Up Home signal are 1 mile 540 yards in rear of Sheep Washer's Lane Up Homesignal.

AM EN D distance—Station-1 mi le 1,126 yards. ( 2 9 - 9 - 5 6 )PAGE 54. (Supplement No. 6, page 18.) B u ry (Bolton Street). The additional Down Slow line applies between

Buckley Wells and Nor th boxes (S.Y. applicable between South and Nor th boxes).(27-10-56)

PAGE 60. Bur n l ey (Manchester Road)—Station. A M E N D first set of catch points- 909 yards in rear of HomeNo. I signal. ( 0 . 8864/LM-C)

PAGE 62.Colne.*DELETE: —

§Botts Lane.Nelson.* A M E N D distance to read:-1,139 yards. ( O . 8864/LM-C)

Brierfield—DELETE:—Reedley Hallows Halt.(Supplement N o . 6, page 21.)Burnley (Central)—DELETE:—Danes Br idge Signal box and both additional Down Running lines between Goods

Yard and Danes Bridge.AM EN D distance—Goods Yar d- 1 mi le 1,100 yards.

Burnley (Barracks)—Station.* A M E N D catch points to read:—

*348 yards in rear of G as-m ow J u n c t i o n H o m e S i g n a l—

Up line—Gradient 1 in 103. ( O . 8864/LM-C)PAGES 63-64. (Supplement N o . 6, page 22.)Hindley. The Down Goods l ine between No. 1 and 2 boxes has been redesignated "No. I Down Through Siding".AM EN D distances—No. 1- 534 yards. C r ow Nest Junction-1,073 yards.

(O. 8864/LM-C)

PAGE 65.Atherton—DELETE:—Peelwood Siding.* A M E N D distance—Walkden ( H igh Level)—Pell H al l - 1 m i le 976 yards. ( O . 8864/LM-C)

PAGE 65. (Special Supplement, page 9.)Pendlebury—Station—INSERT Up Fast and Slow line locomotive whistles—I long, 3 short—Water at Manchester

Victoria. ( O . 8864/LM-C)

PAGE 66. (Supplement N o . 6, page 22.)Lostock Junction. Junction. I NSERT:—Speed restriction:—

Through junction to and from Blackrod on fast lines 6 0 6 0(O. 8864/LM-C)

ALTE RATI O NS TO L.M.S. APPENDI X—conti nued

S E CTI O NAL P O RTI O N— CE NTRAL DI VI SI ON—conti nued

A D D IT ION A L R U N N IN G LINES, SIGNAL BOXES, SPEED RESTRICTIONS, ETC.—continuedMiles per hour

Up D o w n

Fast lines • \ 7 35 35Slow lines 25 25

(Supplement N o . 6, page 23.)DELETE:—

Between 36 mile post and opposite No. I Signal Box, fast and slow lines 25 25Over reverse curves between Exchange Junction and W hit ley St reet Bridge

fast and slow lines 25 25

PAGE 68. (Supplement N o . 6, page 23.)AMEND:—

Through Junction at Sandkills N o . I on fast lines 55 55

PAGE 67.Liverpool (Exchange).INSERT:—

Between N o . I Box and Exchange Junction:—

173

PAGE 68. (Supplement No. 6, page 23.) SandhiIls. A M EN D .Nos. I and 2 boxes to read U p Goods l ine.

(O. 8864/LM-C)

Additional "U p and Down" Goods l ine between(14-7-56)

PAGE 71. Kearsley—Junction. A D D catch points- 939 yards i n rear of outer home signal—down line—gradientI i n 200.

DELETE. U ni ty Brook Nor th Box. Al l particulars.Cl i fton Junction. D ELETE. Robin Hood Box. A l l particulars.AM EN D distance. Pepper Hill Box - 2 miles 725 yards.ADD catch points—I,065 yards in rear of Unity Brook 1.13. home signal—down line—gradient I i n 200.

The additional down goods line is now a down goods loop worked from Pepper Hill Box. ( 8 - 1 2 - 5 6 )PAGE 73. ( Suppl em ent N o. 6, page 24.) Constable Lane and Ashton boxes are under the supervision of Salwick.AM EN D reference to Lea Road—Station to read Salwick—Lea Road. ( 8 - 1 2 - 5 6 )PAGE 76. Bolton (Trinity Street) .Bullfield W est. A M E N D distance to read 898 yards.Bul lfield East. A M E N D distance to read 666 yards.PAGE 84.Mill H i l l Station.DELETE:—

Over curves through M ill H i l l StationINSERT:—

Round curves between 331 and 34 mile posts

PAGE 105.LO CAL I NS TRUCTI O NS

EASTW OODUp and Down Freight trains stopping for traffic purposes.AM EN D instruction to read:—

Up Freight trains must be brought to a stand at the Home 2 signal and Down Freight trainsof the level crossing so that the crossing may be kept clear for the public.PAGE 107. (Supplement No. 6, page 32.) H A LIFA X—H olmfield Line.INSERT:—

All freight trains for Halifax before leaving Holmfield must pin down brakes of every thiinform the Signalman at Nor th Bridge South the number of wagons on the train for Halifax,telephone this information to Halifax East Junction for transmission to the Goods Yard Staff.

DELETE—Ripponden Branch.

PAGE 109. (Supplement N o . 6, page 34.)HUDDERSFIELD

DELETE:—

40 4 0

50 5 0(O. 8864/LM-C)

at the Home signal, clear(O. 8864)/LM-C

rd wagon. Guards mustand the Signalman must

(2-2-57)

(O. 8574)

Telephones are provided on a pil lar at the East end of the Down Platform and adjacent to the cloakroom at theWest end of the Up Platform to enable Trainmen to communicate with the Divisional Control Office at Manchester (Vic.).

(O. 9000/S)*DELETE: —

• " D r i v e r s of Down Freight trains requir ing rel ief must stop w i th thei r engine opposite the Shunters' cabin atHuddersfield N o. 2."* IN SER T : —

Trains not completely within Fixed Signals.—Referring to page 52 of the General Appendix, the followingadditional instructions apply:—

When the engine of a train is ahead of the Platform Starting signal, the "Proceed" aspect of the relative subsidiarysignal will be given. A t the signals reading to the Up Fast or Up Slow lines an "S" indication will also be given withthe subsidiary signal. T he Station Inspector or person in charge must arrange to instruct the Driver verbally tostart, and to proceed at CAUTION as far as the next running signal, whatever may be its aspect. This instructionmust not be given unti l the Guard has given his signal to start.

When an engine is ahead of the Platform Starting signal dur ing shunting operations, the "Proceed" aspect ofthe relative subsidiary signal will be given and the Inspector or Shunter must arrange to instruct the Driver verballyto PROCEED AT CAUTION.

PAGE 114.

PAGE 110. Stal ybr i dge. The paragraph shown on page 35 of Supplement No. 6.is an additional i tem.(27-10-56)

PAGE 112. (Supplement N o . 6, page 35.)Fenay Bridge. DELETE. Swif t & Netherwood's Colliery Sidings. (27-10-56)Lockwood. D ELETE paragraph headed "Down Sidings". (24-1 1-56)

174

ALTERTION TO L.M.S. APPENDIXSECTIONAL PORTION—CENTRAL DIVISION—continued

LOCAL INSTRUCTIONS—continued

LOC K W OODINSERT:—

Lockwood Park Siding.—A movable wheel scotch secured by padlock is situated 50 yards from the points at theentrance to the siding and must be secured across the rail when vehicles are stabled in the siding and clear of the railwhen the siding is empty.

The padlock key is kept at No. 2 Signal box. Guards must obtain the key from the Signalman and, i f necessary, placethe scotch clear of the rail before a locomotive or vehicles are allowed to enter the siding. O n completion of work thescotch must be secured across the rail i f the siding is occupied. The key must, in ALL cases, be returned to the Signalmanat No. 2 box. ( O . 58/174-1)

PAGE 113. D ELET E. W HITLEY BRIDGE and instruction. ( O . 9225)INSERT:—

GOOLEEngine Shed:—

When i t is necessary dur ing shunting operations to foul No. 39 Down Through Siding to Down Main points thepermission of the Signalman at Engine Shed Box must first be obtained by the Enginemen on the telephone provided.Movements on to the Down Through Siding must not pass the "Limit of Shunt" board.

DEARNE VALLEY BRANCHDELETE:—Bessacarr Gravel Sidings and relative instructions. ( O . 8864/LM—C)

PAGE 114. (Supplement No. 6, page 38.) Dinnington, Maltby, Markham, Firbeck and Harworth Collieries.ADD. M arkh am Colliery—Propelling of wagons into the N.C.R. Empties Sidings.

Marker boards bearing the numerals 60 and 50 are provided on the empties branch l ine at Markham Colliery.These boards are located at 60 and 50 wagon lengths respectively from the buffer stops in the Empties Sidings and

Drivers propelling trains into any of the sidings which are unoccupied must br ing thei r trains to a stand opposite theappropriate marker board and must not make any fur ther movement unti l instructed to do so by either the Guard orShunter in accordance with the provisions of Rules 50 and 51.

Should i t be necessary for a train to be propelled into one of these sidings when i t is partially occupied, the necessaryverbal instructions will be given to the Driver by the Guard or Shunter when the train enters into the Empties Branch.

(25-8-56)PAGE

PAGE 125.

DELETE heading and instructions.

Exchange Sidings. D ELETE second paragraph.

PAGE I l l . (Supplement N o . 6, page 40.)Li ttl ebor ough. D ELET E paragraphs commencing:—

"When i t is necessary for down trains," etc., and "The ground and siding signals", etc.(O. 8864/LM—C)

PAGE 119. M anchester (Victor ia) . D ELET E paragraphs headed:—Working into No. 16 Platform (No. 24 Road).(24-1 1-56)

PAGE M . (Supplement N o . 6, page 42.)PENDLETON (BROAD STREET)

AMEND.—Down through siding between Agecroft Junction and Brindle Heat h Sidings—All trains workingon this siding in ei ther direction must carry head and tail lamps. ( O . 8864/LM—C)

PAGE 126.

PAGE 131.INSERT:—

M OSTON

H EYW OOD

(O. 5494)

OLDHAM ( W ERNETH)DELETE Plat t Brothers & Co.'s private siding and instructions thereunder. ( O . 8864/LM—C)

OLDHAM ( GLODW ICK ROAD)DELETE:—

Sett Siding and relative instructions. ( O . 8864/LM—C)

KIRKDALENo through train must be allowed to travel over the up goods line between Sandhills No. 2 and Kirkdale East boxes.

(O. 8864/LM—C)

(O. 8864/LM—C)

(22-9-56)

ATHERTON CENTRAL* D ELET E second paragraph.

FAZAKERLEY. DELETE. W orking of down freight trains into Liverpool.PAGE 133.*DELETE: — CLIFTON JU N C T I O N

Robin H ood Sidings and instructions appertaining thereto. (O. 8864/LM—C)

•

ALTE RATI O NS T O L.M.S. AP P E NDI XS E CTI O NAL P O RTI O N— CE NTRAL DI VI SI ON—conti nued

LO CAL I NSTRUCTI ONS—cont i nuedPAGE 133. (Supplement No. 6, page 46.) PRESTON—Relief of Enginemen and Guards working passenger

and empty coaching stock trains not booked to call at Preston Station, also provision of Conductors.AM EN D third paragraph—Enginemen and Guards booking on at or travelling to Preston to act as Conductors or relieve

up or down trains (except those via Preston El . ) must repor t to the Ribble Sidings Signalman by means of themicrophone situated outside the Foreman's hut, and afterwards wait for instructions from the Signalman which willbe passed to them through the loudspeaker placed in the Trainmen's hut. ( 2 4 - 1 1 - 5 6 )

ADD. Provision of relief or Conductors for Freight Trains. Trainmen affording relief or acting as Conductors forup or down freight trains stopping at No. I box and Ribble Sidings box respectively for this purpose must observethe following:—

UP TRAINS. Trainmen must report to the Signalman at No. 1 box by means of the telephone in the Trainmen'shut, and await the instructions of the Signalman which wil l be given by telephone.DOWN TRAINS. Trainmen must repor t to the Ribble Sidings Signalman by means of the microphone fixedoutside the Foreman's hut at Ribble Sidings when instructions will be received through the loudspeaker fixed

Signal Box Situation of Points Line ApproximateGradient

Normal lie ofpoints

PAGE 143.INSERT:—

Mossley—Station . . 241 yards in advance of Downline starting signal

Down . I i n 150 . . . Throw-off.

(O. 8864/LM–C)

From Towards Distance Miles Gradient

DELETE:—Ripponden . . . . Sowerby Bridge . . . . I I I in 60

(O. 8574)

in the Trainmen's hut. (24-11-56)(O. 8864/ M–C)

PAGE 137. BLAC KBU R N . D ELET E East box outer home signal. (15-9-56)DELETE PRESTON (E.L.).—Bay Plat form Lines. (24-11-56)

LINES W ORKED O N T H E PERMISSIVE BLOCK SYSTEM—PLACES W H ER E DRIVERS AREW ARNED B Y GREEN H A N D SIGN A L W I T H O U T BEING B R OU GH T T O A STA N D

PAGE 142.DELETE:—*Huddersfield No. i

PAGE 143. (Supplement N o . 6, pageAMEND:—

Miles Platting—Station Junction

Rose Grove West

Signal Box

Signal Box

175

GENERAL I NS TRUCTI O NS

Down Goods line

Line

SPRING POIN T S A N D U N W OR K ED TRAILING POIN T S

SPECIAL IN ST R U C T ION S RESPECTING L IN ES W OR K ED O N T H EPERMISSIVE BLOCK SYSTEM

•Line

51.)

f Up and Down East goods1Down Through siding

f Down Slow from Loco. Shed, Up Fastline or Up Bay siding.

GENERAL IN STR U C TION S FOR W OR K IN G D O W N IN C L IN ESPAGE 146.INSERT additional paragraph (8).

Classes "C " and " D " Freight Trains are exempt from carrying out these instructions.

Remarks

Trains wil l be brought to a standat the Home signal.

(0.9176)

Remarks

(O. 8864/LM–C)

(O. 8864/LM–C)

PAGE 147.AM EN D heading of table:—

PRINCIPAL FALLING GRADIENTS A T W H I C H N OT IC E BOARDS ARE PR OVID ED T OINDICATE T H E POIN T A T W H IC H ALL FREIGHT TRAINS ( EXCEPT CLASSES "C" A N D"D" TRAINS) M U ST BE B R OU GH T T O A STAND FOR W A GON BRAKES T O BE APPLIED'

a 8864 111

ALTE RATI O NS TO L.M.S. APPENDI X—conti nuedS E CTI O NAL P O RTI O N— CE NTRAL DI VI SI ON—conti nued

GENERAL I NSTRUCTI ONS—cont i nuedSETTING BACK T H R OU GH SEC TION I N W R ON G D IR EC TION

From To Line Remarks

PAGE 148.DELETE:—

Eland EastElland West

Page 148. (Supplement No. 6, page 55.)DELETE:—*Huddersfield No. 1

*Huddersfield No. 2

INSERT:—Goole, Potters Grange

DELETE:—Goole, Engine ShedGoole, Dutch River

PAGE 148.The following five items shown on page 55

"AMEND":—Sowerby Bridge WestMytholmroyd WestKnottingley " A"Knottingley "B"

PAGE 148. (Supplement No. 6, page 55.)AMEND:—,IcSowerby Bridge Station

Elland WestElland East

Huddersfield No. 2

Huddersfield No. I

Engine Shed Junction..Dutch RiverEngine Shed

of Supplement No. 6 sStationEastKnottingley "B"Knottingley " A"

West

Down GoodsUp Goods

Up Main N o. 1 U pPlatform and U pGoods

No. 8 Down Platform,Down M a i n a n dDown Goods

Down

UpDown

hould be shown under t

Remainder as pr inted.

Down Through Siding

(0.9147)

(O. 9176)

Freight Wagons.

Freight WagonsFreight Wagons.

(O. 5494) (24-11-56)

he sub-heading

(1-12-56)

Including Loco. StoresVan.

(O. 8574/ 18)

PAGE 149.DELETE:—

Miles Platting Station Junction Tank Yard Down Goods Loop(O. 8864/LM–C)

(Supplement N o . 6, page 57.)Oldham (Mumps) No. 3 No. 1 Down Goods —Oldham (Mumps) No. 1 No. 3 Up Goods —

(24-11-56)

Bury (Bolton St.) Nor th South Down Main(1-12-56)

INSERT:—Miles Platting Station Junction Tank Yard Down Through Siding

PAGE 150.INSERT:—

Kirkdale West Kirkdale East Down Goods(O. 8864/LM–C)

Sandhiils No. 2 No. I Up GoodsAMEND:—

SandhiIls No. 1 No. 2 Down Goods(17-7-56)

DELETE:—Burnley, Danes Bridge Station Down Goods

(O. 8864/LM–C)

(Supplement N o . 6, page 57.)DELETE:—

Blackburn—White Birk West Blackburn— Up MainWhite Birk East (2-2-57)

(Supplement N o . 6, page 58.)DELETE:—

Clifton Junction—Robin Hood Pepper Hill Down MainDown Goods

(28-7-56)

176

PROPELLING VEHICLES O N R U N N I N G L IN ES OU T SID E ST A T ION LIMITS—RULE 149PAGE 151.AM EN D first paragraph:—

, E x c e p t as shown on page 158, not more than two freight train guards' brake vans maybe propelled over any sectionof the line, the speed down steep inclines not to exceed 15 m.p.h. ( O . 9000/S)AM EN D reference to "coal" in the four th paragraph to read " fuel " . ( 1 - 9 - 5 6 )

From

PAGE 152.INSERT:—

Halifax— •North Bridge South

Goole, Engine Shed Junction

Potters Grange

DELETE:—Leeds Central "B"Snaith—EastSnaith—West

*H oughton Sidings*Black Carr Sidings East(Supplement No. 6, page 59.)

P. Leeds City Junction(Supplement No. 6, page 60.)

P. Leeds City W est*Huddersfield No. I*Huddersfield No. 2INSERT:—

Wakefield, Calder Bridge

*Black Carr Sidings East*Black Carr Sidings West

*Yorkshi re Main CollierySidings

DELETE:—Wakefield, Calder Bridge

I NSERT:—Leeds Central "B"

P. Leeds Ci ty Junction

Leeds Ci ty Junction

Leeds Ci ty WestPAGE 153.DELETE:—

Newton Heath Junction -Dean Lane orThorpes Bridge Junction

INSERT:—Newton Heath Junction

or Thorpes BridgeJunction

ALTE RATI O NS TO L.M.S. APPENDI X—conti nuedS E CTI O NAL P O RTI O N— CE NTRAL DI VI SI ON—conti nued

GENERAL I NSTRUCTI ONS—cont i nued

To

North Bridge Nor thPotters Grange

Engine Shed Junction

Gerald JunctionWestEast

Black Carr Sidings EastHoughton Sidings

Leeds City West

Leeds City JunctionHuddersfield No. 2Huddersfield No. I

Normanton, Goose Hi l lJunction via WakefieldFork

Black Carr Sidings WestYorkshire Main Colliery

SidingsBlack Carr Sidings West

Station

Geldard

Leeds Ci ty West

Leeds Ci ty West

Leeds City Junction

Miles Platting

Miles Platting

1

177

Line

Up MainDown

Up

DownUpDown

UpDown

Down

UpUp and DownPlatform line

Up Branch, UpFork andDown Main

DownDown

Up

Up Branch andUp ThroughDown

Down

Down

Up

Up and Down

Up and Down

Remarks

Freight trains. ( 2 - 2 - 5 7 )Clear weather -40 Freight wagons. Before

offering a train which is to be propelled,the signalman at Engine Shed Junctionmust inform the Signalman a t PottersGrange that the train is t o be propelledand i ts destination.

Fog o r fal l ing s now - 10 Freight wagonswith brake van leading. T o apply only totrains reversing di rections a t Potter sGrange.

Freight wagons wi th or wi thout brake van.(O. 5494) (24-11-56)

Coaching Stock.

} Freight wagons without brake van.(O. 9000/S)

12 freight wagons.12 freight wagons.

10 in clear weather, etc.

Coaching Stock.4 Coaching Stock vehicles.

(O. 9176)

Stores Van w i thout brake van. T he auto-matic brake must be connected and i nuse. ( O . 8525)

12 freight wagons.55 wagons i n dayl ight and clear weather

only.55 wagons i n dayl ight and clear weather

only. A sufficient num ber o f wagonbrakes m ust b e pinned dow n befor ethe train leaves t o assist i n control l ingthe train.

(O. 8864/LMC)Stores Van.

Empty coaching stock, parcel vans, fish andfreight wagons. W hen m or e than 15wagons of goods or 10 wagons of coal,brake van to be of heavy type.

(0.9081)2 Coaching Stock vehicles without brake van

in clear weather.Coaching Stock, 10 vehicles in clear weather,

2 dur ing fog or falling snow.3 Coaching Stock vehicles w i thout brake

van i n clear weather only.Coaching Stock.

(O. 7388)

Breakdown Van Train.

Breakdown Van Train.

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—CENTRAL DIVISION—continued

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continuedPROPELLING VEHICLES O N R U N N I N G L IN ES OU T SID E ST A T ION LIM ITS—RULE I49—cont.

AM EN D reference to "coal" in the thi rd paragraph to read " fuel " . ( 1 - 9 - 5 6 )

From To LineRemarks

Loaded Wagons Empty Wagons

PAGE 158.

West Newton Heath Junctionand D ean Lane v i a

All Down Breakdown Van Train.

DELETE:—

Miles Platting or Cheet-ham Hill Junction

Manchester (Vic.) West

Elland—East West Up 20 30

Junction

(0.9147)PAGE 159.

PAGE 155. (Supplement No. 6, page 63.)

DELETE:—

Molyneux Junction

Littleborough

Up 40 wagons in clear weather. 20 wagons duringfog or falling snow. ( O . 8864/LM–C)

Blackburn White Birk West

Station West UpWest Station Down

PAGE 160.

Burnley Central, Danes

INSERT:—

UpBridge

Ribble Sidings Preston No. 1 Down Through 4 4(20– 10-56)

AMEND:—

AMEND:—

lirChorley No. 1DELETE:—

Ryland's Siding Down 10 26(O. 8864/LM–C)

Clifton Junction—Robin Hood Junction Up —Clifton Junction—Junction Robin Hood Down —

Ford–Sefton Junction Aintree Station Junction Up 30 fr eight wagons i n clear weather ; 10freight wagons during fog or falling snow.

(28-7-56)PAGE 161.

Down 30 fr eight wagons i n clear weather ; 10freight wagons during fog or falling snow.

INSERT:—

4 horse boxes or loco. stores van.

P. Leeds City West Leeds City Junction Up 2, in clear weather only. ( O . 7388)Fleetwood. Burn Naze South.. Burn Naze Nor th Down 20 20

(O. 8864/LM–C)

From To Line Remarks

(Supplement No. 6, page 61.)DELETE:—West Newton Heath Junction

and D ean Lane v i aAll Down Breakdown Van Train.

INSERT:—Miles Platting or Cheet-ham Hill Junction

Manchester (Vic.) West Newton Heath Junctionand Thor pes Br i dge

All Down Breakdown Van Train.

Junction via Miles Plat-ting or Cheetham HillJunction

PAGE 155. (Supplement No. 6, page 63.)AMEND:—Molyneux Junction Clifton Junction Up 40 wagons in clear weather. 20 wagons during

fog or falling snow. ( O . 8864/LM–C)Blackburn White Birk West Up Main

(2-2-57)(Supplement No. 6, page 61.)DELETE:—

Burnley Central, Danes Station UpBridge

Burnley Central Station Danes Bridge Down(O. 8864/LM–C)

PAGE 156.AMEND:—

P. Preston No. 4 El . Goods Yard Up Main andNo. 13 Up

Coaching Stock: 4 freig ht wagons w i thoutbrake van.

PAGE 157. Platform (O. 8864/LM–C)AMEND:—

Ford–Sefton Junction Aintree Station Junction Up 30 fr eight wagons i n clear weather ; 10freight wagons during fog or falling snow.

(Supplement No. 6, page 66.)Aintree Station Junction Ford–Sefton Junction Down 30 fr eight wagons i n clear weather ; 10

freight wagons during fog or falling snow.4 horse boxes or loco. stores van.(12-7-58) ( O . 8864/LM–C)

PAGE 158.INSERT:—

178

PROPELLING O F GUARDS' BRAKE VA N SThe propelling of Guards' Brake Vans through the undermentioned tunnels is prohibited:—

Standedge, Nor th and South.Morley.Gildersome.

PAGE 158. (Supplement N o . 6, page 66.)W OR K IN G OF VEHICLES O N R U N N IN G LINES W I T H O U T BRAKE VA N IN REAR—RULE 149

(O. 9000/S)

ALTE RATI O NS TO L.M.S. APPENDI X—conti nuedSECT! 0 NAL P O RT! N — C E NTRAL DI VI SI ON—conti nued

GENERAL I NSTRUCTI ONS—cont i nued

WORKING O F C OA C H IN G VEHICLES W I T H O U T BRAKE VA N I N REAR

Place

To

Line to which horn, gong or bellapplies

Remarks

INSERT:—Eland

Rose Grove West

Up Line Loud sounding bell fixed in tunnel operated byplunger situated adjacent to No. 33 points.

Rose Grove West Blackburn East Up

(0.9147)Werneth

(via Accrington or Padiham)

Down AM EN D " Gong" t o r ead " Kl axon hor n" ,remainder as pr inted. ( O . 8864/LM–C)

PAGES 165, 166, 167 and 168.—INSTRUCTIONS RESPECTING T H E W OR K IN G O F INTERM EDIATEBLOCK SIGNALS

From To Line Remarks

PAGE 161.INSERT:—

Church East Rose Grove West Down Loco. Stores Van.Rose Grove West Blackburn East Up Loco. Stores Van.

INSERT:—

(via Accrington or Padiham) (O. 8864/LM–C)AMEND:—

Huddersfield (Spr ingwood Equal to 4-1

*Hi l lhouse No. I Huddersfield Up Loco. Stores Van.*Huddersfield Hillhouse No. 1 Down Loco. Stores Van.

Junction inclusive)

(0.9176)

From To

Not more than the number of vehiclesshown below to be conveyed behind

rear brake vansRemarks

PAGE 163.DELETE:—*Manchester (Exchange) Leeds (New) and vice versa Equal to 41INSERT:—*Manchester (Exchange) Huddersfield (Spr ingwood Equal to 4-1

Junction exclusive) andvice versa

*Leeds Ci ty Huddersfield (Spr ingwood 5 coaching vehiclesJunction inclusive)

*Hudder sfield ( Spr ing- Leeds Ci ty 5 coaching vehicleswood Junction) (O. 9176)

179

C ON VEYA N C E O F VEHICLES B EH IN D REAR BRAKE V A N O F PASSENGER O R EM PT YC OA C H IN G ST OC K TR A IN S

• S I G N A L L I N G T O DRIVERS DURING SH U N T IN G OPERATIONS BY MEANS OF SH U N T IN G HORNS,GONGS, BELLS A N D W HISTLES

PAGE 164.

(Page 73, Supplement N o . 6).—Instruction N o . 2—Working of Telephone—ADD as four th paragraph—

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver himself must advise the rearGuard and the Driver of an engine assisting in rear.

Instruction N o . 3—Train stopped at intermediate block home signal—ADD as second paragraph—

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver must carry out the dutiesof the Fireman.

Instruction N o . 6—Block Regulation 25—Failure of instruments or bells—ADD as seond paragraph—

In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver himself must advise the rearGuard and the Driver of an engine assisting in rear.

(Page 73, Supplement N o . 6).—Instruction No. 7—Train stopped by accident, failure, obstruction or otherexceptional cause—

The references to "Guard or Fireman" in the first paragraph are amended to read "Guard, Driver or Fireman".(Page 75, Suppl em ent N o. 6.)—Respecting the N ote concerning Euxton Down signal, i n t he case o f trains o rengines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver must carry Out the duties of the Fireman, except thatwhere i t is laid down for the Fireman to go to the signal box, this duty must be carried out by the Guard.

PAGE 169.DELETE:—

Dean Lane

Situated Line NameSignal box

controlling signal,etc.

Remarks

PAGE 167. (SupplemenAMEND:—

t N o . 6, pa ge 74.)

Windsor Br idge No. 3and Br indle HeathSidings

Up Pendleton Brindle Heath Sidings Continuously l i t colour l i ghthome signal. Sem aphor edistant signals.

Down Pendleton Windsor Bridge No. 3 Continuously l i t colour l i ghtsignal. ( 2 4 - 1 1 - 5 6 )

PAGE 168. (Supplemen t N o . 6, p a ge 75.)AMEND:—

Lostock Junction andHorwich ForkJunction

Down Boydell's Bridge Lostock Junction Continuously i t colour l i ghthome signal . Sem aphor edistant signal.

(5-15-7)INSERT:—

Kearsley Junction andPepper Hill

Up Unity Brook Kearsley Junction Continuously l i t colour l i ghthome signal . Sem aphor edistant signal.

DELETE:—Down Unity Brook Pepper Hill Continuously l i t colour l i ght

signals. ( 2 8 - 7 - 5 6 )Dean Lane and Down Failsworth Dean Lane Semaphore.

Hol!Inwood Up Failsworth Hollinwood Semaphore:INSERT:—*N ew ton Heath, Thorpes Down Failsworth Thorpes Br idge Continuously l i t colour l ight

Bridge Junction and Junction home signal . Sem aphor edistant signal.

Hollinwood j Up Failsworth Hollinwood Semaphore. ( O . 8864/LM-C)

PAGE 168. (Supplemen t N o . 6, p a ge 75.)AM EN D reference to Lea Road—Stati on to read Salwick— Lea Road. (8-12-56)

Signal Box

INSERT:—*N ew ton Heath, Thorpes Bridge Junction

Pendleton-Brindle Heath Sidings

PAGE 170.INSERT:—

Kearsley Junction .Clifton Junction—Pepper Hil l

Lostock Junction

N. Set t

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—CENTRAL DIVISION—continued

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continuedLIST OF INTERM EDIATE BLOCK SIGNALS

Siding

PAGE 170.INSERT:—

Cadbury & Fry Co. Ltd. (Farnley)DELETE:—licSowerby Bridge Coal SidingPAGE 171.DELETE:—

Whitley Bridge outlet to up loopDearne Valley, Bessacarr Gravel

Company's Siding

INSERT:—Whitley Br idge outl et t o U p Goods

line

Up Loop

Position

Up Nor th line

Up lineBetween Black Car r East

and Bessacarr Junction,Up l ine

Between Ol dham ( Glod-wick Road) and LeesDown l ine

Up Goods line

ISO

Signal

SIGNALS W H IC H ARE PLACED T O D A N GER A U TOM A TIC A LLY O N T H E PASSINGOF TR A IN S

Distant for Down Failsworth Intermediate block signal.

Failsworth Down interMediate block home and distant signals.(O. 8864/LM-C)

Pendleton up intermediate block home.l_Windsor Bridge No. 3 up distant. ( 2 4 - 1 I -56)

Unity Brook up intermediate block home signal.Unity Br ook down intermediate block hom e and distant

signals. ( 2 8 - 7 - 5 6 )Boydell's Bridge down intermediate block home signal.

(5-1-57)SIDINGS C ON N EC T ED W IT H R U N N I N G L IN ES A N D W H I C H ARE W ORKED

UNDER SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS

Particulars of Working

Ground f r am e electr ical ly contr ol l ed f r omFarnley Junction box. ( O . 9149)

Electrically locked from Station Box.(O. 8574/ I 8)

Bolt-locked from Station box. ( O . 9225)Annetts Key—Key kept in Black Carr East.

(O. 8864/LM-C)

Electrically released from Whitley Bridge Stationbox. ( O . 9225)

PAGE 171. (Supplement No. 6, pageAMEND:—

N. Royal George

,

Section of line Shape of Staff Colour of Staff Staff Stations Persons appointed etc.

DELETE:—Sowerby Br idge t o

RippondenRound Black Sowerby Bridge

Station BoxSignalman.

(O. 8574)

Section of lineShapeof staff

Colourof staff Staff Stations

Persons appointed to receivestaff from, and deliver it, to

the dr iver

PAGE 173.INSERT:—

Doncaster—Potteric Carrand Tickhill & W.—LowEllers Junction

—(L.N.E.

Tic

—Staff andket)

Potteric Carr and LowEllers Junction

Signalmen.(29-12-56)

Whether Shape Colour Person appointedSection of line electric of of Token Stations to receive token

tablet,staff, etc.

token token from, and deliverit, to driver

PAGE 174.AMEND:—

Maltby Station to Dinnington T. Round . . — Maltby Station Signalman.Station Dinnington Station Signalman.

(29-9-56)

PAGE 172.INSERT:—

Robin Hood Sidings

Goods Yard

Down Branch Siding

*Nelson Mineral Yard Exchange Siding

(Supplement N o . 6, page 79.)DELETE:—

Burscough Bridge Down Siding

E 173. (Supplement N o . 6 page 80.)

PAGE 175.DELETE:—Littleborough

West Box to Station

PAGE 176.INSERT:—

Bradford Exchange.PAGE 176. (Supplement N o . 6, page 82.)* A D D as an additional paragraph:—

In order to assist in identifying the year ofeach period 1st July to 30th June, i.e., year endi

1953-54 Br ow n.1954-55 R ed.1955-56 Gr een.1956-57 Gr ey .

181

ALTERATIONS TO L.M.S. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—CENTRAL DIVISION—continued

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continuedSIDINGS C ON N EC T ED W I T H R U N N I N G L IN ES A N D W H I C H ARE W OR K ED

UNDER SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS—continued

Siding

Place

Position

77.)

Between Mossley andGreenfield Down l ine

Down Goods loop

Up and down main lines,Burscough Br idge

Between Chorley No. 4 boxand Chorley North down

B. home signalUp Goods l i ne between

Mineral Yard and Chaf-fer's Siding

In advance of J unction signalbox

SINGLE LINES OF RAILWAY WORKED BY

Line

Down Shunting neckD ETON A TIN G SIGNALS

Particulars of Working

Ground f r am e electr ical ly contr ol l ed f r omGreenfield Junction box. Key kept at signalbox.

Ground fr am e, electr ical ly contr ol l ed f r omPepper Hil l box. ( 2 8 - 7 - 5 6 )

Ground f r am e electr ical ly contr ol l ed f r omBurscough Bridge Junction box.

Electrically controlled from Chorley No. 4 box.

(O. 8864/LM–C)Ground frame. Protected by fixed signals.

(O. 8864/LM–C)

(O. 8864/LM–C)ON E EN GIN E IN STEAM

SINGLE L IN ES O F RAILW AY W ORKED B Y TR A IN STAFF A N D TICKET

SINGLE L IN ES OF RAILW AY W ORKED O N T H E ELECTRIC T OK EN BLOCK SYSTEM

LINES N O T SIGNALLED B Y T H E ABSOLUTE BLOCK SYSTEM O R B Y PERMISSIVE BLOCK

Remarks

(O. 2188)

manufacture, detonators are painted externally a different colour forng 30th June:—

1957-58 Yel l ow . 1 9 6 1 - 6 2 R ed.1958-59 Bl ue. 1 9 6 2 - 6 3 Gr een.1959-60 W hi te. 1 9 6 3 - 6 4 Gr ey .1960-61 Or ange. 1 9 6 4 - 6 5 Yel l ow .

182

ALTE RATI O NS T O L.M.S. APPENDI X—cont i nuedS E CTI O NAL P O RTI O N— CE NTRAL DI VI SI ON—conti nued

GENERAL I NSTRUCTI ONS—cont i nuedPAGE 178. (Supplement N o . 6, page 83.)DELETE:—

All particulars.PAGE 179. (Supplement N o . 6, page 83.)

EXA M IN A T ION O F FREIGHT TRAINS

Classification

DELETE existing entriesC and D

F

LIST OF POIN T S A T W H IC H SPRAGS ARE LOCATED

Description

and INSERT:—Express freight, l ivestock, o r perishable trains pi ne fi tted

throughout with the automatic brake operative on not lessthan half or one third of the vehicles respectively.

Express freight trains par tly fitted w i th not less than fourbraked vehicles connected by vacuum pipe to the locomotive..

Express Freight trains

Through Freight or Empty wagon trainsMineral trains

* If conveying any wagons fitted w i th grease axle boxes, thedistance between examinations MUST NOT EXCEED 85 miles.

Maximum DistanceMiles

160

125

125

125*

125*

(O. 8864)DELETE t and * notes.

PAGE 180. (Supplement N o . 6, page 84.)C ON TR OL ARRANGEMENTS—RELIEF OF EN GIN EM EN A N D GUARDS

AM EN D closing time of Aintree Local Control - 4.0 a.m. Sunday to 12-1 a.m. Monday. ( O . 8864/LM–C)PAGE 183.

LENGTHMEN'S TROLLEYS GOIN G I N T O O R T H R OU GH T U N N EL SI N SER T :- North Bridge Old Lane.

Lee Bank.Wheatley. ( 2 - 2 - 5 7 )PAGE 183.

INSERT:—lit - INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING T H E R U N N I N G O F "MATISA" TRACK RECORDING TROLLEYS

(Applicable only in the North Eastern Region.)These instructions are supplementary to the Rules and Regulations which must be strictly carried out so far as theyare applicable.The machine, which must only be used by the staff authorised by the Chief Civil Engineer, is equipped w i th an

electric horn for the purpose of giving warning of approach, and has a maximum travelling speed of 35 m.p.h. and amaximum recording speed of 20 m.p.h. except that the speed over or thr ough connections must not exceed 5 m.p.h.GENERAL.I. T h e machine must carry the appropriate headlamp code and a tail lamp which must be lighted when necessary, twored hand-signal flags, not less than 12 detonators, and a hand-signal lamp lighted when necessary.2. T h e machine must be manned as follows:—

(a) W hen working in a "dead" section which is under C h i e f Civil Engineer's Dept. Dr iver only.Engineer's possession.

(b) W hen moving on or across running lines for the C h i e f Civi l Engineer's Dept. Dr iver and a ful l ypurpose of re-positioning the machine, for example, q u a l i fi e d and competent person to carry out thewhen crossing from "Up" yard to "Down" yard or r u l e s applicable to the movement.vice versa.

(c) A l l other movements on running lines. C h i e f Civil Engineer's Dept. Dr iver and a MotivePower Dept. Conductor.

The Chief Civil Engineer's Dept. staff as indicated above must have been passed as being competent to carry outthe appropriate Rules and Regulations.3. A good look-out must be kept when approaching all level crossings, and when running frequent use must be madeof the warning horn, especially in tunnels.4. I n the event of the machine being stopped by accident, failure or other exceptional cause, protection must immediatelybe carried out in accordance with Rules 178-181.5. T h e Driver must test the hand-brake on the machine before a journey is commenced. T he machine must be keptin gear when running down gradients. W hen running out of gear every care must be taken to keep the machine undercomplete control.

In the event o f the machine failing, i t may be assisted by a locomotive. T h e locomotive when haul ing o rpropelling the machine must not exceed a speed of 20 m.p.h.6. T h e Driver must observe fixed signals and must not pass a Stop signal at danger unless authorised to do so by theSignalman. After being authorised to pass a Stop signal at danger the Driver will be held responsible for seeing that anypoints or switch diamonds over which the machine has to pass are in the proper position and he must proceed wi thcaution as far as the line is clear only.7. T h e Signalman's permission must be obtained before the machine is placed on any line under his control. H e mustbe fully informed of the intended movements and must not give author ity for the Machine to run unless satisfied thatthis can be done without interfering with ordinary traffic working.8. ( a ) The machine must be dealt with as a Freight train and classified as follows:—

When recording C l a s s .1When not recording C l a s s E

The Signalman in rear must inform the Signalman in advance that the "Is Line Clear" signal is for Track RecordingTrolley.(b) I n the case of a single line, the Driver of the machine must be in possession of the Electric Token or Train Staff or aTicket as the case may be, for the section before leaving the signal box.(c) W her e author i ty exists for trains not conveying passengers to be accepted in accordance with Regulation 5, suchauthority may also be regarded as applicable to a Track Recording Trolley. ( O . 8946)

ALTERATIONS T O L.N.E.R. A PPEN D I XGENERAL POR T ION

REGULATIONS FOR W OR K IN G O N SINGLE LINES BY TRAIN STAFF A N D TICKETPAGE 6.—Clause 18(a)—ADD as final sentence:—

In the case of trains or engines, the dr iving cabs of which are single manned, the duties of the Fireman must beundertaken by the Driver.PAGE 6.—Clause I8(b)—ADD as final paragraph:—

(iv) In the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the duties of the Fireman must beundertaken by the Driver.

PAGE 6.—Clause I8(f)—Final paragraph amended to read:—When the services of a Fireman are not available the Guard must perform the duties laid down for the Fireman, but

in the case of trains or engines, the driving cabs of which are single manned, the duties of the Fireman must be under-taken by the Driver.

• S I N G L E L IN ES W ORKED B Y ELECTRIC TOK EN —IN STR U C TION S T O T R A IN M ENPAGE 12.—Clause 12—Final paragraph amended t o read:—

When the services of a Fireman are not available the Guard must perform the duties laid down for the Fireman but,in the case of trains or engines the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver must proceed to the token stationfor assistance.

SINGLE L IN ES W OR K ED B Y ELECTRIC TOK EN —IN STR U C TION S T O TRAINMEN—continuedPAGE 13.—Clause 2I—ADD as final paragraph:—

(iv) In the case of trains or engines the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Dr iver must proceed to thetoken station for assistance.

PAGE I3.—Clause 25—ADD as final paragraph:—In the case of trains or engines the dr iving cabs of which are single manned, the duties of the Fireman must be

undertaken by the Driver.

REGULATIONS FOR W OR K IN G SINGLE L IN ES B Y O N E EN GIN E I N STEAM O R T W O O R M OR EENGINES C OU PLED TOGETH ER

PAGE 15.—Clause I2—AD D as final paragraph ( 0:—• ( I) I n the case of trains or engines the driving cabs of which are single manned, the duties of S i n g l e Manned

the Fireman must be undertaken by the Driver. D r i v i n g Cabs.

GENERAL R EGU LA TION S FOR W OR K IN G T H E VA C U U M BRAKEPAGE 20.—Clause 8(a)—Second paragraph—last tw o sentences amended t o read:—

The Fireman (where provided) must accompany the Examiner dur ing these operations. W hen tw o engines arecoupled together, the leak disc test should be applied to each engine separately.PAGE 22.—Clause 8(b)—First paragraph—last tw o sentences amended to read:—

If, however, the engine brake is found to be in order, the pipes between the engine and the front vehicle must berecoupled, whereupon the Driver must again endeavour to create a vacuum, and whilst this is being done the Fireman(where provided) and Guard, together with the C. & W. Examiner, when available, must walk, along the train and listenfor any inrush of air, observing particularly the connecting pipes between each vehicle. I f the defect can be readily locatedand overcome, this must be done.

PAGE 50. ( N o . 2 Supplement, page 5.)EXA M IN A T ION OF FREIGHT TRAINS BY C. & W . STAFF

DELETE existing instructions and INSERT:—Unless specially authorised, freight trains may not be run wi thout examination for longer distances than those in the

list below:—

PAGE 63.

Description of Train

Classes C and DClasses E, F, H and .1Class K

183

PAGE 54.* A M E N D l ist of equipment of Goods brake vans to read:—

I coupl ing stick. 1 half-gallon oi l can.I brake stick. I tai l lamp.2 sprags. 2 side lamps.

Maximum Distance between C. & W. Examinations

Miles160125*85

* I f such trains are conveying any wagons fitted w i th grease axle boxes the maximum distance must not exceed 85miles unless specially authorised. ( O . 8864:G1/3)

(G. 1/42)DUTIES OF EN GIN E C ON D U C T OR S

PAGE 61.—(Supplement N o . 2, page 9.)—ADD as last paragraph:—In the case of trains or engines the driving cabs of which are single manned, the conductor will be responsible for

carrying out the duties laid down for the Fireman in respect of Rule 55.

RESTRICTIONS O N L.N.E.R. C OA C H IN G STOC K W OR K IN G OVER L.N.E.R.PASSENGER L IN ES

• " C " Restrictions on L.N.E.R. Stock over Specified Branch Lines*D ELET E Clause (c). (O. 5422)

TELEPHONES A T STOP SIGNALSPAGE 77.—Clause 4—amended to read:—

If a Trainman cannot establish communication with the Signalman, the Driver must, unless instructions to the contraryare exhibited in the telephone box, send his Fireman to the signal box from which the signal is controlled in order toreceive the Signalman's instructions. I n the case of trains or engines the driving cabs of which are single manned, theGuard must go to the signal box and the Driver must give a series of short sharp single notes on the warning horn asan intimation to the Guard that i t is necessary for him to go to the signal box. W here, however, communication existsbetween the Driver and Guard, this must be used.

INTERMEDIATE BLOCK SIGNALS CONTROLLED FROM THE SIGNAL B OX IN REARPAGE 78.—Rule 127(xxii i)—ADD:—

In the case of trains or engines the driving cabs of which are single manned, the Driver himself must advise the rearGuard and the Driver of the existing engine in rear.

PAGE 83. (Supplement N o . 2, pages 15 and 16.)DETONATORS

* A D D as an additional paragraph:—In order to assist in identifying the year of manufacture, detonators are painted externally a different colour for

each per iod 1st July to 30th June, i.e., year ending 30th June:—1953-54 Br ow n. 1 9 5 7 - 5 8 Yel l ow . 1 9 6 1 - 6 2 R ed.1954-55 R ed. 1 9 5 8 - 5 9 Bl ue. I 962-63 Gr een.1955-56 Gr een. 1 9 5 9 - 6 0 W hi te. 1 9 6 3 - 6 4 Gr ey .1956-57 Gr ey . 1 9 6 0 - 6 1 Or ange. 1 9 6 4 - 6 5 Yel l ow .

SECTIONAL PO R T I O N - EA ST ER N O PERAT ING AREAGENERAL I NS TRUCTI O NS

PAGE 9. (Supplement N o . 2, page 27—Issued YOR K , M ay 1958)INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING TH E R U N N IN G OF "MAT1SA" TRACK RECORDING TROLLEY

(Applicable only in the Nort h Eastern Region)*AM EN D :— GEN ER AL instruction No. 2 to read:—2. T h e machine must be manned as follows:—

(a) When working in a "dead" section which is under C h i e f Civil Engineer's Dept. Dr iver only.Engineer's possession.

(b) W hen moving on or across running lines for the C h i e f Civil Engineer's Dept. Driver and a fully qualifiedpurpose of re-positioning the machine, for example, a n d competent person to carry out the rules applic-when crossing from " U p" yard to "Down" yard or a b l e to the movement.vice versa.

(c) Al l other movements on running lines. C h i e f Civil Engineer's Dept. Dr iver and a MotivePower Dept. Conductor.

The Chief Civil Engineer's Dept. staff as indicated above must have been passed as being competent to carry out theappropriate Rules and Regulations. ( O . 8946)

A U TOM A TIC A N D SEM I- AUTOM ATIC STOP SIGNALSPAGES 10 and I I . (Supplement N o . 2, page 29.)

Clause 5—DELETE existing instruction and INSERT:—5. Shoul d a Driver require to proceed in accordance wi th Rule 55, Clause (g), he must satisfy himself that there issufficient room for his train to be brought to a stand clear of any run-back catch points i f the section ahead is occupiedand where tunnels exist he must not enter a tunnel unti l he is satisfied that the tunnel is clear.

LO CAL I NS TRUCTI O NS LINE N o , 2.—DONCASTER T O LEEDS A N D BRADFORD ( VIA STA N N IN GLEY)PAGE 51. ( N o . 2 Supplement, page 34).

BRODSWORTH COLLIERYAM EN D second sentence of four th paragraph:—

On receiving an assurance that no fouling movement will be made, the 13.R. Shunter must press BU1TON No. 2in the Signal Control panel near the Colliery Weigh Office, which will cause RED aspects to be displayed In Signals Nos. 2,3, 4, 5 and 7 and, after a delay of one minute, a GREEN aspect in No. 6 signal.DELETE:—

"and repeated at a point about 250 yards away towards Castle Hills" from the second l ine of the fifth paragraph.(O. 9000/S)PAGE 54. •

INSERT:—W ORKING O F PASSENGER TR A IN S OVER D O W N G O O D S L IN E F R OM W OR T L EY W EST

TO BRAMLEYW hen author ised by noti ce, passenger trains may be worked over the Down Goods Line from Wor tley West

to Bramley, which is worked under the Absolute Block System, subject to the following conditions:—I. Speed must not exceed 15 mi les per hour through the connections from Main to Goods line at Wortley West

and Goods to Main or branch lines at Bramley.2. Speed must not exceed 40 mi les per hour at any point between Wor tley West and Bramley.

(O. 9000/S)LINE N o . 13.—W HITEM OOR T O D ON C A STER (BLACK CARR JU N C T ION ) V I A SPALDING, ETC.PAGE

1 84

ALTE RATI O NS T O L. N. E. R APPE NDI X—conti nuedGENERAL PORTION—continued

SLEAFORDDELETE the instruction under the heading:—

Shunting of Empty Coach Trains. ( O . 8864/E)PAGE

LINCOLNDELETE:—

Trains enter i ng Li ncol n Stati on, and relative instructions. ( O . 8864/E)

1 85

Station, Junct ion,Signal Box, etc.

Speed Limit sand Speed

Restrict ions onRunning Lines

Miles per hour

EngineTurntable

WaterColumns

orTroughs

CatchPoints andSpring orunworkedTrailingPoints

Gradient(Risingunless

otherwiseshown)

Locat ion

Up Down Diameter W or T C.S. or U One in

LINE No. I.—KING'S CROSS T O S H A F T H O L

A-Thurgoland . . . . . .

ME

.. .. ..

PAGE 206.

131

yards after passing box.(O. 7423)

Down l i ne, 632 yards beforEreaching Home signal.

INSERT:—

(No. 2 Supplement, page 45).

(O. 8864/E)A-Blackmoor Crossing . . . . .. .. .. • •

DELETE:—

131 Down l ine, I mi les 960 yardsbefore reaching Home signal,

( 0 ilf 1A4/P1

King's Cross and Hatfield . . .. 60 .. .. .. Fast line, 0 miles 22 chains to18 miles.

INSERT:—King's Cross and Potters Bar .. 60 .. .. Fast line, 0 miles 22 chains to

12 miles 20 chains.PAGE 207.(No. 2 Supplement, page 48.)DELETE:—

Hatfield and Holloway . . 60 .. 0 .. Fast line, 18 miles to I mi le35 chains.INSERT:—

*H olloway . . . . . . 15 .. Up Go o d s l i n e , b et weenCaledonian R oad O v e r -bridge N o . 8 and Copen-hagen T u n n el mo u t h , Imile, 25 chains to I mile 12chains.

INSERT:— (O. 8864/F)Potters Bar and Holloway.. 60 .. .. .. .. Fast line 12 miles 20 chains to

PAGE 209. I m i le 35 chains.

'No. 2 Supplement, page 48.)'DELETE:—

Hatfield and Woolmer Green 70 70 .. .. .. .. Fast line, 18 miles to 23 miles40 chains.INSERT:—

Potters B ar and W oolmerGreen . . . . . . . . 70 70 .. .. .. Fast line, 12 miles 20 chains to

23 miles 40 chains.I n P S : I t a t i M

PAGE 218.INSERT:—

Copley Hill Loco & CarriageSidings D ep ar t u re l i n eWest end . . . . . . .. 5 .. I . .. Loco Depot points to Out lei

signal.( 0 .8 23 1)PAGE 230.

DELETE:—Deepcar Station.. . . . . .. .. C 120 Down Goods Independent 27:

A-Thurgoland . . . . . . .. .. .. .. C 131

yards after passing box.(O. 7423)

Down l i ne, 632 yards beforEreaching Home signal.

INSERT:— (O. 8864/E)A-Blackmoor Crossing . . . . .. .. .. • • C 131 Down l ine, I mi les 960 yards

before reaching Home signal,( 0 ilf 1A4/P1

ALTE RATI O NS T O L. N. E. R. APPENDI X—cont i nuedS E CTI O NAL P O RTI O N— E AS TE RN O P E RATI NG AREA—conti nued

TABLE A

LINE N o . 2.—DONCASTER T O LEEDS A N D BRADFORD (via STA N N IN GLEY)

LINE N o . 3.—MARYLEBONE T O M A N C H EST ER , ET C .

LINE N o . S.—W OODBURN JU N C T ION A N D D A R N A LL T O CLEETHORPES ( via DONCASTER)

PAGE 236.INSERT:—

Gunhouse JunctionGunhouse Junction Up Sidings.

(O. 8864/E)

186

Line No.

Speed Limit s

To LineUp D o w n

Catch

Deepcar . . . . . . Wortley . . . . . . . . . . —

and Speed

DELETE:—

Water Points and Gradient

3

Restrict ions on Engine Columns Spring or (Rising

age 73, Supplement N o

Station, Junct ion,Signal Box, etc.

Running Lines Turntable orTroughs

unworkedTrailing

unlessotherwise

Locat ion

Miles per hour

Pen istone Nor th . . Huddersfield Junction . . . . . .

Points shown)

Huddersfield Junction . .

Up Down Diameter W or T CS. or U One In

LINE N o . 39.—M EXB OR OU GH T O BA RNSLE Y J U N C T ION , ETC.PAGE 267.

12 March Nor th Junction . . .Whitemoor Junction . . . Main —

DELETE:—

(Excluding trainsconveying passengers) (O. 8864/E)

Aldham Junction . . . . 10 10 .. .. .. .. To and from Chapeltown andWorsboro' and Goods lines.

INSERT:—Aldham Junction . . . . 15 15 .. .. .. To and from Chapeltown and

Worsboro' and Goods lines.(O. 8864/E)

Line No. From To LineUp D o w n

PAGE 312.DELETE:—

3 Deepcar . . . . . . Wortley . . . . . . . . . . — Goods Independent(O. 7423)

Line No. From To LineUp D o w n

PAGE 329.

Wortley Station . . Down GoodsIndependentto Deepcar

For l i ght engines and Em pty Coaching Stocktrains fitted w i th continuous brakes.

(O. 7423)

DELETE:—3 Woodhouse Sidings . . Woodhouse East . . . . — Reception.

PAGE 330. ( P age 73, Supplement N o 2)DELETE:—

3 Pen istone Nor th . . Huddersfield Junction . . . . . . — MainHuddersfield Junction . . Penistone Nor th . . . . . . Main —

(O. 7423)PAGE 332.INSERT:—

12 March Nor th Junction . . .Whitemoor Junction . . . Main —(Excluding trains

conveying passengers) (O. 8864/E)

Line No. Signal Box Line Remarks

PAGE 340.DELETE:—

3 Wortley Station . . Down GoodsIndependentto Deepcar

For l i ght engines and Em pty Coaching Stocktrains fitted w i th continuous brakes.

(O. 7423)

ALTE RATI O NS T O L.NLE.R. APPENDI X—cont i nued

S E CTI O NAL P O RTI O N— E AS TE RN O P E RATI NG AREA—conti nued

TABLE A—continued

TABLE B . L I N E S W OR K ED U N D ER PERMISSIVE B LOC K SYSTEM

TABLE E. W O R K I N G I N W R ON G D IR EC TION

TABLE H . PL A C I N G TRAINS OR VEHICLES OU TSID E H OM E SIGNALS O N FALLING GRADIENTS

Line No.

Line No. From To LineNumber of vehicle and

Special ConditionsPAGE 372.ADD:—

I Holloway South King's Cross . .(Passenger)

Up Main Holloway South to BelleIsle thence via Up Relief Line.

2 fitted vans.(O. 7423)42

PAGE 356.DELETE:—

3

INSERT:—3

INSERT:—3

PAGE 358. (SupAMEND:—

* 5

PAGE 361.INSERT:—

12

(I)

3

13

ALTE RATI O NS T O L. N. E. R. APPENDI X—cont i nuedS E CTI O NAL P O RTI O N— E AS TE RN O P E RATI NG AREA—conti nued

TABLE L . PR OPEL L IN G T R A IN S O R VEHICLES

From

*Deepcar

Deepcar

Sheffield No. 4

Sheffield No. 3Sheffield No. 4Sheffield No. 3Sheffield No. 4Penistone West

plement No. 2, pa

Denaby " A"

March Nor thJunction

Spalding No. 2

To

Wortley

Wortley

Sheffield No. 5

187

Sheffield No. 4Sheffield No. 3Sheffield No. 4Sheffield No. 3Huddersfield Junction

ge 78.)

Middleton Sidings

Whitemoor Junction

Spalding No. 1(When proceeding t oMidland Yard or Loco.)

Line

Down GoodsIndependent

Down Main

Down GoodsNo. 2

Down FastUp FastDown SlowUp SlowDown Slow

Down

Up Main

Up Bourne

Number of vehicles and SpecialConditions

6 wagons w i th or w i thout brakevan in clear weather only.

15 wagons in clear weather only.(O. 7423)

12 Coaching Stock Vehicles.

12 Coaching Stock Vehicles.12 Coaching Stock Vehicles.12 Coaching Stock Vehicles.12 Coaching Stock Vehicles.13 Coaching Stock Vehicles or 20

wagons when impracticable forengine to run round. ( O. 7423)

30 wagons. N o t m or e than 10wagons wi thout brake van lead-ing in daylight and clear weatheronly. ( O . 8864/E)

Trains n o t conveying passengerswith o r w i thout br ak e v anleading in wrong direction.

(O. 8864/E)20 wagons i n dayl ight and clear

weather.

TABLE M . W OR K IN G O F VEHICLES W I T H O U T BRAKE VA N I N REAR(0. 8864/E)

TABLE O . S N O W PL OU GH SPAGES 379-391. (Supplement N o . 2, page 84.)* I N SERTClearance of Snow Ploughs above Rail Level

With all types of snow ploughs the clearance above rail level in the four-foot should never be less than 4 inches whenwear is at its maximum and working under heavy load of snow, and the dimensions outside the rails should never beless than six inches above rail level.

The width in the four-foot may be taken at 5 ft. 2 ins., i.e., the distance between the outside edges of the rails.When working on electrified areas ( third rail) current must be switched off before any ploughing is undertaken.

Other EquipmentTo facilitate the clearance of snow and ice from points, defreezing apparatus is allocated to Signal Boxes and Motive

Power Depots indicated in the pamphlet of Breakdown Train Arrangements, etc., dated 1st January, 1959.This equipment is of three types:—

Steam heater defreezers, fixed on the buffer beam at the front or rear of locomotives. These work fromthe steam heater hose and force jets of steam on both rails simultaneously.

(2) H a n d defreezers, consisting of approximately 60 feet or armoured rubber hose wi th a nozzle 8" long wi tha jet i " to ;'," diameter. These are worked from the combination injectors in locomotive cabs and by use of anadaptor two units can be used simultaneously.

( )ab S t e a m Lances, hand operated, are worked from the steam heater hose at the fr ont or rear of locomotivesexcept in the case of ex L.M.S. standard types when lances should be connected to the steam tube cleaning cockon the side of the smokebox. The emission of steam is controlled by the man using the lance by means of atrigger and a wider range of operation may be obtained by attaching a second hose.

The equipment is intended for use at any place in the vicinity of the signal box, or Motive Power Depot, to whichit is allocated, and, when required, the Station Master, Locomotive Shed Master, or other person in charge should requestor provide, as the case may be, a suitable locomotive by arrangement w i th the appropriate Distr ict Control , or , i ftelephonic communication wi th the Control is not available to a Station Master, direct to the nearest Motive PowerDepot. Should a suitable locomotive be available in the vicinity of the signal box concerned, author i ty to util ise this

' must be requested through the Distr ict Control or Motive Power Depot as the case may be.A Steam Lance or Steam Heater Defreezer should be coupled to or uncoupled from a locomotive by Motive Power

Staff. A Hand Defreezer operated from the injector must only be fixed to or removed from a locomotive by MotivePower Maintenance staff.The steam jet must be directed on to the switches by any Traffic or Permanent Way Staff available, w ho will be

responsible for operating the lance, and also for the spreading of salt after the snow and ice have been melted.Permanent Way Inspectors are responsible for ensuring that an adequate supply of salt is on hand.

(O. 4425)

SECTIONAL P O R T I O N - N O R T H EASTERN O PERAT ING AREA

PAGEDELETE:—

Scarborough (Falsgrave)

INSERT:—Scarborough (Falsgrave)Loftus

PAGE V . ( N o . 2 Supplement, page 26.)AMEND:—

Morpeth (Station)

DELETE:—Hexham (Border Counties)

Line No.

37

DELETE Aster is

PAGE 7.

Line No.

INSERT:—89

1420

DELETE:—10

From

(No 2 Supplement,DELETE:—

34

INSERT:—34

INSERT:—64

PAGE 7. (No. 2 SuppDELETE:—

87

AMEND:—85

ALTE RATI O NS T O L. N. E. R. APPENDI X—cont i nued

LIST O F LI NES A N D NUMBE RS ALLO CATE D THE RE TO

From

Saltburn W estBrotton

ks.

Beverley Nor thBeverley Nor thStaddlethorpeHorsforth Station

Springhead (Spring Bank North)

page 32.)

Gilling

Gilling

Murton

lement, page 32.)Reeds mouthKielder

Reeds mouth

188

To

Middlesbrough via Guisborough, etc.

Whitby (West Cliff), including Prospect Hill to Bog Hall

Middlesbrough (Guisborough Junction) via Guisborough,including Ki l tonthorpe to Ki l ton and Lingdale Minesand Priestcroft to Nor th Skelton.

Bellingham

Riccarton South

GENERAL I NS TRUCTI O NS

PAGE 3. ( N o . 2 Supplement, page 27.)LINES EQU IPPED F OR PASSENGER T R A IN W OR K IN G, OVER W H I C H T H ER E IS N O B OOK ED

PASSENGER SERVICE

Signal Box

To

BrottonSaltburn W est

Down

Main

PAGE 4.SINGLE L IN ES C ON TR OLLED B Y TR A N SIEN T TRACK CIRCUITS

DELETE:—* L I N E N o . 56.—Wolsingham and Harperley.

ENGINEER'S R A IL M OT OR S

Between

Signal Box

Seamer WestMarket Weighton East.Selby (Barlby Nor th) .Arthington South.Stairfoot.

Kirbymoorside.

Helmsley.

Haswell.

WarkRiccarton South.

Lines

Line No.

36

36

36A

(0.8574/11)

85

87(O. 8574/3)

Up

—Main

(0.8574/11)

(O. 8574)

(0.8384)

(0.8574)

(O. 8384)

Bellingham. ( O . 8574/3)

Line No.

Page 10.DELETE:—

8

914

INSERT:10

Line No.

PAGE I I . ( N o .DELETE:—

36

52DELETE:—

DELETE:—87

PAGE 15.

189ALTE RATI O NS T O L.N.E.R. APPENDI X—conti nued

S E CTI O NAL P O R T I O N — N O R T H E AS TE RN O P E RATI NG AREA—conti nuedGENERAL I NSTRUCTI ONS—cont i nued

ENGINEER'S RAIL MOTORS—continued

Line Nos.DELETE:—

36 and 40INSERT:—

36A and 40

County and Forest

Beverley Nor thBridlington SouthBeverley Nor thStaddlethorpe

Crook West .•

PAGE 12. (Supplement N o . 2, page 35.)INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING T H E R U N N I N G O F "

*AM EN D :— GEN ER AL instruction No. 2 to read:—2. T he machine must be manned as follows:—

(a) W hen working in a "dead" section which is underEngineer's possession.

(b) W hen moving on or across running lines for thepurpose of re-positioning the machine, for example,when crossing from "Up" yard to "Down" yard orvice versa.

(c) A l l other movements on running lines.

The Chief Civil Engineer's Dept. staff as indicated above mustthe appropriate Rules and Regulations.

(No. 2 Supplement, page 36.)AMEND:—

85

PAGE 15. ( N o . 2 Supplement, page 37.)

DELETE:—Northumberland—Kielder

(Line No. 87)

Signal Box

Springhead (Spring Bank North)

Signal Box

2 Supplement, page 34.)West Cl i ffCarlin How Mineral Office

FalstoneBellinghamHexham (Border Counties)

Between

Bridlington SouthSeamer WestMarket Weighton EastSelby (Bariby Nor th)Stairfoot

Location of Zone

Between

Between

LINESIDE FIRES

Signal Box

Loftus.Skinningrove Zig-Zig.

Tow Law.

Kidder.Falstone.Wark.

Morpeth and Bellingham.

Signal Box

Whitby and Middlesbrough via Guisborough.

Loftus and Middlesbrough via Guisborough.

Hexham (Border Counties) and Riccarton Line—between Falstone and Deadwater.

Line on which Run-offs are situated

Up and Down.Up and Down.Up and Down.Up and Down.

Up and Down.

MATISA" TRACK RECORDING TROLLEY

Chief Civil Engineer's Dept. Driver only.

Chief Civi l Engineer's Dept. Dr iver and a ful lyqualified and competent person to carry out therules applicable to the movement.

Chief Civil Engineer's Dept. Dr iver and a MotivePower Dept. Conductor.

have been passed as being competent to carry out

PAGE 14.INSERT:—

W ORKING O N L IN ES PR OVID ED W I T H OVER H EA D ELECTRIC T R A C T ION EQU IPM EN TDrivers of steam locomotives when working on lines provided with overhead electric traction equipment on coming

to a stand should, as far as practicable, avoid stopping the engine with a chimney underneath the section insulators inorder to avoid damage to this equipment.

The use of any form of fire-irons or the slaker pipe whilst on or adjacent to lines equipped wi th overhead electricwires is prohibited.

It is forbidden to climb upon the high parts of locomotives for any purpose whilst in the vicinity of the overheadelectric equipment. Staff are also forbidden to climb upon the roofs of any vehicle standing on a running line or sidingprovided wi th overhead equipment. ( 0 . 2 7 7 9 )

R U N N IN G O F SPECIAL TR A IN S OU T SID E N OR M A L TRAFFIC H O U R S

(0.8574/11 )

(0.8574/3)

Periods when risksare greatest

(0.8384)

(0.8574/ I I)

(0.8478)

(0.8574/3)

(O. 8946)

February to June inclusive.

(0.8574/3)

190

RailwayWidth of load,

etc.ft. i n s .

Height i n centrefrom rai l

ft. i r i s .Height at side

from rai lft. i n s .

PAGE 20.Charlaw and Sacriston Collieries

(Sacriston Railway and Incline via Stella Gill)DELETE all entr ies

Pontop Branch (Inclines)(Peiton Stella Gil l Group of Colleries)DELETE:—

Burnhope Colliery and Depots. . .. .. 8 0 10 3 10 3Grange Vil la Siding . . . . . . .. .. 9 0 13 6 II 0Holmside Colliery . . . . . . .. .. 9 0 11 11 II 0

INSERT:—Beamish Mary Colliery 1Beamish Second Colliery f " • • • • 9 0 13 6 11 0

Tanfield Branch (Bowes Bridge) (Inclines)DELETE:—

Birkhead Depot and Siding . . . . .. .. 8 6 13 0 II 0Dipton Del ight Colliery and Coke Ovens .. .. 8 6 13 0 11 0

, Tanfield Moor Colliery „ . . . . .. 8 6 10 0 9 10White-le-Head Siding . . . . . . .. 8 6 10 0 9 10

ALTERATIONS T O L.N.E.R. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—NORTH EASTERN OPERATING AREA—continued

GE NERAL INSTRUCTIONS—continued

DIM ENSIONS O F LOADS—RULES 129 (iv), (vi), (xii) and 131 ( i)

NOTEDELETE thi r d paragraph.INSERT:—

Trolley, six-wheeled, and wagons with side steps and all special wagons on bogie frames will not safely pass over theaforesaid inclines on the Pontop and Tanfield Branches.

PAGE 21.DELETE:—

t'Sal tburn and Whitby, as between Loftus and Whitby, Loads must not be lower than 6 inches. . . . . .(0.8574/1 I )

PAGE 22. ( N o . 2 Supplement, rage 39.)AMEND:—

Morpeth (Station) and Bell i gham.DELETE:—

Hexham (Border Cou e s ) and Riccarton South.PAGE 28. ( N o . 2 Supplement, page 40.)

LAMPS F OR REPAIRSLINES OTH ER T H A N TH OSE SH OW N BELOW

Lamps requir ing repair must be dealt wi th as under:—INSERT:—

Aladdin and Tilley lamps must be addressed to the Traffic Stores, Gateshead.

PAGE 29. ( N o . 2 Supplement, page 41.)

LOCAL INSTRUCTIONS

T W EED M OU T HLOCOM OTIVES W OR K IN G M A IN L IN E TRAINS R EQU IR IN G ( i) OT H ER T H A N N OR M A L P I L O T

ASSISTANCE, OR (ii) T O C H A N GE L OC OM OT IVESADD:—

"When through unforseen circumstances drivers of Down trains require to change locomotives at Tweedmouththe following instructions should be carried out:—I. W hen Tweedmouth Nor th Box is open, trains requir ing to change locomotives should be brought to a stand

at the Down Home Signal and the change over effected at that point.2. W hen Tweedmouth Nor th Box is normally closed trains should stop at the Tweedmouth South Down Home

Signal, the Driver should then ask the Signalman for instructions on the telephone provided at this signal."(0.8337)

LINE N o . I.—SHAFTHOLM E T O BERW ICK (MARSHALL M EADOW S)YORK

PAGES 30 and 31.YORK STATION.—Elect rical bells and indicators for starting trains.

PAGE 30.DELETE:—

RED: "Ready in fr ont" for indicating to the Rear Guard by the Front Guard, or Person-in-charge of platform,.that train is ready to start so far as the front of the train is concerned,

andRED: By Person-in-charge or Guard at the front of the train, as soon as the train is ready to start so far as the front:

of the train is concerned.

PAGE 31. ( N o . 2 Supplement, page 42.)DELETE "Guards' Ready in Front Indicators", all particulars.

•

(0.8574/3),

(O. 9000)

(0 2600) ,

191

ALTERATIONS TO L.N.E.R. APPENDIX—continued

SECTIONAL PORTION—NORTH EASTERN OPERATING AREA—continued

LOCAL INSTRUCTIONS—continued

PAGE 32. ( N o . 2 Supplement, page 46.)YORK OL D STATION.—Instructions for working Ground Frame at Signal and Telegraph Stores.DELETE existing entry and INSERT:—

The ground frame consists of a single lever which operates a semaphore signal situated on the South side of QueenStreet Bridge and which protects the level crossing from Queen Street to the Signal and Telegraph Stores. A moveablewheel chock with padlock and chain is also provided at the foot of the Signal. The key for the padlock, which also locksthe large gate, is kept in a box on the Nor th side of Queen Street Bridge, adjacent to the ground frame lever.

The normal position of the Signal is 'ON' with the wheel chock across the line, secured in that position by means ofthe chain and padlock.

The level crossing gate will normally be closed and the staff of the Signal and Telegraph Stores will be responsiblefor opening and closing the gate for road vehicles authorised to use the crossing.

When i t is necessary to occupy the crossing or the lines immediately Nor th thereof with road vehicles, the overheadconveyor or any other obstruction, the Stores Superintendent's Staff must ensure that the wheel chock is across the lineand the signal is in the 'ON' position before opening the gates or permitting the obstruction. W hen the road movementhas passed clear of the lines or the obstruction has been removed the gate must be locked and the key returned immediatelyto the box provided.

When a rail movement is to be made over the crossing the guard or shunter must obtain the gate and padlock key,ascertain that the gate is locked, and ensure the crossing and the lines Nor th thereof are not obstructed before removingthe wheel chock and lowering the signal to permit shunting.

When shunting is completed, the guard or shunter must replace the Signal to 'Danger', replace the wheel chock acrossthe line, secure i t in that position by means of the chain and padlock and immediately return the key to the box provided.

(O. 3292)PAGES 33 and 34.DELETE:—

* P I L M O O RSOU T H SIGN A L BOX—Shunting U p Freight Trains and relative instructions.

LINE N o . 2.—THORNE N O R T H T O STADDLETHORPEPAGE 38.INSERT:—

(O. 6424)

T H OR N E COLLIERYSINGLE L IN E BETW EEN T H OR N E COLLIERY SIGN A L B O X A N D T H OR N E COLLIERY

SIDINGSTelephonic communication is provided between Thorne Colliery Weigh Office, Thorne Coll iery Sidings (Nor th

End) and Thorne Colliery Signal Box.Outgoing Trains.

The Guard, or Fireman in the case of a locomotive running light, must obtain the permission of the Signalman beforea train requir ing to depart from the Colliery Sidings is allowed to enter the Single line.Shunting Movements.

Guards and N.C.B. staff must obtain the permission of the Signalman before making any movements which wi l lproceed on to or foul the Single line.Signalman to be advised when the Single line cleared.

The Signalman must be advised in all cases when the Single l ine is clyar after the arrival of a train or on completionof shunting movements as the case may be.

(0.8440)

LINE N o . I0.—H U LL ( K IN G GEOR GE D OC K ) T O C U D W OR T H A N D STA IR FOOTPAGE 43. (Supplement N o . 2, page 52.)Cannon St reet Branch.* A M E N D paragraph I to read:—

A train staff is provided lettered "Cannon Street Branch" and, when not in use, must be kept in the signal box atSpring Bank Nor th.* A M E N D paragraph 2 to read:—

Except as provided in clause 3, the train staff must be handed to the Driver of a train for the Cannon Street Branchby the Signalman at Spring Bank Nor th before the train leaves that point. The Signalman at Sculcoates must be advisedby the Signalman at Spring Bank Nor th when the train is leaving and that i t is carrying the train staff. O n return, theDriver must hand the train staff to the Signalman at Spring Bank Nor th.*D ELET E paragraph 3.

Paragraphs 4 to 9 should be renumbered 3 to 8 respectively.

PAGE 44.SPRINGHEAD*D ELET E instructions under the following headings:—

Trains on Reception Lines.Engines on Engine Line.Working of Goods and Mineral Trains to and f rom King George Dock.

(O. 5222)

192ALTE RATI O NS T O L. N. E. R APPENDI X—conti nued

S E CTI O NAL P O R T I O N — N O R T H EASTERN O P E RATI NG AREA—conti nuedLO CAL I NSTRUCTI ONS—cont i nued

PAGE 46. ( N o . 2 Supplement, page 54.)C U D W OR TH

DELETE existing instructions headed "Cudworth–Monckton Main Coll iery Empty Sidings" and INSERT:—M ON C K T ON M A I N C OL L IER Y EM PT Y SIDINGS.—Except in the case of an emergency, only one train

must be allowed to occupy the single l ine to the Colliery Empty Sidings at one time. -Telephonic communication is provided between Monckton Empty Sidings signal box and the Control Box at the

East end of the Empty Sidings.When a train or locomotive and brake van is required to enter the Sidings, the procedure must be in accordance with

the following instructions:—(a) I n the case of an empty wagon train, the brake van must first be detached into the short siding and the permission

of the Colliery Shunter obtained on the telephone by the Signalman for the train to be propelled to the CollieryEmpty Sidings. T he Colliery Shunter at the East end of the Empty Sidings will set the points towards an emptyline in the sidings, afterwards advising the Signalman that the propelling movement may commence, also statinginto which siding the train is to be placed. Unti l this permission is obtained, and the guard of the train has beeninformed by the Signalman as to which empty siding the Colliery Shunter requires the wagons to be placed,the train must not be allowed to proceed on to the Single l ine towards the Empty Sidings.

(b) Should the train consist of more wagons than can be propelled up to the Empty Sidings in one movement, thetrain must be divided on the Down Goods loop and the first por tion worked to the Empty Sidings in accordancewith Clause (a). The locomotive must then return for the rear portion of the train and the brake van, and in thecase of trains from the direction of Cudworth, after detaching the brake van in the short siding the Signalmanmust again obtain the permission of the Colliery Shunter for the second por tion of the train to be propelledto the Colliery Empty Sidings.

(c) Trains from the direction of Brier ley should r un round via the Down Loop and Down Main lines, afterwardsplacing the brake van in the short siding. The train may then be worked to the Colliery Empty Sidings in accordancewith clauses (a) and (b).

(d) W hen outward loaded traffic requires to be l i fted, the Colliery Shunter will advise the Signalman accordingly,giving details of the traffic concerned. The Signalman must not allow the locomotive and brake van to proceedtowards the Empty Sidings unti l the permission of the Colliery Shunter has first been obtained, nor must thetrain leave the Colliery Sidings and proceed towards the signal box unti l the permission of the Signalman hasfirst been obtained.

(O. 8523)PAGE 46.DELETE:—CARLTON M A IN COLLIERY C OM PA N Y'S SID INGS and relative instruction.PAGE 47.DELETE:—MONCKTON M A IN COLLIERY SID IN G and relative instruction.N OR TH SIGN A L B O X. D ELETE first paragraph.AM EN D reference to "Empty Sidings" in second paragraph to read "Nor th Storage Sidings".(No. 2 Supplement, page 54.)DELETE:—Monckton Main Colliery Branch l a n d relative instructions.

Royston Depot Line to Cudworth Yard N ort h fINSERT:—

Royston M oti ve Power D epot Li ne t o C udw or th Yar d N or th.- - An illuminated Stop Board wi th telephoneis fixcd at the exi t from Royston Motive Power Depot, 60 yards from the points of the triangle, on the line leading toCudworth Yard Nor th Signal Box to enable locomotive men to communicate wi th the Signalman at Cudworth YardNorth. N o locomotive must pass this board unti l permission has been obtained verbally from the Signalman, who mustbe informed of the direction the locomotive requires to run at Cudworth Yard Nor th.

In the case of a locomotive proceeding from Cudworth Yard Nor th to the Motive Power Depot the Signalman mustbe advised by telephone from the Stop Board that the locomotive is inside clear and the number of the locomotive mustbe given.

Locomotives entering the Depot must travel via the left-hand route on the triangle, whether turning on the triangleor coming from the direction of Cudworth Yard North.

On the reverse side of the Stop Board a "Hal t" sign is exhibited facing locomotives approaching the Depot, anddrivers enter ing the Depot must br ing thei r locomotive to a stand and satisfy themselves that the m e ahead is clearbefore passing the board.

Traffic from Cudworth Yard H. & B. for Royston Motive Power Depot may be worked via Cudworth Yard Nor thand the Depot line during daylight and clear weather only under the same conditions as apply to locomotives runninglight. Trains must not exceed 10 wagons and a brake van and the Guard or Shunter will be responsible for advisingthe Signalman at Cudworth Yard Nor th that the whole of the train is inside clear.

(0.8523)LINE N o . 19.—CHURCH F EN T ON N O R T H T O HARROGATE CRIMPLEPAGE 54.

TADCASTERINGLEBY'S M IL L SID IN G: —,lcDELETE:—Heading and instruction.

LINE N o . 20.—HEADINGLEY (CARDIGAN ROAD) T O N OR TH A LLER TON , ETC.PAGE 57.

A R T H IN GT ON*D ELETE: —N OR TH SIGN A L BOX—Shunting of' U p Freight Trains and relative paragraph.

LINE N o . 31.—MALTON ( SCARBOROUGH R OA D ) T O GIL L IN GPAGE 65.

M ALTONSCARBOROUGH R OA D SIGN A L BOX—Nort on Bacon Factory SidingsDELETE:—Instruction.

LINE N o . 32.—MALTON EA ST T O DRIFFIELD W ESTPAGES 65 and 66. (Supplement N o . 2, page 62.)DELETE:—All instructions.

(O. 4464)

(O. 8574/1 9)

(0.8574/ I 9)

193ALTE RATI O NS T O L.N.E.R. APPENDI X—cont i nued

S E CTI O NAL P O R T I O N — N O R T H E AS TE RN O P E RATI NG AREA—conti nuedLO CAL I NSTRUCTI ONS—cont i nued

LINE N o . 36.—SCARBOROUGH (FALSGRAVE) T O M ID D LESB R OU GH , ET C .PAGE 67.A M E N D heading t o read:— •SCARBOROUGH (FALSGRAVE) T O W H I T B Y ( W EST CLIFF) , I N C L U D I N G PROSPECT H I L L T O

BOG H A L LPAGE 68.DE LE TE S T A I T H E S and rel at i v e ins truc tions . ( O . 8574/11)

DELETE:—BETWEEN SK IN N IN GR OVE A N D B R OT T ON , and instruction re HUNTCLIFFE SID IN GS(O. 7588)

PAGE 69.I NS E RT heading a t t o p o f page:—LINE N o . 36A . L OF T U S T O M ID D L ESB R OU GH ( G U I SB O R O U G H J U N C T I O N ) V I A G U I S -

BOROUGH, I N C L U D I N G K I L T O N T H O R PE T O K I L T O N A N D L 1N GD A L E M I N E S A N DPRIESTCROFT T O N O R T H SK EL T ON

GU ISB OR OU GH(No. 2 Supplement, page 64.)

PROPELLING O F PASSENGER TRAINS.—DELETE existing instructions and INSERT:—An illuminatedmarker board wi th the word "S E V E N" painted on i t is prov ided fo r the guidance of Drivers , and is s i tuated approx imately35 yards before reaching the platform.

Passenger trains , inc luding Diesel mul ti pl e-uni t trains , may be propel led between Guisborough Signal box and Guis -borough Passenger Station prov i ded tha t :—

The Guard rides in the leading vehicle (the leading Dri v i ng cab of a Diesel mul ti ple-uni t), which mus t be one in whichhe has access to the automatic brake.The speed mus t no t exceed 10 miles pe r hour, ex c ep t as shown bel ow (Clause 8 o f the "Ins truc ti ons f o r work i ng

Mul tiple-uni t Mechanical Diesel Tra i ns " i s modi fi ed accordingly ).When propel l i ng i n t o the s tat i on:—(a) S peed mus t be reduced t o 5 m i l es p e r h o u r as the leading vehic le passes the board mark ed "S E V E N". T h e

Guard of a Diesel mul ti pl e-uni t train mus t give the "s l ow d o wn " signal on the bel l communication to the Dri v erin suffic ient t i me fo r this t o be done and the Dri v e r mus t repeat this signal t o the Guard. ( N o t e : the "s l owdown" signal mus t be given again, i f necessary, before the tra i n is b rough t t o a s tand).

(b) A locomotive hauled trai n must not exceed seven bogies vehicles, o r 465 feet, in length, and a Diesel Mul ti pl e-uni ttrain 8-cars, except by p ri o r arrangement.

(c) T h e Platfor m l ine is clear to the buffer stop, but the wheel skids protec ting the foot crossing between the platformend and the buffer s top are in pos i ti on on the rai ls.

(d) T h e Dri v er of a locomotive hauled trai n must bri ng i t to res t wi th the locomotive cab opposi te the mark er boardwhen propel l i ng a trai n o f seven bogie vehicles o r 465 feet in length i n to the s tation. W h e n propel l i ng less, thetrain may be set back i n to the s tation a corresponding dis tance pas t the mark er board.

In the case of Diesel mul ti pl e-uni t trains the Guard mus t give the signal to "S top " in t i me for the Dri v er t obring t h e trai n t o res t wi th the end i n which the Guard is ri di ng oppos i te the East end o f the s tation pl atform.

(O. 9049)LINE N o . 40.—DARLINGTON S O U T H T O SALTBURN, ETC.PAGE 71. ( No. 2 Supplement, page 64.)

T H OR N ABY •BOWESF1ELD SIGN A L B OX— M ET H OD O F C A U T ION IN G—R U L E 44b

* D E L E T E ex is ting ins truc tions and I N S E R T : —The subsidiary signal fixed under the Up Castle Eden colour l ight Starting signal may be lowered after the train has been

brought nearly t o a stand al though the Section ahead is occupied. Dri v e rs wi l l no t be advised t o which signal box theyare being cautioned, bu t mus t unders tand that at any t i me the Section may ex tend f rom Bowesl ield t o Sti l l ington No rt hand mus t be prepared t o s top s hort o f any obs truc ti on between these points .PAGE 79.LINE N o . 49.—DARLINGTON ( H OPET OW N ) T O PEN R ITH ETC.INSERT:—

P1ERCEBRIDGEFORCETT JU N C T ION G R O U N D FRAME

When i t is necessary f o r a tra i n t o wo rk on t o the Forc ett Branch the Signalman at Piercebridge, after handing theKey Token fo r the Piercebridge—Wins ton Section t o the Dri v er, mus t then hand the Annett 's Key fo r Forc ett JunctionGround Frame, which is affixed t o the Trai n Staff for the Forc ett Junction—Eppleby Section, t o the Guard.

Trains leaving the Forc ett Branch must always travel di rec t to Piercebridge where the Guard must del iver the Annett'sKey for Forcett Junction Ground Frame, to the Signalman. I t is not permissible to travel direct from forcet t JunctionGround Frame to Winston.

PAGE 80.

(O. 8487)

(O. 7801)

FORCETT JU N C T ION SIGN A L BOX—FORCETT BRANCHDE LE TE ex is ting heading and ins truc ti ons and I N S E R T : —

FORCETT BRANCHThe t w o Single l i ne sections are:—(a) Fo rc e t t Junction Ground Frame and Eppleby Engine Shed.(b) E pp l eby and Ne w Quarry and Forc ett Goods Station.The Regulations fo r work i ng on Single l ines by One Engine in Steam o r t wo o r more engines coupled together are

applicable on Single l i ne Section (a) above wi th t h e modifications and addi tions s hown bel ow.The Regulations fo r work i ng on Single l ines by Trai n Staff and Ti c k et are applicable on Single l ine Section (b) abovewi th the modifications and addi tions shown bel ow.There is no-one in charge of Train Staffs and Tickets at Eppleby and the fol lowing arrangement is in operation, whereby

Drivers wi l l leave o r obtain the i r own Ticket o r Train Staff at Eppleby.(a) A hut is prov ided in which the Train Staffs and Ticket box are located. Th i s hut is fi tted wi th a padlock and mus t

be k ept locked on each occasion after use. A key for the hut is attached to each Trai n Staff and each Ti cket anda key is also i n the possession o f the Dri v e r o f the Qu a rry Company 's engine.

(b) T h e Train Staff box fo r the Eppleby and Ne w Quarry and Forc ett Goods Station Section is locked and unlockedby the Train Staff for that Section. Th e box mus t be k ept locked except when a Ticket is being wi thdrawn.

194

ALTE RATI O NS T O L.N.E.R. APPENDI X—conti nued

S E CTI O NAL P O R T I O N — N O R T H E AS TE RN O P E RATI NG AREA—conti nued

LO CAL I NSTRUCTI ONS—cont i nuedPAGE 80—continued

FORCETT JU N C T ION SIGN A L BOX—FORCETT BRANCH--continued(c) T he Train Staffs must be placed in the apertures provided for them.Telephonic communication is provided between Piercebridge Signal Box, Forcett Junction Ground Frame, Eppleby

Train Staff hut, New Quarry Office and Forcett Goods Station.The working of B.R. trains and the Quarry Company's engine on the Branch will be regulated by the Signalman at

Piercebridge on the telephone.Before the Quarry Company's engine leaves Eppleby for the New Quarry the Driver must communicate wi th the

Signalman at Piercebridge by telephone and ascertain whether he should take the Ticket or the Train Staff for the section.On return to Eppleby he must deposit the Ticket or Train Staff which he has conveyed from the New Quarry and advisethe Signalman at Piercebridge when this has been done.

The Driver of a B.R. train from Forcett Junction Ground Frame on arrival at Eppleby must act as follows:—(a) Unlockthe hut, (b) Place the Train Staff he has conveyed from Forcett Junction Ground Frame in the appropriate aperture. (c)Obtain the Ticket or Train Staff for the Eppleby—New Quarry and Forcett Goods Station Section in accordance wi ththe instructions from the Signalman at Piercebridge. (d) Similarly on return to Eppleby the Driver of a train for ForcettJunction Ground Frame must place the Ticket or Train Staff for the Eppleby—New Quarry and Forcett Goods StationSection in the box lettered for that Section, and then obtain the Train Staff for the Forcett Junction Ground Frame—Eppleby Section. (e) The Ticket box and the hut must be locked before departure.

Drivers of trains or engines requiring to travel from New Quarry to Forcett Goods Station or vice versa must be inpossession of the appropriate Train Staff for the section.

The Forcett Quarry Company's clerk stationed at the New Quarry Office will have charge of the Train Staff and Ticketat that place and the Goods Agent will similarly have charge at the Goods Station.

Before a train is allowed to leave New Quarry or Forcett Goods Station for Forcett Junction Ground Frame, theQuarry clerk or Goods Agent must obtain permission from the Signalman at Piercebridge.

The clerk at the New Quarry Office must advise the Signalman at Piercebridge by telephone shortly before the QuarryCompany's engine leaves the Quarry Sidings for Eppleby Engine Shed, Forcett Goods Station or Park Siding, stating thetime the engine will leave and i ts subsequent movements.

Trains must not approach Eppleby from opposite directions at the same time.In the event of an engine or train becoming disabled or of the l ine being obstructed, the trainmen must use the

nearest telephone to advise all concerned when the use of such telephone will facilitate matters.The Forcett Goods Agent must make the necessary arrangements for clearing the line.In case of failure of the telephone no engine or train must travel on either section w i thout being in possession of the

Train Staff with, where applicable, Ticket attached.

PAGE 82.* IN SER T: —LINE N o . SO.—BARNARD CASTLE (TEES VALLEY) T O M IDDLETON4N- TEESDALE

MIDDLETON-IN-TEESDALESTATION SIGN AL BOX.—Dr ivers must be prepared to deliver or receive the token at either the Signal Box

or at the Platform.(0.8121)

LINE N o . U .—D A R LIN GTON (PARKGATE) T O T O W LAW , ETC.PAGE 86.DELETE:—

T O W L A WBetween Station Signal Box and Blackfield Level Crossing and instructions.

(No. 2 Supplement, page 70.)DELETE:—

STATION SIGNAL BOX—Rule 39(a) and instructions.INSERT:—

Spr ing Points.—Spring points are situated 40 yards on the Crook side of the termination of the Single l ine at TowLaw, trailing to trains approaching from Crook and normally open. Shunting must not be commenced unti l trains havearrived complete on the Tow Law side of these points.

The Spring points are worked from a one lever ground frame released by Annetts Key attached to the train stafffor trains requir ing to pass over in the facing direction.

A train departing from Tow Law to Crook must be brought to a stand at the board lettered "TRAPS" and the Drivermust hand the Staff to the Guard to enable him to operate the one lever ground frame but the Guard must not pull thespring points i nto the running position unti l the necessary wagon brakes have been pinned down for the descent toCrook West. ( O . 8478)

PAGE 93. (Supplement N o . 2, page 74.)LINE N o . 62.—W EST H A R T L EPOOL (CEMETERY W EST) T O GA T ESH EA D (GREENSFIELD) V I AHORDEN, ETC.

GATESHEADGATESHEAD EAST ST A T ION* A M E N D second paragraph to read:—

There are two push buttons, one near the exit and one near the 2 v. board, which operate the bell and also illuminatethe visual indicator.

(O. 8864)LINE N o . 63.—HARTLEPOOL (CEMETERY SOU T H ) T O FERRYHILL No. IPAGE 94.

TR IM DONDELETE:—Heading and instruction relating to Deaf Hill Colliery. (O. 7920)

1 95

ALTE RATI O NS T O L. N. E. R. APPENDI X—cont i nuedS E CTI O NAL P O R T I O N — N O R T H E AS TE RN O P E RATI NG AREA—conti nued

LO CAL I NSTRUCTI ONS—cont i nuedPAGE 97.LINE N o . 69.—TYNE D OC K T O STELLA GILL ( PELTON LEVEL), ETC.INSERT:—

* PEL T O N COLLIERYTelephonic communication is provided between the Yard Inspector's Office at Stella Gil l and the N.C.B. Weigh

Office at Pelton Colliery for use in connection wi th the working of trains to and from the Colliery as follows:—Inward Movements.

Whilst the train is being marshalled at Stella Gill for eventual propelling to the Colliery, the Yard Inspectormust so advise the N.C.B. Weigh Office staff approximately 30 minutes before its expected departure.

2. O n receipt of this advice the N.C.B. will then send their representative to Stella Gill Sidings to accompanythe train to the Colliery. The arrival of this man at the train concerned indicates (i) that the N.C.B. have mannedthe level crossing at the Colliery and wil l maintain the attendance unti l the train has completed i ts work at theColliery and left for Stella Gill, and (ii) that the N.C.B. representative has checked the position of all points concernedto ensure they are correctly set for the propelling movement into the Colliery.

3. W hen the train is ready to leave Stella Gill, the Shunter will so inform the Yard Inspector who will obtainpermission by telephone from the N.C.B. for i t to depart. The Inspector will then hand the Train Staff to the Driverand authorise the train to proceed.

4. Enquir ies may be made by the N.C.B. to the Yard Inspector as to the probable time of arrival of trains atthe Colliery and any relevant information available should be given.Outward Movements.

5. W hen operations are complete at the Colliery, a member of the N.C.B. staff will telephone the Yard Inspectorand advise him of the departure of the train for Stella Gill.

(O. 7965)LINE N o . 72.—NEWCASTLE N o . 3 T O CARLISLEPAGE 99. (Supplement N o . 2, page 78.)

ELSWICKINSERT:—LIGHT EN GIN ES FROM T H E D IR EC TION O F N EW C A STLE T O SC OT SW OOD BRIDGE SID IN GS

Drivers of light engines proceeding to Scotswood Bridge Sidings to work empty coaching stock trains from that pointshould slacken speed on passing Elswick Station Box and inform the Signalman the set the engine is required to workfrom Scotswood Bridge Sidings. This information should be passed forward to the Signalman at Scotswood Bridge SignalBox who will in turn pass i t forward to the Yard Foreman in the Sidings.LIGHT EN GIN ES A N D EN GIN E A N D VA N S FROM T H E D IR EC TION O F N EW C A STLE T O W ESTOF B LA YD ON

Drivers of l ight engines and engine and vans should in a like manner inform the Signalman at Elswick Station SignalBox of their destination and this should be passed forward to the Signalman at Scotswood Bridge Signal Box who willadvise other Signal Boxes as necessary.

PAGE 99. (Supplement N o . 2, page 79.)SCOTSW OOD

SCOTSW OOD BRIDGE SID INGS—LIGHT EN GIN ES R EQU IR IN G T O TRAVEL FROM T H EWEST T O T H E EAST EN D

*D ELET E first sentence of thi rd paragraph and INSERT:—If the attention of the Yard Staff cannot be obtained, engines must travel from West to East via No. 9 old side only.

(O. 7114)PAGE 100.HALTW HISTLE

DELETE:—STATION T U R N T ABLE and relative instructions.PAGE 102.LINE N o . 78.—MANORS T O T Y N E M O U T H V I A B A C K W OR T H

MANORS N O R T HDELETE:—MANORS N O R T H SIGN A L B O X and relative instructions.PAGES 103 to 104.

(0. 8864)

(O. 7462)

(O. 8260)

LINE No. 79.—SOUTH GOSFORTH T O PON TELA N D A N D DARRAS HALL, IN C L U D IN G GOSFOR THEAST T O W EST.BETWEEN CALLERTON A N D PON T EL A N D

EAST W ALBOTTLE COLLIERY SID IN G* D ELET E heading and instructions.LINE N o . 8I—BACKW ORTH T O M OR PET H , ETC.PAGE 106.

oPLYNEMOUTH C OLL IER Y (N.C.B.)PROPELLING M OVEM EN T S FR OM RECEPTION SID IN GS T O EM PTY BATTERY SIDINGS—Rule 108

A dr iver may commence to propel from Nos. I , 2, 3 or 4 Reception Sidings when the appropriate ground signalshave been cleared w i thout a hand signal being given from the guard or shunter.

Trainmen should keep a sharp look-out for hand signals from the N.C.B. Battery Attendant as a train is proceedingtowards the Battery Sidings.(O. 4428)

PAGE 107. ( N o . 2 Supplement, pages 82 and 83.)AM EN D Heading:—LINE N o . 85.—MORPETH ST A T ION T O B ELLIN GH A MDELETE:—LINE No. 87.—HEXHAM (BORDER COUNTIES) T O RICCARTON SOU T H and instructions thereunder.

' ( 0 . 8 5 7 4 / 3 )

ALTERATIONS TO L.N.E.R. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—NORTH EASTERN OPERATING AREA—continued

Station, Junct ion,Signal Box, etc.

Speed Limit sand Speed

Restrict ions onRunning Lines

Miles per hour

EngineTurntable

WaterColumns

orTroughs

CatchPoints andSpring orunworkedTrailingPoints

Gradient(Risingunless

otherwiseshown)

Locat ion

Up Down Diameter W or T C.S. or U One In

LINE No. I.—SHAFTHOLM EPAGE 108.(No. 2 Supplement, page 84.)DELETE:—

Doncaster (Marshgate) andShaftholme

INSERT:—Shaftholme . . . .

TO B E R W

60

80

60

80

ICK ( M

..

..

ARSHA

• .

..

LL MBA

..

..

DOWS)

..

.

Main lines, 156 miles 60 chainsto 160 miles 22 chains.

Main lines, 159 miles 36 chainsto 160 miles 26 chains.

(Note.—The sixty miles per hour restriction between Marshgate and Shaftho me will continue in operation unti l fur thernotice—see "Instructions t o be observed by Drivers. Guards and Others for Working Outside the N or thEastern Operating Area")

(0.1076)

PAGENo. 2 Supplement, page 86.)

York Yards

PAGE 116.(No. 2 Supplement, page 91.)INSERT:—

KING EDW ARD BRIDGEEAST C U R VE

DELETE:—Bensham

INSERT:—Bensham

PAGE 126.DELETE:—

Cannon Street

PAGE 128.INSERT:—

Monckton Empty Sidings

15

5050

15

50

35

1 96

TABLE A

100

DELETE:—Up Main Goods and N o. I U p

Goods.Up Mineral and No. 2 Up Yard,

South end.No. I U p Yard Reception l ine.INSERT:—Up Main Goods and N o. 2 U p

Goods.Up Yard South end.

(0.3292)

SPEED L IM IT

LINE N o . 13.—CARLTON T OW ER S (AIRE) T O THORPE- IN - BALNE (BULLCROFT)PAGE 129.DELETE heading and all particulars.

(0.1076)

Through Bridge, 79 miles 26chains to 79 miles 42 chains.

Through Bridge, 79 miles 26chains to 79 miles 42 chains.

(0.8864)

LINE N o . 10.—HULL ( K ING GEORGE DOCK) T O C U D W OR T H A N D STAIRFOOT, ETC.

Turntable l ine.

(0.5222)

830 yards before reaching Monck-ton Empty Sidings Box DownHome signal.

(0.8523)

(O. 8574/16)

%A

ALTERATIONS T O L.N.E.R. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—NORTH EASTERN OPERATING AREA—continued

TABLE A—continued

Station, Junct ion,Signal Box, etc.

Speed Limit sand Speed

Restrict ions onRunning Lines

Miles per hour

EngineTurntable

W at erColumns

orTroughs

CatchPoints andSprirg orunworked

TrailingPoints

Gradient(Risingunless

otherwiseshown)

Locat ion

,Up I Down

Diameter W or T C.S. or U One in

PAGE 129.Hull Paragon

DELETE:—

PAGE 130.Brough

60 60

50' 0 ' Inside Botanic Gardens EngineShed (2).

(0.5222)

DELETE:— Up passenger independent.Down passenger independent.

(0.7658)

PAGE 131.

DELETE:—Cross Gates and Neville Hill

West20 20 All connections Main to Pas-

senger Independent a n dPassenger Independent t oMain, 15 mi les 78 chains to19 miles.

INSERT:—Cross Gates and Neville Hill

East20 20 All connections Fast to Slow

and Slow to Fast, 15 miles78 chains t o 18 miles 20chains ( U p side) an d 1 8miles 24 chains (Down side).

Neville H i l l East and 10 10 All connections M ain t oNeville H i l l W est Goods and Goods to Main,

18 miles 20 chains (Up side),18 miles 24 chains (Downside) t o 19 miles.

AMEND:—Neville H i l l East andNeville H i l l W est

45 45 Main l ines, 18 mi les 20 chainsto 19 miles.

• ( O . 1076)

PAGE 133.DELETE:—

Southburn and DriffieldWest

60 60 12 miles 47 chains to 13 miles8 chains.

LINE N o . 14.—HULL T O LEEDS, ETC.

PAGE 140.

DELETE:—Bolton Percy

LINE N o . 15.—SELBY (BARLBY N OR T H ) T O DRIFF1ELD ( STATION)

(NOTE—SPEED LIMIT of 60 miles per hour applies—see No. 2 Supplement, page 99.)

LINE N o . 25.—N OR M A N TON (ALTOFTS) T O YOR K ( CHALONERS W H IN ) , ETC.

55

197

LINE N o . 32.—MALTON EA ST T O DRIFFIELD W ESTPAGE 144. (Supplement N o . 2, page 103.)DELETE:—All entries.

(0.1076)

7 miles 35 chains t o 7 miles41 chains, Normanton line.

(0.5778)

(O. 8574/19)

198ALTERATIONS TO L.N.E.R. APPENDIX—continued

SECTIONAL PORTION—NORTH EASTERN OPERATING AREA—continuedTABLE A—continued

Station, Junct ion,Signal Box, etc.

Speedand Speed

Restrict ionsRunning

Miles per

Limits

onLines

hour

EngineTurntable

WaterColumns

orTroughs

CatchPoints andSpring orunworkedTrailingPoints

Gradient(Risingunless

otherwiseshown)

Locat ion

Up 1 Downl

Diameter W or T CS. or U One in

PAGE 148.DELETE:—

DELETE:—Upgang Viaduct 30

(Bodirec

*Lumpsey. . . . . .. .. ..'

.. C 134 Down l i ne, 671 yar ds beforereaching Lumpsey Down HOMEsignal.INSERT:—

Between Kettleness and —Sandsend Tunnels (Do

direc

Kettleness and H inderwell.. 35

licBrotton . . . . . . .. ..

15

.. C 134 Down l i ne 1,280 yards beforereaching Brotton Down Homesignal.

Loftus and Staithes 30(Bo

direc

Loftus and Staithes 15

(O. 8109)

PAGE 146.

DELETE:—Upgang Viaduct 30

(Bodirec

Sandsend Viaduct 20East Row Viaduct (BoNewholm Beck Viaduct j direc

PAGE 147.

DELETE:—Between Kettleness and —

Sandsend Tunnels (Dodirec

Kettleness and H inderwell.. 35(Bo

direc

Boulby Mines and South End 15of Grinkle Tunnel (Bo

direc

(No 2 Supplement, page 104.)Loftus and Staithes 30

(Bodirec

Loftus and Staithes 15(Bo

direcPAGE 147.

PAGE 146.

AMEND L I N E H EA D I N G N o . 36.—SCARBOROUGH (FALSGRAVE) T O W H I T B Y ( W EST CLIFF)IN C LU D IN G PROSPECT H IL L T O B OG H A L L

INSERT L IN E H EA D IN G (aboveLINE N o . 36A .—L OF T U S T O

BOROUGH, I N C L U D I N GPRIESTCROFT T O N O R T H

LINE N o . 36A.—LOFTUS T O MGU ISB OR OU GH , ETC.

PAGE 147.

SkinningroveDELETE:—

INSERT:—

PAGE 148.AM EN D "Line No. 36A continued".

thtions)thtions)

20wntions)

thtions)

thtions)

thtions)

thtions)

IDDLESBROU(;11 ( GU ISB OR OU GH JU N C T ION ) V I A

55' 0 '

70' 0 '

LINE N o . 37.—BROTTON T O SALTBURN W EST

When passing over viaduct.

When passing over viaducts.

45 miles 60 chains to 46 miles23 chains.

44 miles 20 chains to 43 miles60 chains.

39 miles 0 chains to 37 miles60 chains.

36 miles 14 chains to 36 miles25 chains.

36 miles 40 chains to 36 miles76 chains.

"Loftus").MIDDLESBROUGH ( GU 1SB OR OU GH J U N C T I O N ) V I A G U I S -

K ILTONTHORPE T O K 1L T O N A N D L I NGDALE M I N E S A N DSKELTON

Outside engine shed.

East end of exchange sidings.

(0.7588)

(O. 8574/1 I)

010

Station, Junct ion,Signal Box, etc.

Speed Limit sand Speed

Rest rict ions onRunning Lines

Miles per hour

EngineTurntable

W at erColumns

orTroughs

CatchPoints andSpring orunworkedTrailing

Points

Gradient(Risingunless

otherwiseshown)

Locat ion

Up I Down Diameter W or T C.S. or U One in

PAGE 148.INSERT:—lIcN U NTH ORPE EAST AND

.. .. .. • C 52

BATTERSBY . . . . 45 ..

..

.. .. SPEED L IM IT .

..

(Bothdirections)

Depot.

*N unthor pe East . . 20 ..

Dearness Valley and N ew

•

.. 5 miles 31 chains t o 5 miles

..

(Bothdirections)

.. Inside shed.

Brancepeth

..

26 chains.

*N unthor pe East . . . . 35 ..

..

• • 5 miles 26 chains t o 5 miles(Both

directions).

Line; Straight Shed Line.

I chain.

*Batte rs by . . . . 30 .. .. .. 0 miles 43 chains t o 0 miles(Both

directions)0 chains.

(O. 1076)

PAGE ISO.INSERT:—

.. .. .. • C 52 Colliery l i ne clear o f foul ingpoint wi th siding connection.(Worked from Signal box.)

(O. 7920)

Thornaby Motive Power .. .. 70' 0 " .. ..

..

Outside engine shed—East end.Depot.

SINGLE LINES.

Dearness Valley and N ew

• .. 70' 0" .. .. .. Inside shed.

Brancepeth

.. .. .. W .. .. Turntable Road; R ound ShedLine; Straight Shed Line.

(O. 8487)

PAGE 166.INSERT:—

.. .. .. • C 52 Colliery l i ne clear o f foul ingpoint wi th siding connection.(Worked from Signal box.)

(O. 7920)

DEARNESS VALLEY A N D 20 20 •.

. .• .. SPEED L IM IT . M A I N A N CW ATERHOUSES SINGLE LINES.

Dearness Valley and N ew 15 15 .. .. .. .. 0 miles 0 chains and 0 milesBrancepeth 6 chains.

(O. 1076)

PAGE 174.DELETE:—

Deaf Hill. . . .. .. .. • C 52 Colliery l i ne clear o f foul ingpoint wi th siding connection.(Worked from Signal box.)

(O. 7920)

)•

1 99

ALTERATIONS TO L.N.E.R. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL P ORTION—NORTH EASTERN OPERATING AREA—continued

TABLE A—continued

LINE N o . 38.—N U N TH OR PE EAST T O BATTERSBY

LINE N o . 40.—DARLINGTON SO U T H A N D SA T B U R N

LINE N o . 52.—DARLINGTON (PARKGATE) T O T O W LAW , ETC.PAGE 163.Tow Law

DELETE:—

INSERT:—

LINE N o . 57.—DEARNESS VALLEY T O W A TER H OU SES

-LINE N o . 60.—BIRTLEY ( OU ST ON ) T O C ON SET T N OR T HPAGE 168.DELETE:—

South Pelaw

INSERT:—South Pelaw

Pelton

50

50

50

56

55

LINE N o . 63.—HARTLEPOOL (CEMETERY SOU T H ) T O FERRYHILL N o . I

East end of Down Platform. Clearof Single l i ne (worked fr omSignal Box).

40 yards before reaching termina-tion of Single l ine. (See alsoLocal Instructions on page 86).

(O. 8478)

Up line. 380 yards before reach-ing Pelton Up Home Signal.

Up line. 390 yards before reach-ing South Pelaw U p StartingSignal. (Controlled from SouthPelaw Signal Box when open.)

Up l i ne. 3 , 550 yards befor ereaching Beamish U p Hom eSignal.

(0. 7965)

200

ALTERATIONS TO L.N.E.R. APPENDIX—continued

SECTIONAL PORTION—NORTH EASTERN OPERATING AREA—continued

TABLE A—continued

Station, Junct ion,Signal Box, etc.

Speed Limit sand Speed

Restrict ions onRunning Lines

Miles per hour

EngineTurntable

WaterColumns

orTroughs

CatchPoints andSpring orunworkedTrailingPoints

Gradient(Risingunless

otherwiseshown)

Locat ion

Up I Down Diameter W or T C.S. or U One in

PAGE 178.DELETE:—

pect o Spee d Restric tions and INSER T:—

Durham Turnpike . . . 25 25 • • .. • . • 10 miles 67 chains to I I mile:

SPEED L IM IT .Pelaw • 25 25

23 chains.INSERT:—

0 mi les 0 chains t o 0 miles

South Pelaw . . . . . • 25 25 • • .. .. .. 10 miles 67 chains to I I mile!

Pelaw 35 35

23 chains.

0 miles

(a7413)

PAGE 180.(No. 2 Supplement, page 115)*D ELET E existing entries in res

PELAW A N D S O U T Hpect o Spee d Restric tions and INSER T:—

SHIELDS . • 65 65 SPEED L IM IT .Pelaw • 25 25 0 mi les 0 chains t o 0 miles

7 chains.Pelaw 35 35 0 mi les 7 chains t o 0 miles

27 chains.Hebburn Station and St. Bede's 50 50 2 miles 33 chains t o 3 miles

22 chains.St. Bede's and Harton 35 35 4 miles 65 chains t o 5 miles

9 chains.Tyne Dock • 20 25 5 miles 22 chains t o 5 miles

46 chains.Tyne Dock and High Shields • 40 40 5 miles 49 chains t o 6 miles

20 chains.Hilda and South Shields 25 25 6 miles 20 chains t o 7 miles

15 chains.South Shields 15 15 7 miles 15 chains t o 7 miles

36 chains.(O. 1067)

LINE N o . 69.—TYNE D OC K T O STELLA GILL, ETC.

LINE N o . 71.—PELAW T O SO U T H SHIELDS

PAGE 181.Haltwhistle

DELETE:—

PAGE 185.Riverside

*DELETE: —

*IN SER T: —

INSERT:—Reedsmouth Junction

LINE N o . 71—NEW CASTLE N o . 3 T O CARLISL

46' 4'

PAGE 189. ( N o . 2 Supplement, page 119.)AM EN D Heading:—LINE N o . 85.—MORPETH ( STA TION ) T O B ELLIN GH A M

45' 0'

71

221

Station Yard Sidings.(O. 7462)

LINE N o . 78.—MANORS T O T Y N E M O U T H V I A B A C K W OR TH , IN C L U D IN G B E N T O N N O R T HWESTERN, S O U T H W ESTERN A N D S O U T H EASTERN CURVES, ETC .

Up line. 396 yards before reach-ing Riverside Up Home Signal.

Up line. 456 yards before reach-ing Riverside Up Outer Home.

Wansbe'ck Platform.Up and D ow n Platform andWansbeck Platform.

DELETE:—LINE N o . 87.—H EXH A M (BORDER C OU N TIES) T O R1CCARTON SO U T H and all entries thereunder.

(O. 8574/3)

Line No. From ToLine

Up Down

No. 2 Up Goods No. I Up Goods

No. 2 Goods

No. 3Independent

No. I U p Goods No. 2 Up Goods No. 4 Goods —

plement, page M . )

Independent

(O. 1492)

North Dock Fulwell Crossing Main

(O. 3292)

Stepney Wincolmlee GoodsIndependent

Thornley Colliery Wheatley Hil l

(O. 1492)

Thornley Station Wheatley Hill — MainWheatley Hill Thornley Station Main —

Thornley Station Thornley Colliery Main

(O. 8274)Harraton . . . . Durham Turnpike Main —Durham Turnpike . . Harraton — MainDurham Turnpike . . South Pelaw Main —South Pelaw . . . . Durham Turnpike Main

Harraton South Pelaw Main —South Pelaw Harraton Main •

(O. 7413)

From ToLine

Up Down

York Yard Nor th York Yard South No. 2 Goods(O. 3292)

Stepney Wincolmlee Reception

plement, page M . )(O. 1492)

North Dock Fulwell Crossing MainFulwell Crossing North Dock Main

(O. 8077)

Thornley Colliery Wheatley Hil l MainWheatley Hi l l Thornley Colliery Main

Thornley Colliery Thornley Station MainThornley Station Thornley Colliery Main —

PAGE 190.DELETE:—

ALTE RATI O NS T O L.N.E.R. APPENDI X—cont i nued

S E CTI O NAL P O R T I O N — N O R T H E AS TE RN O P E RATI NG AREA—conti nuedTABLE B.—LINES WO RKE D UNDE R PERMISSIVE BLOCK SYSTEM

PAGE 192.DELETE:—

* 6PAGE 195.DELETE:—

64

PAGE 196.DELETE:—

69

INSERT:—69

Line No.

PAGE 197.INSERT:—

PAGE 198.INSERT:—

— * 6

PAGE 200. ( N o . 2 Sup62

*D ELETE: —PAGE 200.

64DELETE:—

INSERT:—

PAGE 201.DELETE:—

Line No.

10AMEND:—PAGE 201 ( N o . 2 Supplement, page

* 10INSERT:—

DELETE:—34

36

AMEND:— 3 6 A

201

Section of Line

*Monckton Main Colliery Branch

123.)Cannon Street Branch

Helmsley to KirbymoorsideSkinningrove Branch

•Lingdale and Ki l ton Mines

TABLE C. —LI NES WO RKE D UNDE R " NO BLO CK" SYSTEM

(O. 8274)

TABLE D. —LI NES WO RKE D UNDE R "O NE E NG I NE I N STEAM" RE G ULATI O NS

Staff Station (Custodian of Staffis Signalman unless otherwise

shown)

Cudworth Nor th.(O. 8523)

Signalman at Springbank Nor th.(0. 5222)

Helmsley. ( O . 8574)

Yard Inspector, Car l in H ow MineralOffice.

Kiltonthorpe(O. 8574(11)

PAGE 202.

Line No. Section of LineStaff Station (Custodian of Staff

is Signalman unless otherwiseshown)

PAGE 201 ( N o . 2 Supplement, pageINSERT:—

123).

* 40 Tees Conservancy Commission Lines.. Grangetown. (O. 8397)DELETE:—52 Sunniside Branch Tow Law.

INSERT:—52 Tow Law Branch Crook West. (O. 8478)

INSERT:—* 62 North Dock—Fu[well Crossing North Dock. (O. 8077)

DELETE:—63 *Deaf Hil l Colliery Branch Deaf Hill. (O. 7920)

Line No.

DELETE:—I

DELETE:—* 6

INSERT:—* 6

INSERT:—10

DELETE:—

PAGE 203.

INSERT:—

ALTERATIONS TO L.N.E.R. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—NORTH EASTERN OPERATING AREA—continued

TABLE D.—LINES WORKED UNDE R "ONE ENGINE I N STEAM"REGULATIONS—continued

Line No.

PAGE 203. (Supplement No. 2

52

32

TABLE E.—WORKING I N WRO NG DIRECTION

\Atincolmlee

Wincolmlee

PAGE 203. ( N o . 2 SupplementDELETE:—

87 (e)

DELETE:—Footnote (e).

From

York No. 2 Up

York Yard South

York No. 2 Up

York No. 2 Up

York No. I Up

Cudworth Yard SouthCudworth Yard Nor th

, page 125.)

IronworksBlackfieldHigh Street

, page 105.)

Thorneyburn

1 • •

202

Name of Crossing

To

York No. I Up

York No. 2 Up

York No. I U p

York Yard Nor th

York Yard Nor th

Stepney

Stepney • •

Cudworth Yard Nor thCudworth Yard South

(b) Li t t l e Driffield(b) Gar ton Baulk •(b) Gar ton Slack(b) W etwang Green Lane

Up

No. 3 Independent

Goods Independent

Mineral Independent

No. 4 Independent

No. 2 Independent

No. 3 Reception

No. 2 Independent

No. 3 Independent

Goods

Line

Situated between

Bellingham and Falstone.

Down •

(O. 3292)GoodsIndependent

Reception(O. 1492)

—Goods

(O. 8523)

TABLE F.—LEVEL CROSSING GATES—OPENING AND CLOSING BY TRAINME N

Driffield and Garton.Driffield and Garton.Garton and Wetwang.Wetwang and Sledmere and Amber.

(O. 8574/19)

Tow Law and termination of Branch.

(O. 8478)

(O. 8574/3)

ALTERATIONS TO L.N.E.R. APPENDIX—continuedSECTIONAL PORTION—NORTH EASTERN OPERATING AREA—continued

TABLE G.—TOWING O F VEHICLES

Line No. From To Condition Trains Author ised and Remarks

PAGE 206.

DELETE:—

DELETE:— York Yard Nor th . . No. I Up Goods . A Freight Trains.No, 2 Up Goods . A Freight Trains.

(Otley and Ilkley

York Yard South A Freight Trains.

Branch)

York No. 2 Up Goods York Yard South A Freight Trains. T he engine mustnot go beyond York Yard Southsignal box.

Up

York No. 1 Up Goods No. 2 Up Goods A Freight Trains.

PAGE 207. ( No. 2 S upplement, page 128.)

Kirbymoorside Up direction

(O. 3292)

AMEND:—

(O. 8574)DELETE:—

36A Crag Hall . . . . Brotton . . . . A Freight Trains.

Up

Brotton . . . Crag Hail . . A Freight Trains, provided train doesnot convey timber , castings orother articles on tw o or morebolster wagons.

Guisborough Junction Nunthorpe A Freight Trains.

(O. 8574/11) -

(0. 8574/11)PAGE 207.52

DELETE:— Crook W est . . . . Tow Law .. . . A Freight Trains.(O. 8478)PAGE 209.

DELETE:—69 Durham Turnpike . . Harraton . . A Freight Trains.

PAGE 210. ( N o . 2 S

Durham Turnpike . .

upplement, page 129.)

South Pelaw A Mineral Trains. ( 0 . 7 4 1 3 )

_DELETE:—

87 Hexham . . . . . . Reedsmouth . . A Passenger and Em pty CoachingStock Trains consisting of morethan four vehicles.

Reedsmouth . . . . Hexham . . A — D o . —(O. 8574/3)

Line No. Signal Box Line Remarks

PAGE 205.DELETE:—

* 20 and 21 Arthington South-1-(Harrogate and Leeds

line)Up

--1-hrough vehicles, etc.

(Otley and Ilkley Up 1Branch)

Arthington Nor thf(Harrogate and Leeds

line)Up

(O. 4464)DELETE:—

34 Kirbymoorside Up direction(O. 8574)DELETE:—

36 Hutton Gate Up Freight trains, or vehicles without a van in rear.AMEND:—

36A Nunthorpe East Down(O. 8574/11) -

PAGE 204.DELETE: -42

Line No.

4 2 0 3

PAGE 204. (Supplement N o . 2, page 126.)DELETE:—

32

TABLE H.—PLACING TRAINS OR VEHICLES OUTSIDE HOME SIGNALS

* D E LE T E f and note at foot of page.

Garton.Wetwang.

Constable Bur ton.

Place

(O. 8574/19)

(O. 6088)

TABLE J.—LOCOMOTIVES ASSISTING I N REAR OF TRAINS

204

ALTE RATI O NS T O L.N.E.R. APPENDI X—cont i nued

S E CTI O NAL P O R T I O N — N O R T H E AS TE RN O P E RATI NG AREA—conti nued

TABLE K. — TRAI NS D R A W N BY P I LO T LO CO MO TI V E W I T H TRAI N LO CO -MOTI VE I N REAR

Line No. From To Line Applies t oPAGE 210.(No. 2 Supple ment, page 130.)AMEND:—

*1

Heaton South . . . . Newcastle No. I ' . . Up Tynemouth Empty Coaching Stock anFreight Trains.

(O. 8864)PAGE 211.DELETE:—

36 Guisborough Box . . . . . . Guisborough Station Up and Down Passenger Trains.(O. 8574/11)

INSERT:—61 Low Fell Storeyard Ground.Frame Norwood . . Up - ) Engineers' Special T r ai ns

conveying Out-of-GaugeLow Fell Storeyard Ground Frame Bensfxtm Curve . . Up j loads, travelling in wrong

direction.(0.8571)

Line No.

PAGE 212.INSERT:—

1

(No. 2 SuppleDELETE:—

1

INSERT:—1

PAGE 216.DELETE:—

* 10

INSERT:—* 1 0

PAGE 217.INSERT:—

18

PAGE 218.AMEND:—

20

PAGE 219. ( S32

AM END Line

PAGE 219.DELETE:—

33

INSERT:—33

Barlby Nor th

From

York

Skelton

York

Skelton

TABLE L. —PROPELLI NG O F TRAI NS O R VEHI CLES

ment, page 131.)

Cudworth South (L.M.S.)

Cudworth South Junction

-I-Wetherby East

Bilton

upplement N o . 2, page 135.)MaIton East

No. t o read No. 31.

Bog HallWhitby Station•Bog HallWhitby Station

Barlby

Skelton

York

Skelton

York

To

Cudworth Nor th

Cudworth Yard Nor th

Wetherby South

Starbeck Nor th

Scarborough Road BaconFactory Sidings

Whitby StationBog Hall

Whitby StationBog Hall

Line

DownSlow

AllDownGoodsAll UpGoods

AllDownGoodsAll UpGoods

DownMain

DownMain

Down

Up

Down

DownUp 1

DownUp

Number of Vehicles andSpecial Conditions

Freight wagons i n w r ongdirection, with or withoutbrake van.

Freight wagons w i t h o rwithout brake van.

Freight w agons w i t h o rwithout brake van. Al soapplies i n W r ong Direc-tion over Nos. 2, 3 and 4Independent Lines fr omYork Yard Nor th to No. 1Down.

10 Freight wagons.

(O. 9000/S)

10 Freight wagons.

(O. 8523)

Not more than tw o emptycoaches. C l ear weatheronly. ( O . 7388)

3 Em pty Coaching s tockVehicles.

(0.7388)

6 Freight wagons in daylightand clear weather only.

(O. 8574/19)

Empty Coaching Stock.

Empty Coaching Stock.Empty Coaching Stock: also

applies in wrong direction.(O. 90001S)

205

ALTE RATI O NS TO L. N. E. R APPENDI X—conti nued

S E CTI O NAL P O R T I O N — N O R T H E AS TE RN O P E RATI NG AREA—conti nued

TABLE L. —PROPELLI NG O F TRAI NS O R VEHI CLES—conti nued

Line No.

PAGE 220. (NDELETE:—

36

AMEND:—36A

INSERT:—36A

PAGE 220.DELETE:—

* 37

PAGE 222. (43

PAGE 224.* 5 2

PAGE 225.INSERT:—

61

PAGE 226.62

*D ELETE: —

*IN SER T : —

DELETE:—64

PAGE 228.INSERT:—

79

From

o. 2 Supplement, page 135.)

Skinningrove SidingCrag Hall

Guisborough Box

Guisborough Station

The propelled train must notuntil the line is clear in accordanceGuisborough Passenger StationGuisborough Box

Carlin How Sidings

Brotton

No. 2 Supplement, page 135.)Seaton Carew

fEtherley

Derwenthaugh

North Dock, Wearmouth

North DockFulwell Crossing

ThornleyLudworth Coll iery

• • •

Coxlodge Station

Kilton EmbankmentKilton Embankment

Guisborough Passengerand Goods Station

Guisborough Box

be permitted to leave Guiswith Block Regulation 4.Guisborough BoxGuisborough Passenger

Station

Crag Hall

Lumpsey

To

Cliff HouseSouth GroundFrame

Wear Valley Junction

Swalwell OpencastDisposal Point Sidings

Wearmouth Dock,North Dock

RI!well CrossingNorth Dock

Wheatley Hil lThornley Colliery

Rowntrees Down Sidings

1

Line

UpDown

Down

Up

borough St

UpDown

Single

Up

Up Goods

Down

Single

UpNorthDock

DownNorthDock

Single

DownColliery

Single

Number of Vehicles andSpecial Conditions

Freight wagons.Freight wagons.

Freight w agons w i t h o rwithout brake van.

ation(O. 8574/11)

Passenger Trains, includingDiesel multiple-unit trains(See special instructionson page 69.)

(O. 9049)

10 Freight wagons w i th orwithout brake van.

(O. 7388)

3 Freight wagons, etc.(O. 8109)

AMEND:—10 em pty Coaching Stock

Vehicles i n wrong direc-tion. Dayl ight and clearweather. (See Special In-structions on page 75.)

(O. 8864)

12 Freight wagons.(0.6931)

Freight wagons w i t h o rwithout brake van.

(O. 3024)

25 Freight wagons, etc.

25 Freight wagons.Locomotives pr opel l i ng

trains to Fulwell Crossingmust be stopped at NorthDock Signal box . T h egates at Fulwell Crossingmust be placed across theroadway befor e a pr o-pelled train leaves Nor thDock.

(O. 8077)

Freight wagons.3 Freight wagons w i th o r

without brake van Col -liery Company's engine.

(O. 8274)

20 Freight wagons w i th orwithout brake van.

(O. 8827)

206

ALTE RATI O NS T O L.N.E.R. APPENDI X—cont i nued

S E CTI O NAL P O R T I O N — N O R T H E AS TE RN O P E RATI NG AREA—conti nued

Line No. From_ To LineNumber of Vehicles and

Special ConditionsPAGE 235.

32 Ma1ton East . . . . . . . . Scarborough Road Down —

DELETE:—

Scarborough Road . . . . . . MaIton East . . Up —AM END Line No. to read No. 31.

(O. 8574/19)36

(O. 8574/19)AMEND:—

Sandsend . . . . Sandsend and Kettleness — 1657

36A Kiiton and Lingdale Miles . . Brotton . . . . . . Down —Middlesbrough (Nor th Ormesby) Middlesbrough Up —

(Guisborough Junction)

(O. 8574/11)

Middlesbrough (Guisborough Middlesbrough Down —Junction) (North Ormesby) (O. 8574/ I I )INSERT:—

36A Crag Hall . . . . . . . . Carlin How Sidings . . Single —(O. 7388)

PAGE 2 3 9 . Supplement N o . 2, page 141.)64DELETE:—

Wheatley Hill or Thornley Colliery Thornley . . . . . . Up —INSERT:—

Thornley Colliery . . • . . Thornley . . . . . . Up —(O. 8274)PAGE 240.

DELETE:—69 South Pelaw . . . . . . Durham Turnpike Down Clear weather.

(0.7413)

Line No. Tunnel Between Miles Yards

PAGE 242.32

DELETE:— Burdale . . . . Burdale & W hr r am — 178(O. 8574/19)

36DELETE:— Sandsend . . . . Sandsend and Kettleness — 1657

Kettleness . . . . Sandsend and Kettleness — 308Grinkle . . . Staithes and Loftus . . . . — 993

(O. 8574/11)

Line No.

PAGE 230.AMEND:—

36A

TABLE L.—continued

PROPELLING O F BALLAST TRAINS—RULES 149 (vii) and 175

From

Middlesbrough (Guisborough Junction) Kiltonthorpe.

To

TABLE M. — WO RKI NG O F VEHI CLES W I T H O U T BRAKE V A N I N REAR

TABLE N. — TRO LLE Y S G O I N G I N T O O R T H R O U G H T U N N E L S

(O. 8574/11)

TABLE O . — BRE AKDO WN V A N TRAI NS A N D S N O W P LO UG HSSN OW PL OU GH S

PAGES 242-248. (Supplement N o . 2, page 144.)Clearance of Snow Ploughs above Rail Level*D ELET E existing paragraphs and INSERT:—

With all types of snow ploughs the clearance above rail level i n the four- foot should never be less than 4 incheswhen wear is at its maximum and working under heavy load of snow, and the dimensions outside the rails should neverbe less than six inches above rail level.

The width in the four-foot may be taken at 5 ft. 2 ins., i.e., the distance between the outside edges of the rails.When working on electrified areas ( third rail) cur rent must be switched off before any ploughing is undertaken.

207

ALTE RATI O NS T O L.N.E.R. APPENDI X—cont i nued

S E CTI O NAL P O R T I O N — N O R T H EASTERN O P E RATI NG AREA—conti nued

TABLE O . — BRE AKDO WN V A N TRAI NS A N D S N O W PLOUGHS—cont i nued

SN OW PLOUGHS—continued

Line No. Section of Line

PAGE 250.DELETE:—

13 Carlton Towers (Aire)—Thorpe-in-Balne (Bulicroft).(O. 8574/ I 6)

32 MaIton East—Driffield West.(O. 8574/19)36 Scarborough (Falsgrave)—Brotton.(O. 8574/11)PAGE 250.

52DELETE:— Tow Law—Sunniside.

(O. 8478)

OTHER EQU IPM EN T

To facilitate the clearance of snow and ice from points, defreezing apparatus is allocated to Signal Boxes and MotivePower Depots indicated in the pamphlet of Breakdown Train Arrangements, etc., dated 1st January, 1959.

This equipment is of three types:—Steam heater defreezers, fixed on the buffer beam at the fr ont or rear of locomotives. These work fromthe steam heater hose and force jets of steam on both rails simultaneously.

(2) H a n d defreezers, consisting of approximately 60 feet of armoured rubber hose wi th a nozzle 8" long wi tha jet I" to *" diameter. These are worked from the combination injectors in locomotive cabs and by use of anadaptor two units can be used simultaneoutly.Steam Lances, hand operated, are worked from the steam heater hose at the fr ont or rear of locomotivesexcept in the case of ex L.M.S. standard types when lances should be connected to the steam tube cleaning cockon the side of the smokebox. T he emission of steam is controlled by the man using the lance by means of atrigger and a wider range of operation may be obtained by attaching a second hose.

The equipment is intended for use at any place in the vicinity of the signal box, or Motive Power Depot, to whichit is allocated, and, when required, the Station Master, Locomotive Shed Master, or other person in charge should requestor provide, as the case may be, a suitable locomotive by arrangement w i th the appropriate Distr ict Control , or , i ftelephonic communication wi th the Control is not available to a Station Master, direct to the nearest Motive PowerDepot. Should a suitable locomotive be available in the vicinity of the signal box concerned, author ity to utilise this mustbe requested through the Distr ict Control or Motive Power Depot as the case may be.

A Steam Lance or Steam Heater Defreezer should be coupled to or uncoupled from a locomotive by Motive PowerStaff. A Hand Defreezer operated from the injector must only be fixed t o or removed from a locomotive by MotivePower Maintenance staff.

The steam j et must be directed on to the switches by any Traffic or Permanent Way Staff available, who wil l beresponsible for operating the lance, and also for the spreading of salt after the snow and ice have been melted.

Permanent Way Inspectors are responsible for ensuring that an adequate supply of salt is on hand.

(I)

(3)

Restrictions.DELETE Loftus and W hitby W est Clif f

PAGE 249.DELETE:—

AMEND:—36A

-

Line No.

32

TABLE P . — P US H- AND- P ULL TRAI NS

Ma1ton and Driffield

Section of Line

Guisborough and Middlesbrough

TABLE R. —ENGI NEER'S VELOCI PEDE CARS

Number of Vehicles, etc.

2

(O. 4425)

(O. 8574/11)

2(0. 8574/19)

(O. 8574111)

208

ALTE RATI O NS T O L. N. E. R. APPENDI X—cont i nued

S E CTI O NAL P O R T I O N — N O R T H E AS TE RN O P E RATI NG AREA—conti nued

TABLE W. — ATTACHI NG VEHI CLES B E H I N D T H E RE AR BRAKE V ANS O FPASSENGER TRAI NS

Line N o .

PAGE 254.

DELETE:—36

INSERT:—36

36A

AMEND:—36A

PAGE 255.

AMEND:—78

DELETE:—78

INSERT:—78

PAGE 256.DELETE:—

Line No .

* 1

Section

From Cl oughton t o Gui s borough B oxFrom Middlesbrough t o Ravenscar

From Cl oughton t o W h i tby (W es t Cl i f f )From W h i tby (W es t Cl i f f ) t o Ravenscar

From Loftus t o Gui s borough B oxFrom Middlesbrough t o Loftus

From Gui s borough B ox t o Gui s borough Stati onFrom Gui s borough Stati on t o Nun tho rpeFrom Nun tho rpe t o MiddlesbroughBetween Boosbeck and No rt h Skel ton v ia P r i e S t c r o f t—C u r v e

Between Newcas tl e and Ty nemouth v i a Heaton

Between Bac k worth and Ty nemouth

Between B ac k worth and MonkseatonBetween Monk s eaton and Ty nemouth

Gateshead W e s t

Station

Down.

Number of Vehicles which maybe Attached behind rea r brak e

van in which Guard rides

Platforms

ItI f

ItItI fI t

It3 t6 *I t

l o t

(O. 8574/ I )

(0 . 8864)

4I 0

(O. 8864)

TABLE X . —ELECTRI C BELLS A N D I NDI CATO RS A T S TATI O NS FO R S TARTI NGOF TRAI NS

Albert. Gai t Ltd., Grimsby .